Search results

(121 - 140 of 191)

Pages

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1992
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: ..............................~.................................... Introduction 2 Calendar. 3 About This Catalog ................... 4 Options ..,. 4 Visiting Students 5 Interim Courses 6 UMAIE Courses 47 Other Courses 48 Augsburg Lifetlme Sports ..........-.............l...I. .....,.51 A...
Show more ..............................~.................................... Introduction 2 Calendar. 3 About This Catalog ................... 4 Options ..,. 4 Visiting Students 5 Interim Courses 6 UMAIE Courses 47 Other Courses 48 Augsburg Lifetlme Sports ..........-.............l...I. .....,.51 Additional Courses 52 ...................................................................... . . . . ........................ .................................................... ............... ............................................................... .............................................................. ..............................~............................. ............................................. ..... .... ..................................................... I Contents I Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4-14 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-weekJanuary Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for classas they would for a fourcourse load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/ No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an A u g s b q student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses. The number of r e q w Interim courses is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should referto their transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the registrar. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title D( of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Introduction I Interim Office (Memorial 230) - Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen, 330-1025; Interim Director, Dr.David Gabrielson, 330-1025. Interim Registration October 28 - November 1 ................................. December 2 ...................... ...............Late Interim Registration . . ..........J t Day of Interim January 6 .......................... Class I 9:00 a.m. (first day only) Class I1 1:00 p.m. . . . . . . January 7 ....................... ................Last Day for Cancel/Add January 17 ..................Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 17 .....................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses January 29 .....................................................................Interim Ends Semester Begins February 3 Interim Grades Due February 7 ............................................ ..... The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time wiIl be manged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon. (Onthe firstday of classes Time 1classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. Note: Mattin Luther King Day will be OM at Augsburg with a special convocation onMondayIJanuary20,at 1.UOp.m.Check with your instructor for class scheduling this day. I Introduction I The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recogruzed by the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Studentsmay also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the Catalog. - Students are invited tobe part of one of International In* the 23 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest AssociationforInternationalEducation(UMAIE).Thesecourse opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships:Deadline: Friday, December 13. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmentalrequirementsand present a signed internship learning agreement plan to the Internship Office(Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 13).The LearningAgreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a p m gram of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosingto pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. kesent to the registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervisingfaculty member. This Introduction 1 proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Oher Schools- Augsburg studentsmay enroll at any other 414 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office.The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during thehterim at other 4-14 schools are accepted forcredit by Augsburg, but may not necessarilybe accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the religion requirement. Augsburg Collegewelcomes students from other 414schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg studentsfor the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $768for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Studentsare welcometo stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. 1 ART 107-42040 ART 1 18-42041 ART 35542042 Instructor:Phlllp Thompson Course options Include Drawlng, Palnting I and Palntlng 1 I 107 Drawing - Drawing projects in pencil, pen and wash surveying the fundamentals of visual theory, composition, and descriptive methods with a focus on the south Florida environment. Activities will include referenceto historical and contemporary examples of coastal landscapes. 118 Painting I - Painting projects with a focus on the south Florida environment in water or oil based media against a concern for fundamentals of visual theory, composition, and descriptive methods. Studyof the significance of coastal landscapes in the light of historical and contemporary examples. 355 Painting II - (Prerequisite: ART 118 or equivalent) Advanced study of oil and water based painting with emphasis on the south Florida environment. Each course of study will include some interdisciplinary activities with "morida Keys Marine Biology" and "Writers of the Florida Keys" classes. Evaluation will be based on the quality of work, participation, and artistic growth factors. The course fee will be about $1,200 which will include air fare, lodging, and most meals for about two weeks in south Florida. The primary residence will be at the Newfound Marine Institute on Big Pine Key. The Interim will include stays at Miami Beach and trips by van to the Everglades and Key West. DlsMbvtlon:Art/Muslc General Educaiion Perspectives:Aesthetics Maodmum Enrollment: 12 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 4 & 17 Arf I ART 290-42043 Insfructor: Steve Chapman An overview of the visual arts of the American Indians within the United States with some attention to Canada, Central and South America. In addition to the visual arts of the Eastern Woodland, Plains, Pacific, and Southwest Indians, some content may include drama, dance, poetxy, mythology, rituals, or religion. Students will produce art work such as weaving, baskets, pottery, jewelry, sculpture, or prints. This course is pintly listed as Indian Studies or Art, and is one of the c o r n available to those interested in an American Indian Studies minor. Dlslnbutlon:Art/Muslc Maxfmum Enrollment:20 77me: 1 I Room: Old Maln 17 BIO 14042044 810 34042045 Insfructor: Ralph Sulerud The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of marine organisms and marine ecology. Most of the approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The Institute offers laboratory facilitiesand field trips in addition to housing and a dining hall. Field trips will permit the study of diverse habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow bays, mangrove swamps, seagrass communities, and tide pools. Organisms from these communitiesand others willbe investigated on site and in the laboratory.A marinebiologist from the Institutewill be available to lead all field trips and conduct specialized classes. Upon termination of the program at the Institute, there will be a short trip to the Florida Evergladesto experienceyet another interesting environment. Preparation for the excursion to the Keys will be made during the week prior to the trip. This will include an introduction to marine biology utilizing a variety of audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the completion of the course requirements. The course will have an interdisciplinary component. Biology studentswillinteractwith studentsfromJohnMitchell'scourse, "Writers of the Florida Keys",and Phil Thompson's drawing and painting courses. Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the pm gram,a detailed journal based on daily experiences, and a final examination. Upper division students will also do a special research project which will be the basis of an extensive paper. Dlslrlb~on:Blology/Chemlslry Prerequlsltes:Blology 1 1 1, 1 12 for upper dMslon credlt Madmum Enrollment: 10 Tlme:I Room: ScIence 205 610 102-42046 Instructor EWn Mlckelberg A discussion of the many contributions and impacts made by plants in almost every area of society.Historically, plants have influencedexplorationoftheplanet,militarycampaigns,health care, religious beliefs, crime, and many other areas. We will look at everything from the spice trade to the Lindbergh kidnapping and the influence of plant life on each occurrence. Two multiple choice examinations will be the evaluative instruments. Dlslrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlslry Maxlmum Enrollment:30 Tlme:1 I Room: Sclence 205 BIO 10542047 Instructor: ThomasHehst This class will develop an increased understanding of the current environmental and health implications of such topics as nuclear power (fission and fusion), genetic engineering, waste disposal, biological warfare, ccarcinogens, agricultural fertilizers, and pesticides. Additional topics of class interest may also be discussed. Three written examinations, of equal point value, will be q u i d .A fourto six page referencedresearch paper on a p r e approved topic may be substituted for one examination. The papers will be evaluated on style and content, r e f l b g a thorough understanding of the subject. Photocopy fee of $10. Dlstrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlslryor Uhan/Women/ Mlnotify General Education Perspecfive:Ncrtural World-2 Madmum Enrollment:20 77me: I Room: Sclence 2 13 BIO 141-42048 Instructor:Esther McLaughlln This course will introduce the "fifth kingdom" of organisms: fungi. The importance of fungi in history, religion, culture, medicine, agriculture, and industry, as well as their role in the ecosystem (as decomposers and symbionts)will be explored. The course will use lectures, student premtations, field trips, audio-visual resources, and some classroom demonstrations. Evaluation will be via weekly tests and graded presentations. Dlslrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlstry Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: 11 Room: Sclence 2 13 Biology I BUS 499-42049 (IndependentStudy) Instructoc John Cedto Congruent with the mission of Augsburg College, this course will be of service to the urban community by providing research assistance to both nonprofit and profit organizations. Students enrolled in the class will have the opportunity to conduct field-based research projects for community-based organizations requesting and requiring marketing research assistance. Students should contact the instructor to obtain an outline of the expected research methodology. Prerequlsffes: BUS 352 or SOC 363 or completion of another research course approved by the I ~ c t o r . Madmum Enrollment: 10 lime: Independent Study Room: Contact the Instructorpriorto Interim reglslraflon CHM 100-42050 Instructor: Ariln Gyberg This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Basic science and math are introduced early and are taught as needed for understanding various topics and implications.The course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry tolifeand living. Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies.In recent decades the human seeking of personal independencehas led to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of adual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, pills, plastics, processed foods, pollutants, and it goes on and on. Emotional and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance and wen learning appearsto be the result of chemicalreaction to form a "memory molecule". Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society,our world, and our universe? Come, pin us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course will be o f f d in a lecture/discussion format. Article handouts and films will supplement the ledure/discussion periods. Daily quizzeswillbe used for evaluation. This course meets a distributionneed but does not satisfyprequisites for Chemistry 106,110, or 116. Dlstrlbvtlon:Blology/Chernlstry General Educdon Pmpectlve: Natural World2 Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I/ Room: Sclence 3 15 CSC 27@42051 Instructo~Lamy Ragland A study of the Fortran programming language for students with previous knowledge of computer programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of Fortran together with programmingtechniques for using those features. Studentsare expected to know how to do computer programming in someprogramminglanguage(such as Pascal) before entering this course. This course will involve lectures and several programming assignments in Fortran. Evaluation will be based on the successful completion of assignments and examinations. Prerequlslte:One course which Includes programming I Com~uterScience In a programrnlng language (e.g.,CSC 170). Madmum Enrollment:25 Time: I Room: Foss 42 ECO 1 1M2052 Instructor Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metmurban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are:population "crisis", crime prevention, ecologyand income distribution, distributing free bread, mass transit systems, etc. Fundamental miroeconomic tools will be introduced to facilitate discussion of the above topics. Final grade in the course will be based on three subjective examinations. Dlsf~ibvtlon: Emer Economlcs/Pd~cal Sclence or Uban Concerns Madmum Enrollment:25 rime: 1 I Room: Sclence 2 12 ECO 1 12-42053 Instructor:Satya Gupta An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, and em nomic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. Dlstdbvtlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence Madmum Enrollment:25 Time: I Room: Muslc 22 ECO 32342054 Instructor: Jeanne Boeh An introduction to the field of health economics. Application of elementary economic theory to the m t players in our health msyjtem- hoqitals, physichs, and payas.Thedstriiutive effects of these programs will be considered. Also, comparisons will be drambetweenour health care system and those of other countries. Prerequlslte: ECO 1 12 or 1 13 or consent of the Instructor. Maximum Enrollment:25 Tlme: I Room: Muslc 23 ECO 49542055 lnstructoc Magdalena Paleczny-Zaw Students will critically review the failures and successes of the Soviet Planned Economy from 1917-1985. The main focus of the course will be Perestroika - restructuring the Soviet economy - and evaluating GorbacheVs economic program in terms of economic growth, income distribution, consumer w e k , technological performance, military power and environmental quality. The historic events of August 1991 and their impact on the future of the SovietUnion willbe discussed in intadisciplinaxy manner. Method of evaluation: Active class putidpation; finallake home research essay. Prerequlslfe:ECO 1 12 or consent of lnslructor Dlstrlb~on: Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence Maximum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: I Room: Memorlal Hall 323 EDU 353-42056 Instructor:Rlch G m u n d m This course presents an examination and comparison of s e lected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigation of possible careers in international education. Specla1 attention will be directed toward Scandinavian and Central American models. There willbe lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class presentations and an investigative project. Prerequisite: Sophomore standlng. or permlsslon of Instructor. Madmum Enrollment: 15 rime: I Room: Ubraty4 EDU 37G42057 Instructor: Mary Ann BaV,es & Carolyn Clemmons This course will provide future teachers with insights and strategies that will enable them to create positive learning environments that will enhance achievement and build selfesteem in their students. Prerequlsltes:EDU 265, SWK250,some M d work expedence Madmum Enrollment:25 Time: 1 I Room: Ubraty 4 EDE 37542058 Instructot B ~ c Drewlow e This class prepares students for the unique experiences and Education responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. The course will stress issues associated with adult/chiId relationships, curriculum design and development, classroom organization researchplans, and developmentalinstructionpractices. Guest speakers will be included to share their unique experiences and perspectives. Grades willbe based on projects, discussion, and examination. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequkltes: PPST Dam and EDU 255 Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:I Room: Ubrary l EDU 388-42059 Instructor:Mlldred Mueller This course is the study of prejudice, discrimination, and oppression as it affects persons of color, the handicapped, the limited English speakers, and females. Topics include racism, sexism, homophobia, and economicissues.Emphasisis placed on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms which will include minority students, different religiousbackgrounds, the less abled, and students at risk. Students will be expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films, and complete a pro@. This coursesatisfiesthe Minnesota Human Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is a onehalf credit course. This course is offered only on PIN basis. Prerequlsttes:Passlng of PPSl and admntance to Education program In process. Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I1 Tuesdays,7hursdays and alternate Fddays Room: Ubrary l Education ENG 2 1942060 Instructor: John Schmlt Language plays an important role in our socialization and acculturation. The way we speak tells others who we are and tells us who others are. Our speech is a reflection of our social u l w background. For and economical standing and our c this reason we should expect women to speakdifferentlyfrom men. And yet somehow we do not. We should expect anyone from a different background to have differences of language. Even more importantly, we must understand these differences in order to make sure that we understand speakers from different language communities. This course will examine the dialects of various Englishspealang communities and attempt to describe and understand their rules of speech: Their grammatical rules, phone logical rules, and their rules of discourse. It will include ledures, student presentations, and student-led discussions. Besides presenting a topic, students will write a paper on the presentation topic and take a final exam. Dlstrlbvtlon: Urban Siudles, or Women's Studies, or Mlnom Siudles General Education Perspective: InterculturalAwareness Maximum Enrollment:25 Time: 11 Room: Old Maln 27 ENG 2404206 1 ENG 342-42062 Inslructor: Kaihy Swanson What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction should be considered in making an evaluation?In this course, students will find answers to these questions by mding a variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction. Although the course will not involve a systematic analysis of the history of the form of the short story, we will begin with tales and fables and we will read a sufficient number of classics for the student to appreciate the historical development from Poe to Beattie. The come will involve practice in ways of approachingliteratureandwill include studyof thebasic critical terminology, so it would be an appropriate course for students who have not yet studied literature at the college level. Studentsare acpected to read the storiesand novel, participate in class discussions, write an analysis paper on a selected short story, write an original short story, and take several quizzes and a final exam. Students taking this course for upper division credit will read an additional novel and prepare a substantial paperlclass presentation on it. All students will be asked to contribute $5 to enable printing and distribution of selected original fiction from class. Prerequlsltes: Completion of Effectlve WMng Dlsfrlbvtlon:Englkh/Speech General Educaiion Perspective:Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 27 ENG 136-42063 Inslrvctor John Mttchell This course o k r s a study in the literary use of setting, in this case an environment that will be studied aesthetically, ecologically, and culturally in concurrence with the reading of selected essays, poetry, and fiction. The study of the environment itself will involve an interdisciplinary program based at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute on Big Pine Key about 30 miles from Key West. The main text will be The I(ey West Reader: The Best of the Key West Wrifers,1830-1990. In addition, students will read three novels: Ernest Herningwafs To Hime and ToHaw Not,Thomas McCuane's Ninety-Two in the Shade, and Thomas Sanchez's Mile Zero, which will give a historical and diversely cultural overview of the Keys'literary significance. The interdisciplinary component of this course will be coordinated with two other courses:''Drawing" or 'Tainting" taught by Phil Thompson and "Marine Biology" taught by Ralph Sulerud. Field trips during the two-week stay will involve excursions into the culturally and racially diverse Art Deco District of Miami Beach; snorkeling in the coral reefs; trips to the ,'back country" of the mangrove islands; visits to the Hemingway house and other places of literary interest; and a brief tour of the Everglades. A stimulating interplay of environment, culture, and literature will result; the student will be an informed presence rather than a mere tourist. There will be one week of introductory study on campus, about two weeks of study in southern Florida, and about a week to complete the course requirements back on campus. Studentswill be expeded to keep a journal of observations and impressions,to compose a verbal and visual sketch of a chosen writef s house, and to write a final paper of about 10 pages in length, based upon analysis and comparison of seleded writers' uses of environment as literary setting, especially in view of what has been learned first-hand. A fee of approximately$1,200 will be charged for transportation (including airfare), lodging, most meals, and the services (field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.) of the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute. Prerequlsltes:Petmlsslon of lnsfructor Dlsiribution:Engllsh/Speech Maximum Enrollment: 10 77me: 1 Room: Sclence 205 English FRE 24342064 Insfructoc Ruth Aaskov What is the attraction of French literature, its human and artistic significance for the reader? With these questions in mind we will read and analyze 810 shorter French literary works available to us in English translation. What willwe be reading? A bit of Rabelais and Montaigne, of Dexartes and Paxal. We will explore the classical theater, the social critic Voltaire, and the 19th century novel. Twentieth century authors like Gide, Codeau, Sartre, and St.-Exupery will meal concernsof life that supercedenational boundaries. We will sample one piece of francophone literature from West Africa, reflecting the struggle between indigenous and Western culture. At mid-point each student will choose another short work for personal study and presentation for the class. Evaluation of your work will be based upon your active participation in class, your timely reading and discussion preparations, four quizzes, your independent study pmject, and an endaf-the- course discussion of the papers. This literature course is intended to help you in further reading, critical thinking, and communication about literature. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of Instructor Dlsfrlbvtlon: Uterafure Madmum Enrollment: 25 lime: I Room: Old Main 12 HPE 11542065 Instrvctoc Richard Borstad A course req& for all students majoring in education. Students will gain knowledge of various chemicals and their ) French/Health and Physical Education effectson the mind and body; acquire an awareness of school and community based resources available for assisting students with health-related problems; appreciate the teacher's role in the school health program; and examine their own attitudes and practices relative to chemicaluse. Topicsinclude: legal, cultural, and historical asp& of chemicals; p h m c o l ogy; the school health program; community health programs; epidemiology; and defining the drug problem. Lechmdiscussion format.Studentswillwrite a paper on a topic of their choice and there will be periodic quizzes on lecture and reading materials. This is a onehalf credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Tlme:I1 Tuesdays, Thursdays,and akmate Fridays Room: Melby 1 1 1 HPE 232-42066 Insiructor: Carol Enke A course designed for Physical Education majors. Students will develop an appreciation for rhythmic activities within Physical Education; identify and perform various dances corresponding to a variety of musical forms; and develop and practice strategies for teaching creativity in movement. Content includes: fundamental movement patterns (hopping,skipping, and leaping), dances (folk, squaw, social), and creative movement. Students will practice fundamental movements and a variety of dance h s ; develop a dance and movement notebook; teach creative movement. Evaluation will be based on attendance, participation, and a written and practical final exam. Thisis a onehalf credit course. Maximum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays Room: Melby ZW2 Health and Physical Education HPE 47542067 Instructor: Ed Saugestad The purpose of this class is to equip students with the skills and knowledge needed to assist in the prevention and caring for trauma associated with physical activity. Contentincludes: the identification and care of common injuries related to various sports; procedures for preventing injuries; taping and wrap ping; therapeutic measures; medical resources; legal considerations. Lecture, discussion, demonstration, and A-V resources are utilized. Students will practice various training techniques. Evaluation includes both written and practical skill examinations. Small fee for taping materials. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequlslte:610 103 Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:I Tuesdays, 7hursdays,and alternate Fn'days Room: Melby l l I HPE 478-42068 Instructoc Ed Saugestad This courseis designed to prepare students to become coaches of ice hockey. Includes fundamentals of skating, stick handling, shooting, passing, position play; principles of team defense and offense; motivation of players; public relations; scouting procedures; and care of equipment. Activities include ledure/discussion, demonstrations, guest spakers and A-V materials. Some on-ice activity. Evaluation includes examinations and development of a coaching notebook This is a onehalf credit course. Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Melby I I I I Health and Physical Education I HIS 220-42069 HIS 320-42070 Inslructor: Khln Khln Jensen This course will focus on Asian immigration to the United Statesin themid-19th centuryand turnof the 20th century. The Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Filipino experience will receive special atkmtion. The course concludes with a component on the changes in the U.S. immigration laws in the postWorld War I1period.Studentswill study the pattern of Asian immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene, and the role of "new Asian immigrants" since the end of the Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United States to some Asian immigration. There will be a mid-term and a finalproject (a paper, topic to be selected the first week of the term in consultation with the instructor) due the last day of the term. Upper division students will be m p h d to complete a longer paper than for lower division credit.They will also be expected to completea book review on a book related to the course theme and provide an oral progress report of their paper to the class. Dlsfrfbutlon: Hlsto~y/Phllosophy Mcudmum Enrollment:25 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 13 HIS 440-4207 1 Inslructor: Don Gust&n Gandhi and King m monumental personalities of our century, individuals whose names carry an aura of saintliness and whose lives and actions are now held up as pointing to the higher levels of living that humans might reach. They are worthy of study because of their impact on our times, but also as a means of discovering what the passage of time may do to the record and image of prominent figures. In this month we will begin by looking at the contemporary popular portrayal of both Gandhi and King as shown by the films "Gandhi" and "Eyes On The Prize"and then by reading materials contemporary with these men as well as later biographies and studies which attempt to assess the real persons behind the p m t myths. Grading will be based on papers, class participation, and a h a l exam. Prerequlsltes:Sophomore sta-h.~~ or above and at least one college hlstory or polka1 sclence course. Maximum Enrollment: 15 Tlme:11 Room: Old Maln 1 1 INS 22542072 Insfructor: Amln Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to p m t his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will alsobe a consideration of the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.).Therewillalsobesomeefforttodeal withthe similaritiesand differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. Dlstrlbutlon:Mlnortty-Urban Studies Maximum Enrollment:30 Tlme:1 I Room: FC 42 INS I W 2 0 7 3 Instructors: WcM O b n and Ann Reener Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates.Studentswillread selected readings, which will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study the Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for effective seminars; evaluatetheir own behaviors during seminars and lead seminars. Methods of evaluation will include interviews with students and observation of students participating in seminars; reflective writing related to seminar content; and seminar participation. Maximum Enrollment:20 lime: I1 Room: Sclence 3 19 INS 299-42074 sOC299-421 I I Instructors: Gamy Hesser and Lds Olson Learnfrom and about your experiences. Discover new ways to learn by observing, collaborating, and subjectingyour acperiences to critical reflection.The course is designed to help you connect your experiences to the liberal arts. The actanship is a modified intanship designed for studmts already placed in Cooperative Education positions, for studmts Interdisciplinary working part time in jobs related to their mapr or m r interests, and for students actively engaged in community service. The assumptionis that all students will be involved in appmximately 20 hours per week of placement activity during the month of January (check with instructors if you have questions). All students will design an individual learning plan and are scpected to actively participate in a seminar that will meet twice a week at times to be determined after the participant's worklservice schedules are determined. Evaluation will be based upon the overall quality of participation in the seminar, which will include organizational analysis and critical assessment reflected in journals, seminar participation, and collaboration. The course is offered on a PIN basis. Prerequlsltes:Placements secured during or prior to the Fall semester whlch wlll contlnue during the Intefim and pemlsslon of the Instructors. Dlstribvflon:Urban Concerns Maximum Enrollment: 15 Tlrne: I1 Room: Murphy Place 2 MAT 173-421 12 See Addiional Courses,page 52. MAT 253-42075 Instructoc Bev Durkee Our o b j j v e s are the exploration of this new geometry of fractals, its rules, its visuals, how it meals the beauty of mathematics, how to create images of such complex forms and exprience them as an art form via computer graphics. I Mathematics The class will observe the pattern of self-similarity and consider the transformations used to construct fractals such as this fernand theexistence of self-similarity regardless of the power of magnification used in examining it. The class will also consider the well known Mandelbmt set and Julia sets in color and in three dimensional rendition. Students will be tested on the mathematics through a midterm and finalexam.Studentswill create a portfolio of visuals similar to the one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot or Julia sets which display the mathematical character of those visuals. F i y , students will keep a pumal noting their reflections on the intemmedions between mathematics and the artistic creations being studied or created. Prerequlsltes:M d h Placement Group 111 or hlgher Dlsiributlon: Mathemaiics/Physlcs General Educaiion Pmpectlves: Aahetics Maximum Enrollment:20 77me: I Room: Sclence 1 12 MUS 129-42076 Instructor: Stephen Gabrlebn "Tmprovisationin Music" meets everyday for three hours, and each student will improvise daily at class meetings, using a variety of improvisational techniques and styles. Prerequlsltes: Mlnlmal abl11Yy on a muslcal Instrument or h e Instructor's pemlsslon. Maximum Enrollment: P m M o n of Instructor requlred to enroll 77me: I Room: Muslc 4 MUS 179-42077 Instructors:Robert Karien and Roberta MeMer Much of American history and culture is derived from that of continental Europe and the cities of Amsterdam, Paris, Munich, and Vienna. This course provides an opportunityto visit and experience important cultural centers that provided theimpetus for development of culturallife in the New World. Studentswill gain an appreciation of the role of art and music in the history of the Netherlands, France, Austria, and Germany. Evaluation is based on full participation in all comerelated group activities, a daily journal, artlmusic critique sheets, and exams (oral and written). No prerequisites, and no previous experience in art or music is required. Fee: $2,895 includes all air and surface travel, accomrnodations, several cultural performances, continental breakfast daily, and five group dinners. Regktmtion for this interim must be made before October 25 at the InternationalPrograms Office,620 21st Avenue S., Minne apolis, MN55954.Phone: 330-1655. O f f d onaP1Nbasis only. Maximum Enrollment: 30 MUS 204-42078 Instructor: 0. Nlck Raths An introductionto the fundamentalsof music and musicology as they occur within the context of Rock's inception (1950s)and maturation (1%0s) periods. This course will examine the musical content, methods, and historical background of s e leded artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive exam and a short term paper that includes a critical analysis of a chosen song. For non- music majors. Dlslrlbutlon: Art/Muslc Maximum Enrollment:30 Tlme: I Room: MUSIC5 NOR 1 1 1-42079 Instructor: Frankle Shackelford This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in spealung, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian cultwe. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, q&, a midterm, and a final exam. Dlsfribvflon: Forelgn Language General Educaflon Petspeciive: Intercultural Awareness Madmum Enrollment: 25 77me:I Room: Old Maln 25 PHI 17542080 Instructor: Davld Apollonl We w i l l begin by studying some common conceptions and misconceptions of romantic love, and look at some philosophers' definitions of it. We will try to decide what it is to be in love with someone, and how this differs from just being friends, liking that person, and desiring that person sexually. In the remainder of the course, we will consider the following ethical issues concerning sex: (a) Sex and morality -Is there such a thing as an ethics for sex?Is there such a thing as sexual irnmox.ality? (b) Ssc and maniage -Is the use of birth control moral? Is promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses does the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery immoral? (c) The morality of alternative sexual preferences and lifestyles - Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are homosexuality and lesbianism sexual perversion? Or are they merely alternative sexual preferences? Teaching methods: ledure/discussion. Evaluation:two-thirds of total grade will derive from weekly quizzes, and one-third from a final term paper of five to ten typewritten pages. (Iwill require that students turn in a rough draft of this paper for my comments and criticisms.) DlstribuHon: Hlstory/Phllosophy General Educaflon Perspecifve: Human Idenmy M d m u m Enrollment:30 77me: I Room: Sclence 2 12 PH141W2081 Instructor:Mark Fuehrer John the Scot was a ninth century Celtic philosopher who was also a mystic. We shall study his commentary on the Prologue to St.John's Gospelto learn how he uses philosophyto develop a mystical reading of Sacred Scripture. I.&um will be combined with class discussions.Studentswillprepam dailyanalyses of the reading, prepare a term paper, and take a final exam. Prerequlslte: One course In Philosophy Dlsfrlbuiion:Hlstory/Phllosophy Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 10 PHY 10642082 instructor Noel Pelit "Introduction to Weathef' is a study of the science of meteorology to provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas: the physics of the atmosphere, weather observing, man's interaction with the atmosphere and oceanI and under- Philosophy/Physics standingthe world's climate. Related topics to be included a: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), oceanography, pollution, economic effeds of the weather, and weathds impact on world events. The course consists of three weeks of lecture and laboratory sessionsin Minneapolisfollowedby a one week trip to Florida to visit major weather facilities. The trip itinerary includes: Kennedy Space Center, Cape Canaveral Air Forre Base, the National Weather Service Office in Melbome, South Florida Water Management DistrictHeadquartersinWest PalmBeach, the National Hurricane Center in Miami, and WTVT-TV in Tampa. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory program. Topics discussed in the visits include: tropical weather, upper air soundings, hurricane tracking, fresh water management in Florida, weathersatellites,agricultural weather, and broadcast weather. During the course, the student maintains a journal of weather observed and sites visited. Daily weather maps will be used at the visited sites to monitor conditions and aeate our own forecasts. Daily quizzes and ledures will be given during the travel. Grades will be based upon the journal, two examinations given during the classroom period, and an individual project completed during the trip. Cost will be approximately $750. Initial deposit of $100 due by the end of Interim registration. Contact Professor Petit for additional information. PrerequMe: H/gh SchoolAlgebra,MaitternatlaLevel I1 DlsMbvtlon: Mathematics/Physlcs General Education PerspecWe: Natural Worid Enrollment: 15 Tlme:I Room: Sclence 723 PHY 1 17-42083 Instructors: Mark Engebrelson and Bruce Relchenbach The course will focus on contemporary problems which arise from our developing technological capabilities. We will consider the causes and effects of global warming, the irnplications of developing nuclear energy, the prospects and problems of genetically engineering both our foodstuffs and humans, and the urban implications of developing a light rail system. To get a satisfactorygrasp on how to approach these problems we will first explore what science and the scientific methods are, how science (knowing) relates to technology (doing), the structures used for ethical evaluation, and the resulting interactions between the three. Grading will be based on two tests, two short papers, and group work. See the complete description for more details. Prerequlslte:Mathematla Level 111 Dlsiributlon:Mathematlcs/l7Iyslcs General Education Perspective: Natural World if2 Madmum Enrollment: 40 77me: I Room: Foss21a& b PHY 151-42084 Instructor Jeff Johnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in business for years. However, it is alsopossible to usespreadsheets to solve physics problems without using "high-powered'' mathematics. Spreadsheetsallow the student who is not an expert in physics on a more intuitivelevel. We mathematicsto +ence will use Lotus 123to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary and p r o w e motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in areas other than physics. Gradingwill be based on spreadsheet pro*, homework, and a hal scam. Prerequlslte: Math Level 111 Dlsiributlon:Mathematlcs/~ysIcs Madmum Enrollment: 20 77me:I Room: Sclence 30 PHY 337-42085 InsIructor:StuartAnderson The quest to understand how light and matter interact is at the heart of modem physics, and l a m are probably the most ubiquitous technical product of these ideas. This course will begin with an overview of optics needed for understanding imaging,beam control and dispersion, includingthe nature of light, reflection, refraction, and interference.This setsthe stage for tmting the physics of superradiant devices and lasers, and the impact of cavity design on output characteristics. The course will conclude by applying these concepts to the study of atoms and simple molecules by the emission, absorption, and scattering of light. Considerable emphasis will be placed on laboratory experiences; only onethird of the class period will be used for formal lectures and discussion, with the balance spent in the laboratory. Grades will be determined on the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, two onehour exams, and a formal research paper. Prerequlsltes:PHY 12 1, 122,245 (or equhfalent), MAT 124, 125,224 Madmum Enrollment: 10 Tlme: I1 Room:Sclence 30 POL 29542086 lnstructoc Elkabeth Anderson Contrary to American popularbelief, Canada is not just a colder version of the United States. Canadian national identity is alive and well, and currently a much debated topic - in Canada. In this new course, we will examine Canadian identities (thm Ph ysics/PoliHcal Science I is at least one for every pmvince) through cultural forms produced in the last 30 years. Emphasizing the c u l t d studies approach to history, we will draw from various "texts1' (stories, poetry, non-fiction, film,music, W, newspapers, art and architecture)and events (the Quiet Revolution and the Refemdurn in Quebec, theMeech lake Accords, thestandoff at Oka,the FIR Trade Agreement between the U.S. and Canada, the arrival of new immigrants, the Persian Gulf War)in ordm to q l o r e Canada from Canadian perspectives. Our focus will mainly be &an, and centend on the cities of Monkall Toronto, and Vancouver. Our methods of analysis will be interdisciplinary and comparative (Canada-U.S. border studies). Grades will be based on active participation in class discussions, one oral presentation, and a final written project. Mcudmum Enrollment:20 77me: I Room: Old Maln 2 1 POL 37 1-42087 Instrvctor: Phll Ushman This course will examine the c m t political and legal rights and responsibilitiesof the American employee in the contemporary labor market. Various forms of employment issues, including contract rights, wrongful termination, workers compensation for pb-related injjes, safety in the work place, protection against illegal discrimination on the pb, drug and alcohol testing, and rights of the employee to "whistle-blow'' will be studied. Wherever possible, the opposite position of the employer will be presented.The role of the American labor union movement and employel's political action groups will be addressed where relevant.There will be field trips to o b m e actual court and/or administrative law proceedings. Students will also meet with employment lawyers and repre sentatives of industry. Students will prepare a specla1 mini-term paper and take a final examination. PrerequlsRes:Junlor or Senlor status; One course In Pdmcal Sclence or Economics. Dlsfrlbvtlon: Economlcs/Pollflcal Sclence Madmum Enrollment: 35 77me: Monday and Wednesday evenlngs, 6:309:30p.m. Room: Old Maln 16 POL 42 1-42088 Instructor: Wllllam Mods This course will examinethe impact of American films on U.S. citizens' perceptions of politics. Films will be selected whose principal themes deal with particular political practices and/ or institutions. The class will evaluate the accuracy of these images by considering the films in light of the scholarly literature and other information available on each subject. Close attention will be given to an exploration of the ethical situation and dilemmas of decision-making in politics. As part of the course, students will submit written analyses and evaluationsof the political context or "image" of politics in the films shown in class. These, plus additional articles and portions of books from the social sciences and other literature paralleling some of the films' themes, will serve as the basis for class discussion. The papers, two tests on assigned readings establishing the framework for the class, and class participation will determine final grades. Students will be assessed a specialfee to cover the rental of the films and viewing equipment. Prerequlsttes: POL 121, 122,or 158 Dlsfrlbvtlon: Economlcs/Pollflcal Sclence Political Science Madmum Enrollment: 20 Tlme:1I Room: Old Maln 2 1 PSY 10542089 Inslructor: Wendy VanLoy An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understandingbehavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Dlslnbvtbn: Psychology/Soclology General Educaffon Perspective: Human Identity Madmum Enrollment: 25 77me:1I Room: Old Maln 25 PSY 32 1-42090 Instructors:Nancy Stebkry and Dlane Plke The purpose of this course is to examine law from both a sociological and psychological perspective. Designed for u p per division social science students, the course explains various aspects of law and the legal system, including police, lawyers, the courtmom, deterrence,and law and corporations. Thew is a midterm and final examination plus two written assignments. Note: Students who have completed PSY 335should not enroll in this course. Prerequlsltes:SOC 12 1 or PSY 105 Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 18 PSY34CM2091 Instructor: Norm Ferguson This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspedives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined with the intent of gaining knowledge about how they function as representations of "the self." The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's individual self and of how the conceptualizations of your self have been molded by a variety of social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the course will include topics such as the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the assigned readings. Students will be scpeded to be p r e p 4 for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the responsibilityfor leadingdiscussions.Evaluationwillbe based on class participation and five short (600-800 word) papers. Prerequlslte:PSY 105 Madmum Enrollment: 16 Time: I Room: Old Maln 1 1 PSY 370-42092 Inslrvctor: Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism direded toward other persons and society will be the main focus. - Psychology This course willbe conducted as a seminar with a high level of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, fmpent shirt papers, and hequent oral reports.Each student will be required to seek out and interview persons in the adolescent-level of development. Typewriting or equivalent word processing skill will be required. Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will be availablein the Augsburg Bookstoreby November 1.Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessions and will provide a base for further learning in the course. This course is offered only on PIN basis. RerequlsRes: PSY 105 Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 29 REL 24 1-42093 Instructor Brad HoH Off the beaten track of American tourists, this journey focuses on meeting African faith communities,observing their rituals, listening to their music, and observing their art. We encounter the three basic religious traditions of Africa: African Traditional Religions, Christianity, and Islam. Each of these faiths brings intriguing surprises as they reflect African culture in a variety of ways. Our access to the Christian communities will exceed that of the other two, but Christianity in Africa can only be understood in the context of "ATR" and Islam. Each of these has influenced the others. Both the mission-founded and the "independent' churches have developed creatively in music, theology, and spirituality.At the same time, political tensions characterizethe relations of the churches and Islam, as Nigeria prepares for a return to civilian rule in 1992.Our learning will Religion include various kinds of input: reading, lectures, interviews, visits to sites, observation of worship, and discussions. Through it all, we live simply, encountering life in a Third World country which is strugglingto find appropriateblends of African and Western culture. We will travel light, study hard, and experiencethe taste, the markets, and the worship of one of Africa's most energetic nations. The course is designed for students seriously interested in religion who are in good health. A visa is required for Nigeria. Fee: $3,495 includes travel, accommodations, breakfast daily, one group dinner in London, all dinners (22) in Nigeria. Dlsfrlbuiion:Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellgon requlremenls) Madmum Enrollment: 15 REL 32842094 Instructor: John Benson There is nothing more familiar to us than parties, sports, and games. Yet most take them for granted. It may come as something of a surprise to us, then, that the festival, play, and "game theory" have been of keen interest, not only to anthropologists, sociologists, and psychologists, but also to students of religion and Christian theology. In this course we will use lectures, small group discussions, and field trips to look into some of this fascinating material. There will be two essay tests, several special preparations related to discussions, and a final project. Prerequlsltes:REL 1 1 1 or REL 22 1 Dlsfrlbuiion:Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellglon requirements) Madmum Enrollment: 30 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln I8 Religion REL 34342095 Instructor Cathy Paulsen Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether you m manied or not, but it will increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning/intirnacy in your life with a significant other. Within the context of Christian teachings, many theories will be studied with particular attention given to the work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and secondarily to the family. There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one paper,andtwotestsTwobookswillbe~. PrerequMes: REL I I I or /?EL22 I orpemlsslon of Insiructor Dlstrbution: Rellglon (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellgon requirements) Mdmum Enrollment:25 Tlme: I Room: Muslc 24 REL 345-42096 Inslructoc Eugene S k b b e The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century and its development, and cultural influence during 950 years of history. An anthology including two monographs and the professox's lectures, plus reserve reading will provide an overview.L.&m and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements include three exams and one short paper. Prerequlsltes:REL 1 I 1 or 221 DlsfrlbWon: Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellglon requlrements) General Educatlon Perspecffve: Chrlsffan F a l h Maximum Enrollment: 30 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 16 REL 44 1-42097 INS 49542098 Insiructoc Lynne Loremen This course will consider the central ideas of Christianity and feminism, and how they might be compatible. Attention will be given to religious influences on societal roles for women and men, feminist interpretationof the Bible, and the implications of feminism on Christian theology, especiallyin terms of language and metaphor. There will be daily reflection papers on the assigned readings which include questions for class discussion. Evaluation will be based on the papers, class participation, and a final exam. Prerequlsltes:REL 1 I 1 or REL 22 1 DlsMbWon: Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellglon requlrements) General Educatlon Perspecffve: ChrlsflanFaM Mcudmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln 23 SWK 25742099 Instructoc Mary Lou Wlllam Experientiallearning occurs as studentsvolunteer 80 hours of service (in a senices agency or institution which students Re/igion/Socia/ Work I select).The placementmust be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context of .this volunteer experience, students have the opportunity to interact with human service professionals, clients, and communities of diverse culture/ethnic heritage and special c o n m s (age, socioeconomic status, lifestyles, developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.). The course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in the human services. The three hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions which assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings which explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. 9udents will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political strudures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilitiesin society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms". This course is required for the Social Work major; open to all students. General Educcrtlon Perspective: The Clty Maximum Enrollment: 30 Tlme: I Room: Muphy Place 1 SWK 3 m 2 100 (fv11COUM) SWK 3D42/09(1/2 course) Instrvctor Marla Brown Is violence really "as American as apple pie" (Stokely Carmichael)? Is family violence just a reflection of society's violent attitude? Why does family violence occur,and when, and to whom? Today, identified violence in families has Social Work reached what many professionals consider epidemic proportions.This courseis intended to be an overview of the phenomenon of family violence, including contributing factors and consequences for the family and the broader society. Students will research various forms of family violence. Classroom speakers will include professionals who are involved in curm t policy-making and program delivery in family violence. Onehalf d i t option: classroom discussions, readings and the development of an annotated bibliography on area of interest in family violence. Full credit option: q u i r e s writing and presenting of research on a m of interest in family violence, in addition to the above work Prerequlslte: Introductory coum work In soclal work, psychology or sociology Maximum Enrollment:25 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 23 SWK 339-42 101 Instructor: Edwlna Hertzberg An historical overview of homelessness in the U.S. provides a base for understanding the current situation in the U.S.and in the Twin Cities. Ledures, films, discussions, field trips, guest lectures, a research paper, and volunteer work with homeless people in the field provide opportunities for participants to learn the &ties of the situation of homelessness - needs, resources, and causatives. Evaluation will be based on class participation, volunteer work, and a research paper. Specla1fee: $30 per person. Checkpayable to Augsburg College to be glven to lnsfructor on flrst day of class. Prerequlslte:Deslre to learn about homelessness General Education Perspective: The CHy Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 22 Social Work SWK 4.6642 102 (lull course) SWK 4.6642 1 10 (1/2 course) Insiructor:Rosemary Unk Course content will be continuation of Field Work 11 -educationally-focused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field place ment, plus one hour per week in a faculty-facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the field instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Prerequlslte:SWK 462 (FleM Work II) Madmum Enrollment: 30 Tlme:I Room: To be arranged 'Note: Thls Is the depahent's new fitb for Sociology 265, which was previously Lted as Raclal and Mlnorfty Group Relations. SOC 26542 103 lnsiructoc Gordon Nelson This course examines the nature of human p u p s who, for reasons of birth, accident, appearanceIor behavior, have been "set aside" and viewed as "different" by the larger society. Members of the class are encouraged to reflect on the extent to which such groups have developed meaningful cultures which have made or could make significant contributions to the selfunderstanding of persons who m part of the larger society. In addition to lectures and films presented in class, the course will include an opportunity for off-campus participant observation during which members of the class will be asked to focus on a particular culturalp u p otherthan their own. Thisobservation will become the basis for a class pmentation by each member, either individually or as part of a group. Members of the class can scped evaluation to be based on a combination of class participation, their respective class presentations, and a final examination. The course is offered on a P/Nbasis only. Dlslrlbuiion:Mlnorfty/Uiban General Educdon Petspeciive: Intercultvral Awareness Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Room: Sclence 3 15 SOC321-42104 Inslructor:Dlane Plke and Nancy Steblay The purpose of this course is to examine law from both a sociological and psychological perspective. Designed for u p per division social science students, the course explains various aspects of law and the legal system, including: police, lawyers, the courtmom, deterrence, and law and corporations. There is a midterm and final plus two written assignments. Students who have completedPSY 335should not enroll in this course. Prerequlsffes: SOC 12 1 or PSY 105 Maximum Enrollment:20 Time: I Room: Old Maln 18 SPA 1 1 1-42105 lnslructoe Anffa nsher Beginning Spanish I introduces the student to basic vocabulary and grammar. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but secondary goals m to develop reading and writing skills as well. After Interim, students will be prepared to continuewith Spanish 112 in the spring. The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented, and grammar explanationswill be given as needed to clanfy those in the text.Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapter, and a written and oral final exam. Dlstrlbutlon: Forelgn Language General Education Perspective: InterculturalAwareness Mawlmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln 29 SPC 32 1-42106 Insfructor James Hayes This "handsan" course will give students the opportunity to refine their public speaking skills in a contest format. Students will be q u i d to enter three d h t forensics events (irnpromptu speaking, a public address, and oral interpretation of an event of their choice) at three interscholastic tournaments held during the month of January. In addition, the class will prepare a videotaped program of their work as an instructional aid for future forensicscontestants. Evaluation will be based on p e r and instructor critiques of written and oral work, selfevaluation, and, to some degree, competitive success. Students should contact the instructor at the time they register to obtain an information packet that will help them get off to a "running s W in January.Those who milmust be available to participate in tournaments outside of regular class time on the following dates: January 17-18, January 2425, and January 28. Prerequlsltes:SPC I 1 1 or consent of instructor Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: I1 Room: Foss 2 1a/21b Lnnnrh r m m d & m t i n n &' Thnntrn SPC 340.42107 Instructor: David Lapakko We all encounter deception and exploitation in politics, advertising, selling, and personal relations. How can one decide whether to conceal information from a customer, to use subliminal persuasion, to "blow the whistle" on one's employer, to use photographs or body language to give a misleading impression? How can one sort out and weigh the various ethical considerations? In this course we will use case studies and a variety of ethical perspectives to analyze ethical problems in such fields as advertising, public relations, sales, and politics. We will also consider issues in subliminal persuasion, nonverbal communication, and interpersonal communication. The main objective is to improve our ability to make ethical decisions. Activities will include ledures, readings, case studies, interviews, oral reports, papers, debates, and two examinations. The emphasis will be on case studies involving situations encountered in everyday life. Prerequlsltes:A course In philosophy or consent of Instructor Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:1 I Room: Fos 43 SPC 347-42 108 Instructor: Deborah Bart A video production course which integrates ledure and criticism with hands-on video experience. This course addresses non-fiction subject areas. Studentswill view several d m e n taries in class and will work in production teams to produce short documentaries of their own. Additional time will be S ~ e e c h .Communication. ' & Theatre I required for editing. Prerequlsltes:Junior or Senlor Madmum Enrollment: 15 77me: I Room: Foss 175 Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following comes can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the InternationalPrograms Office, 620 21st Avenue S. (330- 16.5)or from the Interim Office (330-1025). Registration for these Interims ends October 25,1991. These courses are offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number. The Carlbbean and Its People Through Literature Chlna In Transltlon Contemporary European Buslness Contemporary Theatre & Soclety In Brltaln Cultural Confllct In Renaissance Italy Down-Under In New Zealand Egypt In Transltlon E~erlenclngIndla: Past and Present Famlly In Focus: Pollcy and Programs In Sweden, Denmark, and England Fleld Blology In Ecuador: Raln Forest and Galapagos Islands The Greek Bperlence Hapsburg Herltage: Central Europe after The Fall of the Wall Hawoll: Culture and Hlstory Hope and Glory: ChristIanHyIn England, France and G e m n y Iberla: A Fuslon of Cultures Law In London Literary Landmarks: England, Scotland, Wales The New European CommunHy: Economics and Culture In a Post- 1 992 Europe Reconqulsta to Emplre: Medleval & Early Modern Spaln Rellglon & Grassroots Movements for Soclal Change In Brazil Rellglon In Afrlca: Creatlvliy and Confllct Russian Language In Moscow Sounds and Sights of Europe Sovlet Unlon and Eastern Ewope: Gender Issues UMAIE These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College, but have been approved for credit by the College. Most cany a tuition cost plus other expenses which arethe responsibility of the student.They are offered only on a PINbasis. Fuller descriptions and detailsfor registering are available in the Interim Office. 4- SAILINGIN THE VIRGIN~SLANDS(January7-23,1992) HPE 455421 14 Insfructo~Joyce Hal7 Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising.The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43% foot fixed-keel sailboat with fivelsix other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual onthe-water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. No smoking is allowed. The course cost is $2,600, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day students and qualifying4-1-4 students.Others willhave to pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academiccredit. Total payment is due October 31,1991. Prerequisite: Pemlsslon from Joyce Pfatf of the Heah and Physlcal Education Depahent (6 1 2 / W 1247). Dlslrlbutlon:Metlme Sports: also one course cred/t. HPE 2 12-421 15 Check for informationin the Interim Office for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the M i ~ e s o t a b d i a nborder or for white-water canoeingand desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 26 through January26 period.There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available). AGENDA (December 29 - January 10,1992) P O L 398-421 16 This is a two-week seminar which enables undergraduate students to explore their own leadership styles in workshops which use instructional resources such as Myers-Briggs PersonalityInventory. In addition, the students examinepersonal styles of leaders from government and politics, the media, education, and business, who address such topics as values, ethics, risk-taking, decision-making, management theories, and organizational structures.The seminaris a blend of readings and research on leadershiptheory, ampleopportunityfor question-and-answer sessions with national leaders, small group discussions, and workshops that help students practice leadershiptechniques. SitevisitscanincludetheU.S. Chamber of Commerce, the International Monetary Fund, and foreign embassies in Washington. AND THE MEDIA (December 29 - January 10.1992) A POL 398-421 17 This two-week seminar for undergraduate students features Washington's media personalities, who are readily available Other Courses I to The Washington Center. This popular topic attracts students in many fields, e.g., communications, journalism, political science, and English. Sample topics include the role of the press in a democratic society; the press, politics, and public policy; and how Washington journalists view national and world leaders and issues. Site visits include mapr network studios, the Pentagon, and foreign embassies. Guest speakers have included nationally renowned print and broadcast purnalists, political media consultants and managers, and political-govement officials, such as former Republican National Committee Chair Frank Fahrenkopf, ABC newsman David Brinkley, MacNeil/Lhrefs compondent Judy Woodruff, and Linda Edwards, Executive Director, National Association of Black Journalists. CAMPAIGN 1992: INPURSUIT OF THE PRESIDENCY (January 12-17.1992) POL 398-42 1 18 This oneweek seminar will introduce participants to the politics and mechanics of running a presidential campaign. h g r a m sessionswill be designed to familiarke studentswith the presidential election process and its impact on American politics. Topics will include the organization and procedures of the Democratic and Republican parties, the primaries and conventions, media coverage of the campaign, and current campaignissues.Sitevisitswill include the headquarters of the Democratic and Republican National Committees and the Washington offices of presidential candidates. Campaign workshops will be offered to give students hands-on skills in grass-root organizing and managing campaigns. The seminar will assist participants in developing the knowledge and making connections to become involved in the presidential campaign when they return to their campuses. Studentswho plan to attend the summer convention programs are encour- Other Courses aged to attend IT ' n Pursuit of the Presidencf' as an intmiuction to the campaign process. These Interims begln December 29 and conffnue unffl January 18, 1992,Infotmaffon on either of the above programs, houslng and flnanclal asslstance Is avallable from Dr. Wllllam Monjs In Mernorlal Hall, 1 1 1B, or Brenda Elllngboe, Memorial Hall, 1 17A. 33G 1 197. The following actMnes are avallable to students during Interim and students may reglster for these class6 as well as for a regular course. These acff W do not carry course credlt.but do meet the llfeffme spods requlre ment for gradualion. HPE 002-421 19 lnslructoc Mlke Teltelbaum The form, basic techniques, and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25. Dlsfrlbutlon: Ufeffme Sports Maximum Enrollment: Controlled by lnsfructor Tlme: 12:W1:00p.m. Mondays, Wednesdays and Fridays Room: Melby Gym HPE 002-42120 lnslructoc Brian Ammann Practice and playing of badminton. Dlstrlbvtlon:Ufeffme Sports Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme:I Tuesdays.Thursdaysand alternate Fridays Room: Melby Gym I Lifetime S ~ l o r t s HPE 002-42 12 1 Instructor: Bdan Ammann Practice and playing of racquetball. Dlstrlbvtlon: Ufetlme Sports Madmum Enrollment: 10 Time: I Mondays, Wednesdays and attemate Fddays Room: Melby Gym HPE CK)2-42122 Instructor: Carol Enke Designed for students who may q u i r e special, modified physical activity.Enrollment in this class requires consultation with the instructor. PrerequlsHe: Consent of Instructor. Dlstrlbvtlon: Ufeiime Sports Madmum Enrollment: Controlled by Instructor lime:Ananged Room:Ananged EDU49542113 Instructor: Ted Welcher This course will provide you with an introduction to issues related to deafness and the modes of communication used by deaf people. We will examine the language, education, social and political aspeds, and cultural issues within the deaf com- munity. Lectures, guest lechms, viewing of videotapes, and reading assignments will include information pertaining to the following areas: anatomy and physiology of the hearing mechanism, etiology of deafness, hearing evaluation and amplification issues, the grieving/adjustrnent process associated with having a deaf child or family member, education of hearing impaired childm, oral versus manual comrnunication controversy, linguistics of American Sign Language, Pidgin Sign English and manual English communication systems, historical/political perspectives of deafness (including legislation affecting deaf people), accessibility issues, deafness and cognitive functioning and interpreting issues. General Educdim Pmpectlve:Approval pendlng for IntercuItvralA warenesf, cat ego^^ I. Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Room: Foss Center 43 INS 2 1G42 124 Insfructor BIII Green This course introduces college students to the experiences of first year law students. We will examine the nature of American jurisprudence and legal theories that law students study in their first year, discuss the academic and emotional pressures that first year students typically face, and explore ways to cope with these pressures. Madmum Enrollment: 15 rime: 1 I Room: Muslc 23 MAT 1 73-421 72 Instructor:Mathew Foss You buy a car and have monthlypayments. Would you liketo know how to figure out if your payments are fair? Or would I Additional Courses ' you liketo be ableto determinehow much to save everymonth so your kids can go to college?Or if you're paying a fair rate for life insurance? If so, Math of Interest may intemt you. This course will be of interest to students in business or economics or anyone "interested" in exploring compound interest.Evaluation will be based on quizzes and classroom work. Prerequlsttes: Math Placement Group 111 or equivalent DlsMbvtlon: Mathematlcs/Physlcs Madmum Enrollment:25 lime:// Room: Sclence 1 12 SOC 121-42123 Instructor: Rlta Webbrod This course is designed to help studentsbetter understand the social world they live in. The objectives of the course are to (1) teach sociological concepts for analyzing society, (2) develop skills in evaluating sociologicalarguments and issues, and (3) acquaint students with the state of knowledge in areas of sociological study. Students will participate in a panel discussion on a current social issue. Written assignments will include a short paper focusing on the supplementary reading. DlsMbvtlon: Psychology/Soclology General Educdon Perspecfive: Soclal Wodd Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: I1 Room: Old Maln 13 Additional Cor rrs.es 1
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1978
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: THE INTERIM The I n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of the school y e a r a t Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y intended t o be a time providing o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r both s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o employ s t y l e s of teaching and l e a r n...
Show more THE INTERIM The I n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of the school y e a r a t Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y intended t o be a time providing o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r both s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o employ s t y l e s of teaching and l e a r n i n g , t o i n v e s t i g a t e p a r t i c u l a r q u e s t i o n s and t o p i c s and t o use urban and o t h e r off-campus resources i n ways not p o s s i b l e during the r e g u l a r t e nn. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS To graduate, an Augsburg s t u d e n t i s required t o complete 35 courses of which a t l e a s t t h r e e must be i n t e r i m courses ( o r one i n t e r i m l e s s than the number o f y e a r s of f u l l time enrollment a t Augsburg; e.g., a t r a n s f e r s t u d e n t e n r o l l e d f u l l time f o r two years i s required t o complete one i n t e r i m f o r graduation 1. There i s no t u i t i o n refund f o r a s t u d e n t who chooses not t o e n r o l l i n an i n t e r i m course. One course i s considered a f u l l time load .during i n t e r i m and no s t u d e n t i s permitted t o r e g i s t e r f o r more than one course d u r i n g the period. LISTINGS Most i n t e r i m courses a r e graded t r a d i t i o n a l l y on a s c a l e of 4.0 t o 0. Students g e n e r a l l y have t h e o p t i o n t o r e g i s t e r on a Pass/No c r e d i t b a s i s . A few i n t e r i m courses a r c graded only on the P/N system; t h i s l i m i t a t i o n i s i n d i c a t e d i n the course d e s c r i p t i o n . Some courses a r e o f f e r e d with e i t h e r upper o r lower d i v i s i o n standing. Such i n t e r i m courses have two numbers l i s t e d and the s t u d e n t must s e l e c t . Students r e g i s t e r i n g f o r upper d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g should a n t i c i p a t e a d d i t i o n a l assignments and/or a more rigorous grading s t a n d a r d . OPTIONS June I n t e r i m A t l e a s t t h r e e i n t e r i m courses w i l l be t e n t a t i v e l y o f f e r e d i n t h e June 1978 s e s s i o n of summer school ( s e e l i s t i n g s under H i s t o r y , Music and P o l i t i c a l Science). An Augsburg s t u d e n t may r e g i s t e r i n a June i n t e r i m course i n l i f u of t h e January term with no a d d i t i o n a l t u i t i o n charge; however, s t u d e n t s planning t o e l e c t the June i n t e r i m must r e g i s t e r a t t h e time of the i n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t i o n i n t h e f a l l . S t u d e n t s wishing t o t a k e t h e June i n t e r i m i n a d d i t i o n t o the January one w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o pay r e g u l a r summer course t u i t i o n . Internships Students a r e not encouraged t o seek an i n t e r n s h i p course assignment d u r i n g the i n t e r i m . I n t e r n s h i p s a r e open t o s t u d e n t s who continue an i n t e r n s h i p from the f a l l term o r who begin an i n t e r n s h i p which w i l l continue i n t o the s p r i n g term. Occasionally a s t u d e n t who has had previous work experience can develop an i n t e r i m i n t e r n s h l p which draws upon and expands t h e previous work experience. Students e l e c t i n g an i n t e r n s h i p i n t e r i m a r e t o p r e s e n t a completed i n t e r n s h i p l e a r n i n g c o n t r a c t t o the I n t e r n s h i p O f f i c e (Science H a l l , Room 135) by no l a t e r than Monday, December 12. Independent o r Directed Study Students may e l e c t a program of e i t h e r independent study (upper d i v i s i o n ) o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y (lower d i v i s i o n ) f o r the i n t e r i m . F a c u l t y members a r e s t r o n g l y discouraged from a c c e p t i n g r e s p o n s i b i l i t y f o r more than one independe n t o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y p e r i n t e r i m . Students e l e c t i n g independent o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y must: 1 ) meet departmental requirements 2 ) p r e s e n t a t r e g i s t r a t i o n a w r i t t e n statement from t h e f a c u l t y member who w i l l d i r e c t t h e study 3 ) submit t o the I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r by December 1 a d e s c r i p t i o n of the intended s t u d y ( t o p i c , procedure, end r e s u l t , and form of e v a l u a t i o n ) . Students not s u b m i t t i n g t h i s information by December 1 w i l l have t h e i r r e g i s t r a t i o n cancelled. I n t e r i m s a t Other Schools Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l a t any o t h e r 4-1-4 i n s t i t u t i o n which o f f e r s a r e c i p r o c a l i n t e r i m arrangement. Catalogs of t h e s e i n t e r i m o f f e r i n g s can be c o n s u l t e d i n t h e I n t e r i m Center, Room 135, S c i e n c e H a l l . R e g i s t r a t i o n f o r i n t e r i m s i n t h e Twin C i t y c o l l e g e s w i l l be done a t Students Augsburg d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d . i n t e r e s t e d i n a t t e n d i n g any o t h e r i n s t i t u t i o n d u r i n g the i n t e r i m should c o n s u l t t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r o r h i s s e c r e t a r y (Room 135, S c i e n c e H a l l ) . Non-Augsburg S t u d e n t s Augsburg College w i l l a c c e p t s t u d e n t s from o t h e r 4-1-4 s c h o o l s f o r t h e January i n t e r i m w i t h o u t t u i t i o n charges provided t h e s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n a g r e e s n o t t o charge t u i t i o n t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s f o r t h e J a n u a r y term. The w a i v e r o f t u i t i o n does n o t i n c l u d e s p e c i a l f e e s charged i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n . Other s t u d e n t s w i l l be charged $390 f o r t h e i n t e r i m c o u r s e . S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an Augsburg I n t e r i m should w r i t e t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r a p p r o p r i a t e a p p l i c a t i o n forms. These s t u d e n t s a r e r e s p o n s i b l e f o r t h e i r own housing and boarding arrangements, though r e q u e s t s f o r on-campus housing can be made t o t h e o f f i c e of t h e interim d i r e c t o r . CLASS TIMES The i n t e r i m day i s d i v i d e d i n t o two blocks o f time. The number and l e n g t h o f c l a s s meetings a s w e l l a s t h e beginning time w i l l be arranged t h e f i r s t day o f c l a s s . All Interim classes w i l l meet the- f i r s t and l a s t class Classes scheduled f o r P e r i o d I w i l l d a y s of the tnterim. meet the f i r s t day a t 9:00 and cfasaes scheduled f o r Period IS will meet the f i r s t day a t 1:00. INTERIM CALENDAR November 7-10 Interim Registration December 12 Late I n t e r i m R e g i s t r a t i o n January 3 F i r s t Day of I n t e r i m 9:00 a.m. Class I 1:00 p.m. Class I1 January 4 Last day f o r cancelladd January 6 Last day f o r determining grading sys tem January 20 Last day f o r c a n c e l l i n g c l a s s January 27 I n t e r i m ends THIS CATALOG This c a t a l o g l i s t s courses by departments with departments l i s t e d i n a l p h a b e t i c a l o r d e r . A t t h e end of t h e book a r e l i s t i n g s of s p e c i a l overseas i n t e r i m s o f f e r e d by S t . Olaf College and o t h e r courses not o f f e r e d by Augsburg College but recognized by the College f o r i n t e r i m c r e d i t . F u r t h e r d e s c r i p t i o n s and information about t h e s e courses a r e a v a i l a b l e i n the i n t e r i m o f f i c e . NEED MORE HELP? Check with t h e i n t e r i m o f f i c e (Science H a l l 135) and the I n t e r i m S e c r e t a r y , Marilyn P e t e r s e n , o r with the I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r , D r . Don Gustafson. The i n t e r i m phone i s e x t e n s i o n 403. AMERICAN STUDIES 08255 AMERICAN INDIAN VOICES IN THE 20TH CENTURY Instructor: Grier Nicholl American I n d i a n s speak f o r themselves through a u t o biography, f i c t i o n , p o e t r y and o t h e r w r i t i n g s . Readi n g s w i l l f e a t u r e t h e l i f e s t o r y o f a n Ogala Lakota h o l y man, Black Elk Speaks (1932); N. S c o t t Momaday's n o v e l , House Made o f Dawn (1967); and Vine ~ e l o r i a ' s C u s t e r Died f o r Your S i n s and I n d i a n M a n i f e s t o (1969). -----, A c t i v i t i e s i n the course w i l l include informal small group d i s c u s s i o n s ; a j o u r n a l o f r e a d i n g c r i t i q u e s ; s h o r t r e p o r t s of a d d i t i o n a l reading; musical recordings; and a p o e t r y r e a d i n g by a mid-western I n d i a n p o e t . Prerequisites : Distribution: None Humanities Time: I1 Room: Gym 24 AMERICAN STUDIES 08377 A HISTORY OF AMERICAN JAZZ STYLES See d e s c r i p t i o n under Music. ART 10242/10342 ' FILM-MAKING I FILM-MAKING II Instructor.: -Paul Rusten Film-making through p r a c t i c a l l a b e x p e r i e n c e . D i s c u s s i o n and o b s e r v a t i o n o f t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l , e l e m e n t s o f f i l m . The making o f a 16mm sound f i l m . Lab f e e o f $70.00 Prerequisites : Distribution: Time: None f o r Film-making I You must h a v e t a k e n Film-making I i n o r d e r t o t a k e Film-making 11. Humanities I Room: Film C e n t e r , E a s t H a l l ART 10247 LIFE DRAWING Instructor: Nonnan Holen A s t u d y o f undraped f i g u r e s f o r a r t s t u d e n t s and non a r t s t u d e n t s . The media w i l l i n c l u d e p e n c i l , i n k , c h a r c o a l , and p a s t e l . There w i l l be a $10.00 p e r s t u d e n t model fee. Prerequisites : Time: I None Room: A r t Studio 6 ART 10179/10379 ART & MUSIC IN SOUTHERN GERMANY & AUSTRIA I n s t r u c t o r s : Robert K a r l e n and P h i l i p Thompson B u i l d i n g upon t h e r i c h a r t s r e s o u r c e s a v a i l a b l e i n Munich, Vienna, and S a l z b u r g , t h e program w i l l combine a s u r v e y o f a r t and music i n t h e Ancient World, Middle Ages, Renaiss a n c e and t h e Modern World. D a i l y a t t e n d a n c e a t museums, g a l l e r i e s , m u s i c a l performances and o t h e r a p p r o p r i a t e s i t e s a r e p a r t o f t h e s c h e d u l e which i n c l u d e s f o u r days i n , L o n d o n a n d / o r P a r i s , t e n days i n Munich, n i n e days i n Vienna and t h r e e days i n S a l z b u r g . While a l l p a r t i c i p a n t s w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o s t u d y both music and a r t , a n a r e a o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n may be s e l e c t e d from t h e f o l l o w i n g : - 1. Music H i s t o r y and A p p r e c i a t i o n Journal and/or research t o p i c paper 2. A r t H i s t o r y and A p p r e c i a t i o n Journal and/or research t o p i c paper 3. Drawing ( S t u d i o A r t ) D e s c r i p t i v e and i n t e r p r e t i v e drawing w i t h emphasis on a r c h i t e c t u r e i n g r a p h i t e , crayon, i n k and wash. 4 . Independent Study Music a n d / o r A r t w i t h i n s t r u c t o r ' s approval - - - Prerequisites: Distribution: C o s t : $995.00 Consent o f i n s t r u c t o r ( s ) A r t o r Music Also c o u n t s toward a r t major BIOLOGY 20102 PLANTS IN HUMAN SOCIETY I n s t r u c t o r : Erwin M i c k e l b e r g A s t u d y o f t h e r o l e p l a n t l i f e h a s and i s p l a y i n g i n human s o c i e t i e s . P l a n t anatomy, morphology, geography and t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p o f p l a n t s t o p e o p l e w i l l be d i s c u s s e d . A b r i e f s u r v e y o f t h e e n t i r e p l a n t kingdom w i l l conclude t h e c o u r s e . Prerequisites : D i s tribution: Time: I None Science Room: S c i e n c e 123 BIOLOGY 20491 TOPICS IN LIMNOLOGY Instructor: Roberta L a m e r s T h i s c l a s s w i l l combine l e c t u r e s by t h e i n s t r u c t o r w i t h p r e s e n t a t i o n s o f i n - d e p t h l i t e r a t u r e r e s e a r c h by t h e s t u d e n t s . Students w i l l a l s o develop a high q u a l i t y p a p e r on t h e i r t o p i c . I n l a n d l a k e s w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d from many a s p e c t s i n c l u d i n g t h e i r morphometry, c h e m i s t r y , and dynamics, a s w e l l a s t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f organisms i n h a b i t i n g them, and a s p e c t s o f w a t e r p o l l u t i o n . This course f u l f i l l s the requirement of t h e seminar f o r t h e b i o l o g y major. Prerequisites: Time: I Junior o r s e n i o r biology major Room: Main 7 BIOLOGY 20183120383 THE BEHAVIOR OF NERVE CELLS I n s t r u c t o r s : Norman Ferguson Robert ~ e r f o r t h L e c t u r e and l a b o r a t o r y . A s t u d y o f t h e b a s i c p r o c e s s e s of t h e nervous system. Emphasis w i l l be placed on t h e a c t i o n o f i n d i v i d u a l n e u r o n s ; how t k e y behave and i n t e r a c t w i t h *one a n o t h e r . Topics t o be c o n s i d e r e d w i l l i n c l u d e : e l e c t r o p h y s i o l o g i c a l methods used i n studying nerve c e l l s , t h e e l e c t r i c a l p r o p e r t i e s of the n e r v e axon, t h e synapses between neurons, t h e i n t e g r a t e d a c t i v i t y o f n e u r o n s , and t h e o r g a n i z a t i o n of s e n s o r y r e c e p t o r s . S t u d e n t s w i l l be a c t i v e l y involved i n l a b o r a t o r y d e m o n s t r a t i o n s o f many o f the phenomena discussed i n class. P r e r e q u i s i t e s : A c o u r s e i n Biology a n d / o r & e m i s t r y and c o n s e n t o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r s Distribution: Time: I1 Science Room: S c i e n c e 318 and 227 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 21140 INCOME TAXES FOR INDIVIDUALS Instructor: Amin Kader Survey of common and important p r o v i s i o n s of f e d e r a l and Minnesota income taxes f o r i n d i v i d u a l s with emphasis on completing the 1040 t a x form. Not open t o majors i n Economics and Business Administration. Prerequisites: Time: None I Room: Science H a l l 320 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 2 1255 RESEARCH METHODS FOR BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS I n s t r u c t o r : K e i s h i r o Matsumoto Course w i l l cover p a r a m e t r i c and non-parametric s t a t i s t i c a l techniques and SPSS programming (computer programming using t h e s t a t i s t i c a l package f o r s o c i a l s c i e n c e s ) . Recommended f o r s t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n experimental r e s e a r c h and a n a l y s i s of survey q u e s t i o n n a i r e s . Lab f e e of $30.00. Prerequisites: Time: I None Room: Main 23 CHEMISTRY 34 109 CHEMISTRY IN A N URBAN ENVIRONMENT I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Olmsted T h i s c o u r s e w i l l d i s c u s s t h e chemical problems encountered i n urban l i v i n g and how t h e s e problems and t h e i r s o l u t i o n s a f f e c t t h e s t a n d a r d of l i v i n g i n t h e c i t y . Environmental q u a l i t y mneems n o t only the open space8 and wilderness areas of the country. People and where they l5ve are a l s o part of the environment, The course w i l l explain i n layman" sterna t h e chemf c a l e f f e c t s of t o x i n s and other substances present fn a i r , water, s o i l and food, and digcuss the p e r t i n e n t chemical reactions. Proposed solutions t o some of the problems w i l l be d i s c u s s e d t o g e t h e r w i t h t h e i r p o s s i b l e r a m i f i c a t i o n s on Living s t a n d a r d s and economics. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Science Time: I ~ o o m :S c i e n c e H a l l 315 ECONOMICS 22150 CONSUMER IN MODERN SOCIETY Instructor: S a y t a Gupta I n d i v i d u a l s must make c h o i c e s i n many a r e a s of t h e i r d a i l y l i f e . I n o u r complex modern s o c i e t y poor d e c i s i o n making on t h e p a r t o f i n d i v i d u a l s i s n o t uncommon. This c o u r s e i s n o t i n t e n d e d t o d i r e c t consumer c h o i c e s , b u t t o p r o v i d e an awareness o f the a l t e r n a t i v e s and opportuni t i e s a v a i l a b l e t o t h e consumer. The c o u r s e w i l l a l s o a s s i s t consumers i n making t h o s e c h o i c e s which a r e b e s t f o r t h e i r purposes i n the l i g h t of t h e i r v a l u e s . Prerequisites : None D i s t r i b u t i o n : May n o t be used t o s a t i s f y t h e major r e q u i r e m e n t s i n e i t h e r Economics o r Business Administration. Time: I1 Room: Main 23 EDUCATION 44251145251 FROM NUTCUPS TO BOTTLE CAPS (TEACHER-MADE MATERIALS) Instructor: Marie McNeff Designed f o r t h e p r o s p e c t i v e t e a c h e r , e i t h e r e l e m e n t a r y o r s e c o n d a r y . The p r o s p e c t i v e t e a c h e r w i l l work w i t h a cl.assroom t e a c h e r i n i d e n t i f y i n g a r e a s where s t u d e n t s a r e h a v i n g d i f f i c u l t y l e a r n i n g . Teacher-made m a t e r i a l s , t o e n a b l e s t u d e n t s t o l e a r n what t h e y a r e h a v i n g d i f f i c u l t y w i t h , w i l l t h e n be c o n s t r u c t e d . Sources o f i n e x p e n s i v e m a t e r i a l s w i l l be d i s c o v e r e d and compiled. The teacher-made m a t e r i a l s w i l l be u t i l i z e d i n t h e classroom t o t e s t e f f e c t i v e n e s s with s t u d e n t s . S t u d e n t s i n t h i s c l a s s w i l l draw up i n d i v i d u a l l e a r n i n g c o n t r a c t s . Class s e s s i o n s w i l l be h e l d i n Wayzata i n D r . ~ c ~ e f f home ' s s o t h e s t u d e n t s can have a c c e s s t o saws, p a i n t , s a n d e r s , e t c . S t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t D r . McNeff, E d u c a t i o n D e p a r t m e n t , p r i o r t o December 20th c o n c e r n i n g t r a n s p o r t a t i o n a r r a n g e m e n t s and c l a s s r o o m placement. Prerequisites: Time: 11 E d u c a t i o n 255 o r 265 Room: D r . McNeff's home EDUCATION 44375 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF KINDERGARTEN Instructor: Lauretta Pelton T h i s c o u r s e o f f e r s t h e o p p o r t u n i t y f o r one t o d i s c o v e r t h e d i s c o v e r e r . Because a k i n d e r g a r t e n c h i l d i s r a p i d l y opening d o o r s t o knowledge, a t e a c h e r needs t o know a t what s t a g e each c h i l d i s and how t o p r o v i d e a n e n v i r o n ment i n which t h e c h i l d can e x p l o r e and e x p e r i e n c e l e a r n i n g . The c o u r s e w i l l i n c l u d e a s t u d y o f k i n d e r g a r t e n c u r r i c u l u m , e x p l o r a t i o n o f m a t e r i a l s , and a review o f t e a c h i n g approaches. L a b o r a t o r y e x p e r i e n c e s w i l l be arranged. This course is a p r e r e q u i s i t e t o s t u d e n t t e a c h i n g a t t h e k i n d e r g a r t e n l e v e l and t o o b t a i n i n g a l i c e n s e f o r teaching a t K level. P r e r e q u i s i t e : Admittance i n t o t h e Augsburg E d u c a t i o n program o r a n e l e m e n t a r y s c h o o l t e a c h i n g c e r t i f i c a t e . Time: I1 Room: ~ i b r a 4r ~ EDUCATION 45483 STUDENT TEACHING Ins tructor : E i n a r Johnson S t u d e n t s w i l l be placed i n a classroom f o r f u l l days. O p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e provided f o r e x p e r i e n c e in. o b s e r v i n g and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s on t h e secondary s c h o o l l e v e l under t h e s u p e r v i s i o n of c o l l e g e and h i g h s c h o o l personnel. Student teaching fee: $15.00 P r e r e q u i s i t e s : S e n i o r s t a n d i n g , completion of prerequisites i n education leading t o student t e a c h i n g , admission t o s t u d e n t t e a c h i n g . S t u d e n t s must c o n t a c t D r . Johnson p r i o r t o 9 December t o a r r a n g e f o r placement. ENGLISH 54220 FREE-LANCE WRITING Instructor: David Wood E n r o l l e e s w i l l e x p l o r e t h e f r e e l a n c e market, i d e n t i f y an a r e a of i n t e r e s t , w r i t e a r t i c l e s i n t h a t a r e a , and submit them f o r p u b l i c a t i o n . Prerequisites : Time: I Advanced Composition Room: Main 21 ENGLISH 54217 THE WRITER'S WORKSHOP: OR, THE ACT OF WRITING WITH ONE'S OWN HANDS Instructor: John M i t c h e l l How w r i t e r s go about w r i t i n g i s a m a t t e r of enduring popular i n t e r e s t and misconception. This course w i l l emphasize what t h e w r i t e r s themselves have t o s a y about the a c t of w r i t i n g with t h e i r own hands. The course w i l l concern i t s e l f with what w r i t e r s have i n common d u r i n g the process of w r i t i n g and how they v a r i o u s l y cope with t h e s e common problems: i t w i l l t r y t o a s c e r t a i n the ''magical formulas" t h a t make t h e l a b o r of w r i t i n g p o s s i b l e . Although the emphasis w i l l be upon reading assignments, s t u d e n t s w i l l a l s o make t h e i r own w r i t e r s ' notebooks and experiment with t h e w r i t i n g process. No previous experience with c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g i s r e q u i r e d , but a previous i n t e r e s t i n c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g a s a p o s s i b i l i t y i s recommended. The premise behind the course i s t h a t although the art of w r i t i n g cannot be t a u g h t , the of w r i t i n g can be encouraged. Poetry, f i c t i o n , and n o n - f i c t i o n a l prose w i l l be included. S t u d e n t s t a k i n g t h e course should be capable of independ e n t s t u d y and be w i l l i n g t o go t o some t r o u b l e i n the dead of w i n t e r . One of the i n s t r u c t o r ' s premises i s t h a t e f f e c t i v e w r i t i n g i s w r i t t e n by r e o p l e who a r e w i l l i n g t o go t o more t r o u b l e than o t h e r s . Students a r e encouraged t o t a k e the course on a P/N s c a l e . Prerequisites : None Distribution: Humanities Time: I1 Room: Main 21 ENGLISH 54230 MODERN WOMEN WRITERS I n s t r u c t o r : Toni Clark Modern Women W r i t e r s w i l l e x p l o r e the work of Woolf, Nin, S a r t o n and Lessing, a s w e l l , & many l e s s e r known poets and prose w r i t e r s . The c l a s s d i s c u s s i o n s w i l l focus on such m a t t e r s a s t h e r e l a t i o n of t h e s e w r i t e r s t o t h e modernist t r a d i t i o n , whether they a r e c r e a t i n g an a r t with a d i f f e r e n t s t r u c t u r e , s t y l e and c o n t e n t from the mainstream male w r i t e r s i n the modernist t r a d i t i o n , and t h e i r views on women y t i t e r s , women's a r t , feminism and androgyny. Prerequisiteb: Distributibn: / Time: None Humanities I' Room: Main 7 ENGLISH 5436 2 CREATIVE WRITING WORKSHOP: FICTION I n s t r u c t o r : Lon O t t o Three s t u d e n t s from each of the f i v e c o l l e g e s of t h e Associated Colleges of the Twin C i t i e s w i l l be chosen, on the b a s i s of p o r t f o l i o submitted t o t h e i r r e s p e c t i v e English Departments, f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n the workshop. The workshop w i l l be p r i m a r i l y concerned with the s h o r t f i c t i o n w r i t i n g done by the p a r t i c i p a n t s . We w i l l a l s o read and d i s c u s s some examples of i n n o v a t i v e and convent i o n a l f i c t i o n t h a t have been published w i t h i n the p a s t t e n y e a r s , e s p e c i a l l y t h a t i n small p r e s s p u b l i c a t i o n s . E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be made on t h e b a s i s of a p o r t f o l i o of s h o r t s t o r i e s w r i t t e n d u r i n g the i n t e r i m . S t u d e n t s ' c o n t r i b u t i o n s t o t h e c r i t i c a l d i s c u s s i o n s w i l l a l s o be taken i n t o c o n s i d e r a t i o n . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s should c o n t a c t Toni Clark of the English Department and be prepared t o submit some examples of t h e i r w r i t i n g t o t h e English Department by November 1. Time: I1 Room: 212 OEC, College of S t . Thomas ENGLISH 54437 SHAKESPEARE AND THE FAMILY Instructor: Richard Sargent We w i l l s t u d y t h e major p l a y s and poems of Shakespeare, w i t h p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o t h e theme o f t h e family. A t the h e a r t of most of S h a k e s p e a r e ' s works i s a probing of family r e l a t i o n s h i p s and family i n t e r a c t i o n s . We w i l l n o t l i m i t o u r concern t o family i n t e r a c t i o n , however; we w i l l use t h i s t h e m a t i c approach t o develop a broad understanding of ~ h a k e s ~ e a'rs e works. This course i s a p p r o p r i a t e f o r those s e e k i n g a g e n e r a l i n t r o d u c t i o n t o Shakespeare's works; i t i s a l s o a p p r o p r i a t e f o r those whose major i n t e r e s t i s psychology, and s p e c i f i c a l l y family systems. Those who have a l r e a d y had a c o l l e g e - l e v e l i n t r o d u c t i o n t o Shakespeare w i l l be encouraged t o do s p e c i a l p r o j e c t s r e l a t e d t o the theme of t h e family. Prerequisites : Distribution: Time: I None Humanities Room: Main 2 ENGLISH 54445 POTPPOURRI: SELECTED READINGS FOR DISCUSSION I n s t r u c t o r : Barbara Andersen I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r , s t u d e n t s w i l l make i n d i v i d u a l r e a d i n g l i s t s o f t e n t o twelve books which w i l l be d i s c u s s e d i n s m a l l groups, e s t a b l i s h e d a c c o r d i n g t o common books, a u t h o r s o r themes. Reading l i s t s must be determined b e f o r e t h e end o f f a l l term s o t h a t a d i s c u s s i o n s c h e d u l e can be p u b l i s h e d p r i o r t o t h e interim session. Prerequisites: J u n i o r o r S e n i o r s t a n d i n g and consent of i n s t r u c t o r Distribution: Humanities Time: I Room: Main 22 FOREIGN LANGUAGE 72245 THE AGONY OF 20TH CENTURY GERMANY A S REFLECTED LITERATURE Instructor: William Oyler These works w i l l r e f l e c t t h e c r i s e s and upheavals o f t h e 20th c e n t u r y e x p e r i e n c e which a r e n o t u n i q u e l y German, b u t have a u n i v e r s a l a p p l i c a t i o n a s w e l l . Topics w i l l i n c l u d e : t h e anonymity o f u r b a n - i n d u s t r i a l l i f e , t h e s e a r c h f o r p e r s o n a l i d e n t i t y and s e c u r i t y , t h e u s e s o f power, w a r , p o l i t i c a l change and c o n f r o n t a t i o n w i t h u l t i m a t e q u e s t i o n s o f l i f e and d e a t h . Works by E a s t German and women w r i t e r s w i l l be i n c l u d e d . S t u d e n t s w i l l read and r e p o r t on one work i n a d d i t i o n t o t h o s e d i s c u s s e d i n c l a s s . T h i s c o u r s e i s a v a r i a t i o n on German L i t e r a t u r e i n T r a n s l a t i o n (244), which covers n e a r l y 200 y e a r s from t h e Age o f C l a s s i c i s m t o t h e p r e s e n t . S i n c e t h e two c o u r s e s a r e n o t i d e n t i c a l , s t u d e n t s who have t a k e n 244 may g e t c r e d i t f o r 245 and v i c e v e r s a . C r e d i t does n o t a p p l y t o a major o r a minor i n German. Prerequisites : None Distribution: Language Time: I1 Room: Main 2 FOREIGN LANGUAGE 70453 LE CONTE ET LA NOUVELLE (THE FRENCH SHORT STORY) Instructor: Ruth Aaskov The French s h o r t s t o r y i n i t s two-fold c a t e g o r y ( c o n t e and n o u v e l l e ) i s a v e r y a c c e s s i b l e and d e l i g h t f u l l y v a r i e d l i t e r a r y form. T h i s c o u r s e w i l l t r e a t animal t a l e s and f a b l i a u x o f t h e Middle Ages, t h e c o u r t l y t a l e , R a b e l a i s i a n e p i s o d e s o f e x a g g e r a t i o n , f a i r y t a l e s of P e r r a u l t and t h e i r modern c o u n t e r p a r t s , a s w e l l a s 1 9 t h and 20th c e n t u r y p o l i s h e d forms. We w i l l look f o r i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s by and a b o u t t h e French, t h e i r c o n c e r n s and way o f l i f e , t h e u n i q u e and t h e u n i v e r s a l . There w i l l be o p p o r t u n i t y t o e x p l o r e a s p e c i a l a r e a of i n t e r e s t , such a s c l a s s i c s f o r c h i l d r e n ; a p e r i o d , a u t h o r , o r theme; examples o f Francophone l i t e r a t u r e . Readings, t a p e - l i s t e n i n g , d i s c u s s i o n , r e p o r t s i n French. P r e r e q u i s t e s : French 311 o r c o n s e n t o f i n s t r u c t o r Distribution: Time: Languages ( a l s o c o u n t s toward m a j o r / m i n o r ) Room: Main 4 I1 FOREIGN LANGUAGE 76312 SPANISH EXPRESSION Instructor: Gunta R o z e n t a l s Course i n t e n d e d f o r s t u d e n t s who have a b a s i c command o f w r i t i n g and s p e a k i n g s k i l l s i n S p a n i s h and wish t o expand them. I n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e t o improve o r a l and w r i t t e n e x p r e s s i o n w i t h emphasis on c o n v e r s a t i o n a l f a c i l i t y , s t r e s s i n g i d i o m a t i c usage and t h e f i n e r p o i n t s o f grammar. Readings t o s t i m u l a t e d i s c u s s i o n and broaden c u l t u r a l background from contemporary l i t e r a r y t e x t s and magazine articles. Conducted i n Spanish. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: I 311 o r 212 w i t h p e r m i s s i o n Language ( a l s o c o u n t s toward major/minor) Room: Main 4 HISTORY 56136 OF ARMS AND THE MAN: WARFARE INTHE ANCIENT WORLD I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Nelson Through primary and secondary sources t h i s course w i l l consider t h e causes and consequences of war i n t h e a n c i e n t Mediterranean World. S t r a t e g y and t a c t i c s , technology and p e r s o n a l i t i e s w i l l be major c o n s i d e r a t i o n s . Students w i l l be required t o complete a term p r o j e c t . While a paper may be a c c e p t a b l e , s t u d e n t s w i l l be urged t o do something l e s s t r a d i t i o n a l e.g. map work, t e r r a i n a n a l y s i s , b a t t l e planning, model b u i l d i n g o r the l i k e . Prerequisites : Distribution: Time: I None History ROO^: Main 18 HISTORY 56495 SEM1NAR:ASPECTS OF THE NORWEGIAN-AMERICAN EXPERIENCE Instructor: Carl Chrislock An i n v e s t i g a t i o n of the emergence of such c u l t u r a l i n s t i t u t i o n s and t r a d i t i o n s a s church, p r e s s , f r a t e r n a l s o c i e t i e s , musical o r g a n i z a t i o n s e t c . Students w i l l develop competencies i n t h e use of source m a t e r i a l s and i n a r c h i v e work. I f c o n d i t i o n s allow, a f i e l d t r i p t o t h e Norwegian American museum i n Decorah, I w a and t o the Norwegian American H i s t o r i c a l Association a r c h i v e s i n N o r t h f i e l d , Minnesota w i l l be included. Augsburg a r c h i v e s w i l l a l s o be u t i l i z e d . Some moderate f e e s w i l l be assessed f o r travel. Prerequisites : Time: I Permission of i n s t r u c t o r Room: L i b r a r y 201 HISTORY 56382 AFRICA: PAST, PRESENT, AND FUTURE -CHARTING A COURSE FOR SURVIVAL IN THE 21ST CENTURY I n s t r u c t o r : Ralph Crowder The t h r u s t of t h i s course w i l l be an indepth a n a l y s i s of Kenya, a developing n a t i o n i n E a s t Africa. A primary concern w i l l be t h e i n v e s t i g a t i o n of major themes w i t h i n the a r e a s of c u l t u r e , p o l i t i c s , economics and t h e s o - c a l l e d dllemma of modernization. An a d d i t i o n a l a r e a of concern w i l l be an e v a l u a t i o n of African and Afro-American linkages w i t h i n a h i s t o r i c a l and contemporary context. Students w i l l be expected t o i d e n t i f y a s p e c i f i c a r e a of i n t e r e s t and prepare a research r e p o r t analyzing t h e i r a r e a of concern. A d a i l y j o u r n a l w i l l a l s o be required of a l l p a r t i c i p a n t s . The course w i l l combine a t t e n d i n g l e c t u r e s a t the U n i v e r s i t y College, N a i r o b i , f i e l d t r i p s t o r u r a l a r e a s and l i m i t e d time f o r personal e x p l o r a t i o n . A s e r i e s of p r e p a r a t o r y seminars and r e a d i n g assignments w i l l be conducted d u r i n g t h e f a l l semester t o adequately prepare course p a r t i c i p a n t s f o r an organized and coherent i n t r o d u c t i o n t o the African c o n t i n e n t . Contact i n s t r u c t o r f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s regarding c o s t s , e t c . HISTORY 56215 WESTERN CIVILIZATION AND ITS ESTHETIC TRADITION I n s t r u c t o r : Orloue G i s s e l q u i s t - Based on Kenneth C l a r k ' s f i l m s e r i e s " C i v i l i z a t i o n a P e r s o n a l View'' t h i s i n t r o d u c t o r y c o u r s e u s e s a s a background t h e c i t i e s , b u i l d i n g s , and museum works o f Europe t o view and d i s c u s s Western C i v i l i z a t i o n a s s e e n through i t s a r t i s t i c t r a d i t i o n from t h e Middle Ages t o t h e 20th Century. The f i l m s w i l l be supplemented by r e a d i n g s , l e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n s . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Distribution: History Time: Summer S e s s i o n I INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES 60325 LOOKING AT THE FUTURE Instructor: Sheldon F a r d i g Glimpses o f t h e f u t u r e through t h e eyes o f t h e Club o f Rome doomsday p r o p h e t s , Buckminster F u l l e r and o t h e r o p t i m i s t s , t h e o u t e r s p a c e v i s i o n a r i e s , t h e "small i s b e a u t i f u l " c o n s e r v a t i o n i s t s , t h e p r a c t i c a l man (e.g. c i t y planner, a r c h i t e c t , p o l i t i c i a n ) , the science f i c t i o n and s c i e n c e f a n t a s y w r i t e r . Awareness of c u r r e n t b r e a k t h r o u g h s , o f what i s i n t h e d a i l y p r e s s ; S t a r Wars. F u t u r e s t h i n k i n g s t r a t e g i e s and games. A l l a r e a s open f o r extended s t u d y . S p e c i a l f e e s : Cost o f t i c k e t t o " S t a r Wars" a n d / o r o t h e r commercial f i l m s . Prerequisites: Time: I None Room: Library 4 LIBRARY SCIENCE 47361 TOPICS IN THE HISTORY OF CHILDREN'S LITERATURE Instructor: Grace S u l e r u d W r i t i n g f o r c h i l d r e n w i l l be e x p l o r e d through t h e s t u d y o f s e l e c t e d t o p i c s i n 1 9 t h c e n t u r y American and B r i t i s h c h i l d r e n ' s books which p r o v i d e a n e x c e l l e n t view o f t h e c u l t u r a l v a l u e s o f t h i s p e r i o d . An i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y approach w i l l e n a b l e s t u d e n t s i n v a r i o u s f i e l d such a s h i s t o r y , religion, sociology, o r a r t to study writing f o r c h i l d r e n from t h e i r d i s c i p l i n e ' s p o i n t - o f view. S t u d e n t s w i l l have t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o u s e t h e r e s o u r c e s o f t h e K e r l a n and Hess C o l l e c t i o n s a t t h e U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota f o r r e s e a r c h on a t o p i c which t h e y choose i n consultation with the instructor. Prerequisites : Time : Consent o f i n s t r u c t o r . Room: I Main 8 MATHEMATICS 61136 AN EXPOSURE OF CHAOS IN MODERN COSMIC MODELS I n s t r u c t o r : Henry F o l l i n g s t a d An o r i g i n a l a n a l y t i c s u r v e y o f some c o n t r o v e r s i a l mathr e l a t e d i d e a s which d e a l w i t h t h e n a t u r e and o r i g i n o f t h e u n i v e r s e , t h e e a r t h , l i f e , and mankind. D i r e c t e d c l a s s and i n d i v i d u a l r e b e a r c h w i l l e x p l o r e t h e h i s t o r i c a l impact of u s e f u l math c o n c e p t s , and w i l l a l s o n o t e misuses o f m a t h e m a t i c s which h a v e promoted q u e s t i o n a b l e dogmas. New d a t a w i l l be p r e s e n t e d which c h a l l e n g e t h e v a l i d i t y o f some m a j o r c u r r e n t t h e o r i e s o f astronomy, cosmology, g e o l o g y , b i o l o g y , and t h e h u m a n i t i e s . Prerequisties : Distribution: Time: I None N a t u r a l S c i e n c e and Mathematics Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 212 MATHEMATICS 61130 SOME MATHEMATICAL ASPECTS OF MUSIC I n s t r u c t o r : Ben Cooper I n t h i s course we w i l l examine some of t h e evidence f o r t h e often-expressed f e e l i n g t h a t music and mathematics a r e somehow r e l a t e d . A c t u a l l y , musical phenomena t h a t p r e s e n t a high a e s t h e t i c o r i n t e l l e c t u a l appeal i n both t h e i r a r t i s t i c and mathematical a s p e c t s a r e r a r e . P o s s i b l e t c p i c s : (1) t h e r e i s a fundamental connection i n the s u b j e c t of tuning; ( 2 ) of more a e s t h e t i c i n t e r e s t a r e many canons which deserve t o be considered r e c r e a t i o n a l mathematics; ( 3 ) the s u b j e c t of symmetry, which i s important ( f o r example) t o twelve-tone composition, lends i t s e l f t o geometric a n a l y s i s ; (4) the problem of what c o n s t i t u t e s s t y l e can be a t t a c k e d from a p r o b a b i l i s t i c p o i n t of view. Prerequisites: Distribution: Tim: I Music 101 o r e q u i v a l e n t ; no mathematical prerequisites Natural Science and Mathematics Room: Main 27 MATHEMATICS 6 1 2 4 2 THE DEMYSTlFlCATlON OF ELEMENTARY MATHEMATICS Instructor: Bev Durkee Mathematics made s i m p l e f o r t h o s e who t h i n k t h e y d o n ' t l i k e i t , who a r e a f r a i d o f i t , o r who a r e m y s t i f i e d by i t , b u t who must g e a r up t o t e a c h i t t:o e l e m e n t a r y s c h o o l c h i l d r e n . The b a s i c s o f a r i t h m e t i c o f t h e e l e m e n t a r y s c h o o l w i l l be s t u d i e d . O f f e r e d p r e v i o u s l y a s B a s i c Concepts o f Mathematics. P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Distribution: Time: I1 N a t u r a l S c i e n c e and Mathematics Room: Science H a l l 320 INTRODUCTION TO MICROPROCESSORS I n s t r u c t o r : James L. Johnson With t h e a d v e n t of Large S c a l e I n t e g r a t i o n s (LSI) technology, i t h a s become p o s s i b l e t o pack a l l o f t h e c o n t r o l and l o g i c f u n c t i o n s o f a computer on a few s m a l l s o l i d s t a t e "chips". T h i s arrangement i s commonly c a l l e d a micro-processor. The c o u r s e w i l l , a s time p e r m i t s , i n v e s t i g a t e the following f e a t u r e s of microprocessors: ( i ) d i g i t a l components i n v o l v e d ; ( i i ) system s u p e r s t r u c t u r e f o r b u s s i n g d a t a among t h e s e components ; ( i i i ) programming t e c h n i q u e s . The c o u r s e w i l l i n c l u d e implementation of c e r t a i n microprocessor c o n f i g u r a t i o n s with d i g i t a l "chips". P r e r e q u i s i t e s : I n t r o d u c t o r y programming c o u r s e o r permission of i n s t r u c t o r Time: I1 Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 2 0 5 MUSIC 82115 PIPE ORGAN CONSTRUCTION AND DESIGN I n s t r u c t o r : Diana Lee Metzker A b a s i c i n t r o d u c t i o n t o and s u r v e y o f pipe o r g a n cons t r u c t i o n and d e s i g n . We w i l l be working w i t h Clarence Gou ld., l o c a l r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f t h e Moller organ company, i n h i s f a c t o r y and o b s e r v i n g s e v e r a l i n s t a l l a t i o n s of organs i n t h e Twin C i t i e s and surrounding communities. Prerequisites: An a v i d i n t e r e s t i n p i p e organs Distribution: Time: I Room: Music 10 MUSIC 82377 A HISTORY OF AMERICAN JAZZ STYLES I n s t r u c t o r : James Carlson Topics covered i n c l u d e : What is j a z z ? ; How t o l i s t e n to jazz; Jazz Herftages; Rluea; New Orleans D t x i e l a n d ; a i c a g o Dixieland; Ragtime; Boogie-Woogie; Swing, Bop; Cool; Funky; Gospel; 3 r d Stream; Free j a z z , L a t i n j a z z ; The School Scene; J a z z l ~ o c k ;Future D i r e c t i o n s . Prerequisites : Time: None I Ro-om: Olivet Hall MUSIC 82179182379 ART & MUSIC IN SOUTHERN GERMANY & AUSTRIA See d e s c r i p t i o n under A r t . MUSIC 82110 MUSIC THERAPY: A CLINICAL OVERVIEW I n s t r u c t o r : Roberta Metzler V i s i t a t i o n t o approximately 10 music therapy c l i n i c a l s i t e s and f a c i l i t i e s d e a l i n g with handicapped i n d i v i d u a l s i n Minnesota. P o s s i b i l i t y of an overnight t r i p t o a neighboring s t a t e . Classroom d i s c u s s i o n of b a s i c s i n t h e f i e l d of music therapy. Designed f o r both music therapy undergraduate s t u d e n t s a s w e l l a s non- therapy majors. $10.00 f e e t o cover c o s t of t r a n s p o r t a t i o n . Need f o r f l e x i b i l i t y i n time, a s some t r i p s w i l l be scheduled i n morning, a f t e r n o o n , e n t i r e day, perhaps ove rnigh t - . ( P r e v i o u s l y o f f e r e d a s I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Music Therapy). Prerequisites : Time: None Summer, Term I MUSIC 82119182319 JUMPING JACKS: A POTPOURRI OF MUSIC, MOVEMENT, AND MIME Instructor: James D. Johnson I n t e g r a t i o n of music, improvisations, i n t e r p r e t a t i v e v o i c e , i n t e r p r e t a t i v e movement, mime. Students w i l l p a r t i c i p a t e i n the above a c t i v i t i e s and p r e s e n t a c o n c e r t a t t h e end of the I n t e r i m . A s t u d e n t must have Acting (232) t o r e g i s t e r f o r upper division credit. Prerequisites : None Distribution: Humanities Time: I Room: Music Auditorium NURSING 8 1320 TRENDS, ISSUES, LEADERSHIP IN NURSING Instructors : Patricia ~ ' ~ a n e , Beverly Nilaaon, Susan Nash A course designed t o i n v e s t i g a t e the c u r r e n t l e a d e r s h i p r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s of the p r o f e s s i o n a l nurse and t h e trends and i s s u e s evolving i n contemporary n u r s i n g p r a c t i c e . Prerequisites : Distribution: Time: I Admission t o Augsburg nursing program o r permission of i n s t r u c t o r . None Room: Main 19 NURSING 81322 TRENDS AND ISSUES IN SOCIALIZED HEALTH CARE SYSTEMS I n s t r u c t o r : Pamela Larson This course i s designed t o observe and e v a l u a t e s o c i a l i z e d h e a l t h c a r e i n England. S p e c i f i c i s s u e s a r e : t h e r o l e of nursing and u t i l i z a t i o n of n u r s i n g ' s s e r v i c e s , s t r e n g t h s and weaknesses of the system, types of h e a l t h c a r e d e l i v e r y , and r o l e of the c l i e n t i n t h e system. The s t u d e n t w i l l r e l a t e the p o t e n t i a l e f f e c t of s o c i a l i z e d h e a l t h c a r e t o the n u r s i n g p r o f e s s i o n i n the U.S. Prerequisites : Cost: $895.00 Nursing 320, Trends, I s s u e s & Leadership i n Nursing. Consent of i n s t r u c t o r PHILOSOPHY 83135 TOPICS IN SCIENCE AND RELIGION : OR, ADAM HAD A-TOMS I n s t r u c t o r : Kenneth B a i l e y T h i s c o u r s e w i l l c o n s i d e r some o f t h e a r e a s o f c o n f l i c t , w h e t h e r r e a l o r o t h e r w i s e , be tween s c i e n t i f i c and r e l i g i o u s thought. It w i l l be l a r g e l y a d i s c u s s i o n c o u r s e , based upon a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s . l i e f l y , we w i l l be concerned w i t h t h e q u e s t i o n o f w h e t h e r a r e l i g i o u s p o i n t o f view can r e a s o n a b l y be m a i n t a i n e d i n a s c i e n t i f i c m i l i e u , a n d , i f s o , what f o r m ( s ) i t m i g h t t a k e . Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: None Hurnani t i e s I1 Room: Main 25 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55373 MODERN DANCE I n s t r u c t o r : Pamela P a u l s o n An i n t r o d u c t o r y c o u r s e i n modern d a n c e t e c h n i q u e and c r e a t i v e c o m p o s i t i o n i n c l u d i n g : e x p l o r a t i o n o f movement, e n e r g y , form and d e s i g n . No p r e v i o u s dance e x p e r i e n c e necessary. P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Time : I1 Room: Melby Gym PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55410 ADMINISTRATION & SUPERVISION OF THE SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Bors t a d H i s t o r i c a l background, l e g a l bases, s c h o o l h e a l t h s e r v i c e s , and r e l a t i o n s h i p t o community h e a l t h program and r e s o u r c e s . Methods and m a t e r i a l s i n h e a l t h e d u c a t i o n w i t h l a b o r a t o r y experience i n c l a s s room and community. P r e r e q u i s i t e s : H. Ed. 320 o r permission of i n s t r u c t o r . Time: Room: Gym 1 2 I PHYSICS 84150 SCIENCE AND SOCIETY -- THE TECHNOLOGICAL TRAP? I n s t r u c t o r : Mark Engebretson No one, n o t even t h e most b r i l l i a n t s c i e n t i s t a l i v e today, r e a l l y knows where s c i e n c e i s t a k i n g us. Our c i v i l i z a t i o n has been l i k e n e d t o a t r a i n which i s g a t h e r i n g speed, r a c i n g down a t r a c k on which t h e r e a r e an unknown number of s w i t c h e s l e a d i n g t o unknown d e s t i n a t i o n s . There a r e a s m a l l group of people i n t h e engine cab, and t h e r e may be demons a t the switch. Some passengers want t o jump o f f b e f o r e i t ' s t o o l a t e , and o t h e r s hope t o d i s c u s s t h e m a t t e r and a t t e m p t t o communicate w i t h those up f r o n t . T h i s course w i l l a c q u a i n t t h e s t u d e n t w i t h t h e s t u d y o f t h e f u t u r e , and e x p l o r e v a r i o u s i s s u e s i n t h e r e l a t i o n of s c i e n c e and technology t o human g o a l s and v a l u e s . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Distribution: Time: I1 F u l f i l l s Urban S t u d i e s requirement Room: L i b r a r y 1 PHYSICS 84105 N =R F F F F F L: THE SEARCH FOR P E L I E EXTRATERRESTRIAL LIFE Instructor: Dan P e t e r s o n Are we a l o n e ? An i n t e r e s t i n g r e s u l t of r e c e n t advances i n a s t r o p h y s i c s and biology i s the p o s s i b i l i t y of e s t i m a t i n g the number of advanced t e c h n i c a l c i v i l i z a t i o n s i n the Galaxy with which we could communicate. The e q u a t i o n i n t h e course t i t l e d i s p l a y s the terms involved i n making t h i s e s t i m a t e , some of which a r e t h e r a t e of s t a r formation i n the Galaxy, the f r a c t i o n of p l a n e t s on which a t e c h n i c a l c i v i l i z a t i o n a r i s e s , and the l i f e t i m e of a t e c h n i c a l c i v i l i z a t i o n . I n t h i s course, we w i l l e x p l o r e t h e q u e s t i o n of i n t e l l i g e n t l i f e i n the u n i v e r s e by examining each of these terms i n d e t a i l . Topics iio be covered w i l l i n c l u d e b a s i c astronomy, s t a r and p l a n e t a r y s ys tems formation, t h e e v o l u t i o n of l i f e , and the evolut i o n of technology. I n a d d i t i o n t o s t u d y i n g previous s e a r c h e s f o r l i f e i n the u n i v e r s e , we w i l l a l s o consider methods of i n t e r s t e l l a r communication and d i s c u s s the consequences of c o n t a c t with e x t r a t e r r e s t r i a l l i f e . Class a c t i v i t i e s w i l l i n c l u d e l e c t u r e s , t e l e s c o p e o b s e r v a t i o n s , and g u e s t speakers. Prerequisites : Distribution: Time: I None Natural Science Room: Science H a l l 22 POLITICAL SCIENCE 85228 o r 85428 POLITICAL PROCESS AS ART FORM I n s t r u c t o r : Myles S t e n s h o e l P a r t i c i p a n t s w i l l c r e a t e a three-dimensional a b s t r a c t model o f t h e p o l i t i c a l p r o c e s s a s i t o p e r a t e s i n t h e United S t a t e s . The i n t e n t i s t o d e p i c t , v i a s t a t i c o r k i n e t i c s c u l p t u r e , t h e complex o f i n f l u e n c e s , both governmental and e x t r a g o v e r n m e n t a l , through which a u t h o r i t a t i v e p u b l i c d e c i s i o n s a r e made. The model w i l l i n c l u d e r e p r e s e n t a t i o n s o f t h e most s i g n i f i c a n t p o l i t i c a l f o r c e s , t a k i n g i n t o a c c o u n t , f o r example, the p o l i t i c s o f federalism, o f the l e g i s l a t i v e , e x e c u t i v e j j u d i c i a l , and b u r e a u c r a t i c p r o c e s s e s , o f p o l i t i c a l p a r t i e s and i n t e r e s t groups. There w i l l be s t u d y assignments and f o r upper d i v i s i o n s t u d e n t s , a b r i e f p a p e r w i l l be e x p e c t e d . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : An i n t e r e s t i n t h e p o l i t i c a l p r o c e s s coupled w i t h a n a p t i t u d e i n a r t a n d / o r mechanics. F o r s t u d e n t s t a k i n g t h e i n t e r i m f o r upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t , two p r i o r c o u r s e s i n p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e . Distribution: Time: P o l i t i c a l Science I Room: A r t S t u d i o POLITICAL SCIENCE 85295185495 INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC POLICY I n s t r u c t o r : Norma Noonan The p r o c e s s o f making, implementing and e v a l u a t i n g p u b l i c p o l i c y . C o n s i d e r a t i o n o f some m a j o r i s s u e s o f p u b l i c p o l i c y , both American and c o m p a r a t i v e ; f o r example, e n e r g y , h e a l t h c a r e , environment, budget, u r b a n problems e t c . This c o u r s e may be t a k e n f o r e i t h e r upper o r lower d i v i s i o n c r e d i t . S t u d e n t s who t a k e t h e c o u r s e f o r upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t w i l l be expected t o submit a r e s e a r c h pzper. D i s c u s s i o n format p r i m a r i l y ; some s h o r t r e p o r t s on p o l i c y i s s u e s . Prerequisites : Time: I None Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 318 POLITICAL SCIENCE 85340 THE BRITISH DESIGN FOR MASS MEDIA Instructor: Milda Hedblom Study of B r i t i s h mass media, based i n London, f o r s t u d e n t s of p o l i t i c s , c m u n i c a t i o n s , sociology. B r i t i s h mass media a r e noted f o r high q u a l i t y production and content. We w i l l s t u d y t h e c u l t u r a l , p o l i t i c a l and a r t i s t i c reasons f o r t h e i r eminence; t h e r e w i l l be i n t e n s i v e i n t e r v i e w s with BBC and ITV t e l e v i s i o n and r a d i o e x e c u t i v e s t a f f , London newspaper and magazine e d i t o r s , Members of Parliament and B r i t i s h s c h o l a r s of mass communications; we w i l l v i s i t major media c e n t e r s i n London a s w e l l a s take v i s i t s t o c u l t u r a l a t t r a c t i o n s i n Oxford, S t r a t f o r d and o t h e r nearby a r e a s . Approximately the l h s t two weeks of t h e i n t e r i m w i l l be devoted t o independent work with each s t u d e n t s t u d y i n g a p a r t i c u l a r a s p e c t of one medium, such a s t e l e v i s i o n news production, o r p r i n t censorship r u l e s o r r a d i o overseas programming, e t c . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Cost: Approximately $995.00 PSYCHOLOGY 86372 READING IN THE WORKS OF ROBERT COLES I n s t r u c t o r : Duane Johnson Study i n t h e works of Robert Coles w i t h a major f o c u s on c o n d i t i o n s under which c h i l d r e n develop. Each s t u d e n t must propose a n i n d i v i d u a l r e a d i n g l i s t and have i t approved p r i o r t o t h e beginning o f t h e i n t e r i m . Amendments t o t h e r e a d i n g l i s t may be proposed f o r a p p r o v a l d u r i n g t h e f i r s t week o f t h e i n t e r i m . Contact D r . Johnson f o r a handout p r o v i d i n g s u g g e s t i o n s and g u i d e l i n e s f o r r e a d i n g l i s t development. Course w i l l be o f f e r e d o n l y on a P-N g r a d i n g b a s i s . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Psychology 86105 ( I n t r o d u c t o r y psych) Time: I Room: Main 28 THE BEHAVIOR OF NERVE CELLS See d e s c r i p t i o n under Biology. RELIGION 87328 THEOLOGY OF LEISURE, PLAY, AND SPORTS Instructor : John Benson An academic c o u r s e c e n t e r e d i n what r e c e n t t h e o l o g i a n s and some p h i l o s o p h e r s have had t o s a y about t h e p l a y e l e m e n t ,in c u l t u r e i n g e n e r a l , and s p e c i f i c a l l y what the Christian t r a d i t i o n has s a i d about i t . Special emphasis on t h e i n n e r l o g i c and t h e o l o g i c a l / p h i l o s o p h i c a l meaning o f some o f t h e c h i e f i n d i v i d u a l and group s p o r t s such a s : f o o t b a l l , b a s e b a l l , hockey, g o l f , t e n n i s , and basketball. The c h i e f problem i s what t h e C h r i s t i a n t r a d i t i o n s a y s a b o u t t h e n a t u r e o f man: i s h e a worker (homo f a b e r ) , p l a y e r (homo l u d e n s ) , o r a w o r s h i p p e r (homo r e l i g i o s u s ) ? (Readings w i l l be s e l e c t e d from among t h e f o l l o w i n g a u t h o r s : J. H u i z i n g a , P e i p e r , R. C a i l l o i s , K a r l Rahner, Michael Novak, P a u l Weiss, Harvey Cox, Robert Lee.) T h i s w i l l be a s t r i c t l y academic c o u r s e , i n c l u d i n g m o s t l y l e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n s of a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s . Some o f t h e r e a d i n g s a r e h i g h l y a b s t r a c t and d i f f i c u l t . Regular e s s a y t e s t s , p l u s s h o r t p a p e r s and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s . S e v e r a l . o u t s i d e s p e a k e r s , p l u s a t t e n d a n c e a t some l e i s u r e and s p o r t i n g e v e n t s followed by r e p o r t s and d i s c u s s i o n . S t u d e n t w i l l pay own way t o any such " f i e l d t r i p s . " Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: I1 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Theology o r s p e c i a l permission Religion Room: Main 1 9 RELIGION 87375 - ISRAEL, ANCIENT AND MODERN Instructor: P h i l i p Quanbeck Focus o f t h e i n t e r i m w i l l be a r c h a e o l o g y and geography. A t t e n t i o n w i l l be d i r e c t e d t o t h e method and r e s u l t s o f a r c h a e o l o g y a s they r e l a t e e s p e c i a l l y t o b i b i c a l s i t e s i n I s r a e l . The group w i l l l i v e p r i m a r i l y i n Jerusalem. There w i l l be l e c t u r e s , walking t o u r s i n t h e Old C i t y o f J e r u salem, and v i s i t s t o p l a c e s o f r e l i g i o u s and h i s t o r i c a l i n t e r e s t and t o museums. Two t r i p s from J e r u s a l e m a r e planned. One w i l l be t o t h e n o r t h where p l a c e s such a s t h e Sea o f G a l i l e e , T i b e r i a s , Capernaum, Hazor, Megiddo and Nazareth w i l l be v i s i t e d . A t r i p t o t h e s o u t h w i l l i n c l u d e such p l a c e s a s Ashod, Beer Sheba, Masada and Qumran. A t a d d i t i o n a l c o s t i t may be p o s s i b l e t o a r r a n g e a s t a y i n Jordan. Some time w i l l be s p e n t i n London a t t h e beginning and a t t h e end o f t h e i n t e r i m . Prerequisites : Distribution: Cost: One r e l i g i o n c o u r s e Religion $1,100.00 RELIGION 87377 CULTS: OLD AND NEW Instructor: Douglas O l l i l a An examination of s e v e r a l e s t a b l i s h e d American c u l t s , with emphasis on c u r r e n t groups. Included w i l l be v i s i t s w i t h l e a d e r s and members of U n i f i c a t i o n Church, o l i - l d r e n of God, and Hare Krishna. Deprogramming w i l l be examined. Prerequisites: Distribution: I n t r o d c c t i o n t o Theology o r B i b l i c a l S t u d i e s Religion Time: I1 Room: Science H a l l 22 SOCIOLOGY 94241 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY Instructor: J e r r y Gerasimo An examination of t h e i d e a of c u l t u r e ; t h e p e r s o n ' s r e l a t i o n t o c u l t u r e ; language a s a major o r g a n i z i n g element i n t h e way we s e e t h e world. An examination of t h e i d e a s of "primitive","civilizedtl, and "processt', a comparison of a l t e r n a t e r e a l i t i e s a s found i n d i f f e r e n t c u l t u r e s and v a r y i n g s o c i a l c o n t e x t s . An a n a l y s i s of s e l e c t e d a s p e c t s of U.S. c u l t u r e . Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: I1 None S o c i a l Science Room: Science 212 SOCIOLOGY 941 21 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY Instructor: Garry Hesser Both the popular p r e s s and informal d i s c u s s i o n s suggest an increased concern abou-t t h e v i a b i l i t y of o u r i . n s t i t u t i o n s and s o c i a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s . One c o n s t a n t l y h e a r s about the lack. of cohesiveness of f a m i l i e s , t h e dehumanizing e f f e c t s of l a r g e o r g a n i z a t i o n s , problems regarding the d i s t r i b u t i o n of wealth and p o l i t i c a l power, t h e mounting crime r a t e , the i n a b i l i t y of our i n s t i t u t i o n s t o r e h a b i l i t a t e c r i m i n a l s , and s o f o r t h . The course provides an overview of what the s o c i o l o g i s t has t o o f f e r i n regard t o such i s s u e s . More s p e c i f i c a l l y , the course c o n s i s t s of a s e t of u n i t s each of which provides an overview of t h e s o c i o l o g i s t ' s a n a l y s i s of some aspect of s o c i a l l i f e . Each u n i t w i l l be approached through a combination of l e c t u r e s , readings, d i s c u s s i o n s and assignments designed t o h e l p t h e s t u d e n t apply what i s being learned. -- Prerequisites : Distribution: Time: 11' None S o c i a l Science Room : Main 28 SPEECH, COMMUNICATIONS, THEATRE ARTS 98340 THE BRITISH DESIGN FOR MASS MEDIA See d e s c r i p t i o n under P o l i t i c a l Science. SOCIAL WORK 95257 PRACTICUM IN HUMAN SERVICES I n s t r u c t o r s : Edwina H e r t z b e r g and Doug P e r r y Freshmen and sophomores! Are you a h e l p i n g p e r s o n ? Would you l i k e t o e x p e r i e n c e human s e r v i c e i n a s o c i a l agency? T h i s c o u r s e w i l l p r o v i d e f o r you t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o s e r v e a s a v o l u n t e e r i n a real human s e r v i c e s e t t i n g . S t u d e n t s w i l l s e l e c t placements r e q u i r i n g t h i r t y hours- a week a s v o l u n t e e r s . S t u d e n t s s h o u l d meet w i t h v a r i o u s human s e r v i c e p r o f e s s i o n a l s t o o b e e r v e and d i s c u s s s e r v i c e d e l i v e r y . On-campus weekly review c o n f e r e n c e s and supportive academic work w i l l i n t e g r a t e t h e practicum. This experience should h e l p s t u d e n t s decide whether o r n o t t o pursue human s e r v i c e s e d u c a t i o n d u r i n g t h e remainder o f t h e i r c o l l e g e c a r e e r s . S t u d e n t s r e g i s t e r i n g f o r t h i s c o u r s e w i l l be asked t o meet w i t h i n s t r u c t o r s e a r l y i n December t o a r r a n g e f o r placements Prerequisites : Time : None I Room: S c i e n c e Auditorium SOCIAL WORK 95457 SOCIAL POLICY I n s t r u c t o r s : Edwina H e r t z b e r g and Nagwa F a r a g S o c i a l P o l i c y a f f e c t s u s d a i l y from b e f o r e o u r b i r t h u n t i l o u r d e a t h . How i s s o c i a l p o l i c y made? By whom? F o r what r e a s o n s ? What v a l u e systems impact on i t ? Where a r e t h e " p r e s s u r e p o i n t s " ? E x p e r i e n c e , l e c t u r e s , readings w i l l provide t h e s t u d e n t opportunity f o r i n - d e p t h s t u d y o f s o c i a l p o l i c y i n Minnesota v i s - a - v i s t h e U.S. and abroad. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: I Senior o r permission of p r o f e s s o r . r e q u i r e d , S o c i a l Work m a j o r s ~ o o m : Main 25 SPEECH, COMMUNICATIONS, THEATRE ARTS 98285 STORY THEATER: PREPARATION AND PERFORMANCE Instructor: A i l e n e Cole Using t h e s t o r y - t h e a t e r method, c l a s s members w i l l p r e p a r e and p e r f o m one o r more c h i l d r e n ' s s t o r i e s . A l l a s p e c t s of the production the play, scenery, l i g h t s , costumes, sound, p r o p s , p u b l i c i t y , h o u s e , and t h e w i l l be t h e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y o f the c l a s s . strike Must c l e a r s c h e d u l e f o r performance t h e f i n a l week o f t h e term. - - None Prerequisites : Distribution: Humanities + performance Time: 9:30-12 and 1-3 Room: Theater auditorium times SPEECH, COMMUNICATIONS, THEATRE ARTS 983 21 ADVANCED PUBLIC SPEAKING I n s t r u c t o r : Ray Anderson T h i s c o u r s e w i l l p r o v i d e a n o p p o r t u n i t y t o work toward a p o l i s h e d s p e a k i n g s t y l e i n both composition and d e l i v e r y . A t t e n t i o n w i l l be g i v e n t o g r e a t s p e e c h e s and t o r h e t o r i c a l t h e o r y , b u t t h e emphasis w i l l be S t u d e n t s w i l l perform i n some way on performance. e v e r y day. An e f f o r t w i l l be made t o develop each s t u d e n t ' s unique powers o f c r e a t i v i t y and showmanship. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: I A beginning c o u r s e i n speech high school o r college - Humanities Room: Library 1 either SPEECH, COMMUNICATIONS, THEATRE ARTS 98329 INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION & THE QUEST FOR GLOBAL JUSTICE Instructor: J o e l Mugge Based i n Mexico City, Oaxaca and a Benedictine monastery i n t h e v i l l a g e of Ahuatepec near Cuernavaca. T r a v e l t o Mexico w i l l be by bus and t r a i n . Mexico provides a s e t t i n g where many p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l and r e l i g i o u s v a l u e s a r e much d i f f e r e n t from o u r own. The course w i l l explore ways i n which these a s p e c t s of c u l t u r e i n f l u e n c e and shape the communication p r o c e s s , both v e r b a l and nonverbal, and how t h e b a r r i e r s t h a t block e f f e c t i v e communication can be broken down. The course w i l l a l s o examine the p o l i t i c a l and economic r e a l i t i e s which c o n t r i b u t e t o i n e q u i t y and i n j u s t i c e i n L a t i n America, a s w e l l a s how t h e message of the church speaks t o t h e s e r e a l i t i e s . Emphasis w i l l be on the C h r i s t i a n s ' r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s f o r working toward s t r u c t u r e s t h a t make a j u s t Global S o c i e t y possible. Learning w i l l be f a c i l i t a t e d by d i r e c t c o n t a c t w i t h s e v e r a l dimensions of Mexican l i f e urbanmonastic as well community, and the r e s i d e n t s of a small v i l l a g e a s by s e v e r a l resource people who a r e d i r e c t l y involved i n the s t r u g g l e f o r j u s t i c e . A p r e - i n t e r i m workshop, s e v e r a l paperback t e x t s , an e x t e n s i v e d a i l y j o u r n a l , and a f i n a l paper w i l l be required. - Prerequisites: Grading: Pass/No c r e d i t only Distribution: Cost: None Humanities $495.00 i n c l u d i n g t r a n s p o r t a t i o n - ST. OLAF INTERNATIONAL INTERIMS The following i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s a r e o f f e r e d by S t . Olaf College and a r e open t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s . F u r t h e r academic d e s c r i p t i o n , t r a v e l d e t a i l s and c o s t e s t i m a t e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n t h e i n t e r i m o f f i c e o r from Mary Kingsley i n the I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center, Room 126 of Memorial H a l l . Students i n t e r e s t e d i n p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n one of t h e s e i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s should apply i n t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center before November 1. 19th and 20th Century Scandinavian A r t (Denmark, Norway, Sweden) Mediterranean Culture (Greece) I r i s h C i v i l i z a t i o n and L i t e r a t u r e ( I r e l a n d ) French Language, Culture and Theater ( P a r i s ) Encounter with t h e Two Germanys (East and West Germany) T h e a t e r i n London Science H i s t o r y i n Europe (Munich, P a r i s , London) Comparative Legal Systems (Great B r i t a i n , France, Ne t h e r l a n d ) a r i s t i a n Rome t o 1600 A.D. ( I t a l y ) Spanish Language, Culture and T h e a t e r (Madrid, Spain) Dynamics o f C h r i s t i a n S o c i a l Concern i n L a t i n America (Mexico) I n t e n s i v e I n t e r p r e t i v e Spanish (Cuernavaca, Mexico) I n t e n s i v e Advanced Spanish (Cuernavaca, Mexico) Folk R e l i g i o n i n Taiwan (Taiwan) Hawaiian I n t e r c u l t u r a l elations (Hawaii) COURSES These courses a r e o f f e r e d by i n s t i t u t i o n s o r groups not connected with Augsburg but have been approved f o r c r e d i t by t h e college. Most c a r r y a t u i t i o n c o s t plus o t h e r expenses which a r e the r e s p o n s i b i l i t y of the s t u d e n t . F u l l e r d e s c r i p t i o n s and d e t a i l s f o r r e g i s t e r i n g a r e a v a i l a b l e i n t h e I n t e r i m Office of the College. 55106 SKI INTERIM (Park City, Utah) Cost: approxi m a t e l y $500 which i n c l u d e s lodging but n o t meals o r t r a n e p o r t a t i o n t o Utah. THE NORTHWOODS LIFE STYLE: A GENERAL NORTHWOODS ENCOUNTER Approximate c o s t : $230.00 which i n c l u d e s food, lodging, t r a v e l t o and from Grand Marais, snowshoes, a d d i t i o n a l s l e e p i n g bag. 58210 RECREATION AND CAMPING I N THE COLD WEATHER ENVIRONMENT Approximate c o s t : $230.00 which i n c l u d e s food, lodging, t r a v e l t o and from Grand Marais, snowshoes, a d d i t i o n a l s l e e p i n g bag. 58208 58212 OUTDOOR LEADERSHIP PRACCICUM Approximate c o s t : $280.00 which i n c l u d e s food, lodging, t r a v e l t o and from Grand Marais, snowshoes, a d d i t i o n a l s l e e p i n g bag. INTRODUCTION TO CHEMICAL ENGINEERING ENGINEERING APPLIED TO BIOMEDICAL PROBLEMS ENGINEERING MECHANICS Washington U n i v e r s i t y , S t . Louis, Missouri Cost: approximately $550 f o r t u i t i o n , housing and meals, but some s c h o l a r s h i p s a r e a v a i l a b l e . 10163 BASIC SPINNING, WEAVING AND DYEING 10271 ETHNIC WEAVES-NAVAHO, BOLIVIAN, TURKISH Weavers Guild o f Minnesota Cost: $100 plus m a t e r i a l s ($5-7) S t u d e n t s who have taken A r t 10270, 10103, 10104 10105 may n o t r e c e i v e c r e d i t f o r 10163. . e .. Interims Abroad, January,1978 Cooperative Programs of Augsburg and St. Olaf Col 3rograms in Europe Art/Music IIm: Art and Music in Southern Germany and Austria Cost: $995.00 Robert Karlen, Music, Augsburg Phillip Thompson, Art, Augsburg Building upon the rich arts resources available in Munich, Vienna, and Salzburg, the program will combine a survey of art and music in the Ancient World, Middle Ages, Renaissance and the Modem World. Daily attendance at museums, galleries, musical performances and other appropriate sites are part of the schedule which includes four days in Lundun rlnd/or Pxris, ten days in Munich, nine days in Vienna nr~dt h r w days in Salzburg. While all partici Ants will be required to study both music and urt. an urea uLoncentration may be selected from the following: I . Music History and Appreciation - Journal and/or re.. search topic paper 2. Art History and Appreciation - Journal and/or research topic paper 3. Drawing (Studio Art) - Descriptive and interpretive drawing with emphasis on architecture in graphite, crayon, - . ink and wash. . 4. Indevendent Studv - Music and/or Art with instructor's approval Counts toward art major only. Fulfills distribution requirement (Art or Music). Prereqsis te: Consent of Instructor(s) Enrollment: 35 Art IIb: 19th and 20th Century Scandinavian Art Reidar Dittmann, St. Olaf Cost: $1,050.00 Painting, sculpture, and related arts in Denmark, Sweden, and Norway, beginning with Romanticism and encompassing Realism, Impressionism, and post-Impressionist trends with special emphasis on Edvard Munch's Expressionism. Counts toward art or Norwegian major. Fulfills distribution requirement (Area 0). Prerequisite: Art I I recommended but not required. Enrollment: 20 Classics IIa: Mediterranean Culture Richard Olson, St. Olaf Cost: $995 -00 Thc civilizntio~~ ol'l;rcccc I'rom thc Bronzc A c through Clausictll Anti uity viuwcd rronl two princip;lf 1uc;luuns. klcraclcuii~an2 h thcns. Daily Icclurcs :tnd visi~sto Bronrc hgc M inuii~isilcs in Crctc st K nussrrs, Pliaisio*, end M ulliu, ltnd clilsc r~ltcnliunto tllc vast collcc~iunin lhe Archueolugival Mumum at I-lcraclcu~ir.It) Arhcns and its environs, will1 the aid of the famed National Museum, further study of the Bronze Age of the Mycenaeans, and field trips to Classical sites. Counts toward Classics or History Major. Fulfills distribution requirement (Area A or B). Prerequisites: History 63 recommended but not required. Enrollment: 25 English IIc: Irish Civilization and Literature Graham S. Frear, St. Olaf Cost: $925.00 Based in Dublin at the Irish Humanities Centre, the course provides study it1 Irish culturc and literatllrc t h r o ~ ~ gdaily ll lectures oirercd by cultural lcadcrs rlnd ~l'ternonnserninnrs on topics uf ~ ~ e r t i n r ~Monday ~ c c , through Thursday. SLUdents will livc irl lrislr h u ~ n c swit11 thc nddd dilnension uf personal contact. Opportunity for extensive theater and other cultural resources of Dublin and surrounding area i l ~ ~ . o l iday ~ l t lours and sludent initiated [rips us well ns a 3 4 d t ~ ytrlp to thc wcsl lrelantl wilt1 slops in the Gacltilchl, tllc h e i ~ rol'~ tlit <ii~clicapeaking districts, then back lo Dublin via l ; i ~ l w ~Linieiick. r. Curk. Wiiterlbrd. Aniplc oppoilurlity for cxp orlng Iluhlin - thc cir o f .lo ce, 0 C:asey,Swiit, O'Fnnlain. Ucllnn. Hecketi. f i t a d n g wi6 hc bnwd on journal and IWU papcrs on ~ o p i c s01' student choice. Counts toward English major. Fulfills distribution requirement (Area A). Enrollment: 20 French IIIa: French Language, Culture Cost: $925.00 and Theater in Paris Herve Pensec, St. Olaf For advanced students in French. Attendance at performances integrated with analysis and discussion. Visits to artistic and cultural exhibits. Two fullday excursions (to Verxaillcs and Chartrcs) will1 French-speaking leciurcrs, Oplionul wcrk-end uxc~rrsiontu N o r n ~ ~ n d ySludy . uf ilcnls of iopic111i~ncrcstin thc daily ttnd wcckly prvss. Onc u C fbc no st i n ~ p u r l a r ~ ls p c c l ol' s l o n g u ~ g cstudy during thc wind is ltic h~ir hours iriconvrr.riitiunni prac~iccill gmupsoFthrcc cilch wirh French sludents or the IJniversitv of Pnris acting as tutors. Students will keep a journal in French incorporating reflections on the theater and observations on French life. Counts toward French major. lull'ills ?i.i~r~hutiun requirement (Area A). Prcrcqulr~tc: I:rcnch 51 with minimum grade of B-. t7rirding: I't~r;a(No Credit only E I I ~ I J I I ! T II C . ~~: German IIb: Encounter with the Two Cermanys Hanno Klassen, St. Olaf Cost: $950.00 r\ study i ~ ~ l ShCcP I I ~ H ~ wuyY C of Gerltiany ~ i n c c1945. I'wo wccks with thc pcoplc u l the German Dcmucrutic Rcpublic will tlv li~lluwcrihy $1 ~ w n c l u d i nslay ~ ill t l ~ cFederal Rcpublic oriicrmany. The cuursc is dcsipnd to use t hc Cjcrnrun language for n cornparulivt: study ul'thc 1 . w Wellanschuuungen ~ w l ~ i c thuve ~ slir~prtlvary differer~tpolitic:ll nations. In the (icrrnrtn Dcmi)cr:~licKcpublio the Yor~fhHIISIC~ in Lcip7,ip will bc 111ccontact base. Side trips will hc made to uthcr lllaccs of cu lturul intcrcsr. Munich will be rllc location I'ur inquiries into lire in thc f~cdcrulIlcpublic. Studenls will live wit11 host rarnilics. Individual coritacr wilh the peoplc is stressed. Lectures and discussions with students and religious groups, visit to social and welfare institutions, and at- tendance a t artistic performances and exhibitions. Daily discussions. Participants are expected to speak German at all times. Each student is required to keep a journal. Counts toward German major. Fulfills distribution requirement (Area A). Prcrcqi~istlc: German 51 Grflding: Pass No Credit only. Enrollmrnr: 26 Interdisciplinary IIa: Theatre in London Ronald Lee, St. Olaf Cost: $895.00 Study of drama through attendance a t performances. More than 40 theatres make London the theatrical center of the English-speaking world and will enable students to experience varieties of dramatic productions, modern and traditional. The course will involve play attendance and discussion, backstsgc ohscrv:itinn and convcrsatiun. Supplemental visits are planned tu the cultural attractions in London, Stmtford. Oxrcml, und Cambridge, t ~ n dto u representative rcpional thmtrc. Students will kecp joumnls. Counts toward English or speech major. Fulfills distribution requirement (Area A or B). Grading: Pass No Credit only. Enrollment: 2 l Interdisciplinary IIc: Science History in Europe Allen Hanson, St. Olaf Cost: $975.00 Scicncc I iislory in t u r o p focuses on ~ h rc~ w a n d d ~ v b l o p men! o ~ n a i u r a I s ~ ; r s & p i c ~ c j m s c i c n u f i c a Wbbl nd ThO Dmrtdws M w in~ rnuqcums i n wmM Mynda FEB~~IFW techfinlo p r o m und sdmhltr?dc~no u t r w r . T h M tlu&kr anti m u 9 1 I t e m w m b in Park, yitb tbdr ~ I I c c @ ~ and B rwhtnudibn~(M cciallj athcP a ~ w Iwtit~iastml~ are h b # t i tifife m. 1 rchro ~ e t o p p b t .PWO odon w hub, rmcitk8a* tostoiLTrpa UntqenOpm m a air~$vriN~ London it* w ~ t hftsBrrtish Muscum, Oremwtc a*c Museum, Science Museum, Royal Inst~tution,and Medical Ilhtory Muscuni, thc story ul' sclcn~ilicdevclop~t~cnt from a,trolobc to radar, I r o s Boylc to B r e ir~u,nloldcd in grcat chunks o r rare prcscrved n puratus un lure With a sclcntlf ~ chislory lcaibook aa unLrlyinp coursc slructure. sludenls will ollrcrvc, keep u ourn.il, rvritc intcrprttrve papers :and be cxa~nincdon thc stiislanuc o r w e n c e history. Fulfills d~strlbutionrequirement (Area D, non-lab) Prerequ~s~te.One year of college science or permlsslon of Instructor Enrollment 25 m 4 Norwegian Im : Beginning Norwegian Leif Hansen, Augsburg Cost: $1,050.00 A complete introduction to the basic skills in the use of the Norwegian language officially referred to a s "bokmal." Students will have the advantage of a considerable degree of individual attention and support in their efforts to acquire the prvni~nciillinnIS^ niltivt. Nr)rrutg*al~srn rut thl: coursc uC tbc iravcl itincr;lra s l u d c " 1 ~wil! i'!lvc o ~ ~ o r t u nttli llislcn ~ lu and itif~lliY rcglfltlal v ~ ~ r l a l l o n111s sp\)kcll Nlrrwc@iall. Tllrou 11 ~crsun;alcx~cricnccand obscrv;ilien- l l l ~ n gwith iurlilaflecturer. ,iudmis r i l l idso pet m ercellcni insaduction to many aspects of Norwedan culture and society After spending ~ h r i s t m a swith families in Sandane (2@0 3.000 ~ o ~ u l a t i oon n ) the West coast (5-6 days), students will travel by bus and hydrofoil to Bcrgcn b r l l ~ c rsouth for 5-6 days of family Stay, formal l a n ~ ~ a Cg Ic~ S S C Sand formal kctures, along with sightseeing. Thc group will then continue on to Stavanger via hydrofoil coastal ship and then to Oslo by train (5-6 days each) for more language work and the program will again include family stays. Evaluation will include final oral and written tests, as well as a "field" test in which students will have an opportunity to find out how much they have learned of the Norwegian language. Fulfills distribution requirement. Enrollment: 20 Nursing IIIm: Trends and Issues in Socialized Health Care Systems $895'00 Pamela Larson, Augsburg An opportunity for nursing students to explore nationalized health care a s it exists in England. Among points to be explored are: strengths and weaknesses in English health care delivery; and the role of nursing and utilization of nursings services within the syhtcm. St~identswill relate the knowledge gained about sociulizod Iie:~Ilhcare t o the present U . S . health care system, illid prr>jeclthc inip~ictsocialization would have on the role and utilization of nursing in the U.S. Counts toward nursing major Political Science I ~ c : Comparative Legal Systems G. Alan Tarr, St. Olaf Cost: $950.00 On the broadest level this course will survey the role of law in governance. Particular attention will be paid to the interrelationship between the system of law which develops and the society from which it emanates. Bases for comparison shall include common-law legal systems (especially Great ~ ~ i ~civil~ law i ~systems ) , (especially F ~ ~E~~~~~~~ ~ ~ ~ adaptations of judicial review (especially Germany and F ~ ~and~ the~operation ~ ) of , the international legal system (the world court in -l-he H ~ ~ students ~ ~ will ) . both meet systems and, where la,,with participants in the various le suage does not pow an obstacle, dreCtlYobserve the systems ~n operation. Counts toward polilical scicr~ucm;lJllr Fulfills distribution requirement (hrca C). Prerequisite: Previous polilic:,t uclcncc course or completion of a short reading list. Enrollment: 15 Political Science Im or IIm: Oil and Norway: Mutual Impact Cost: $1,050.00 Myles C. Stenshoel, Augsburg An inquiry into the early impact of the emerging Norwe&inn pclrolalm industry u p n the plilics and economy of N~~~~ convcr5elv, of~orwcgian political erspectives irnd insritulions pn the dcvclopment rind use o&his recently ~iiscovcredrcaourcc. AI'rcr a gcnernl introduction to Norwcgian politics uncl culturt, s t u d c n ~ws i l l be exposed, throu h rtadiiig, luctur~s.observation md conversation. t o the tics of oil from varying a small ex er ience; perceptions ofacademics; impact upon an oil- roiuc: ing city; oil development under political controls; anfthe establishment of a natural oil policy in a welfare state. be shared with the group arrangements the Nurwepinn lan u a g anrl culture and thus stuexlracurriru~. 'Ir 'pporLunities in these areas. dents will See Beginning N u r w q i ~ ~dcscripiion n for itinerary and family stay plans, counts towardpolitical science major, ~ u l f i l ~distribution s tcclurremonr. Both upper and lowcr rlivi~ii~n c.rcrlit possible. - one political science course. Prerequisite: For upper' lcvcl d~v~sion Program in the Middle East Religion IIm: Israel, Ancient and Modern Philip Quanbeck, A ugsburg Cost: $1,100.00 Focus of the interim will be archaeology and geography. Attention will be directed to the method and results of arch;lurllugy aa rliry r e l a ~ erspecii~llyLII hilllic;~lsites in Israel. Frnu ,,ill live primllrllj in J ~ T-hcrcaill ~ leers in the ()it! ( .irv f,, ~ ~ ~ ~,.isits~ t. o s l r r l i p l u u a :lnd h i s t ~ r K ; l inarol l ;lnd nluscl,nn, Tivu [rips I'rur~~ Jcrusnlcm arc pl:~~incd.Onc will hc LO thc 1, ,I, s,;, Gi,l,,,7 ~i,,,,, ~ ~ ~ ~1,lumr, ~ ~~c ~ ,i d d~mild , , ~~ n f~i r r t~l lwill, lx l visilrd . r\ 1ri1) t o tlrc ~ ) I I L I Iwill iliuludc s ~ c l pluccs i :is As'liod. Uccr Shcbi~,M;isrld;! and Qurl~ran.h t iitlditiun;~lcost i l r~inyhc possible to arrange a stay in Jordan. Some time will be spent in London a t the beginning and at the end of the interim, Counts toward religion major. Fulfills distribution requiremenl (religion). Prerequisite: One religion course w;lrki,ll: ,,,,, Religion IId: Christian Rome to 1600 A.D. Cost: $925.00 Harlan Foss, Vernon Faillettaz, SI. Olaf A study designed to makeChristian history comealive through an exploration of Christian Rome a s an example of Western Christian history in microcosm. Readings and lectures will be carefully integrated with direct exposure to sites, monuments, art and artifacts related to the development of the Church in Rome. Beginning with the pagan city, the seminar will cover its transformation into a Christian center and its continued importance throughout the Middle Ages. Resources include the Vatican Museum, Catacombs, Basilicae of S t . Peter and Pasl, papal tombs, etc. Brief visits will be made t o Florence, Assisi, Subiaco, Pompeii, Pisa. Counts toward rel~gionmajor. Fulfills general requirement. Prerequisite: Level I religion and interest in Christian history Enrollment: 35 Spanish IIId: Spanish Language, Culture Cost: $925.00 and Theater in Madrid L~~~ N ~st.olaf~ ~ ~ ~ Aimed at improving spoken Spanish, widening cultural exand becoming acquainted with the Spanish theater. ) perience, , Based in Madrid with study trips to Avila, Toledo, the Valley of the Fallen, El Escorial, and Segovia. Activities include Lutoring three times a week by Spanish students from the University of Madrid, frequent visits to the Prado and other museums. attendance a t theater performances integrated with analysis and discussion. The group will also attend concerts of the Madrid Symphony, film showings and other cultural functions, as well as Protestant and Catholic church services. Students will keep a journal in Spanish. Counts towardSpanish major. Fulrills distribution requirement (Area A). Prerequisile: Spanish 51 with minimum grade or 0-. Grading: Pass/No Credit only. Enrollment: 15 ~ , ., ,,, ~ ~ ~ l ~ ~ ~ ~ , , rograms in Mexico Religion IIf: Proclamation and Development: Dynamics of Christian Social Concern in ~ a t i n ~ m e r i c a Ansgar Sovik, SI. OIaf Cost: $350.00 plus lransporlalion 'Thc study will focr~son tllc r c l u ~ i o r~U~h r i s ~ i u npruul:ln~alion to poverty, poli~icalupllressiun, nud social injus~iccin L ~ i l i nAmcricn. and tlrc Clir~ilian'sresvmsibility Iijr \worki ~ r gtuwi~rrlstructures 1Ii:il n ~ a k cpossible :I truly Iluman cxisioncc. Tllc Scti~ilr;~ric)I..ir lllcri~floAugshurgu in M c ~ i c C'II~ u \vill hull se lllc /r:~rliuiya~irs.M ~ i ~ l h crrl ra 111c sta l'T :i11e1 licr r1ui1lilil.d leclurv~~s ivill 51i:irc i n direclilip I hc ~.caditlp,s ~ u r l y irntl discussion 131' Liilir! Anicr'iciilr "li hcrr~tion t h e t ~ l t ~ g yr "t prcscnlerl by aklc11 w i t c r s a:. Bunirio, Curncri~,Torres. Ciuilierrez, Frierre, Gheddo, Paz and Goulet, and by the "Christians for Socialism" movement i n Latin America. Direct exposure to community development projects through which the church is seeking t o actualize its social concern will be an integral part o f the program. Week-end field trips will feature areas o f cultural and religious interest, such as the pyramids o f Teotihuacan, the colorful Aztec market town o f Tepoztlan, the magnificent archaeological remains at Oaxaca, the crafts city o f Taxco, etc. Counts toward religion major. Fulfills general requirement. Prerequisite: Freshman religion Enrollment: 12 Spanish IIa: Intensive Intermediate Spanish Cost: $450.00 in Cuernavaca, Mexico plus lransporlalion Staff of Cuernavaca Language School ln~cnsivcs ~ u d yofihcSpnnish Innguzge i11 ~ l i cn u w c scrting witli rintivc-spciikinp tnsl~~uciors, a l thc C u c r ~ ~ u v1.a11. ~ci~ guage Scl~oolin Cucrnarrncu. Mcxicu. Slrong uniphasi?; on I hc dcvclol)n~criktr l' f i ~ n c i i o ~ l :Iiinguugc il skills [I; thc upper. intcrntcdiate lcvcl. Tlic rcl:~iionshipcrl' 1:inpuagc tu cull url: is also Irv;~tcd. 0cc:lr;iunal {rips l o illrllorla~ilculiucal anrl ;iruti;lcnlogiu:il silts. A "wurking" lanpuagv coursc III i ~ r cxciii i ~ :{lid ~ g~ i ~ lI uol rsctt ing. Counts as equivalent of Spanish 32 Prerequisite: Successful completion or Spanish 31 or equivalent. Grading: Pass/No Credit only Spanish IIIa: Intensive Advanced Spanish in Cost: $450.00 Cuernavaca, Mexico plus fransporlalion Staff of Cuernavaca Language School Inlcnsivc study r ~ lhc f S p ~ ~ n i slung~~:igc h at (1icuilv;inccd lcvcl i n a n i ~ f i v csclttng with t i : ~ livc-~pcakitlxinstruclr~rsor llic Cucrnrivac~~ l.ungu:tgc S c h u r ~ il n C'ucrnavac:!, Mcxicn. S ~ I ' ~ I Icrtiph:lsis I)TI l l i c rlevelu men1 and perttcting ol' langDilgc s t i l l s ;il t l ~ :~dvanccd e lcvcr Trips lr, irnpor~antcullur:~l a n d r~rchacologicnlsites. Emphasis on dilycrinp c u t ~ u r avall ues i n the Spanish Inngkragc ilrctl. Counts toward Spanish major. Prerequisite: S anish 51 Grading: ~ a s s f ~Credil o only Program in Taiwan Speech Communication IIm: Intercultural Communication and the Quest for Global Justice Cost: $495.00 includes rransporlation Joel Mugge, Augsburg Religion IIe: Folk Religion in Taiwan Cost: $995.00 round trip transporta/ionJron~ West Coast Merle Metcalf, St. Olaf The function o f folk religion i n Chinese society. Special Uiiwd ill M c x i w ~City. O i i x l ~ c ::~IIII ~ :i Uenediu t iric tnuiiasattention t o the primacy o f integrative values and system icry tllc "ill:lgcr,f~hua~cllccrlcur t-~,urna\m;lca, ~~~~~l lo Mcvicir will hc hg bus lrllin, Mrxjvc> Irl.ovi<ics scl[illg maintenance i n thecommunitiesvisited. Accommodation in whcru Inany ~ ~ r , l i ~ i c sociri] iil. lint1 rrligiuus r:~ll,r.h :ir.tr r ~ ~ r ~ l l temples, hostels, churches, etc. This is an extensive down island interim t o study H a k k a and Aborigine variations o f dirfcrefll f'rcjm tlur orvn, -Ttle cu\lrsc ("ill cxpl(lrc w;lys ill and .illilF the cclnjfolk religion. There will be one extensive "backpack" across w l ~ i c ll~cvr. l ~ ;Isprcls or cllliurrinflllenur the central range o f mountains, and several shorter field ~uuriicuiirlnprncess. btith vcrhirl ;~nrlnonvcrhill. ;in4 llo,\ rllc barriers that block effective communication can be broken trips. During this interim w e w i l l live out o f a backpack and cx:lnlilll. the plllilical ccoll. eat from local shops with the local folk. W e will spend time (loivn, ' f l ~ ecourse ,,,ill at the Ocean i n villages o f Pei Kang, and L u Kang, the i r i c ~ ~ l i :ind t y ~ I I ~ U S ~ ~illL T n ~ l l i crealities which contribtita centers o f M a T Z Uworship. The last four days will be i n Taiwull a s llowthe r1rcss;lgc o f ,he churc], I_:ati,, ,jlrlerica. pei visiting Confucian, Buddhist and Taoist shrines, and the SwYkS thCSCle;LljljL'S, Elnr)h;isis Will lIC Llrl tllC C[1risLiiltlB3 National Palace Museum. ~~cspo~isihililirs fur n o r king iua;lrd SlrtrctIIrcs kh;ii 111akt ;I Counts loward religion major. jusl Ciloh;~lSuciciy pclssiblc, 1-v:!rning will lrc h c i l i l s l c d hy Fulrills general requirement. ciircul coll1:et wit11 suvcr:il d i m c n s i ~ ~ nul's Mvxicun lil'c - Ilrreligion ban mon:lrt ic u u n i n ~ u ~ ~ i ~ t yn, d111~'residents oI' 11 srr~:lllrillage - as well i l k by scvcrtil rcsr)urue people who i ~ r c d i r c u i l y involved i n I hc struggle Tor justice. A pre-inkrim \vorksholr, several p;iperlri~ck tehts. iln ex~rnsivedaily jot1rn31. :~n(la final paper w i l l all hc rciluirerl. Counts toward major. Fulfills distribution requirement. Grading: Pass/No Credit only Enrollmenl: 15 ~ ~ ~ # , $ $,Fhman : Program in Hawaii Asian Studies IIa: Hawaiian Intercultural Relations Myron Solid, SI. OIaJ Cost: $975.00 A study o f the inlerrelation o f cultures - Asian, Polynesian, and American - which have come t o interact with each other i n Hawaii. Participants will be assumed t o have basic familiarity with the American component and the course will therefore concentrate on Asian and Polynesian traditions as shown in social customs, religion, and the arts, and on the consequences o f their interaction with the American tradition i n the filiieth state. T w o weeks i n Honolulu and at the University o f Hawaii and East-West Center will be followed by study at Brigham Young University Hawaii Campus at Laie and the Polynesian Culture Center. The course will conclude 011thc isl:rnd ol' I-I:~w:~ii.I'nil~hasiswill be placed on culture unil inrcrculturnl rcln~iuns. 1-cctures. major un3 I'iclti cxpcric~iccs,oral reports, and course p r o j c c ~ lours , a journal ;Ire rcquircd. hiirplc oplrortunily for exploration o f historic silcs, ctllnic and ;trt tiruseums, rcl~giousshrines, schools, churches--and the beaches. Hawaii itself is a living laboratory o f intercultural relations. Counts toward Asian sludies major Grading: Pass/No Credit only Enrollment: 25
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1958-1960
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Courses of Study COURSES OFFERED DESCRIPTIONS OF THE COURSES offered in 1960-62 are given on the following pages. Unforesem circumstances may necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine defin...
Show more Courses of Study COURSES OFFERED DESCRIPTIONS OF THE COURSES offered in 1960-62 are given on the following pages. Unforesem circumstances may necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. NUMBERING OF COURSES Odd numbers are used for first semester courses and even numbers for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I, I1 after the descriptive title also indicate the semester in which the course is to be offered. Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50 through 99 are upper division courses intended for juniors and seniors. Two course numbers joined by a hyphen (1-2) indicate that the course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must be completed before credit is given. Course numbers separated by a comma (1,2) indicate that it is a year course, but students may receive credit for one semestm without completing the other. SYMBOLS f Continuation course. To receive credit for this course a student must complete both semesters. # Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. CREDITS CREDITSSHOWN are in terms of semester credits. For continuation courses. the total credits for the year are given. A two-credit course generally meets twice a week and a three-credit course three times a week. In the case of laboratory courses, the hours of meeting per week are more than the credits given. A semester is approximately 18 weeks in length. The normal load for a student i? 16 credit hours per semester. DIVlSIOjVAL ORGANIZATION THE COLLEGE COURSES are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. DIVISIONOF RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY Religion Philosophy Greek, Latin, Hebrew English, Journalism, Speech German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish Music, Art History, Political Science, Geography Sociology Psychology, Education Library Science Business Administration and Economics Secretarial Studies Home Economics Biology Chemistry Physics Mathematics Health and Physical Education Division of Religion and Philosophy MR. P. A. QUANBECX, Chairman THROUGHTHE STUDY of religion and philosophy, the individual is apprised of the central realities of li,fe and encouraged to build on the certainties of the Christian faith. The work proceeds on the assumption that Christianity alone can furnish a unifying principle which gives meaning to human existence. The student is challenged to accept this point of view-to relate himself to G r i s t as the center, to evaluate all his studies and experiences in the light of revealed truth, and to make consistent use of all his talents and training. The goal to be desired is the development of an informed and integrated Christian personality dedicated to the realization of God's kingdom on earth. DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION THE COURSES in Religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the history, doctrines, and ethics of the Church, and to prepare him for effective service in the congregation. The fundamental aim in i n ~ t r ~ c t i oi n. ~to lead as many as possible to personal faith in Christ, and to nurture the Christian life. The graduation requirement is 14 credits in the Department of Religion. Of these credits, 8 must be lower division and at least 4 must be upper division credits. Courses 9, 58, and 60 fulfill major and minor requirements but do not fulfill the religion requirement for graduation. Students are required to take one two-credit course each semester during their first two years and six credits during their last two years. In this area the sequence required of Freshmen is Basic Bible. Total hours to ,be earned by transfer students will be determined by classification given them a t the time of admission. Six credits from Greek 5 I , 52, 53, or 54 may apply toward the religion requirement. Major, 28 credits. Minor, 2 2 credits. Upper division credits in Greek may apply toward the major or minor in religion. I,2. BASICBIBLE. Fr. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. A brief introduction to the Bible followed by a study of the Old Testament, including the history of Israel and special attention to one or two Old Testament books. The second semester is devoted to the study of the New Testament with special attention to two or three books including Romans. Reading assignments include the entire New Testament. 3, 4. CHURCHHISTORY. I, 11. z, z Cr. A survey of the main events in the history of the Church for the purpose of developing a more intelligent and appreciative church membership. Division of Religion and Philosophy / 4 5 7. CLASSICS IN CHRISTIAN I)EvoTIoN. I. 2 Cr. The approaches to the Christian life as seen in some of the classical devotional writings of different periods in the history of the church. 8. THE MISSIONARY ENTERPRISE.11. 2 0. The missionary motives, means, and results are studied as these are seen in their varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen lands. PRINCIPLES OF CHRISTIAN EDUCATION.I. 2 Cr. Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian education, its history, objectives, and methods, especially as applied to Sunday School and Vacation Bible School teaching. 9. lo. HYMNSAND IMUSIC OF THE CHURCH. n. See Course 10 under the Department of Music. 2 Cr. Upper Bvision Courses 5 I, 5 2. COMPARATIVE RELIGION. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social results of ten or twelve of the great non-Christian religions of the world. OF CHRISTIAN DOCTRINE.Prereq. 3, 4. I. 3 Cr. 5 3 . FUNDAMENTALS The fundamental doctrines of the Christian faith and attention to the historical development of some of these doctrines. CHRISTIANE m ~ c s . Prereq. 3, 4 , 5 3 or #. 11 3 Cr. The problems of human duty are studied in the light of various human philosophies of morals. Validity is determined by reference to the Word of God. The main emphasis is on the new life in Christ, its creation, development and preservation, and its manifestation in the various phases of life. 54. 5 5. THELUTHERANCHURCH. Prereq. 3 , 4 or #. I. 2 Cr. The Lutheran Church, its doctrines and practices, with special reference to some of the confessional writings. Attention is given also to Lutheranism in America and to the basic princi.ples of the Lutheran Free Church. 5 6 . THE CHRISTIANCHURCHES. Prereq. 3, 4 or #. 11. 2 Cr. Aims to give the student an insight into the origin, development, doctrinal psition, and practices of the various branches of the-Christian Church. 1 8 . PARISHWORK. 11. 2 cr. Seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization and visitation. Ranges in scope from soul-care to surveys. Class lectures are supplemented by actual field work. 4 6 / Division of Religion and Philosophy 60. YOUTHWORKIN THE CHURCH. II. r Cr. A study af principles, methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose of developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere. 61. GODAND MAN IN THE OLD TESTAMENT. I. 3 cr. The rich and varied aspects of the Hebrew life with God discovered and made significant for our day through the study of a number of great passages, including selections in Isaiah and the Psalms. 62. THEMESSAGE OF THE NEWTESTAMENT. 11. 3 Cr. A discovery of the essence of the Christian faith through a careful study of representative sections, including passages in the Gospel of John and the Letters to the Ephesians and the Hebrews. TO CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGICAL THOUGHT. INTRODUCTION Prereq. 3, 4 o r #. I. 3 Cr. A study of some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the perspective of the enduring theological task of the Christian Church. 63. 64. THE CHRISTIAN FAITHIN THE MODERNWORLD. 11. 3 Cr. A study of the Christian faith in its relationship to the secular movements and rival faiths of modern Western civilization. The course is designed to give to the student an understanding, from the standpoint of the Christian faith, of the present conflicts and crises in Western culture. DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY THE COURSES IN PHILOSOPHY seek to assist the student to become conversant with the great men and intellectual movements i n the history of Western civilization, to cultivate an understanding of the principles of sound reasoning, and to develop a mature understanding of the foundations of our knowledge in such areas as religion, art, and morals. Major, 24 credits. Minor, 1 8 credits. Courses 23, 24, 41, 42 are required for the major. Courses 23, 4 1 , 42 are required for the minor. 23. LOGIC. I. 3 Cr. A study of the formal rules governing valid inference. The course includes a brief introduction to the notation of symbolic logic. 24. INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY.11. 3 Cr. By means of reading selected source material, supplemented ,by cclssroclm lecture and discussion, the student is acquainted with the terminology of philosophical discussion. Selected philosophical problems are treated, including those of ethics, metaphysics, and theory of knowledge. Division of Religion and Philosophy / 47 HISTORYO F PHILOSOPHY. I, 11. 3. 3 Cr. An historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through Kant. Some reading in selected primary sources. 41, 42. Upper Division Courses 53. PLATOAND ARISTOTLE. Prereq. 42. I. 3 Cr. A careful study and analysis of selected writings of each of these two great philosophers. Extensive reading required. (Offered 1961-62.) AND AQUINAS. Prereq. 42. 11. 3 Cr. 54. AUGUSTINE A careful study and analysis af the most important philosophical writings of each. Extensive reading required. (Offered 1961-62.) 3 cr. 6j. RATIONALISM.Prereq. 42. I. A study of this important movement through the writings of its chief exponents: Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz. Extensive reading required. (Offered 196162.) 3 0. 64. EMPIRICISM.Prereq. 42. 11. A study of this important and influential movement through the writings of its outstanding modern representatives. Emphasis is placed upon the works of Locke, Berkeley, and Hume. (Offered 1961-62.) 65. GERMANIDEALISM.Prereq. 42. I. 3 Cr. A study of Kant and his immediate successors. Reading of selected primary sources supplements classroom lectures and discussion. The first half of the course is devoted entirely to a careful study of the philosophy of Kant. (Offered 1960-61.) 66. EXISTENTIALISM. Prereq. 42. 11. 3 Cr. A study of modern existentialism from Kierkegaard to the present day. Emphasis is placed upon the reading of selected primary source materials. (Offered 1960-61.) 7 I . CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY.Prereq. 42. I. 3 Cr. An historical survey of the main currents of philosophical thought since Kant. Some reading in primary sources. (Offered 1961-62.) OF ART. Prereq. 23 or 24. 11. 3 Cr. 72. FORMSAND PHILOSOPHY The spirit and substance of art and the art experience in their various forms through demonstrations, lectures, and readings in the philosophy of art. (Offered 1961-62.) 85. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION. Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. I. 3 Cr. An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience. (Offered 1960-61 .) 86. MORALPHILOSOPHY. Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. 11. 3 Cr. An inquiry into the nature of moral experience, and an analysis of the language of moral discourses. (Offered 1960-61.) Division of the Humanities IT IS THE PURPOSE of the Division of the Humanities to transmit to the students a knowledge of and interest in the cultural heritage of mankind, and to assist the student in &ding his place within this culture. The Division seeks to stimulate the student's desire to acquaint himself with the cultural treasures as these are found in language, literature, and the h e arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the basis and within the framework of the Christian faith. DEPARTMENT OF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK, LATIN, AND HEBREW THECOURSES in this department aim to give the students a direct insight into our biblical and classical heritage. Hebrew and New Testament Greek are tools by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the Scriptures. A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard prerequisite for admission to most theologicaI seminari&. Combined Major in Greek and Latin: 20 credits in New Testament Greek and 1 4 credits in ,Latin. NEW TESTAMENT GREEK Minor: 20 credits. , 1 - 2 4 ELEMENTSOF NEW TESTAMENTGREEK. I, 11.. 8 Cr. In addition to the theoretical and practical study of the grammar cd the Greek language of the New Testament, the course will cover the manuscript transmission of the Greek text of the New Testament with the description of the main uncial manuscripts and ancient versions. Upper Division Courses 5 I , 52. ADVANCED NEW TESTAMENT GREEK. Prereq. 2. I, II. 3. 3 Cr. Selections &om the Synoptic Gospels and Acts. Special emphasis is given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. 53, 54. GREEKEXEGESIS.Prereq. 52. I, 11. 3. 3 Cr. Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. S.pecial emphasis is given to the syntactical and exegetical approach to the Greek text. LATIN I-2.t BEGINNINGLATIN. Fr. I, 11. Grammar and exercises in translation. 8 Cr. 3, 4. CZSAR, AND ST. AUGUSTINE. Prereq. 2. So. I, 11. 3. 3 Cr. Continuation of grammar ,and syntax. Reading from Caesar's Galhc WIW and St. Augmtine's Confessions. (Offered 1960-61 .) Division of the Humanities / 49 HEBREW 83-84.f HEBREWFOR BEGINNERS.I, 11. See Course 9-10 under Theological Seminary. 85, 86. HEBREWEXEGESIS.I, 11. See Course 17, 1 8 under Theological Seminary. 6 0. 2, 2 Cr. DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH T m DEPARTMENT OF E-UCLIF~ a h to train students in t h e proper use ofEnglish in oral md wrirtcn expfiwion: to increvc proficiency in reading uld U I a n a l p k g literary texts; to acqusinr the scudents with the dmeIopment d the literatute of England and America; and to instill a deeper understanding of the fundaments! truths and realiries o f life revcdcd in great Iiteraturc. The department prepares specifically for the teaching of English in secondary schools and for graduate study. Freshman English is required of all students. The department may exempt a few well qualified students from course I. Those exempted fmm course I may satisfy the English requirement by courses z and 21. Students who do not achieve a satisfactory standard in their writing in course I must repeat the course before they enroll in course 2. All students are required to take an English test at the end of the sophomore year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order to qualify for the A.B. degree. Major: 28 credits above course 2, including courses 21, 22, 31, 32, 51, $2, 61, 62, and 74. Minor: z I credits above course 2, including courses 21, 3I , 32, 5 I, 52, 61, and 62. Teaching Major: 28 credits above course 2, including the courses listed for the non-teaching major plus 71 and the second year of a foreign language. Teaching Minor: 2 1 credits above course 2, including the courses listed for the non-teaching minor plus 71. A minor in speech, library science, or a foreign language is recommended for those who plan to teach English in high school. Students who plan on graduate study in English should include courses 76, 78, 92, 94, 95, history 12, German, and French. Recommended sequence of required courses for major: sophomores, first semester, 21, 31; second semester, 22, 32; juniors, first semester, 51, 61, 74; second semester, 52, 62, plus 71 for teaching majors. A. IMPROVEMENT OF READING. Fr. (Wered both semesters.) I Cr. Designed to improve reading speed and comprehension. May be taken by upper classmen, but only freshmen may receive credit. 1-2. FRESHMANENGLISH. ( M e r e d both semesters.) 6 Cr. A study of language, composition, and literature. Themes and a reference paper. Required of all students. Students who do not meet the minimum requirements in the entrance English tests are placed in special sections meeting five hours a week. 50 / D i ~ d i o nof thc Hzrmanities 5. ENGLISHFOR THE FOREIGN-BORN. I. z Cr. AII introduction to colloquial English. Training in speaking, writing, and listening. To be taken by foreign-born students before Freshman English. 9. COMMUNICATION FOR NURSES. I. 2 Cr. A study of the communication skills of reading, writing, speaking, and listening 12. FORMSOF JOUKNALISTIC WRITING. See course 12 under Journalism. IT. 2 Cr. 21, 22. LITERATURE OF THE WESTERN WORLD. Prereq. 2. 3, 3 Cr. Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great classics. Various literary movements and the influence of the classical tradition. Course 2 1 offered both semesters. Course zr offered I1 semester 1960-61; both semesters I 961-62. 25. EXPOSITORY WRITING. Prereq. 2. I. z Cr. Practice in the writing of exposition and argumentation. Reading and analysis of models. CREATIVE WRITING. Prereq. 2. 11. 2 Cr. Writing of description and narration. Study of techniques in rhe composition of fiction, poetry, and drama. Individual and group projects. 26. 31. MEDIEVAL LITERATURE.Prereq. 2. I. z Cr. Literature of the Middle Ages, chiefly English. Special attention given to Chaucer. 32. RENAISSANCE LITERATURE.Prereq. 2. 11. z Cr. Literature of England from 1485 to the death of Shakespeare. Some attention given to non-English works. Upper Division Courses JUNIORENGLISH. Prereq. 2. (Offered ,both semesters.) I Cr. Designed to develop correctness in writing and usage. Recommended for students who rank low in the sophomore English test. 56. 5 I, 52. AMERICAN LITERATURE.Prereq. ?. I, JI. 2, z Cr. The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements. 5 5. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN NOVEL. I. Scc course 5 5 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 5 6. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN DRAMA- n. z cr. See course 5 6 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 57. THEBRITISHNOVEL. Prereq. 2. I. 2 Cr. The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists and their novels. (Offered 1961-62.) Division of the Hilmanities / 5 I 58. MODERNFICTION. Prereq. 2. 11. 3 cr. The modem novel and short story. British, American, and continental writers. yy. MODERNPOETRY. Prereq. 2. I. Analysis of the techniques of modern poetry. 3 Cr. 60. MODERNDRAMA. Prereq. 2. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of Bsen. Representative plays studied as literature and as theater. BRITISHLITERATURE O F THE SEVENTEENTH AND EIGHTEENTH CENTURIES. 3 Cr. Prereq. 2. I. The principal authors from John Donne through Samuel Johnson. Discussion of literary movements and historical backgrounds. 61. OF THE NINETEENTHCENTURY. Prereq. 2. 11. j Cr. 62. BRITISHLITERATURE Romantic and Victorian literature in England. Stress placed on major writers of prose and poetry. 71. INTRODUCTION TO MODERNENGLISH. Prereq. 2. 5 cr. The study of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Designed to give prospective high-school Englis4 teachers an introduction to the study of language. (Offered I Sem., 1960-61; ZI Sem. 1961-62.) 2 Cr. 72. LITERARY CRITICISM. Prereq. 2. I. A study of basic texts, with emphasis on principles and issues which have special relevance for modern thought. (Offered 1961-62.) 3 Cr. 74. SHAKESPEARE.Prereq. 32 or #. Reading of some of the plays. Attention given t o the princitples of drama and the historical background. (Offered I1 Sem., 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.) 76. MILTON. Prereq. 61 o r #. II. 2 Cr. A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose works in relation to the important intellectual movements of the seventeenth century. ( m e r e d 196162.) z Cr. 78. CHAUCER. Prereq. 3 I or #. 11. Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages. Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales. (Offered 1960-61.) 83. MODERNBRITISHLITERATURE. Prereq. 6 crs. in Br. lit. or #. I. a cr. The important literary movements of the present century in England, concentrating on leading authors and notable productions. (Offered 1960-61.) 8 5 . CONTEMPORARY AMERICANLITERATURE.Prereq. yz or 8. 1. Major writers since World War I. (Ofiered 1961-62.) 2 Cr. 92. ENGLISHSEMINAR. Prereq. Sr. and English major or minor. 11. 2 Cr. Methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American and British literature. 52 / Division of the Humanities STUDY. Prereq. Jr. or Sr. major and consent of de94, 95. INDEPENDENT partment chaiman. Offered both semesters. I , I Cr. JOURNALISM r 1. SURVEY OF MASSCOMMUNICATIONS. I. z Cr. Attention is given to patterns of operations in mass media with emphasis on analysis of content and audiences. Contributions of other disciplines to the reporting of news and the functions of the press and other communication agencies in the formation of public opinion are studied. 12. FORMSOF JOURNALISTIC WRITING. 11. 2 0. An introduction to news, feature, and editorial writing. Some attention given to editing and headline writing. DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH THISDEPARTMENTaims to foster in students those speech skills which contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. I t seeks to develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening habits. It aims, through courses in intempretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama. The department offers a major in general speech which .prepares the student to teach speech in the secondary schools and to take graduate work in speech, theater, or speech pathology. II All students are required to earn 2 credits in speech for graduation. Speech is designed especially for this requirement. Students needing help with speech problems such as stuttering, lisping, foreign dialect, and excessive stage fright should contact the head of the department for individual attention. Mapr: 24 credia above Speech I I. For education students courses I z, 3 I, 32, 66, and 76. Philosophy 23 is required of all majors. Minor: 18 credits ambove Speech I 1. For Education students courses 12, 3 I, 32, 5 1 or $3, and 66. I I. BEGINNINGSPEECH. SO. Offered both semesters. Basic prablems of effective speaking and critical listening. 12. ARGUMENTATION. 50. II. Applications of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debate. 2 Cr. 3 Cr. 16. STORYTELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS.SO. Il. z Cr. Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice id story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for parish workers and elementary school teachers. (Offered 1960-61.) Division of the Hxmanities / 5 3 DEBATE.I, 11. Open to all students. 21-2z.t INTERCOLLEGIATE z Cr. Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation in intercollegiate debate tournaments. 25. INTERCOLLEGIATE SPEECH. Open to all students. I. Preparation for and participation in intercollegiate speech contests. I Cr. TO DRAMATIC ARTS. Open to all students. I. 3 Cr. 29. INTRODUCTION An introduction to the history of the theater and to the theories of drama and dramatic production. (Offered 1960-61.) 3 I . INTERPRETATIVEREADING.So. I. 3 Cr. Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice .in reading various kinds of prose, poetry, and drama. 3 Cr. 32. ACTING. So. 11. An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. Upper Division Courses 5 I. GROUPLEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION.Jr., Sr. I. z Cr. Theories of leadership; principles and types of discussion. Practice in group discussion techniques. (Offered I 960-61 .) 53. ADVANCED PUBLICSPEAKING. Jr., Sr. I. 2 Cr. An introduction to classics in rhetoric; analysis of great speeches; practical work in speech writing. (Offered 1961-62.) 5 5. PERSUASION AND PROPAGANDA. Jr., Sr. I. z Cr. The psychology of persuasion; techniques used in public speaking, advertising, selling, and propaganda. Ethical implications of persuasive techniques. (Offered 1960-61.) 2 Cr. 64. STAGECRAF~.Jr., Sr. 11. A study of stage design, scene construction and theatrical lighting, with emphasis on the problems of the amateur stage. Laboratory exercises. ( m e r e d 1361-62.) 3 Cr. 66- STAGEDIRECTION.Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. TI. Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. 76. SPEECHPATHOLOGY.Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. 54 / Division of the Humanities 92. SPEECH SEMINAR. Sr. 11. z Cr. Selected topics in rhetorical theory; individual projects with emphasis on rhe uie of primary sources and the methodology of research. 94. DRAMASEMINAR. Sr. 11. z Cr. Selected topics in drama; individual projects as indicated by personal needs and interests. DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES THIS DEPARTMENT aims to impart to the student the knowledge of a modem language as a 'factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for whom it is the main channel of expression. It also aims to aid the student in developing an understanding of the idiom of a particular language and a mastery of the rules of grammar and pronunciation. It furthermore seeks to develop an interest in the history, literature and life of the people whose language he is learning, and to transmit to American life the best of their cultural and religious heritage. A special aim is to provide language facility and technical training for those who plan to teach, study theology, or become candidates for higher academic degrees. GERMAN Minor, 20 credits. 8 Cr. I-2.f BEGINNING GERMAN. I, 11. A study of the grammar and vocabulary of the German language so that the student attains a reading knowledge. 3, 4. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN. I, 11. 3, 3 c r . This course continues to build up the vocabulary of the student through the study of easy (prose and poetry. Special work in conversation is required of all students planning to teach. Upper Division Cou.rses 1I , 12. GERMANLITERATURE.I, 11. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of German literature. 3. 3 Cr. SCANDINAVIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Minor, 24 credits. I-2.f BEGINNING NORWEGIAN.Fr. I, II. 8 Cr. Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation. 3, 4. INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN.SO. I, 11. 3, 3 c r Further study of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of Norwegian literature. Composition. I I. SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY. I. 3 Cr. A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples, with history of Norway as the core. (Offered 1961-62.) Division of the Humanities / 5 5 I 6. MODERNSCANDINAVIA. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia since 1814, with special emphasis upon recent developments. (Offered 1961-62.) Upper Division Courses THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN NOVEL. Jr., Sr. I. Cr. The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlgif, and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. ( m e r e d 1960-61.) 5 5. 2 56. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN DRAMA. Jr., Sr. 11. t Cr. The course includes dramas by Bjernson, Zbsen, and Stridberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 1960-61.) FRENCH Minor, t o credits. I-2.t BEGINNINGFRENCH. I, H. 8 Cr. The course includes the study of French sounds and their spelling, the essentials of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of suitable selections from French literature. 3, 4. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. One half of the time is devoted to the further study af grammar, composition, and oral work. The other half is spent in reading representative types of French literature. Upper Division Courses 5 I. SURVEY OF FRENCHLITERATURE.I. 3 Cr. A study of the authors and literary movements of the seventeenth, eighteenth, and nineteenth centuries. 52. FRENCHPHONETICS,CONVERSATION, AND COMPOSITION. 11. 3 CC A thorough study of French sounds, phonetic symbols, drill on pronunciation, phonetic readings, various types of oral work, memorization, dictation and composition. SPANISH Minor, 20 credits. 8 Cr. I-z.? BEGINNINGSPANISH. I, 11. Stresses pronunciation, the essentiat of grammar, elementary conversation, and background reading in Spanish on the I.atin American countries. Includes further study of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading d short stories, novels, and plays in the Spanish language. 56 / Division of the Humanities Upper Division. Courses 5 I . SURVEY OF SPANISHLITERATURE.I. 3 Cr. A study of Spanish literature from the Poema del Cid to modern times. Lectures in Spanish, reading of representative works and reports. 52. SPAXBH CONVERSAT~ON ~m Cornsmow. 11. 3 cr. A course aiming to fncilitate free expression in Spanish through conversation and composition, including original themes. Lzhratory, including audio-visual aids, inregrared wirh classroom work and instruction. DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC THE DEPARTMENT OF MUSICoffers training to students who wish to become teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, or who are primarily interested in performance, as well as preparatiod for those who expect to pursue specialized study in the field of music. General instruction is afforded other students who also wish to broaden their cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for the music of the masters. Emphasis is laid upon the rich musical heritage of the Christian Church. Major: 40 credits. Excepting 3 and lo, courses I through 58, 61-6r* or 6364*, 6 9 , 77 or 78, 80, and 10 credits in applied music, of which 4 must be in private lessons in voice or on an instrument, and 4 as a member of a musical organization. At least 2 credits in private instruction must be earned in the junior and senior years. Non-education studears may subsrirute 10 for 77 or 78. One public performance in their area of specialization is required of juniors y in and seniors. This requirement may be fuifilled by s a r i ~ f ~ c t o rparticipation the monthly Performance Smnhtrs. Fomzl public recitals are encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department, may be given in fulfillment of the requirement. Sophomores, Juniors, and Seniors are required to attend monthly Performance Seminars. Freshmen are encouraged to attend. The seminars are student recitals which provide opportunity for public performance and acquaint the students with a repertory of musical excellence. All majors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination, preferably by the end of the sophomore year. Ir includes: the major and minor scales in a moderate tempo; three pieces in different styles, such as (a) a Bach invention or a dance from one of the suites, (b) one of the easier sonatas of Haydn, Mozart, or Beethoven, and (c) one of the shorter pieces by a nineteenth or twentieth century composer; sight-reading songs af hymn-tune grade. Minor: 2 6 credits. Excepting 3 and 10, courses I through 5 8 , 61-62" or 6 3 64*, and 6 credits in applied music, 2 of which must 'be in private lessons in vocal or instrumental music. A maximtlm of 10 credits in applied music may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. "A student in education should prepare for both vocal and instrumental work. Therefore, unless he takes both technique courses, he should take Choral Technique if his applied music is largely instrumental, and Instrumental Technique if hi applied music is largely vocal. I , z. THEORY. I, 11. z, z Cr. A basic course in the fundamentals of music, including the principles of nota- tion, major and minor scales, intervals, triads, rhythms; aural skills; sight reading, dictation, and part singing. 3. INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC. 11. z Cr. A course for non-majors. To promote understanding and enjoyment of music. Fulfills the fine arts requirement. 7, 8. HISTORYAND LITERATURE OF MUSIC. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. An historical survey of western music from its beginnings to 1900. Supple- mented by musical scores and recorded performances. 10. HYMNS AND MUSICOF THE CHURCH. 11. 2 G. Development of the music cd the Christian Church, with special attention to Protestant hymnody. Designed for the general student, organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. Fulfills the requirements of a course in religion. I 5-16.? HARMONY. I, 11. 4 cr. Application of the study of scales, intervals, and chord formation in written exercises. Written work includes harmonization of figured bass and given melodies as well as opportunity for simple creative writing. Upper Divisionl Courses 5 5, 5 6. ADVANCED HARMONY.Prereq. z, 16. I, U. 2, 2 Cr. Continuation of I 5-16, with advanced work in harmonization of figured bass and given melodies. Modulation, advanced chord formations, the use of suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. CONDUCTING.Prereq. 2, or z Cr. in piano, organ, or equivalent. Jr. I, 11. 2, z Cr. Techniques of conducting choral and instrumental music; organization and administration of choral and instrumental ensembles in school, church, and community. Students in music education should ,take the course in their junior year. 57, 58. 61, 62. INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE. Prereq. z. Jr., Sr. I, H. z, z Cr. Class instruction in string, reed, brass, and #percussion instruments, preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in band and orchestra. 63, 64. CHORALTECHNIQUE. Prereq. z. Jr., Sr. I, 11. 2, z Cr. Class instruction in the ,fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble. For public school music teachers and directors of vocal music. 69. TWENTIETHCENTURYMUSIC. Prereq. 8, 56. Jr., Sr. I. z Cr. A survey of western music with emphasis on contemporary trends. 77. COUNTERPOINT. Prereq. 5 5. Sr. I. z Cr. Strict counterpoint in one, two, three, and tour-part writing in all the species. 58 / Division of the Humanities 78. MUSICALANALYSIS. Prereq. $ 5 and 77 o r #. Sr. 11. z Cr. A detailed study of the structure and form of music, together with the study of the harmonies constituting any musical composition. 80, 81. SENIORSEMINAR. Prereq. Sr. and Music Major. I, 11. I , I Ct. Advanced topics in music. Choral, vocal, and instrumental literature. Bibliographies and research. APPLZED MUSZC Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Beginners must complete two semesters of private lessons in order to receive credit. Others receive one credit for a minimum of sixteen thirty-minute lessons per semester. Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees see under Financial Information. I, I Cr. PIANO. I, 11. Technique as needed, repertory, pedormance, accompanying. Music majors and minors must pass the proficiency examination. Only those credits earned after this examination has been passed apply toward the major o r minor. ORGAN. Prereq. Basic piano technique and consent of instructor. I, II. I , I Cr. Technique as needed, repertory, performance, hymn playing, accompanying. I, I Cr. VOICE. I, 11. Includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexi,bility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song classics, both sacred and secular. WOOD-WINDINSTRUMENTS. I, 11. I, I Cr. BRASSINSTRUMENTS. I, 11. I, I Cr. 2 Cr. I, I Cr. CHOIR.; I, 11. CONCERTBAND. I, 11. WOMEN'S CHORUS(Cantorians) . I, 11. %, % Cr. %, % Cr. o Cr. These organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student but for any student who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. PERFORMANCE SEMINAR I, 11. o Cr. DEPARTMENT OF ART THE D E P A R ~ E N OF T ART endeavors to further the student's technical and conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines of drawing, painting, and sculpture, emphasis is given to the function of a r t in history Dfvisim of the Humanities / 59 and religion. Because of the impact art has on contemporary life, students are encouraged to find opportunities in teaching, graduate study, commercial designing, and avocational art. Minor: 16 credits, including I, 17 or 18, 21 or 22, and 71. I. BASICDESIGN. Offered both semesters. 3 Cr. Theory and application of basic art principles, in drawing, painting, l e t t e ~ h ~ , .and sculpture. ART IN DAILYLIVING. I. See course 3 under Department of Home Economics. 3. 3 Cr. 17, I 8. O m PAINTING.I, 11. 2, z Cr. Investigation of the technical and expressive possibilities of oil paint. Still life, landscape, and portrait painting. 21, rz. SCULPTURE. I, 11. 2 , z Cr. Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures, and animal forms. Ceramic and plaster casting. 32. WATERCOLOR PAINTING.11. z Cr. Use of transparent and opaque water color techniques, with emphasis on landscape painting. Upper Division Courses 64. HISTORY AND APPRECIATION OF ART. CI. See course 64 under Department of Home Economics. 3 Cr. 71. HISTORY OF PAINTING.I. 3 Cr. A historical survey of painting in western civilization from early Mediterranean cultures to modern times. The 65-voice Augsburg College Choir, directed b y Leland B. Sateren, and the 55-piece Augsburg College Band, directed by Mayo Savold, perform distinctive music works and tour annua2ly. Division of the Social Sciences MR. CHRISLOCK, Chairman IT IS THE GENERAL PURPOSE of the work in this division to improve the student's understanding of human relationships and his appreciation of their importance and value, especially in their Christian interpretation. The work proceeding under the guidance of the faculty in this division is therefore intended to develop a higher grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's adaptation to his vocation. DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE THE WORK OF THIS DEPARTMENT is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and operations of the .phenomena in the fields of History and Political Science. I t affords preparation for graduate study and for teaching in secondary schools. HISTORY Major, 30 credits; minor, 2 1 credits. Students with a major or minor in history who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22. For non-majors, ~rere~uisites may be waived on consent of the instructor. I , 2. WESTERN CIVILIZATION. Fr. I, 11. 3. 3 Cr. This course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and up to the present. Designed to lay the foundation for ,future work in History. 21, 22. UNITEDSTATESHISTORY. So. I, TI. 3. 3 Cr. A survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their ideas afid institutions. First semester, from early explorations to 186s; second semester, the 'beginning of the reconstruction period to the present. Upper Division Courses 52. ENGLAND TO I 8 3 2. Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Emphasis placed on the constitutional development of England. (Offered 196061.) 5 3. HISTORY OF CANADA.Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. The development of Canada from early explorations u, the present, with emphasis on Canadian-United States relations. (Oflered 1961-62.) 5 5 . CONTEMPORARY UNITED STATES. Prereq. 21, 22. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. The United States from about 1900 to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken 'fbr one additional credit on approval of kstructor. Wision of the Social Scimces / 61 AMERICANDIPLOMATICHISTORY. Prereq. 6 Cr. in History or Pol. Sci. or #. Jr., Sr. II. 3 Cr. The history of American foreign policy. The period from 1898 to the present is emphasized. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. (Offered 1961-62.) 56. AND PROBLEMS OF SOUTHAND SOUTHEAST ASIA. GOVERNMENTS Jr., Sr. I. See course 57 under Political Science 57. 58. POLITICSAND PROBLEMS OF THE MIDDLEEAST. Jr., Sr. See course 58 under Political Science. H. 3 Cr. 3 Cr. 3 Cr. 61. ANCIENTHISTORY. Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. I. A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contribution to modern cultures. (Offered I 960-6 I .) 63. MEDIEVALEUROPE,300-1200. Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. From the decline of Rome, through the political, economic, and cultural revival of 12th century Europe. (Offered 1961-62.; 64. MEDIEVAL EUROPE,1200-1500. Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. II. 3 Cr. hledieval culture at its height in the 13th century, the rise of western monarchies, decline of the medieval ,papacy and empire, late Middle Ages and the 'Italian Renaissance. ( m e r e d 1961-62.) 3 cr. 65. EARLY MODERNEUROPE, I 500-1648. Jr., Sr. I. Emphasizes the religious crises of the Reformation and the religious wars. (Offered 1960-61.) 3 cr. 66. EARLYMODERNEUROPE,164-1789. Jr., Sr. II. A study of divine-right absolutism of Louis XlV and its influence in Europe, contrasting political pattern af England, scientific developments and their effects on areas of thought, 18th century background of the French Revolution. (Offered 1960-61.) Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A ,political and cultural survey of these countries from ancient times to the nineteenth century. (Offered 1961-62.) 67. PRE-NINETEENTHCENTURYINDIA, CHINA, AND JAPAN. AND JAPAN, I 850 TO PRESENT. Jr., Sr. n. 3 Cr. 68. CHINA A survey of the internal developments in China and Japan, their relations with each other and with the West. (Offered 1961-62.) FRENCHREVOLUTION AND EARLYNINETEENTH CENTURYEUROPE. 3 Cr. Prereq. 12 credits in History. Jr., Sr. I. Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from 1789 to I 8 50. The French Revolution, Napoleon, the Restoration, the Revolution of 1848. 7I. 62 / Division of the Social Sciences LATE NINETEENTHCENTURYEUROPE. Prereq. 12 credits in History. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from, 1848 to 1914. The national unification of Germany and Italy, the rise of imperialism, and the background of World War I. 72. Jr., Sr. I. 75. HISTORYOF POLITICALTHEORY. See course 75 under Political Science. TWENTIETH CENTURYEUROPE. Prereq. 3 Cr. credits in History. Sr. 11. z Cr. A survey of recent developments in the world, extending from the outbreak of World War I to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval cif instructor. 82. 12 99. SEMINARIN NORTHWEST HISTORY. Prereq. #., Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of various areas of the history of Minnesota and the Northwest. A research paper is required. (Offered 1960-61.) POLITICAL SCIENCE Minor: I 5 credits. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT.I, 11. 6 cr. A study of the Constitution; civil rights; federal, state, and local governments; citizenship; and popular control of government. 41-42.$ Upper Division Courses 5 6. AMERICANDIPLOMATIC HISTORY. 11. See course 56 under History. 3 Cr. 57. GOVERNMENTS AND PROBLEMSOF SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST ASIA. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. The emergence of the new national states in this area; their political and economic problems. (Offered 1960-61.) 58. P O L I ~ CAND S PROBLEMS OF THE MIDDLEEAST. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of the contemporary political and economic problems in the Middle East. (Offered 1960-61.) PUBLICFINANCE. Prereq. 41-42 or Economics I 1 for Political Science 3 Cr. minors. Jr., Sr. I. See course 61 under Business Administration and Economics. 61. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. 75. HISTORYOF POLITICALTHEORY. A survey of the high points in the development of political theory from the Greeks to the present. (Offered 1961-62.) GEOGRAPHY 14. HUMANGEOGRAPHY.Fr., So. 11. A study of geographical factors affecting mankind. 3 Cr. Division of the Social Sciences / 63 Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching: 24 credits in History (including History 2 I and 22) and Geography; Sociology I, 2; Economics I 5 , 16; Political Science 4 1 -42. Minor in Social Science: 6 credits each in History and Sociology; Political Science 4 1-42; and 3 credits in Economics. DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY THE OBJECTIVES OF THIS DEPARTMENT are to help students attain a better understanding of society and its social problems, as well as to prepare studenu for social service, for graduate training in social work, and for graduate study in Sociology. Beyond understanding of society and its problems and beyond academic competence, the Department aims to explore the relevance of Christianity to effective social service. Major, 24 credits including Sociology I , 2 . Reuired in addition are History 1-2, or 21, 22; Psychology 5 . Minor, I 5 credits including Sociology I , 2. Required in addition are History 1-2, or 21, 22. Introduction to Statistics is recommended for majors and minors in Sociology. For other recommended courses see under Social Work curriculum. I. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY.Fr., So. I. 3 Cr. An introduction to the field of Sociology, examining its methods, techniques, and general concepts as they apply to an analysis of American society. 2. SOCIALPROBLEMS.Fr., So. 11. 3 Cr. The dynamic processes at the root of contemporary problems. Problems of personal, family and community disorganization are selected for special study. 4. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS.Fr., So. 11. See course 4, under Business Administration and Economics. 3 e. 5 . SOCIOLOGY.I. 2 Cr. An introduction to the field of sociology, designed especially for student nurses. I 6. MODERNSCANDINAVIA.11. See course r 6 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 3 Cr. 2 I. RURALSOCIOLOGY.So. I. 3 Cr. Structure, function and change of rural society with special attention to the problems of,contemporary rural A.merica. URBANSOCIOLOGY.SO. 11. 3 Cr. Study of the city as to historical background, causes of growrh, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing problems, health factors, cultural centers, and rural-urban relationships. 22. 42. ~ ~ A R R I A G EAND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.II. See course 42 under Department of Home Economics. 3 cr. 64 /Division of the Social Sciences Upper Division; Courses 5 I. CRIMINOLOGY. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of the nature of delinquency and crime in contemporary society. An examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment, and prevention of delinquency and crime. 52. RACERELATIONS AND ,MINORITY PROBLEMS.Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The dynamics of prejudice, racism, and discrimination, together with an examination of social action programs. (Offered 1960-61.) 5 6. LABOR AND MANAGEMENT RELATIONS.Jr., Sr. I1 3 Cr. An analysis of the socio-economic roles of labor and management in a dynamic society. (Offered 19.61-62.) 3 Cr. 57. FIELDSOF SOCIALWORK. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I. An introductory exploration of the scope, nature, and functions of social work. A survey of private and public social agencies in the field of family welfare, child welfare, medical social work, group work, and other community agencies. 3 G60. PUBLICWELFARE. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. H. An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative policies, organizational structure, and institctional functions of social welfare, including a survey of contemporary public welfare and social security. (Offered 1960-61.) Prereq. I, Psy. 5 . Jr., Sr. I. 3 a61. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY. Society and the individual, the socialization .process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. Selected forms of collective behavior such as crowd, rumor, and audiences. PSYCHOLOGY. 62. ABNORMAL See course 62 under Psychology. 3 Cr. 64. INTRODUC~ON TO METHODS OFSOCIAL WORK. Prereq. #. II. 3 Cr. Princi.ples and procedures of case work and group work designed especially for students who anticipate entering the field of social work. (Offered 1961-6s.) DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY AND EDUCATION PSYCHOLOGY THE CURRICULUM IN PSYCHOLOGY is designed to acquaint students with the data and methods used in the scientific study of human behavior. The work in psychology is further designed to aid the student in more adequately understanding, predicting, and modifying his own behavior as well as that of his #fellowmen. Minor: 15 credits. Division of. the Social Sciences / 6y GENEU PSYCHOLOGY. Offered both semesters. y. 3 Cr. A study of the basic processes underlying human behavior. The general principles, methods and problems of psychology are discussed. 7. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY.I. z Cr. An introductory course intended for student nurses. Special emphasis is placed upon normal and abnormal reactions to stress and frustration, mental hygiene, and to methods of therapy. 10. PSYCHOLOGY OF ADJOSTATENT. Prereq. y . So. 11. 3 Cr. Motivations of man with emphasis on behaviors necessary for adequate living, theories of adjustment, defense mechanisms and adjustive techniques considered with respect to personality and mental hygiene. Upper Division Courses 61. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY.Jr., Sr. I. Sec course 61 under Department of Sociology. 3 Cr. 62. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. y. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The sociological, psychological, and biological factors involved in neurotic and psychotic behavior. Modern methods of diagnosis, treatment, and prevention. Community organization for mental hygiene. 64.. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. y. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Experiments to illustrate the basic methods used by psychology as a contemporary science. Demonstrations and experiments in human and animal learning, problem-solving, perception, measurement of abilities and personality traits. One two-hour and one three-hour period per week. (Offered 1961-62.) IN PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. y, and 8.Jr., Sr. 11. 1-2 Cr. 66. TOPICS A study of special problems. For students desiring to continue investigations begun in the regular courses or to carry out individual research on topics of their choice. 71. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY.Jr. I. See course 71 under Education. 3 Cr. EDUCATION THE EDUCATION CURRICULUM has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department will qualify the graduate ifor teaching on the elementary or the junior and senior high school level, as well as for further study in the field of education. ELEMENTARY EDUCATIOh7 PLANNING FOR elementary school teaching are required to follow STUDENTS the prescribed course of study. See under curriculum for Elementary Education. Formal admission to the program takes place in the sophomore year. During this year the student has regular conferences with the Director for orientation 66 / Division of the Social Sciences ar;d counseling purposes, and is tested in the subject matter of the fields which are taught in elementary schools. Students with deficiencies may be required to take additional work. Each student wishing to complete the program must make written application on the form provided and must be recommended by the Director and approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. 2, 2 Cr. 50,51. CHILDPSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. Psy. 5 , Jr. I, 11. This is a study of child development and the process of learning. I t includes consideration of the techniques of studying children. METHODSAND MATERIALS OF THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOLCURRICULUM. Prereq. Psy. 5, and concurrent registration in Ed. yo and 1 1 . Jr. I, 11. 3, 3 c r . A study of the methods and the materials o;f the curriculum of the elementary school in the fields of mathematics, science and health, physical education, music, and art; it utilizes staff assistance from several of the academic departments involved. Special attention is given to the content of the mathematics program of the elementary school. 5 2 , J 3. METHODSAND MATERIALSIN SOCIALSTUDIES AND THE LANGUAGE ARTS ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. Prereq. 5 I . Sr. I. j Cr. The methods and the materials of the curriculum of the elementary school in the fields of social studies and language arts. 54. IN THE Prereq. 53. Jr. I, 11. Sr. I. 5 y, 56, 57. %SERVATION OF TEACHING. A combination of laboratory experience and seminar. Students spend two to three hours a week in observing teaching in an elementary school and may assist the room teacher with certain classroom tasks. One seminar or discussion hour a week. I credit per semester. J 8. TEACHING OF READING. Prereq. 5 I. Sr. I. 3 Cr. Deals with the problems of teaching reading to elementary school children. T h e materials and methods are studied in the context of learning theory. 19. CHILDREN'SLITERATURE.Prereq. 5 I. Sr. I. 3 Cr. This is a study of literature suitable for children of elementary school age. I t requires extensive reading and evaluation of books. 60. SEMINARIN TEACHING. Prereq. 5 5. Sr. 11. 2 Cr. This deals with the practical problems o;f teaching as they arise in the student teaching experience. 62. DIRECTED TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. Prereq. 55. Sr. 11. 8 Cr. Students spend half days for a full semester observing, assisting the regular teacher, and much of the time in actual teaching in cooperating schools. Supervision is carried out by the classroom cooperating teacher and the college staff. Division of the Social Sci,mces/ 67 SEGONDARY EDUCATION ADMISSION TO THE SECONDARY EDUCATION CURRICULUM requires an application to be approved .by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be made during the second semester of the sophomore year if the student is to complete the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and a minimum in scholastic achievement of 1.5 honor point ratio in the major, a 1.0 ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. Except in special fields the applicant should be preparing for competency in at least two subjects that are taught on the high school level, that is, he should complete a major and a minor or two majors. All students admitted to the secondary education curriculum must secure two credits of Group Activity usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 71 and 72. They are also required to have a course in health and three semester hours in general psychology, the latter to be completed before taking Ed. 71. For a proposed course of study see under Curriculum for High School Teaching. 71. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. Psy. 5, Jr. I. 3 Cr. A study of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better understand human behavior, especially the behavior of adolescents in a school context. 72. TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS. Prereq. 71. Jr. 11. 3 Cr. This course has three parts: a study of the purposes and programs of secondary schools; developing personal competency in planning instructional activities; and developing the ability to evaluate the outcome of instruction. 73, 74. GROUP ACTNITY. I. 11. I, I Cr. This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection with Education 71,72; Religion 9, 58; Physical Education 6, I I, 13, 14, 81,82. The nature of the experience will vary with the course with which i t is associated, and nlay include such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from the supervisor and the student to the teacher of the course with which the work is connected, A student may not receive more than z credits in Group Activity. 76. PRINCIPLESOF GUIDANCE. Prereq. 71.Sr. 11. 3 Cr. A study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and techniques used in studying students, and methods appropriate for student guidance, including counseling. 78. ISSUESm CONTEMPORARY EDUCATION. Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The purpose of the course is to develop skill in perceiving and defining current problems in education, to gain an understanding of possible solutions, and to develop some ability to evaluate the various solutions proposed. The relation of the problems to the development of American education and to a philosophy of education is stressed. OF NATURAL SCIENCESIN 79. TEACHING THE SECONDARY SCHO~L. Sr. I. 2 Cr. 68 / Division of the Social Sciences 81. TEACHING OF BUSINESS IN THE a3. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. THE z Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 2 Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 2 Cr. 85. TEACHINGOF SOCIALSTUDIES IN 87. TEACHINGOF HEALTH EDUCATIONAND PHYSICALEDUCATION M THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. s Cr. 88. TEACHING OF MUSICIN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. 89. TEACHINGOF MUSICIN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 91. THE TEACHINGOF HOME ECONOMICS nu m E JT. 11. 2 cr. 2 Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. z Cr. AND ADULTE D U C A ~ OIN N HOMEECONOMICS.Sr. 11. z Cr. 92. EVALUATION 93. TEACHING OF ENGLISHIN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. OF MODERNLANGUAGES IN 94. TEACHING THE z Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. z Cr. 95 . TEACHINGOF SPEECHIN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 2 Cr. Courses 79 through 91 include the study of the materials, organization, and teaching procedures of the field for which they are given; applications of the principles of teaching are made in the specific field. Usually, each student is required to take two of these courses to prepare 4or student teaching; this means one course related to the major and one to the minor. Prerequisites are a major or a ,minor in the field and Education 7 2 . 97. STLTDENT TEACHINGIN m E SECONDARY SCHOOL. Prereq. 72. Offered 4-5 Cr. both semesters. Observation, participation in teaching activities, and experience in actual control of the classroom situation. Direction of the program is shared by the college supervisor and selected critic teachers. 99. TOPICS IN EDUCATION.Offered both semesters. Sr. 1-2 Cr. Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of specialization in education. Each student does research and presents a report of hi tindings on the requirements, present status, and future possibilities of his own field of interest. Conducted largely on a seminar ,basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department. LIBRARY SCIENCE THE FOLLOWING COURSES prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in library science. They train him in making a wise choice of books for the. school library, in preparing books and other library materials for circulation, in administering a school library, and in making intelligent and effective use of library tools for hi own needs as a teacher. M i o r , 16 credits. Division of the Socid Sciences / 69 55-56.? OF BASICFUNCTIONS THE SCHOOLLIBRARY.So., Jr. I, TI. 3 Cr. Designed to acquaint the student with the place of the library in the school and community; local public, county, state, and national services; standards; relations with school administration, faculty, students, and community; the budget; planning, housing, and equipment; library records; organization of materials; school library administration. Two credits first semester; one credit, second. 57-58.i 4 Cr. ELEMENTARY MATERIALS.Jr., Sr. I, 11. Library materials for the elementary school lhrary; book selection, principles and standard lists; correlating the library holdings with the grade curriculum; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered 1960-61.) 6 Cr. 59-60.? SECONDARY MATERIALS.Jr., Sr. I, 11. Introduction to book selection; book selection in subject fields, including reference books and related fiction; periodicals and other non-,book materials, standard lists for book selection; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Wered 1961-62.) 61. PRACTICAL ~ ~ T H O D S . Prereq. 5 6. Sr. I. I Cr. Giving the student practice experience in school libraries; teaching the use of thc library; weeding and withdrawal procedures. 2 Cr. 62. READINGGUIDANCE. Prereq. 56. Sr. 11. Remedial reading in the school as it relates to the school library, reading ladders; student's personal library; professional literature in the field; lists, testing, and records; guiding individual students in their recreational reading. DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS, AND SECRETARIAL STUDIES THE OBJECTIVE OF m I s DEPARTMENT is to help students gain a broad knowledge and sound perspective of business and our economic society. The business major prepares a student for positions in the business community. T h e economics major provides the background necessary for further study in gaduate school. Together with secretarial studies, the department also provides a teaching major and minor. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS Major in Business Administration: 36 credits, including courses 16, 53, 72. In addition, Psychology 5 is required. I , 2, 3, 4, 15, Major in Economics: 24 credits, including courses 4, 15, 16, 60, and twelve credits from 51, 54, 56, 61, 62. In addition, I, z, and Math. 13 are required. Minor in Business Administration: 21 credits, including courses I, z, 3, 15, 16, and six credits in Upper Division courses. Minor in Economics: 15 credits, including courses 15, 16 and nine credits from 51, 54, 56, 60, 61, 62. 70 / Division oj the Social Sciences I, 2, PRINCIPLES OF A C C O U N ~ N GSO. . I, 11. 3, 3 c r . An introduction to the principles of accounting and their application to the single proprietorship, partnership, and corporation; preparation of hancial statements; and procedure in recording and classifying business transactions. Meets four hours per week. 3. ILVTRQIY~CT~OK TO Busn~ss. Fr. I. f Cr. An introductory survey of busincss and b&ws mamgement including a study of rhc varicry, namre and inrerrrlariomhip of problems of 8 b m i u aperation. ~ Finance, p w n n e i , prduction, marketing, internal organization and control, and governrnenrd relationships are a few o f the topics cowred. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS.SO. 11. 3 Cr. A course in scientific methods of dealing with the collection, organization, comparison and interpretation of numerical data. The technique of constructing graphs and tables, as well as &dina measurer of central tendencies, variability, correlation and sound rnethds of sampling. 4. I 5, I 6. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOWCS. So. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. The foundations of economic analysis; ,production, employment and prices; and public policy. The objective is to promote interest in economic problems and the ability to use economic analysis in reaching judgments about economic policy problems. Upper Division, Courses 5 I. MONEYAND BANKING. Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., ST. I. 3 Cr. The influence of money and banking on economic activity and of monetary and fiscal policies which might be adopted to yield a stable general price level with high levels of output and employment. (Offered 1960-61.) 53. BUSINESS LAW. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations. 54. MARKETING. Prereq. I 1, 16. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. An introductory course in which the functions and institutions of marketing are studied. Problems in selecting channels of distri,bution and in determining merchandising and pricing plicies are also considered. (Offered 1961-62.) RELATIONS. Jr., Sr. 11. 56. LABORAND MANAGEMENT See course 56 under Department of Sociology. 3 Cr. 58. INDUSTRIAL ,MANAGEMENT.Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The more important production procedures commonly employed in progressive manufacturing plants, and their relationship to the attainment of management objectives. (Offered 1960-61.) 3 Cr. 59. COSTACCOUNTING.Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. I. Essential features of accounting for manufacturing concerns with particular reference to the securing of unit costs of manufactured products; job order and process costs. (Offered 1960-61.) Divisim of the Social Sciences / 7 I 60. INTERMEDUTE ECONOMIC ANALYSIS.Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. An advanced course in economic analysis, problems, and policies. (Offered 196162.) 61. PUBLICFINANCE. Prereq. I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Governmental taxation, spending and ,borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. (Offered 1961-62.) 3 Cr. 62. CORPORATION FINANCE. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. 11. The various methods in financing of private businesses, and the means of financing short-term, intermediate-term, and long-term asset requirements of corporations. (Oflered 1960-61.) 63. TAXATION. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. This course will give particular emphasis to the income tax, attempting to give a knowledge of tax requirements, procedures and prablems as they relate to business and individuals. ( m e r e d I 961-62.) 72. SEMINAR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION. Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Coven p ~ b l e m sof special concern to business majors and serves as a capstone of previous work. The course is designed to encourage advanced study by students in areas of particular interest to them. SECRETARIAL STUDIES THESE COURSES ARE PLANNED to prepare students for stenographic and secretarial positions in business ofices, to assist in the preparation for the teaching of business education in high schools, for parish secretarial work, and to provide an opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use. Graduation major: 31 credits above I , including 2, 3-4, 8, 5 1, 52, 53-54, Business Administration I , 2, 3, 53. Business education major: 37 credits above I, including courses listed for graduation major plus Business Administration I 5, 16. Minor, 25 credits above I, including 2, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, and Business Administration I, 2, or I 5, 16. S i x credits less will be required on the majors or minor, if the student can demonstrate satisfactory achievement in course 3-4. I. ELEMENTARY TYPEWRTTING. M e r e d both semesters. I Cr. A course for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Three hours per week. 2. INTERMEDIATE TYPEWRITING. 11. 2 Cr. Problems in typing tabulations, manuscript typing, use of carbons, addressing envelopes, and in letter arrangements. Four hours per week. 3-4.t ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND.I, n. 6 Cr. Fundamentals of Simplified Gregg Shorthand Dictation and transcription. Four hours per week. 8. OFFICE MACHINES. Prereq. 2. Offered both semesters. 2 cr. The operation of the calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, mimeoscope, spirit duplicator, and the transcription machine. Two hours per week. 72 / Divisim of the Social Sciences Upper Division Courses 5 1. ADVANCED TYPEWRITING.Prereq. z or equivalent. I. z Cr. Further development of typewriting technique in ,business lemer arrangement, billing, tabulating, and the typing of legd documents. Open ro students having attained a speed of 5 0 words per minute. Four hours per week. 5 z. SECRETARIAL PRACTICE. Prereq. z, 3-4, 11. 3 Cr. Dictation, business letterwriting, filing, telephonhg, me of bwiness and legal forms, personality development, writing appIication Ieerers, nad making application for a job. Mimeographing also taughr for chose who include this as a part of the parish worker's course. Four hours per week. 53-14.? ADVANCED SHORTHAND.Prereq. 4 or equivalent. I, 11. 4 Cr. Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Open to students who can take dictation at a minimum of 80 words per minute. Four hours per week. DEPARTMENT OF HOME ECONOMICS THE OBJECTIVES OF THIS DEPARTMENT are threefold: to provide courses that will help students to solve personal, home, and family living problems; to ofTer training for homemaking; and to offer training for the teaching of home economics. Graduates are qualified to teach in federally aided home economics departments. Courses are open to all students and recommended for general education. Non-teaching major: 33 credits; courses are I, z, 3, 8, 39, 40, 42, 44, ~ 7 , 66, 67, 71, 73. Also required are: Chemistry 5 or 5-6 or 5-52; Physics 3; Economics 11; Sociology I; Biology 1-2 or 4 or 13-14,and 54; Psychology 5 and 3 additional credits in Social Science. Non-teaching minor: 22 credits, including I, 3 , 8, 39, 40, 42, and 44. Teaching major: 38 credits; courses listed for non-teaching major plus 33 and 75. Also required of students preparing to teach Home Economics are Education 91 and 92. I. CLOTHINGSELECTION, CAREAND REPAIR. I. 3 Cr. Line and design in dress, wardrobe planning, clothing costs and budgets, quality in ready made garments, textile fabrics, problems related to storing and caring for clothing. Three single class hours per week. 2. CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION.11. z Cr. Laboratory experience in making three simple garments from fabrics of dieerent fiber content. One lecture and two double laboratory ,periods per week. 3. ART IN DAILY LIVING. I. 3 Cr. A study of art as it is met in the activities of everyday living. Open to all students. Division of tbe Social Sciences / 73 8. ELEMENTSOF NV~RITION. TI. A study of the nutrienrs n e c e s s q for maintenance of good health all of life starting from prcnaral needs and continuing through old emphasis is placed on the needs of the college student. Dietaries of bers and published recommended dietaries will be analyzed. Three periods per week. 3 Cr. throughout age. Special class memsingle class 3 3. COLORAND DESIGN. I. 3 Cr. Principles of design and color related to selecting and arranging household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing. Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 36. CRAFTS. 11. 2 cr. Laboratory experience in various crafts which can be done at home or at camps with simple equipment. Two double laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1961-62.) AND MANAGEMENT,Prereq. 8 o r #. I, II. 3, 3 Cr. 39, 40. FOODPREPARATION Laboratory experience in food preparation, menu planning, and table service. Study of time and money management as related to family meals; food preservation; food costs and purchasing of food. Three double laboratory ,periods per week. 42. MARRIAGEAND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.11. 3 Cr. P, coprse applying principles of cultural living to everyday problems of home life. Discussions of personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the Christian home and its influence in the community, and related subjects. Regular lectures, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and tours. r Cr. 44. CHLLDDEVELOPMENT. 11. The physical, mental and social development of the young child. Observations in local nursery schools; a two week play school is conducted at the college fbr 10 to 12 children of pre-school age. One lecture period plus one double laboratory period per week. Upper Division Courses 57. T ~ x m s . I. 2 Cr. Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasis on selection, use, and care of common household and clothing textiles. Two double laboratoxy hours a week. (Offered 1961-62.) 64. HISTORYAND APPRECIATIONOF ART. 11. 3 Cr. A study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume, furniture, painting, and sculpture. Three regular hours scheduled and field trips arranged. (Offered 1960-61 .) 66. HOMEPLANNING AND FURNISHING. 11. 3 Cr. This course includes a consideration of housing, an analysis of floor plans, a study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in selecting, arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 33 prerequisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 74 / Division of the Social Sciences 67. FAMILYHEALTH. I. z Cr. Basic facts and practical application of home care of the sick. Problems relating to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as well as to individual health problems within the family group. 71. HOMEMANAGEMENT PROBLEMS.I. z Cr. Consideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and coordinating the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family living. HOME MANAGEMENT LABORATORY.I. t Cr. Actual experience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of money, time, energy, and equipme-nt. Six weeks residence in a home management house with one conference hour per week. Food costs to be determined by the group. 73. z Cr. 74. CONSUMEREDUCATIONAND INCOME MANAGEMENT. U. The wise choice of consumer goods and services available on the market and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use of money income. 75. ADVANCED CLOTHINGCONSTRUCTION. Prereq. 2. I. z Cr. Laboratory experience in making garments of wool. More advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in Course 2. Some experience also given in planning and constructing garments for children. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1960-61.) Many practical demonstrations are carried out in the home econ o m i c s department. T h e help studem in their personal develop ment, prepare them for the responsibilities of home-making and give training for a professional career. Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics MR. NASH, Chairman ITLS THE PURPOSE of this division to provide training In methods and techniques of natural science and mathematics; to inrerpret Natural Science in the light of the Word of to acquaint rhe student with the significance of science and rnathem~dccin 2 modern, changing world; ro emphasize a sound mind and a strong b d y : ra train for vocations ia ~ a r i o ufields; and to equip the student with r scientific bsckgmund which will enrich his life and the liws of his felbw men. a; DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY THE AIM OF ~ I I SDEPARTMENT is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure time, and to prepare for vocations or graduate study. Major, 28 credits, including courses 13-14, 25-26, and at least 3 Upper Division courses not including 60. Also required are 8 credits in Chemistrp. Minor for high school teaching, 20 credits, including courses 13-14, 25-26, and at least one Upper Division course not including 60. ' I-2.i GENERALBIOLOGY. Fr. I, 11. 6 Cr. A study of the broad principles of biology to meet the needs of non-science majors. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. 3. HUMANANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. Fr. I. 4 Cr. A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with special emphasis on structure. For student nurses. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 4 will not receive credit for Biol. 3. HUMANANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. Fr. 11. 4 Cr. A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on both structure and function. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 3 will not receive credit for Biol. 4. 4. 7. GENERALBAC~ERIOLOGY. I. 3 Cr. A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology, diseases. Laboratory techniques. Designed especially for student nurses. TWO lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. I 3-14.? GENERALZOOLOGY. Fr. I, 11. 8 cr. A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology, physiology, adalptation, and- reproduction of type animals. Biological principles are emphasized Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 76 / Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics 25-16.? GENERALBOTANY. So., Jr. I, 11. 8 Cr. A study of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, followed by a survey of rhe plant kingdom. Emphasis is also placed o n botanical principles. Flowering plants are idenrified in the spring. Three lectures and two single laboratory periodr per week. Upper Division Courses 5 I. GENETICS. Prereq. 13-14, or 25-26. So., Jr. I. 4 cr. A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lectures per week. (Offered 1961-62.) 52. ECOLOGY.Prereq. 13-14 or 25-26. So., Jr. II. 4 Cr. A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles of biological association and succession. Two lectures and one double laboratory period or field trip per week. (Offered 1961-62.) 53. GENERALENTOMOLOGY.Prereq. 13-14. Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1960-61.) Prereq. Chem. 6. 11. 4 Cr. 54. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY. A review of the general field of bacteriology, including the cause, control, and prevention of important diseases. Training in modern laboratory techniques. Two lectures and two double 1aboratory.periods per week. cr- PLANTS. Prereq. 25-26. Sr. 11. 3 56. TAXONOMYOF FLOWERING Taxonomy af flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1960-61.) 58. COMPARATIVE ANATOMYOF VERTEBRATES.Prereq. 13-14. TI. 4 Cr. A camparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1961-62.) 60. BIOLOGYSEMINAR. Sr. 11. A review of biological techniques. (Offered 1960-61.) DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY IT IS THE PURPOSE of this department to give students an understanding and an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power, and beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of man-modern science, and it provides dramatic examples of effective ways to handle certain types of problems. Division of hTatural Sciences and Mathematics / 77 Courses in chemistry are offered not only as part of a liberal arts education, but also to prepare for: ( I ) high school teaching, ( 2 ) the study of medicine, dentistry, ~ h a r m a c ~medical , technology, nursing, and allied professions, ( 3 ) -graduate study, and (4) the chemical profession. Major: 24 credits. Minor: 16 credits. Also strongly recommended are: Physics J , 6; Mathematics 13, 14. Course 3 does not count toward the major or minor. Recommended for pre-medical students: I J , 16, 53, 54, 61, 78; for pre-dental students and majors in medical technology: J , 6, 32, 61; for graduate study: I 5 , 16, and all courses above 50. Majors will participate in informal, bi-weekly seminars during the junior and senior years. See under Curriculums for a course of study to meet recommendations of the American Chemical Society. 3 Cr. 3. ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY.Fr. I. Prereq. H. S. Chem. or #. Study of inorganic, organic, physiological, and pathological chemistry. Designed especially to meet the needs of the Schools of Nursing of Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish, and Fairview Hospitals. Two lectures and two hours of laboratory per week. INTRODUCTORY CHEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS.Fr. I, 11. 4, 4 Cr. For pre-dental, home economics, elementary education, medical technologists, and other students not majoring in chemistry. Laws and theories of chemistry and of non-metals and metals and their compounds. Organic chemistry is considered. Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations is the main laboratory work the second semester. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. 5, 6. AND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY. Fr. I, 17, 16. INORGANIC TI. 4. 4 (3. For majors in chemistry, including pre-medical students; others by permission of instructor. An intensive course. First semester devoted to fundamental principles and second to inorganic chemistry and qualitative analysis. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. Prereq.: High school chemistry, elementary algebra, and geometry. 32. ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 5 or 15. So. 11. 4 Cr. Designed for pre-dental students, medical technologists, and home economics students. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to biochemistry. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. Upper Division Courses 5 3. 54. ORGANICCHEMISTRY.Prereq. I 6. So. I, TI. 4. 4 Cr- The important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds. Cbrrelations based on elementary molecular orbital theory and modern concepts of reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is study of technique and the preparation and study of typical organic compounds. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. 78 / Division of h7atural Sciences and Matkmatics 61. QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 6 or 16. Jr. I. 4 Cr. Gravimetric and volumetric analysis. Ionic equilibria with many problems to solve. Some contact with instrumental analysis. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. 72. ADVANCED ORGANICAND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 54. Jr. 11. 4 Cr. Lectures stress mechanism of organic reactions. Laboratory is qualitative analysis of organic compounds and mixtures. The ultraviolet and infrared spec,trophotometers are utilized. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. O NPHYSICALCHEMIS~RY.Prereq. 54 and Math 14. Jr. 78. I N T R ~ D U C ~TO 11. 4 Cr. For premedical students. Thermodynamics, thermochernistry, equilibrium, soluticns, electrochemistry, kinetics, colloids, states of matter, gas laws, and atomic structure. Three lectures, one recitation, and three hours of laboratory per week. 82, 83. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 54 and Math 52. Jr. 11, Sr. I. 3, 3 Cr. For prospective graduate students and industrial chemists. Atomic structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics, and colloids. Three lectures per week. 84, 85. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY. Jr. II, Sr. I. I, I Cr. Laboratory course to accompany Chemistry 82, 83. Four hours per week. 86. ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 83. Sr. II. 3 cr. Topics introducing statistical thermodynamics, introductory quantum chemistry, and theories of chemical binding. Three lectures per week. 85 . INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUES. Prereq. 61 and 83. Sr. 11. I Cr. A laboratory course, usually taken with Chem. 86. Instrumental analysis utilizing optical and electrochemical methods of measurement. Four hours of laboratory per week. ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 78 or 82. Sr. 11. 4 Cr. Review of atomic structure. Nuclear chemistry, the ~eriodictable, h~drides, and coordination chemistry. Preparations of inorganic compounds utilizing hottube reactions, air free systems, and similar techniques. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. 90. 93, 94, 9 5 , 96. CHEMISTRYSEMINARS.Jr., Sr. I, 11. o Cr. During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate in these informal bi-weekly seminars to discuess topics of general interest. 97, 98. CHEMISTRY RESEARCH. Sr. I, 11. Cr. Arr. During the senior year each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in chemistry, will participate in independent research in cooperation with a staff member. Division of ATlotarpl Sciences and Mathem~tics/ 79 DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS RECEXT DEYELCIPME~-TS in rhe field of phgsics make it imperafive dut excelleut training be provided for those who intend to continue their smdies in gradlute schml or who inturd ro p u m r a career in the teaching of physics. Ir is the zim of this department ro assure the needed training far both of these groups and m provide cht nun-science major with sugcient bckgrouud to make i t possible for him to foIIow, with some degrec of comprehension, rht dmtloprnents in the geld of science zs they come to him from the medium of &su'entXc publica&ns. Major: 27 credits including courses 5 3 , 5 4 . Minor: I 6 credits. Courses 2 and 3 do not apply toward the major or minor. 2. D a s c m - r t v ~-~ST~ONOMY*FI, XI. 3 Cr. A study of our galaxy with parriculnr ernphasi on the origin of our wfar q r c m and the dkcribution and composition of the plancts aud srarr The location of wme of rhc more prominent consrcllarions and the use of the telesurpe znd specrrmrope will h scudied. J h r c e lcceures pcr week. P e d i c evening meetings ra observe the sky. 3. PRINCWLW OF PHYSICS.Prereq. elementary algebra. Fr. I. 3 Cr. A lecrure, demonstration-labratory course in the principles of physics including mechanics, fluids, h a t , illecrriciry, magnetism, light and sound. Thii course is intended for studma in home economics and c l e m e n t a ~education, and others who Gsh some hasic information in rhc field of physics. T h e e lectures, one mo-hour hboratory. Students with high school physics m a y nor: receive credit for Physics 3 except hi). permission of r n m c w r . GENERAL PHYSICS. Prereq. Math I 3 or concurrent registration in Math I 3. Fr., So. I. 4 fi. A general course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. 5. 6. GENERALPHYSICS. Prereq. 5. Fr., So. 11. 4 cr. This course is a continuation of Phys. 5 and covers electricity, magnetism, and light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. Upper Division Courses INTRODUCTION TO ATOMICAND NUCLEAR PHYSICS. Prereq. 6, and Math. 3 Cr. 5 I or concurrent registration in Math. 5 I. So., Jr. 11. The hydrogen atom, optical and X-ray spectra determination of "e" and "e8'/m, radioactivity, disintegration of nuclei, nuclear fission. Three hours lecture per week. 52. ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM.Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 I or concurrent 3 Cr. registration in Math. 5 I . So., Jr. I. Electric and magnetic fields, potential, D.C. circuits, A.C. circuiu, electrical instruments. Three hours lecture per week. 53. So /Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics E L E C T R I C AND I ~ MAGNETISM.Prereq. 53 and Math. 5 2 or concurrent registration in Math jz. So., Jr. 11. 3 Cr. Continuation of Physics 53, including also electronics and field theory. 54. OPTICS. Prereq. 6 and Math. 51 or concurrent registration in Math. 51 Jr. I. 3 Cr. Geometrical and physical optics dealing with topics such as reflection and refractior. by both plane and spherical surfaces, less aberrations, interference, diffraction, polarized light. (Offered 1960-61.) 57. 61, 62. MECHANICS.Prereq. 6 and Math. 51. Jr. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. Introduction to vector algebra and vector analysis, forces, motion of a particle, motion of a rigid body, work, kinetic energy, vibrations in one dimension, motion in a conservative field. 63. 64. ADVANCED PHYSICSLABORATORY. Prereq. concurrent registration in an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11. I , I Cr. Experiments will be penformed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. Prereq. 6, and Math. 51 or concurrent HEAT AND THERMODYNAMICS. registration in Math. 5 I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of temperature, heat, expansion, change of state, ideal gases, first and second laws of thermodynamics, h e ~ tengines. (Offered in 1961-62.) 71. 3 Cr. 72. MATHEMATICAL.PHYSICS. Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 I . Sr. II. Discussion of the equations of mathematical physics with applications to various fields such as mechanics, thermodynamics, heat flow, electricity and magnetism, optics. (Offered 1961-62.) . 73, 74. ADVANCED PHYSICSLABORATORY. Prereq. concurrent registration in I , I Cr. an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11. Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. Combined Science Major f o r Teaching: 46 credits, including Chemistry y, 6, (or 15, 16) 32, 61; Biology 13-14 and 25-26; Physics 5, 6, and 6 credits in Upper Division courses. DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS THE DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS aims to give students a working knowledge of mathematics sufficient for solving the simpler problems of life, also to afford students in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller understanding of their subjects. I t aims to open to those who major in the subject a wider horizon with experience that will make them ef3icient workers in their chosen fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study. Major, 26 credits; minor, 20 credits. Courses I, 2, 5 and 6 do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but I and 2 must be completed as prerequisites to other courses. Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics / 81 I. SECONDCOURSEALGEBRA.Prereq. elem. algebra. Fr. I. o Cr. Fundamentals of algebra continued and proper foundation laid for more advanced work in mathematics. Four hours per week. For students who did not have higher algebra in high school. 2. SOLIDGEOMETRY.Prereq. plane geometry. Fr. 11. o Cr. Geometry applied to solids and planes. Area and volume formulas developed. Spherical triangles and polygons introduced. Four hours per week. 5. ENGINEERING DRAWING.Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I. 3 Cr. Elements of drafting with .an introduction to the use of graphs and formulas. Eight hours a week. 6. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY.Prereq. 5. TI. 3 Cr. Methods of representation. Graphical and alrtebraic solutions. Eight hours a week. TO MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS.Prereq. higher algebra 3, I 4. INTRODUCTION or equivalent. Fr., So. I, 11. 5, 5 Cr. This is an integrated course including college algebra, trigonometry and plane analytical geometry. I Upper Division Courses ELEMENTARY CALCULUS AND DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS.Prereq. I 3, 14. So., Jr. I, 11. 5. 5 Cr. Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for differentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary differential equations are developed and applications made. 5 I , y 2. 53. SOLIDANALYTICAL GEOMETRY.Prereq. 14. Sr. I. 3 Cr. Lines and planes in space are studied and their equations developed. Quadratic surfaces and transformation are given their proper emphasis. 51. THEORYOF EQUATIONS.Prereq. Math. y I. Sr. 11. 3 Cr. This course inc1,udes the study of complex numbers, determinants and other topics that aid in the solution of equations af higher degree. 6 I , 62. ADVANCED CALCULUS.Prereq. 52. Jr., Sr. I , TI. 3. 3 Cr. Operations with infinite series, derivatives, integrals, partial differentiation, implicit functions, line integrals, vector analysis, and complex variables. Emphasis is placed on applications to physics and engineering problems. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION THE AIM OF THE DEPARTMENT of Health and Physical Education is to promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship, to further ,the worthy use of leisure time, and to ~rovide an effective training program for prospective teachers of health and physical education. e s /Division of Nat~iralSciences and Mathematics All students are required .to take a physical examination by the college physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the ~hysicaleducation program. One year of physical activities, course 3 and 4, is required of all students. Major for men: 3 2 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5 , 6, 8, 11, 12, 23, 51, 57, 58, 73, 74 and 84. Biology 4 also required. Major for women: 29 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 17, 18, 23, 57, 58, 73, 74, and 84. Biology 4 also required. Minor, r r credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5 , 6, 8, 11, 12, 51, 73, 74 for men; 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13,14, 17,1 8 , 73, 74 for women. PERSONAL A N D COMMUNITY HEALTH. Fr. Offered ,both semesters. 2 Cr. A study of modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. 2. 3, 4. PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES. (Men). Fr., So. I, 11. Two hours per week. 3, 4. PHYSICAL ACTNITIES. (Women). Fr. I, 11. Two hours per week. %, % Cr. 5. INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH EDUCATION,PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND R E C R E A ~ O NFr. . I. 2 Cr. A brief preview of the three present day interrelated fields of health education, pbysical education, and recreation. I Cr. 6. RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES. Fr. 11. Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and modified games. Two hours per week. 8. FIRSTAID. Fr., So. 11. American Red Cross First Aid Course. I Cr. I I. TEAM SPORTSAND LEAD-UPGAMES. (Men). So. 2 Cr. A study of technique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speedball, and volleyball. Team games: Touch football, softball, speedball, soccer, and volleyball. Three hours per week. (Offered I1 Sem. 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.) I 2. INDIVIDUAL AND DUAI. SPORTS. (Men). So. 11. 2 Cr. Theory and practice in teaching badminton, shuffleboard, handball, aerial darts, table tennis, horseshoes, tennis, archery, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week. 2 , 2 Cr. 13, 14. TEAMSPORTSFOR WOMEN. So. Theory and ~racticein zhe coaching and of6ciating of field hockey, soccer, baske~ball, volleyball, and softball. Three hours per week. (Offered I1 Sern. 1960-61; I and I1 Sem. 1961-62.) 2 Cr. 17. SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES. (Women). So. Theory and technique of teaching stunts and tumbling. Body mechanics. Three hours per week. (Offered 11 Sem. 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.) Divisia of Natural Sciences and Mathemtics / 83 \ I 8. INDIVIDUAL AND DUALSPORTS. (Women). So. 11. z Cr. Theory and practice in teaching skating, skiing, ,badminton, table tennis, s h d e board, archery, tennis, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week. (Offered I y 60-.6 I.) 23. RHYTHMS. So. I. Simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. z Cr. z Cr. 29. OFFICIATING. (Men). So. I. Instruction and application of technique and rules of 05iciating in football, hockey, basketball, baseball, and track. Upper Division Courses 5 1. SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES. (Men). Jr. z Cr. Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual stunts, apparatus, tumbling, boxing, and wrestling. Three hours per week. (Offered II Sem. 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-61.) 57. KINESIOLOGY.Prereq. Biology 4. So. I. 2 Cr. This is a study of body movements and the mechanics in the effecting of escient movements. 5 8. PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS AND ADAPTED PHYSICALEDUCATION. Prereq. Biol. 4, and P.E. 57. Jr. 11. z Cr. Procedures and interpretation of physical examinations. Analysis of functional and organic a~bnormalities and suggested adapted activi,ties for atypical cases. I Cr. 66. INSTRUCTOR'S COURSEIN FIRSTAID. Prereq. 8. Jr. 11. Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid Course. PRINCIPLESAND CURRICULUM OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION.Prereq. 5 . Sr. I. j Cr. Aims, scope and objectives of health and physical education. Analysis and evaluation of the elementary and secondary school health education and physical education curriculum. 73. ORGANIZATIONAND ADMINISTRATIONO F HEALTH EDUCATIONAN D PHYSICALEDUCATION.Prereq. 5 . Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Problems of organization, administration, and supervision of health education and physical education. 74. 8 I. COACHINGOF SPORTS:FOOTBALI.AND BASKETBALL.Sr. I. 2 Cr. Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor. 82. COACHINGOF SPORTS: BASEBALL AND TRACK.Sr. II. z Cr. Theory and techniques c*f coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor. 84. TESTSAND MEASUREMENTS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION.Sr. 11. I Cr. A survey and evaluation of tests in physical education. (Offered 1961-62.) 86. COMMUNITY RECREATION.Jr., Sr. 11 z Cr. Problems of community recreation including programs and program planning, a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational work. (Offered 1960-61.) Curriculums The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program in accordance with his major field of study and vocational objective. GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS THE COURSE OF STUDY given below suggests a sequence which may be followed to include the required general education courses. For electives, students should take care to include all courses required for the major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed under departmental headings. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion L, Z .2 2 English 1, 2 ............... . 3 3, 3 History or Sacfalogy .3 Foreign Lanwage ......... . 4 4 Natural Science ..3 or 4 3 or 4 Physical Education 3. 4 .... M M ............. ...... ....... JUNIOR SOPHOMORE I Sem, I1 Sem. Cr. Religion 3, 4 ............... .Z Foreign Language ......... -3 Social Science .3 Natural Science Electives ................... .P ............. ............- Cr. 2 3 SENIOR ISem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion .................... .3 3 Speech 2 Social Science or History . 3 Electives ................... 10 12 - I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Fine Arts .................. . 3 Literature or Philosophy .Electives .................. .14 .. Cr. 3 14 THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY COMPLETIONOF THE PRE-SEMINARY curriculum qualifies the student for admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary, which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors or missionaries. The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the counsel of the Seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the Freshman year. The Seminary adviser for candidates for Augsburg Seminary is Mr. Sonnack; for candidates for other Seminaries, Mr. Helland. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. .2 Basic Bible ................ Freshman English ......... . 3 Foreign Language ........ . 4 Western Civilization ...... . 3 Physical Education ........ $4 Natural Science ........... . 3 Electives .................... 2 Cr. 2 3 4 3 95 3 2 SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. e. Religion .................... Z Fine Arts ...................Natural Science ........... ,Psychology ................. . 3 Foreign Language ......... 3 Typewriting ............... .1 New Testament Greek ... - 3 Electives ....................3 Cr. 2 3 3 Curriculums / 8 5 JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 .3 3 2 ..... ..................... N e w Testament Greek Speech History ..................... 3 Sociology or Economics or Political Science ........ - 3 Electives ................... .5 SENIOR I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................... .2 Y o u t h W o r k in t h e Church2 Philosophy ................ . 3 English Literature ........ . 3 Electives .................... 8 The foreign language requirement includes 14 semester credits in Greek, and 14 semester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian. PARISH AND MISSIONARY WORKERS THE PURPOSE OF T H ~ SCOURSE is to train men and women for effective service in the Church at home or abroad; that is. a teachers m vacation, week-day, and Srmday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish workers. The course is so arraned that the student will, upon its satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and a h a certzcate indicating that he o r she is a qualified parish worker, Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with the chairman of the department of religion. The suggested whedule provides for a minor in Religion and makes it p o ~ i b l eto plan for a major in History. English: Philosophp, or Sociology. It i s also possible to plan for a major in Religion with a minor in some other field. The courses essential for the securing
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1980
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1997
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: ...................4 INTRODUCTION ......................6 VISITING STUDENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 CALENDAR....................... 8 OPTIONS ..............9 ...............- 1 0 .................45 ................ 46 .....................33 ..................46 OTHER COURSES A...
Show more ...................4 INTRODUCTION ......................6 VISITING STUDENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 CALENDAR....................... 8 OPTIONS ..............9 ...............- 1 0 .................45 ................ 46 .....................33 ..................46 OTHER COURSES ABOUT THISCATALOG INTERIM COURSES LIFETIME SPORTS UMAlE COURSES ALSO O N Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4- 1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the sanie amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall or Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. It is expected that students will attend every class period; however, each instructor will establish the precise attendance policy for hislher course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a PassINo Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change and students should check with the instructor to verify the final costs. To graduate, a student under the 34 course Liberal Arts Perspective requirements is required to complete two Interim courses, but three Interim courses may count toward graduation. For any student entering after January 1993, a maximum of two Interim course credits may be counted toward the 33 total course credits required for graduation. The number of required Interim courses is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the Registrar. Additional Interim credits which can count toward the 33 course credits required may be taken by students who repeat a course for credit in which a grade below 2.0 was earned, or who need to make up for a regular term in which they failed or withdrew from a course. Additional Interim courses not counted toward the 33 course credits required may be used to fulfill other degree requirements. That is, no more than two Interim course credits may be taken for credit toward 33, but additional Interim courses may be used to fulfill major, minor or general education requirements. Day School students (3.0 credits or more for Fall) can take a total of 1.0 course credits. They may take two half credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time (Fall term). If less than full-time they will be charged. Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim as a cross registration, but will be charged Day School tuition ($1,420.00) per course credit. If they do so they may take only 1.0 additional course credits in Weekend College for Winter Trimester. It is the policy ofAugsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, notional or etlirtic origin, age, niarital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX ofthe 1972 Educotiotial Atnetidmenis or Section 504 ofthe Rehnbiliiation Act 011973, as otiietided, it1 its adn~issionspolicies, educotiotlol programs, activities and eniploynietrt practices. International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 24 international Interim courses offered by the Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships deadline - Friday, December 13. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental requirements and present a signed internship learning agreement plan to the Internship Office (Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 13). The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. Independent StudylResearch or Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the Registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the directedlindependent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by December 1. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Registrar's Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs can be consulted in the Registrar's Office. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's general education requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered in religion. Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4- 1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges, provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $1,420 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Registrar's Office for application forms o r use the forms provided by the Interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Residence Life Office. It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor visiting students may register for 199,299,399 or 499 courses. INTERIM CALENDAR 1997 November 18 to December 6 ..........Interim Registration January 6 ,.,. ......... dJar,rIY,Yd++,+ ............First Day of Interim Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day) Time 11-1:00 p.m. January 7......Last Day to Register or CancelIAdd a Class January 17 ................................ Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 17........Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses January 29 ..................................................... Interim Ends ..................................Spring Semester Begins Interim Grades Due to Registrar February 7 .................... February 3 The time, number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to noon (on the first day Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m. - 5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January 20, at 1:OOp.m. Check with your instructor for class scheduling on this day. The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. For more information contact the Office of the Registrar at 330-1036 or the Interim Director, Dr. Earl Alton at 330-1024. ACC 424-1 lnstructor: Stuart Stoller Auditing through an interdisciplinary approach. Using techniques discussed in Accounting, Finance, Management, Marketing and MIS, we examine a business' internal control systems and operating efficiency. By stepping away from the traditional textbook approach we incorporate creativity and discussion. Major topics include: business valuation techniques, Just in Time Philosophy, efficiency improvement techniques, disaster recovery planning and report writing. Prerequisites: ACC 221 & 222, BUS 242, 252,331, ECO 113, MIS 175 & 379 Graduation Skill Requirements: Speaking, Writing Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 43 LIFE DRAWING ART 247-1 lnstructor: Norm Holen A study of nude figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted with graphite pencils in various settings for varying lengths of time. Grades will be based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of $38 to be paid on the first day of class. Liberal Ads Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 17 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS ART 382-1 Instructor: Kristin Anderson Within this nineteen-day course, you will explore Scandinavian culture through its art. Through lectures, discussions, and field visits, you will study the visual arts in Scandinavia from the Stone Age to the present, including architecture, folk arts, painting, sculpture and design. You will live in a dormitory and study with Norwegian students. This course will be taught in English. The course will be held at Troderod, an 18th century historic mansion in Moss, a city of 25,000 people on the Oslo Fjord located on the island of Jeloy, about one hour south of Oslo. The cost for the course is $2,495 (includes airfare, room and board). Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Aesthelics Graduation Skill Requirement: Speaking Maximum Enrollmenl: 15 BIO 145-1 Instructor Bill Capman We will use a few historically, economically, and medically important plants to study some of the ways in which humans and plants interact, biologically and otherwise. Plants are not only at the bottom of our food chain but also play a part in non-food aspects of our lives, either directly (e.g. medicines, fibers, dyes, etc.) or indirectly (e.g. how food crises have influenced human migrations). We will study the uses, biology, natural history and classification of several important plants. Evaluation will be based on three or four forty-minute exams, several quizzes, and an oral presentation. Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollmenl: 20 Time: I1 Room: Science 205 RESPONDING TO THE CHALLENGE OF JAPAN BUS 368-1 Instructor Steven LaFave An examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches, and readings from current periodicals in addition to text materials. A seminar model will be used, with substantial participation expected on the part of the students. Students will be evaluated based on a paper, two 20-minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a midterm and a final examination. This class should be of interest to anyone majoring or minoring in International Business or any field of Business Administration, as well as anyone interested in Japan. Students who cannot attend every class should not enroll in this course. Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of instructor Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Music 22 BUS 495-1 Instructor: Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp The transition from centrally-planned economies to market systems currently taking place in Russia, Central and Eastern Europe represents one of the most important changes of the post-Cold War era. These changes carry major implications for global trade and international business and certainly for U.S. bilateral interest in this region. This course will provide an understanding of these changes and will identify the opportunities and most effective ways of doing business and investing in Russia, Central and Eastern Europe. Prerequisite: ECO 112 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I - M, W Th Room: Memorial 323 CHM 100-1 Instructor: Arlin Gyberg This course is developed in the perspective of a person living in a modern, high technology society such as the United States. It assumes that before one can evaluate a moral or societal issue of a scientific nature one at the least must be able to understand the science involved. Anything less is an impression rather than an informed decision. As we develop scientific concepts we will at the same time relate them to an abundance of current issues. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, birth control, food abundance and food shortage, food additives and processing and synthesis, organically and non-organically grown food, chemical dependency, licit and illicit drugs, the energy crisis and the debates about sources of energy, the greenhouse effect and nuclear waste storage, pollution, genetic engineering and much more. Many of these problems are chemical in nature. Thus, in learning about chemistry, via lecture and in-class discussion, we can be helped to understand ourselves, our society, our world and even some of the universe. The grade for the course is based on a percentage of the total score for total points on the daily quizzes. Prerequisite: Math Placement 2 Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enroilment: 30 Time: I Room: Science 315 FORTRAN CSC 270-1 Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with previous knowledge of computer programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. Students are expected to know how to do computer programming in some programming language (such as Pascal) before entering this course. This course will involve lectures and several programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the successful completion of assignments and examinations. Prerequisite: One course which includes programming Maximum Enrollmenl: 25 Time: I1 Room: Foss 42 1 CSC 495-1 Instructor: Charles Sheaffer This course is especially intended for students with no prior exposure to programming in particular or Computer Science in general. It will be a laboratory intensive, self-paced course using the Scheme programming language. We will introduce an alternative approach to some of the most important concepts of Computer Science including problem solving, simulation, object-oriented programming, functional programming, procedural and data abstraction, and program interpretation. Students with knowledge of programming will benefit from exposure to the alternative paradigm represented by the Scheme language and will acquire a concrete understanding of how these important concepts are actually implemented in real languages and machines. Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center PO ECO 110-1 Instructor: Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of the many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion of various topics, e.g. health issues, discrimination, education, etc. Course does not apply toward an Economics, Business Administration or MIS major and does not apply toward an economics minor. Three objective examinations. Liberal Arts Perspective: Cily or Social World 1 or 2 Maximum Enmllment 15 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 COMPUTER 5CIENCE/tCONOMICI DISCOVERY LEARN~NGIN THE WORLD OF KINDERGARTEN (0.5 CREDIT) EDE 375-1 Instructor: Gretchen lrvine The student will demonstrate knowledge of a developmental kindergarten philosophy through the study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. Field work in a kindergarten classroom will occur during class meetings. Authentic assessment techniques will be utilized in class for student evaluation. This is a one-half credit course. *Note: This course can be taken along with Hunzan Relations, EDU 388-1. Prerequisite: PPST Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Library 1 EDS 495-1 Instructor: Mary Ann Bayless Why are some things easy for a person to learn while others seem harder? Why does the same task seem easier at one moment and more difficult just a few hours later? Why do some children struggle with seemingly simple assignments but then suddenly master them? Why do more people suffer with learning disabilities and weak short-term memory than ever before? Each of us wants to be an efficient and happy learner; but most often, no one has shown us how to be our own lifelong learning coaches. In the last decade, work in neuro-physiology has given us a whole new set of insights about how the various parts of the brain actually work to produce learning and high-level functioning. Educational kinesiologists have taken these insights and produced simple but effective ways to increase the learning comfort of each individual. This course will provide both the theory for each participant to understand herlhis own unique learning needs and the practice for becoming an efficient and joyful learner. We will study learning development, brainlmind function, and the nature of learning blocks. We will discuss the misuse of brain dominance theory and learn routines for overcoming learning blocks and integrating hemisphere functions. There will be two tests and two demonstrations required of each student, and upper-division students will have to do two reviews of relevant research. The course uses two paperback texts. Very useful for prospective teachers and parents. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 205 lNTERNATIONAL EDUCATION EDU 353-1 Instructor: Rich Germundsen This seminar-style course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems with special attention on Scandinavian and Central American models. The course also draws attention to our personal responsibilities to educate ourselves to be able to understand and participate in the emerging global society. There will be lectures, discussions, presentations by students and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class presentations and investigative projects. International students are especially welcome to enroll. Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Library 17 EDU 388-1 lnstructoc Joseph Erickson l'his course is thc study of prcjudicc, discrimination nnd oplwcssion as i t alli.c~spcrsons of color, the hii~idiciippcci, limited English speakers and females. Topics include racism, sexism, homophobia and economic issues. Emphasis is placed on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms, which will include minority students, different religious backgrounds, the less abled and students at risk. Students will be expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films and complete a project. This course satisfies the Minnesota Human Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is a one-half credit course. It is offered only on a PIN basis. "Note: This course can be taken along with Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten, EDE 375-1. Prerequisite: Open to all Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 23 EDU 491-1 lnstructoc Susan O'Connor A supervised field placement that serves people with disabilities, plus an on-campus seminar. Students planning to take this course should consult with the Special Education Coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. Students must complete designated hours of fieldwork as well as written and reading assignments. Prerequisites: Completion of courses for special educalion minos or consent of instructor. Maximum Enrollment 9 (This course involves iieldwork supenfision for the faculty member) Time: l Room: Library 4 EDUCATION TOPICS: CONTEMPORARYAMERICAN POETRY ENG 282-P/482-P Instructor: John Mitchell This course will provide an introductory survey of contemporary American poetry by poets whose work has come into prominence since World War I1 or mid-century. Emphasis will be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to the themes of their poems, especially those images and statements that concern philosophical, historical, psychological and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will be expected to formulate reasonable interpretations of selected poets and poems and to express their discoveries in class discussion and short papers. A final examination will be given and two interpretive papers about three to five pages in lengtk will be assigned. For upper division credit, the student will als read and give a written class report on a book that discusses contemporary poetry or a contemporary poet; this choice, based upon recommendations, must be approved by the instructor. Prerequisites: Intro. to Literature - for students enrolling for upper division credit Time: I Room: Old Main 16 TOPICS: THECITY/GARDENAND WILDERNESS ENG 2824 I'nstructor: Joan Griffin The city has the power either to nourish or corrupt the human soul. As a garden, the city tames and shapes nature to provide an environment congenial to humanity. As a wilderness, the city suggests the lack of moral restraint and self-control. This course explores these themes in (mostly modern American) essays, short stories, plays, poetry and films. Taking its cue from Alfred Kazin's A Walker in the City,the course will include a service project and field trips in which we will explore some of the "gardens" and "wildernesses" of the Twin Cities. Course grades will be based on a journal, two short papers, class attendance and contributions to discussion. Preference given to freshmen. Liberal Arts Perspeclive: The City Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 18 ENG 282-W/482-W Instructor: Robert Cowgill This course reassesses the work of the American cinema's greatest genius, Orson Welles. From his early radio plays with the Mercury Theater, through his groundbreaking seminal 1941 film, "Citizen Kane," to his later Shakespearean adaptations, students will encounter and study all of the Welles extant canon. Welles' stylistic impact on other filmmakers will be examined, as well as the aesthetic choices Welles made in transferring other literary forms (such as novels and plays) to cinema. The course will also explore Welles' re-reading of developing Hollywood studio techniques and formulas (such as his deepening of the archetypal psychology presented in classic film noir), and the changing critical reception of his work. Students will be responsible for viewing all the films; many of the screenings will take place outside of class time. A journal, two short papers and a final video project are required. ' Students registering under ENG 482 will have to write a long research paper as well. Prerequisite: ENG 11 1 or equivalent Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthelics Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 QUANTITATIVE JOURNALISM: COMPUTERASSISTED REPORTINGAND RESEARCH ENG 347-1 Instructors: Cass Dalglish and Boyd Koehler This course introduces students to computer-assisted informational investigation and the interpretation of quantitative data in the writing of expository essays and news reports. Such inquiries will employ contemporary computer-based information searches coupled with data-driven quantitative assessment of a public issue of current concern. Students will prepare projects of publishable quality for presentation and critique. The course is designed for persons wishing to explore the use of computer-assisted research for their particular information development interests as well as those preparing to enter the communication professions. Prerequisites: ENG 225 or ENG 227 or consent of instructors; MPG 3. Graduation Skill Requirement: C)uantitativeReasoning Maximum Enrollment: 11 Time: I1 Room: Library 20 FRE 11 1-1 Instructor: Francoise duRivage This course is for students with no previous background in French. It aims to develop basic skills in understanding, speaking, reading and writing as tools for communication in French. Through conversations, classroom practice and readings, this course focuses on the use of language in everyday contexts and works toward the discovery of a French culture and way of life. Five meetings per week. Evaluation will be based on class participation, daily assignments, quizzes and exams. Liberal Arts Perspective: lntercoltural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 10 Time: I Room: Old Main 22 GER 111-1 lnstructor: John Van Cleve The course is for those poor souls who have never studied German before. By its conclusion, they will be able to speak, understand, read and write a surprising amount of elementary German. Classes will practice communication in the European Economic Community's most-spoken language, supplemented by discussions of German culture. The vocabulary and structures of everyday German will be emphasized. Grades will be determined on the basis of class participation, scheduled chapter tests and a f nal exam. liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enmllment: 10 Time: I Room: Old Main 21 LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS ~NTRODUCT~ON TO FRE/GER/NOR/SPA 350-1 lnstructor: Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg An introduction to the critical reading of narratives in a broad range of forms (short stories, novels, songs, films and comic strips) in English. We will discuss the texts through the understanding of their structural properties as well as the social contexts. Selected theoretical readings (in English) prepare students to analyze representative texts (in a second language of their choice). Both the aesthetic and social-historical aspects of literary analysis will be explored. Class discussion is a key feature of the course. Evaluation will be based o n classroom presentations, short papers and a final examination o r paper. Lectures, class discussion and all written work will be in English. Students may register under their particular majorlminor language. Prerequisite: FRE/GER/NOR/SPA 31 1 Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Science 112 I HPE 114-1 lnstructoc A1 Kloppen Principles: Practice of safety education in school and community life. National Safety Council First Aid and CPR certification. This is a one-half credit course. Maximum Enmllmenl: 20 Time: I1 Room: Melby 119 DANCE (MEN ONLY) (0.5 CREDIT) HPE 232-M lnstructoc Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I, (KTh & anernate Fridays - 1/7 1/9, 1/10, 1/13, 1/15, 1/21, 1/23, 1/24, 1/28) Room: Melby Gym - norlh court H PE 232- W Instructor Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I, (TTh & alternate Fridays - 1/7 1/9, 1/14 1/13, 1/15, 1/21, 1/23, 1/24, 1/28) Room: Melby Gym - north courl HEALTH & PHYSICAL LDUCATION I HPE 250-1 Instructor: Staff Making Connections is designed for students who are interested in learning about contemporary health issues and applying this knowledge to their personal lives and the lives of their peers. This course provides a wellness-model foundation for educating self and others about personal health issues. Course topics include wellness programming issues (e.g. HIVIAIDS, substance use, meditation), communication skills, multicultural issues and decision-making skills. Students will examine strategies that promote a healthier campus environment. The course utilizes many interactive experiences combined with lecture and group discussion. Classroom activities allow students to practice and demonstrate skills taught during the course. Students have the opportunity to assess their own personal level of health. Evaluations include an objective test, journal entries and a group project. This course will be useful to students who are interested in impacting their campus environment as well as those who have a desire to learn practical skills such as negotiation, group facilitation and program development. Opportunities exist for students who successfully complete this course to work as Peer Helpers with The Center for Counseling and Health Promotion. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 101 HPE 320-1 Instructor: Patty Murphy Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisite: HPE 110 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I - M, Wand alternate F (1/6, 1/8, 1/13, 1/15, 1/17, 1/20, 1/22, 1/27, 1/29) Room: Melby 202 ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM (0.5 COURSE) OF HPE 410-1 Instructor: Patty Murphy Historical background, legal bases, school health services and relationships to community health programs and resources. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisite: HPE 110 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I - T; Th andalternate F ( 1 , 1/9, 1/10, 1/14, 1/16, 1/21, 1/23, 1/24, 1/28) Room: Melby 202 (January 6 - 21, 1997) HPE 455-1 lnstructor: Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43' - 46' fixed keel sailboat with five to six other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. The course cost is $2,800, which includes airfare for Augsburg day students and qualifying 4-1-4 students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in addition to this course cost in order to receive academic credit. PIN ONLY. Applications may be picked up from the office of Joyce Pfaff, Melby Hall, Augsburg College. They must be turned in with deposit and appropriate signature before final acceptance is given. Prerequisite: Permission from Joyce Plan of the Health and Physical Education Deparlment (612) 330- 1247; no smoking is allowed; basic swimming skills Graduation Level Skill: Liletime Sporl; also one course credit upper division Maxlmum Enrollment: 8 (a waiting list will be kept after the original eight spots are filled) HPE 475-1 Instructor: A1 Kloppen Emphasis placed on preventing and treating common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: El0 103, HPE 350 Maximum Enrollment: 24 Time: I - M, W andallernate F(1/6, 1/8, 1/13, 1/15, 1/17, 1/20, 1/22, 1/27, 1/29) Room: Melby 119 HPE 477-1 Instructor: Brian Ammann Theory and technique. Administrative aspects of coaching basketball. This is a one-half credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 24 Time: I1 - Tj Th andalternate F(1/7, 1/9, 1/10, 1/14, 1/16, 1/21, 1/23, 1/24, 1/28) Room: Melby 202; Gym HPE 483-1 Instructor: Marilyn Florian Theory and technique. Administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. This is a one-half credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 24 Time: I1 - M, W andallernale F ( 1 6 1/8, 1/13, 1/15, 1/17, 1/20, 1/22, 11/27, 1/29) Room: Melby 202; Gym ~OTH-CENTURY SOUTH ASIA HIS 162-//HIS 462-1 lnstructor: Don Gustafson This interim experience is designed to look at the area of South Asia (primarily India) that is home to one-fifth of the people of our world. We'll use novels, films, some standard historical writings and current South Asia periodicals to consider the impact that colonialism, nationalism and various phases of modernization have had on this old, honored and traditional culture. We'll read the marriage ads and talk about social structure, consider the spot at Ayodhya that has prompted Hindus to massacre Muslims, think on the Christlikeness of a Gandhi, and perhaps have time to note one or two of the contemporary religious phenomena. Looking at South Asians helps us to see ourselves in a fuller perspective. The course will include the usual pedagogical devices of lectures, discussions, some short reaction papers and tests (including a final). Students enrolling for upper division credit will be expected to have at least one prior college history class, to complete a paper or project beyond the regular assignments, and to be tested apart from lower division students. Liberal Ads Perspeclive: lnlercullural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 100 TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY:THECIVIL WARERA HIS 331-1 Instructor: Chris Kimball Many people believe that the Civil War was the most important event in the history of the United States, one that transformed the nature of American society. Put more broadly, the years between the mid-1840s and the late 1870s saw questions about such fundamental principles as slavery and freedom resolved; others, however, continue to trouble us to this day. This course, then, offers a survey of the causes, issues and consequences of the nation's bloodiest conflict. Topics to be considered include slavery and anti-slavery, Manifest Destiny, the growing sectional conflict, the origins of the Republican Party, the clash of arms, the changing role of women, popular religion, the transition from slave to free labor in the South, and post-slavery race relations. The course will include lectures, discussions, a variety of primary and secondary readings, and films. Grading will be based on participation, several short writing assignments, a mid-term and a final. Prerequisite: One history course or consent of inslructor Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 13 HON 213-1 Instructors: Jeanne Boeh & Jacqueline devries Does history influence economic theory? Or does economic theory shape history? This course will explore the history of western economic thought and how these writings affected the development of various economic systems. The course begins with the rise of mercantilism in the 16th century. Topics will include the industrial take-off and the creation of a waged-labor force in the 18th century, the rise of laissez- faire economic principles and "free-trade" imperialism in the 19th century, and the subsequent challenges of communism and the rise of the welfare state in the 20th century. We will read substantial portions of the classic economic thinkers, including Adam Smith, Thomas Malthus, David Hume, Jeremy Bentham, David Ricardo, Sidney and Beatrice Webb, Karl Marx, Max Weber, Alfred Marshall, Thorstein Veblen, John Maynard Keynes, William Beveridge and Milton Friedman. The course will also address the long-standing issues of child labor, poverty and women's roles in the work force. Students will be evaluated using class participation, discussion and writing assignments, including a short term paper and a take-home final. Prerequisite: Honors Program student or consent of Honors Program Director Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Social World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 18 SCIENCE AND RELIGION:COMPLEXITY CREATIVITY AND HUN 401-I/HON 401-R Instructors: Larry Crockett and Bruce Reichenbach We will explore the historical background of the contemporary debate regarding how religion relates to science, and then attend to contemporary developments, especially the new integrationists. We will also look at the implications of the chaos and complexity theory for the doctrine of divine creativity. The goal is to involve students in constructing for themselves a model for understanding relations between the two areas. Two tests, class presentations and a research paper will be required. Prerequisites: Parlicipant in Honors Program or permission of instructor Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Christian Faith 3 Maximum Enrollment: 20 per section Time: I Rooms: Foss Center 20/Library 20 HONORS I INS 120-1 Instructor: Ann Fleener Students will participate in a series of seminars following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates. Students will read selected readings that will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop andlor hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul public school; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars; and lead seminars. Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 319 SERVICE-LEARNING TEAMINTERNSHIPS: LEARNING TOGETHER FROM WORKAND SERVICE I N THE CITY INS 199/399-1 Instructors: Garry Hesser/Lois Olson/Mary Laurel True Interested in hands-on experience and making a difference? In this Interim course you will work, learn and serve through an interdisciplinary team internship approach. You will spend approximately 20-30 hours per week at a local neighborhood non-profit internship site working on a special project with three or four other students. Your internship team will have hands-on experience in an agency that strives to meet the needs of the community, and you will develop a better understanding of organizations that are a part of the city and why and how they function. Two mornings a week you will meet in a seminar with all the internship teams to share experiences and explore ideas and insights into the critical issues of urban communities and organizations. Students will complete short seminar exercises, set team internship goals, keep an individual journal and make a final group presentation of their internship. Upper-division students will be expected to make more advanced analysis, connecting theories of coursework and concepts of their major and the liberal arts to the work experience and seminar assignments. Grading: PIN only Liberal Arls Perspective: City Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Murphy Place 111 INS 210-1 Instructor: William D. Green This course introduces college students to the experiences of first-year law students. We will examine the nature of American jurisprudence and legal theories that law students study in their first year, discuss the academic and emotional pressures that first-year students typically face, explore ways to cope with these pressures, and develop legal reasoning and writing skills. Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 16 INS 21 1-1 Instructor: Sandra Olmsted Do you enjoy talking about science and technical topics, but just can't find an audience? We'd love to listen! Through a series of four oral assignments, you will have the opportunity to talk science to your fellow scientists, improve on your oral presentation skills in a variety of formats, learn to effectively organize a speech, prepare visual aids, and listen to and learn about other science topics and science policy from your fellow scientists. Prerequisiles: One year of an introductory-level science course Gradualion Skill Requirement Speaking Maximum Enrollment: 16 Time: I1 Room: Science 319 INTRODUCTION TO ISLAM INS 225-1 lnstructor: Amin Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to Non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be discussions on the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). Some effort will be made to deal with the similarities and differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism. Students will also visit one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. Evaluation is based on two tests and a paper. Liberal Ads Perspeclive: intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Old Main 27 AMERICAN INDIANS IN THE CINEMA INS 264-1 Instructor: Eric Buffalohead Various images of the North American Indian, created by Hollywood and television, will be studied. Films from 1913 to the present will be viewed in order to provide an understanding of how American Indians were portrayed in film historically, how this image has evolved over the past century, and how it is reflective of Western cultural ideologies. Liberal Ads Perspective: Intercullural Awareness 1 Time: 6-10 p.m. Room: Old Main 16 FINITE MATH MAT 121-1 lnstructor: Su Doree What does math have to do with the "real world"? Lots! In this course we'll learn about finances, probability, statistics and applied geometry. Class will be a mix of short lectures and small group "hands-on" activities. I Evaluation is based on full participation, daily homework sets, a "math matters" journal, and four brief projectslpapers. There will not be any quizzes or exams. This course is primarily intended for students in MPG 3 who have not previously taken another Quantitative Reasoning course. Prerequisite: Math 3 Graduation Skill Requirement: Ouanlilalive Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 212 MAT 281/481-I Instructor: Rebekah Valdivia In this course, we will discuss and analyze mathematical models of biological phenomena. The mathematical techniques we will use build on ideas from calculus. Many of the techniques will involve a graphical approach, and we will make use of technological tools (graphing calculators and Maple, for example). Course evaluation will include homework, projects and examinations. The course will be offered at both the 400 level (recommended prerequisite - MAT 245 or MAT 145, and junior or senior level standing in a Division of Sciences major), and at the 200 level (recommended prerequisite MAT 145). Non-mathematics majors who are interested are strongly encouraged to find out more about the class by contacting the instructor. Prerequisite: See course description Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 112 MATHEMATICS SOUNDS AND SIGHTS (UMAI E COURSE) OF EUROPE MUS 179-1 lnstructoc Robert Karlen/Hoberta Metzler 4 Much of American history and culture is derived from that of European cities such as London, Paris and Amsterdam. This course provides an opportunity to visit some of the great European cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of cultural life in the New World. Group discussions and assigned readings increase student sensitivity to architecture and other visual art seen in the museums. Students listen critically to concerts of musical masterpieces heard at each site. Relationships between the various art mediums come to life through these experiences. There is also ample time for independent exploration. Evaluation is based on full participation in all course-related group activities, a daily professional journal, arttmusic critique sheets, and exams over material covered. Fee: $2,995 includes all air and surface travel, hotel accommodations, daily continental breakfast, four group meals and tickets to five cultural performances. Registration for this interim must be made before November 10 at the International Programs Office, 620 22nd Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Phone: 330-1655. Offered on a PIN basis only. A meeting will be held at St. Thomas on Saturday, November 18. For more information you may call Roberta Metzler at 330-1273. Liberal Arls Perspective:Aeslhelics Maximum Enrollmenl: 32 SURVEY OF ROCK HISTORY AND MUSICAL STYLE, 1951-1971 MUS 204-1 Instructor: 0. Nicholas Raths An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of Rock's inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the historical background, musical content and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam and a group performance project. For non-music majors. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics 1, 2 Maximum Enrollmenl: 30 Time: I1 Room: Music 3 SEMINAR: PRINTING MUSIC AT THE COMPUTER MUS 295-1 Instructor Stephen "Gabe" Gabrielsen The program "Finale" will be explored. This computer program makes it possible for music students to generate professional-level musical scores. Daily assignments will be given with the end goal of developing proficiency at printing music at the computer. Prerequisite: Note-reading ability Maximum Enrollmenl: 20 Time: I ( M N 10-12:OO; T/Th 8-1 1:30; F 8-1 1:OO) Room: Music Library (1st floor Music Bldg.) MUS 295- TflHR 295-T Instructor: Sonja Thompson, Martha Johnson This interdisciplinary course will be co-taught by Music and Theatre faculty. The goal will be to integrate training and per- formance techniques from music and theatre to help students gain knowledge, experience and skills in various genres of Music Theatre (musicals, opera, plays involving singing and music, and new music theatre). The course will also explore the power of Music Theatre that links it with ritual, ceremony and spiritual tradition, seen cross-culturally in ancient Greek drama, Chinese Opera and Japanese Kabuki. Another goal of the course is to give students the opportunity to increase their level of comfort and skill on stage. The course will culminate in a public performance of scenes from Music Theatre. Grading will be based on student scenelrole research, class and rehearsal commitment, and final performance. Interested students will be auditioned in December so that appropriate material can be assigned to them. Students of all levels are welcome to take this course. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Sateren Auditorium PHI 231-1 Instructor: David Apolloni Course content includes the historical and intellectual background of Socrates and the question, "What d o we know of the person and teachings of the historical Socrates?" Socrates' key teachings will be studied: virtue is a form of knowledge and all virtues are identical; evil is a form of ignorance; whether or not virtue can be taught; it is impossible for wrongdoers to be happy; and obeying the law and accepting the death penalty. Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Western Heritage Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 29 MAKING LIGHT OF MATTER: AN ~NTRODUC~~ON TO LASERSAND SPECTROSCOPY PHY 337-1 Instructor Stuart Anderson The quest to understand how light and matter interact is at the heart of modern physics, and lasers are probably the most ubiquitous technical product of these ideas. This course will begin with a short overview of optics needed for understanding imaging, beam control and dispersion, including the nature of light, reflection, refraction and interference. The stage is then set for treating super-radiant devices and lasers and analyzing the effects of cavity design on output characteristics. The course will conclude by applying these concepts to the study of atoms and molecules via the emission, absorption and scattering of light. Considerable emphasis will be placed on laboratory experiences and scientific communication; only one-third of the class time will be used for formal lectures and discussion. Grades will be determined on the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, oral and poster presentations, and two examinations. Prerequisites: PHY 121, 122, 245 (or equivalenl) and MAT 124, 125, 224 (or 145, 146, 245) Graduation Skill Requirement: Speaking Maximum Enrollment: 10 Time: I1 Room: Science 30 POL 140-1 Instructor: Andrew Aoki This course requires students to struggle with questions of social justice in America. Students will develop and defend their own standards of social justice and use those standards to assess conditions in urban America. To pass this course, students must engage in a substantial exchange of ideas with fellow classmates in class discussions. The course has two goals: to develop student thinking about social justice, including greater awareness of conflicts between justice and other values and to increase student ability to understand urban problems as issues of justice and other central values. Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and other class activities, on two short (4-6 pp.) papers and on a final exam. Because of the compressed time frame of the Interim schedule and the importance of material covered on the first day of class, NO ONE WILL BE ADMITTED TO THE CLASS WHO DOES NOT ATTEND THE FIRST DAY OF CLASS, unless first receiving the permission of the instructor. Liberal Arfs Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollmenl: 25 Time: I Room: Music 24 POL 295-//POL 495-1 Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten During 1996, elections in Israel, Russia and the United States-as well as political violence in Israel and Lebanoncreated a new context for the Middle East negotiation process. This course will explore these changes and provide deeper background for understanding the intractability of the ArabIsraeli conflict. Drawing upon several theories of conflict and conflict resolution, we will study the historical development of the clash between different nationalist claims to the land that Israelis and Palestinians consider their home. How this conflict drew in neighboring Arab states and superpower interests will be reviewed. The strategic bargaining positions of the major participants will be analyzed as well as the roles of the United States and United Nations in the conflict area, known as the Arab Mashriq. Additional regional factors, such as radical Islamic movements and tensions in the Persian Gulf, will be analyzed for their impact on the longer-term negotiation process. We will consider the potential for geo-political expansion of the conflict into nearby regions. Students will present two small oral presentations and one major oral critique of analytic articles (for 295 credit) and books (for 495 credit). A mid-term examination and class discussion will provide additional evaluations. Feature length films from Middle East film producers will complement course readings and lectures. Graduation Skill Requirement Speaking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Music 24 PSY 105-1 lnstructor: Grace Dyrud An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Evaluation is based on tests and reports. Libenl Ads Perspective: Human Identity Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Music 23 PSYCHOLOGY AND LAW PSY 335-1 lnstructor: Nancy Steblay The course will address psychological issues in law, with specific emphasis on police procedures, eyewitness memory and jury trials. Attention will also be given to issues of mental illness and criminal justice. Grading will be based on tests, written work and classroom participation. Prerequisites: PSY 105 or 102 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 10 PSY 370-1 Instructor: Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus. This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers and frequent oral reports. Typewriting or equivalent word processing will be required. Students are requested to read at least three articles by Robert Coles before the start of the interim. "Adolescents and Moral Develpment" by Coles is scheduled for publication and will likely be a text for the course. Library reference work will be a part of the course process. Offered only on PIN basis. Prerequisites: PSY 102 or PSY 105 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Old Main 25 CULTURE, FAMILY, SEX AND STATUS: THENEW TESTAMENT SOCIAL WORLD REL 330-1 Philip A. Quanbeck, I1 This course will approach parts of the New Testament from the perspective of the social world. It will examine the world of cultural conflict, accommodation and change, and determine how that shaped the New Testament message and how the church responded to the challenge. Topics will include concepts of cultural anthropology such as honor and shame, the social structures of the family, and the city in the GrecoRoman world. Social status will be addressed in the ways it affected women, men, free persons and slaves. Special attention will be paid to the relation between early Christianity and Judaism. In the New Testament there will be particular focus on Luke through Acts, First Peter and aspects of the letters of Paul. Evaluation will be by exam, class presentationlparticipation and a research paper. Prerequisiles: REL 111 or 221 Liberal Arts Perspective: Chrislian Faith 1 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 CHRISTIANVIEWS OF HEALTH AND HEALING REL 341-1 lnstructor: Brad Holt The course will help students think knowledgeably and critically about the intersections of health and religion. The content will include a study of biblical roots, historical influences in church and medicine, and contemporary trends. The relationship of scientific technology, alternative medicine, prayer and sacraments will be considered. Evaluation will be on the basis of a class presentation and paper, spot quizzes and one test. Prerequisites: REL 111 or 221 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Failh 3 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 16 THEOLOGY OF MARRIAGE REL 343-1 lnstructor: Cathy Paulsen Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether you are married or not. It will, however, increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning and intimacy in your life with a partner. In the context of Christian teachings, many theories will be studied, with particular attention given to the work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and to the family secondarily. There will be lectures, discussions and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one paper and two tests. Prerequisites: REL 11 1 or REL 221 or permission of instructor Liberal Ads Perspective: Christian Faith 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 23 REL 345-1 lnstructor: Mark Tranvik The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will examine its roots in Luther and the Reformation and trace its history in worship, music and theology to the present day. Questions such as the following will be addressed: What does it mean to be a Lutheran today? How might Lutherans relate their faith to political and social problems? Lectures and discussions will be the format. Guest speakers will be used. Requirements include class participation and exams. Prerequisites: Religion 111 or 221 Liberal Ads Perspeclive: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 213 PROCESS THEOLOGY AND CHRISTIAN FAITH REL 385-1 Instructor: Lynne Lorenzen This course introduces students to the relational world view of process philosophy and examines how it has influenced Christian faith and ethical deliberations. Special attention will be given to the writings of John B. Cobb Jr., as a representative of process theology. Classes will include videos, small groups and some lectures to introduce topics. Ethical issues addressed in the class include killing, abortion, human sexual- ity and euthanasia. Grades will be based on a paper (10-15 pages), a presentation of the paper to the class and class participation. Prerequisites: REL 111 or REL 221 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Music 22 SWK 257-1 Instructors: Mary Lou Williams and staff Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80 hours in a service agency or institution that students select. The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context of this volunteer experience, students have the opportunity to interact with human service professionals, clients and communities of diverse culturelethnic heritage and special concerns (age, socio-economic status, lifestyles, developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.). The course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in the human services. The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions that assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings which explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. Students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic and political structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms". Detailed information will be sent to students at the close of Interim registration. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximlim Enrollment: 60 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 111 S WK 466-l(ful1 course) SWK 466-H (0.5 course) lnstructor: Maria Brown This is a continuation of Field Work 11; a total of 60 or 120 hours (.5 course option during Interim). Responsible, supervised professional social work experience, including work with individuals, families, groups and communities in a social service agency. Integrative weekly seminar (two hours). Students will be evaluated by: 1) weekly theorylpractice papers integrating course content with work setting; 2) attendancelparticipation, and 3) field site supervisor's evaluation. Prerequisile: SWK 462 Maximum Enrollmenl: 25 Time: I (class will meet in small groups, no more than 11 at a lime lor purpose of room size) Room: Old Main 11 HUMAN COMMUNITIES AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS SOC 21 1-1 Instructor: Gordon Nelson This course will examine the extent to which the experience of community is possible in the context of the metropolitan situation. The course will focus on the Twin Cities metropolitan area. Each member of the class will be responsible for a class presentation, which must reflect on-site observation in a particular locale within the metropolitan area. In addition, class participation and a final examination will be the basis for evaluating performance in the course. Liberal Ads Perspeclive: The City Maximum Enrollmenl: 25 Time: I Room: Foss 21 THR 295-T/MUS 295- T Instructor: Sonja Thompson, Martha Johnson See course information listed under MUS 295-T. MOVEMENT FOR THEATRE THR 226-1 Instructor: Staff In this course students will explore the principles and styles of movement. The goal will be to increase the student's ability to communicate through movement, by examining the principles of discipline, freedom, clarity, timing, concentration and rhythm. Masks and improvisation will be introduced as tools for corporeal expression. All different aspects of movement will be explored: body stance, facial expression, gesture, walking, etc. Movement exercises will be built around short scenes and improvisation. There will be an intense dance warm-up each session. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Theatre- south court The following activities are available to students during Interim and studerlts may register for these classes as well as for a regular course. These activities do not carry course credit but do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. LIFETIME SPORT: AEROBIC DANCE HPE 002-A Instructor: A1 Kloppen Participation and practice in aerobic dance activities. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 45 Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, 7; U: TH, F Room: Gym - center court LIFETIME SPORT: PICKLEBALL HPE 002-P Instructor: Brian Ammann Practice and playing of pickleball. Grading: PIN only. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Spoti Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 12:OO-1:OOM, 7; U: TH, F Room: Gym - nortWsouth courts LIFETIME SPORT: ULTIMATE FRISBEE HPE 002-F Instructor Marilyn Florian Practice and playing of ultimate frisbee. Graduation Skill Requirement: Liletime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: 12:OO-1:00M, b U: TH, F Room: Air Structure UMAI E Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the Center for Global Education, 620 22nd Avenue S. (330- 1655). These courses are offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number. SPP 201-1 Astronomy Down Under (New Zealand) AustraliaS Business Climate Caring for Others: The Swedish Model Drawing a Literary Map of Norway The English School and Family Exploring British Democracy Through Literature and Culture Innovation and Organization in Scandinavia Intermediate Spanish Language and Culture in Southern Spain Luther, B ~ c hand Bonhoefier: Three Influential Lutherans in Germany Roman Germany: The Impact and Legacy of Empire The Trojan War: Myth and Legend These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses that are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a PIN basis. UMAI E THEWASHINGTON CENTER1997 Academic Seminars LEADERSHIP2 0 0 0 : A GLOBALPERSPECTIVE (DECEMBER 30-JANUARY 10,1997) POL 398-A WOMENAs LEADERS (DECEMBER 30-JANUARY 10,1997) POL 398-8 THE~NDEPENDENT SECTOR: ISSUES AND CAUSES (DECEMBER 30-JANUARY10,1997) POL 3984 CAMPAIGN96: THEINAUGURATION (JANUARY 14-20,1997) POL 398-0 The Washington Center offers a choice of topics during the first two weeks of the seminar program. During the last week, one seminar is offered. Augsburg students must register for all three weeks of the program (December 30-January 20) in order to receive academic credit and to receive a scholarship from the College covering registration and tuition costs. Credit is available from the Political Science Department for this program. The course is a passlfail course based on participation in program activities including site visits, small group seminars and journals. For information brochures and registration forms ask in Memorial Hall 11lA or call 330-1320. For further information about the program see Prof. Hedblom in Memorial Hall 117 or call 330-1 197. There are five scholarships available to cover registration and tuition costs based on priority in registration through Prof. Hedblom's office.
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 2000
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG ...................... Introduction .................... Options Visiting Students 2 -4 ................5 Calendar ........................6 .................5 ...................7 Lifetime Sports ...................48 Interim Abroad ..................49 Other Courses ........
Show more AUGSBURG ...................... Introduction .................... Options Visiting Students 2 -4 ................5 Calendar ........................6 .................5 ...................7 Lifetime Sports ...................48 Interim Abroad ..................49 Other Courses ...................52 About This Catalog Interim Courses Contents Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4- 1-4 calendar, with fall and spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Interim is an opportunity for intense concentration on a single course of study. Since one Interim course equals a fulltime load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a fourcourse load during fall or spring semesters. Students should be prepared for at least 40 class hours during the Interim and should anticipate the equivalent of the normal two hours of study for each class hour. Since the course length is only 3 112 weeks, attendance at every class is imperative. While it is expected that students will attend every class period, instructors will establish the precise attendance policy for their courses. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a PassINo credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and students must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change; and students should check with the instructor to verify the final costs. Students are required to complete at least 33 course credits for graduation. This course total must include two Interims for students who enter with fewer than 14 courses. Freshmen are required to take an Interim course their first year. A maximum of four Interim course credits may be counted toward the 33 course credits required for graduation. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form or consult the registrar for the number of Interim courses required. Day school students (3.0 credits or more for fall) can take a total of 1.0 course credit. They may take two half-credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time students (fall term). If less than full-time, they will be charged. Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim as a cross registration but will be charged day school tuition $1630 per course credit. If they do so, they may take only 1.0 additional course credit in Weekend College for winter trimester. Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, or disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and/or school administered programs, except in those instances where religion is a bona fide occupational qualification. Augsburg College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and its students. Any questions concerning Augsburg's compliance with federal or state regulations implementing equal access and opportunity can be directed to Lora Steil, affirmative action coordinator, Office of Human Resources, CB 79, Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454. She can be reached by telephone, (612) 330-1023; or by e-mail, <steil@augsburg.edu>. Options . International Interim-Students are invited to participate in the international Interim courses offered by the Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE) and other consortia. These course opportunities are listed on page 45. Some courses have early registration deadlines. Internships deadline-Friday, December 10. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental requirements and present a signed internship-learning agreement plan to the Center for Service, Work, and Learning (1st floor Memorial) by the first day of Interim classes. The learning-agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning internships is available in the Center for Service, Work, and Learning. Independent study/research or directed study-Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements 2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the directedlindependent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by December 1. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Office of the Registrar. Interims at other schools-Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution that offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs are available in the registrar's office. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's general education requirements or major requirements. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges, provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing, or board costs. Other students will be charged $1,630 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Ofice of the Registrar for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $25. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Office of Residence Life. It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor visiting students may register for 199,299,399, or 499 courses. About This Catalog The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. Courses that include travel are marked with an airplane. Interim Calendar 2000 November 15 to December 3 January 3 . . . . . . . . . Interim . registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .First . day of Interim Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day) Time 11-1:15 p.m January 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day to register or add a class or cancel a class without a notation January 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day for determining grading option with registrar January 14 . . . . . . . . . Last day for withdrawing from courses January 17. . . . . . . . . . . . Martin Luther King Day-no class January 27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interim ends January 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spring semester begins February 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interim grades due to registrar The time, number, and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to 11:45 (Note: on the first day, Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:15 p.m.-5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day-No class For More Information For more information contact Barbara Pappenfus in the Interim Office at (612) 330-1150. Calendar Calligraphy I & II ART 106-J ART 306-J Instructor: Philip Thompson Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills with emphasis on the broad-edged pen. Attention given to the historical development of calligraphy and the elements of design through readings and demonstrations. Class time and assignments center on proactive calligraphic concepts with special attention given to foundation, italic, gothic, and uncial styles. Three original projects are required and evaluation is based on quality of work plus participation and growth factors. Upper division students are required to complete examples in three historical writing styles plus an expanded project. Required materials: text, pens, ink, ruler, and mat board. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Old Main 4 Life Drawing ART 247-J Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figures will be depicted with graphite pencils in various settings for varying lengths of time. Grades will be based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of $45 to be paid on the first day of class. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 17 Marine Biology of the Florida Keys BIO 140-J BIO 340-J Instructor: William Capman The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for study of natural history and ecology of marine, coastal, and sub-tropical communities. This class will spend about 2 112 weeks in Florida at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The Institute offers laboratory facilities, ocean-going research platforms, housing, and a dining hall. Field trips to coral reefs (Looe Key National Park), tide pools, turtle grass flats, mangrove islands, and upland hammocks will be led by professional naturalists from the institute. Organisms and communities will be studied on site and in the laboratory. Research projects will be initiated shortly after arrival at the station in order to provide opportunities to gather data over a period of several days. Visits to Pennicamp State Park, Key West, and the Everglades will be included. Evaluation will be based on: BIO 140: (1) field and laboratory records, (2) personal journal, (3) quizzes at Marine Institute, (4) a final exam. Prerequisite for 6'10 140: Any one of the following courses or their equivalents - BIO 101, 102, 103, 113, 114, or consent of the instructor. BIO 340: (1) field and laboratory records, (2) personal journal, (3) quizzes at Marine Institute, (4) written report of the research project, and (5) final exam. Prerequisite for BIO 340: 810 351 or BIO 481 or consent of the instructor. Estimated cost of the course: $2500 (includes airfare, all ground transportation, housing and meals while at the institute). Contact the instructors for details. Prerequisite: See Above Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I1 Room: Science 212 Laboratory Biochemistry BIO 368-J Instructor: Karen Ballen 'I'his ct~i~rsc is a n in trot1 uution l o tech~iicl~ius c o m ~ n o n l yt~sccf in bincIic.misiry. '1~chriic1~1c.s includc (1,111 not li~llitcdto): ~ I . o w i n extrac~iun,dialysis, spectl-c.~phatomct ry, S13S p01yair.ylamicle gel ciect rophorcsis, inn txchnngc cIll.clrn;~tclgl.alIhy, Prerequisites:2.0 in 810 367 Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I Room: Science 212 Advanced Computing for Business MIS 370-J Instructor: Jim Kattke Objectives are to learn concepts underlying creation of Web pages and business communication via the Internet. Use of relational databases for advanced queries, forms, and reports. Basics of event-driven programming for solving business related problems. Students will complete three major projects and a few minor assignments. The course requires significant effort on projects and constant access to a computer. Cooperation with fellow students in learning to apply concepts is encouraged. A good grasp of MS Access is required or the willingness to exercise exceptional effort in learning the tool. Prereqttlsit~s:MiS 175, CSC 170, consent of the instruct06 or Math Placement Group 3 Mnxltr~~nrr Fnrollmant: 20 Time: I1 Room: Lindeli 16 Personal Finance BUS 295-J BUS 495-J Instructor: Ashok Kapoor This is an introductory course in personal financial planning. Students will be introduced to budgeting, credit, income taxes, insurance, real estate, investment and retirement planning. BUS 295: quizzes and exams. BUS 495: all of the above plus some assigned case problemslpapers will be required. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Foss 43 Chemistry for Changing Timer CHM 100-J Instructor: Arlin Gyberg This course is developed from the perspective of a person living in a modern, high-technology society such as the United States. It assumes that before one can evaluate a moral or societal issue of a scientific nature one at least must be able to understand the science involved. Anything less is an impression rather than an informed decision. As we develop scientific concepts we will at the same time relate them to an abundance of current issues. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, birth control, food abundance and food shortage, food additives and processing and synthesis, organically and non-organically grown food, chemical dependency, licit and illicit drugs, the energy crisis, and the debates about sources of energy, the green house effect, and nuclear waste storage, pollution, genetic engineering and much more. Many of these problems are chemical in nature. Thus, in learning about chemistry, via lecture and in-class discussion, we can begin to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and even some of the universe. The grade for the course is based on a percentage of the score of total points on the daily quizzes. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2 Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 315 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry and American Plastic CHM 104-J Instructor: Ron Fedie Previously there was the Stone Age, Iron Age, and Bronze age. Now we live in the Age of Polymers (and Plastics). Without this innovative technology, life as we know it would be much different. The variety of polymer molecules and their properties make up many, diverse plastics and the variations are endless. Many items and materials in the areas of coatings, adhesives, leisure/sports equipment, building/construction, automobiles, furniture, clothes, medical supplies, cosmetics, and others that are used every day come from different polymeric materials made from polymer molecules. In this course we will explore and discuss the world of polymer chemistry. Polyethylene is one of the most commonly used synthetic polymers found in "plastic" wrap and trash bags. A common natural polymer, polyisoprene, is collected from the sap of rubber trees and tires, golf balls, and latex gloves are just some of the many uses. The class will focus on two books. One, American Plastic: A Cultural History, by Jeffrey Meikle for the historical perspective of our world of polymers. Themes from the book, the different types of polymers used, and recent themes such as the recycling of plastics will be discussed. A second book, Giant Molecules, by Grosberg and Khokhlov, will help with the previously mentioned themes and give more depth to the broad world of polymers not covered in Meikle's book. There will be six lab periods in which some polymer molecules will be made and several of their interesting properties will be explored. Students will be graded on 25 group worksheets, 6 quizzes, 6 reflection papers, 6 lab periods, and an individual project and presentation. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2 Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 22 Time: I1 Room: Science 315 Introduction to Computer Science and Communications CSC 160-J Instructor: Larry Ragland This course introduces the major areas of computer science and computer communications. These areas are: algorithms, algorithm design, algorithm efficiency, hardware, logical circuit design, computer organization, software and operating systems, programming languages, operating systems, theory of computation, mathematical foundations of computer science, Turing machines, computer communications and the Internet, packet switching, Internet services, and operation. This course will consist of lecture/discussion times with frequent in-class lab exercises on the topics above. Grading will be based on examinations, labs, and homework. This is not a course in computer applications or how to use computers, although we may touch on these topics. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Sverdrup 202 UNlX and C CSC 272-J Instructor: Karen Sutherland Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is assumed that the student has knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. Evaluation will be done on 10 programming assignments, two to three quizzes and a final project. Grading is done by combining the weighted grades of all assignments and quizzes. Prerequisite: CSC 170 or programming in some other language Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: Ii Room: Sverdrup 202 Computer Science Topics: Computer Science: An Alternative Scheme One and Two CSC 273-J/373-J Instructor: Charles Sheaffer This course is especially intended for students with no prior exposure to programming in particular or computer science in general. It will be a laboratory intensive, self-paced course using the Scheme programming language. We will introduce an alternative approach to some of the most important concepts of computer science including problem solving, simulation, object-oriented programming, functional programming, procedural and data abstraction, and program interpretation. Students with knowledge of programming will benefit from exposure to the alternative paradigm represented by the Scheme language and will acquire a concrete understanding of how these important concepts are actually implemented in real languages and machines. Students will be evaluated based on a series of programming projects. CSC is a continuation of CSC 273. Graduation Skill Requirement: for CSC 373, Critical Thinking Prerequisite: CSC 273. none; for CSC 373, CSC 273 or consent of the instructor Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Sverdrup 205 Economics of Urban Issues ECO 110-J Instructor: Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of the many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: crime prevention, health issues, discrimination, education, etc. Basic microeconomics tools of analysis will be developed in class. This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in economics, business administration, accounting, or MIS. Three objective examinations. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City or Social World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 Room: Science 319 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 112-J Instructor: Satya t? Gupta The objectives of the course are to give students fundamental principles of macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, and international trade. Simple applications will be used. Students will take tests every week and grades will be based on tests, participation in class and problems solved. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2 Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Old Main 16 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education EDU 491-3 Instructor: Susan O'Connor A supervised field placement that serves people with disabilities, plus an on-campus seminar. Students planning to take this course should consult with the special education coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. Students must complete designated hours of fieldwork as well as written and reading assignments. Prerequisite: EDU 282, completion of courses for special education minor; or consent of instructor. Maximum Enrollment: 9 Time: I1 Room: Sverdrup 4 Economics I American Dialects: Differences and Attitudes ENG 219-J Instructor: John Schmit Because language plays an important role in our socialization, the way we speak tells others who we are and with whom we identify. Our speech is a reflection of our social and economic standing and our cultural background. In this course we will explore the ways in which both personal and group identities are reflected by the ways in which we speak. We will examine a number of American varieties of English and will attempt to describe the rules by which these varieties operate. Class sessions will include brief lectures, student presentations, and student-led discussions. In addition to presenting a topic, students will write a paper on the presentation topic and take a final exam. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 Theatre In and Around London ENG 269-J Instructor: Ron Palosaari The purpose of this course is to study live theatre in London and Stratford. For more information, contact Prof. Ron Palosaari, (612) 330- 1005. Topics: Introduction to Asian American Literature ENG 282-L ENG 482-L Instructor: Joan Thompson In an essay about multicultural American literature, Walter J. Ong writes that "literature is organized experience and consciousness. Since cultures organize experience and consciousness variously, the study of the literature of another culture opens new vistas both into the exterior world and into the human heart." This course will explore some of these vistas through readings and discussions of nonfiction works, poetry, short stories, a play, and a novel by Asian American authors. Some ideas the writers take as subjects through their art include definitions of an Asian American voice, explorations of cultural and individual identity, visions of community, and coming of age. Class sessions will include discussion of the historical and social contexts that influence the writers studied. In addition to the reading, students will view at least one Asian American film and possibly attend a relevant performance or reading. Course grades will be based on reading journal, a short paper, a final exam, class attendance, and participation. Upper division students will read an additional novel and write a research-based paper on it. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 11 English I Topics: Investigating the Victorian Thriller ENG 282-0 ENG 482-0 Instructor: Dallas Liddle This course will study the phenomenon in 19th-century Britain of the popular novel of suspense, mystery, and terror. Early in the century these tales were generally either "Gothic" (stories of horror and the supernatural set in Italy or Spain) or "Newgate" novels (true-crime stories about the lower classes). By the 1860s, however, popular novelists including Charles Dickens, Mary Braddon, and others were producing a stunningly successful series of works in which the action was set in the everyday world of the Victorian middle classes. These novels drew intense public scrutiny by raising issues that the more polite genre of domestic fiction could hardly hint at, including gender roles and sexual transgression, class and race oppression, obsession and madness, and the dark sides of urban life. We will read several of the best of these thrillers, at the same time actively investigating the culture that produced them. We will read original reviews and responses, including parodies, and learn about the context of newspaper and magazine journalism in which several of the novels appeared. While we investigate the power of the Gothic and Sensation genres for their original audiences, however, we will also work to determine why these novels have continued to appeal to successive generations of readers. Course grades will be based on class attendance and participation, two short papers, a group presentation, and a final exam. Upper-level students will read one additional novel, write a research-based paper on it, and share the results of their research with the class. Prerequisite: ENG 111 Liberal An3 Perspective: Western Heritage Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Foss 20 Topics: Cinema and Sexual Identity ENG 2824 Instructor: Doug Green What does cinema reveal about how the 20th century has thought about sexuality?How do cinematic images affect our sense of our own sexual identity? This topics course in English examines films from the early years of cinema to the present in order to explore depictions of and cultural assumptions about sexual identity. We will, moreover, consider the impact of these images on audience perceptions and expectations, including those of the self. We will pay special attention to the various images and constructions of homosexual as well as heterosexual identity in English-language cinema, especially Hollywood movies, and in some silent and foreign films. Taking Celluloid Closet as a point of departure, we will consider how film affects sexual minorities in the audience as well as in film production. There will be short readings on sexuality and film. At each class there will be a full or partial film screening, followed by small-group and whole-class discussions. We may go to one or two films offcampus as well, so students should be prepared to buy tickets; these out-of-class screenings may not be at the regular class time. There will be at least one typed journal entry due at each class period. The class will meet from 1-5 p.m., Monday through Thursday of the first two weeks of Interim; 1-5 p.m., Tuesday through Thursday of the third week; and 1-5 p.m., Monday through Thursday of the last week. Grading will be based on the completion and quality of all journal entries and on class/film attendance, preparation, and participation. Students missing more than two classes/films and/or two journal entries may not pass the course. All grades are PIN option only (i.e., 2.0 is required for course credit). Prerequisite: ENG 111 Liberal Arls Perspective: Human Identity Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 16 English Topics: Contemporary American Poetry ENG 282-P ENG 482-P Instructor: John Mitchell This course provides an introductory survey of contemporary American poetry by poets whose works have come into prominence since World War I1 or mid-century. Emphasis will be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to the themes of their poems, especially those images and statements that concern philosophical, historical, psychological and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will be expected to formulate reasonable interpretations of selected poets and poems and to express their discoveries in class discussion and short papers. A final examination will be given and two interpretive papers about three to five pages in length will be assigned. For upper division credit, the student will also read and give a written class report on a book that discusses contemporary poetry or a contemporary poet; this choice, based upon recommendation, must be approved by the instructor. Prerequisites: for 482-R lntro to Literature or consent of instructol: Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Old Main 29 Quantitative Journalism: Computer Assisted Reporting and Research ENG 347-A Instructor: Cass Dalglish and Boyd Koehler This course introduces students to computer-assisted informational investigation and the interpretation of quantitative data in the writing of expository essays and news reports. Such inquires will employ contemporary computer-based information searches coupled with data-driven quantitative assessment of a public issue of current concern. Students will prepare projects of publishable quality for presentation and critique. The course is designed for persons wishing to explore the use of computer-assisted research for their particular information development interests as well as those preparing to enter the communication professions. Prerequisites: Eng. 225 or Eng. 227, or consent of instructors. Math Placement Group 3. Graduation Skill Requirement: Ouantitative Reasofling Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: T; Th 6-9 p.m. and Sat 1:30-4:30 p.m. Room: Sat, Lindell Library 16; T; Th Sverdrup 204 Senior Honors Seminar: Hispanic Christianity Along the Border HON 401-J Instructor: Margaret Madsen An introduction to denominations with a special focus on Hispanic communities along the US.-Mexican border. Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 3 or Intercultural Awareness 1 Time: I Room: Sverdrup 208 - Enalish Dance (men (0.5 course HPE 232-M Instructor: Mary Ewert-Knodell Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the course grade is based on dance practicals, a teaching assignment, and a written test. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be taken simultaneously. Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: 1- 1/3,1/4,1/5,1/6,1/7,1/11,1/13,1/18,1/20 Room: Melby Gym - center court Dance (women only) (0.5 course credit) HPE 232- W Instructor: Mary Ewert-Knodell Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the course grade is based on dance practicals, a teaching assignment, and a written test. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be taken simultaneously. Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: 1 - 1/3,1/4,1/5,1/6,1/7,1/11,1/13,1/18,1/20 Room: Melby Gym - center court Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (0.5 course credit) HPE 275-J Instructor: Missy Strauch Emphasis placed on preventing and treating common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be taken simultaneously. Prerequisite: HPE 114 or equivalent Maximum Enrollment: 24 Time: 1- 1/5,1/6,1/7,1/10,1/1I, 1/12,1/13,1/14,1/19,1/21,1/24,1/25,1/26 Room: Melby 119 Instructional Methods: Materials in Health Education HPE 390-J Instructor: Patty Murphy This course will cover principles and methods of instruction applied to health education (5-12). Emphasis upon teaching1 learning strategies and student assessment. Development and delivery of lessons/activities is included. Students are evaluated by their peers and the instructor on their ability to create, deliver and assess health education lessons in a "real" classroom. Evaluationlgrading is also based upon the completion of a "technology project", resource file, and exam. Prerequisite: HPE 110 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Melbv 202 Sailing in the Virgin Islands HPE 455-J Instructor: Joyce Pfaff + Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43'-46' fixed-keel sailboat with five to six other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and wind surfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. The course cost is $3,300, which includes airfare for Augsburg day students and qualifying Interim exchange students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in addition to this course cost in order to receive academic credit. PIN Health & Physical Education I ONLY. Applications may be picked up from the office of Joyce Pfaff, Melby Hall 121, Augsburg College. They must be turned in with deposit and appropriate signature before final acceptance is given. Prerequisites: Permission from Joyce Pfaff, health and physical education department, (612) 330-1247; no smoking is allowed; basic swimming skills Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport, also one course credit upper division Maximum Enrollment: 10 ( A waiting list will be kept after the original 10 spots are filled) 20th-Century South Asia HIS 162-J HIS 462-J Instructor: Don Gustafson This Interim experience is designed to look at the area of South Asia (primarily India) that is home to one-fifth of the people of our world. We'll use novels, films, some standard historical writings, and current South Asia periodicals to consider the impact that colonialism, nationalism, and various phases of modernization have had on this old, honored, and traditional culture. We'll read the marriage ads and talk about social structure, consider the spot at Ayodhya that has prompted Hindus to massacre Muslims, think on the Christlikeness of a Gandhi, and perhaps have time to note one or two of the contemporary religious phenomena. Looking at South Asians helps us to see ourselves in a fuller perspective. The course will include the usual pedagogical devices of lectures, discussions, some short reaction papers, and tests (including a final). Students enrolling for upper division credit will be expected to have at least one prior college history class, to complete a paper or project beyond the regular assignments, and to be tested apart from lower division students. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 13 Topics in History: The Great Men of 20th-Century Europe and Their Myths HIS 195-J Instructor: Sheldon Anderson This course examines several important 20th-century leaders and their impact on the course of European political and diplomatic history. Topics will include Woodrow Wilson and the Versailles Treaty after World War I, Neville Chamberlain and the appeasement of Adolf Hitler at the Munich Conference in 1938, Joseph Stalin's agreement to sign a nonaggression pact with Hitler shortly before World War 11, Franklin Roosevelt and Winston Churchill's alleged appeasement of Stalin at Yalta, Harry S. Truman's Cold War policies, and Reagan and Gorbachev's diplomacy as the communist systems of Europe fell from 1989-1991. The course will focus on the popular myths that have developed about these leaders and these conferences. Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Sverdrup 20 Topics in History: Early Minnesota History, 1849- 1900 HIS 195-1 Instructor: William Green This course will examine the political, economic, and social history of early Minnesota. The course will study life in Minnesota among the Ojibway and Dakota peoples, through the fur trading period which witnessed French, English, then American settlements, through the territorial period (18491858), and finally statehood. Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Foss 20 Remembering the 20th Century HIS 440-J Instructor: Jacqueline de Vries As the millennium approaches, everyone-artists, politicians, gossip columnists, historians-seems to have some opinion about the waning 20th century. What has this century wrought? The last hundred years have left a great many contradictions: two global wars that destroyed millions of lives and swept away governments, but brought economic development; the decline (and recovery) of established religion; the rise (and collapse) of a messianic faith in communism; great increases in standards of living while famine and child labor persist; technological breakthroughs that put teachers in space and AK-47 rifles in the hands of children; new freedoms and new forms of exploitation. In this course, we will together attempt to make sense of the 20th century. Please note that while the course will examine major events and developments of the century, it will not offer a narrative history, nor will it be exhaustive. Instead, it will explore a variety of possible interpretive frameworks to help us better understand where our grandparents have been and where we are today. Rather than relying exclusively on (sometimes dry) textbooks, we will explore the century through a variety of personal narratives, both written and oral, and reflect on the shaping of both individual and collective memory. Course materials will include several monographs and novels, films, photographs, and guest lectures. Students will complete three five-page papers, one of which will be an interview with their oldest living relative. Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 13 Paideia Seminars INS 120-J Instructor: Anne Jensen Students will participate in a series of seminars following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and lor hone skills of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul public school; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars; and lead seminars. Students will be assessed on journal entries including evidence of seminar preparation, reflection, peer and self-evaluation, as well as a final summary paper. Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Foss 43 Technically Speaking INS 21 1-J Instructor: Esther McLaughlin Do you enjoy talking about science and technical topics, but just can't find an audience? We'd love to listen! Through a series of four oral assignments, you will have the opportunity to talk science to your fellow scientists, improve on your oral presentation skills in a variety of formats, learn to effectively organize a speech, prepare visual aids, and listen to and learn about other science topics and science policy from your fellow scientist. Prerequisite: One year of an introductory-level science course Graduation Skill Requirement: Speaking Maximum Enrollment: 16 Time: I1 Room: Science 205 Interdisciplinary I Introduction to Islam INS 225-J Instructor: Amin Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be discussions on the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). Some effort will be made to deal with the similarities and differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism. Students will also visit one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. Evaluation is based on two tests and a paper. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time; I Room: Old Main 27 Topics: Minnesota Indians INS 495-J Instructor: Eric Buffalohead This course will examine the experiences of the Dakota and Ojibwe in Minnesota from the time of contact to the present situation of both tribes. Each group's history and experiences will be studied and compared to see how each group has done since the time of contact. Major historical events will be examined as well as significant events important to each group. Students will learn how changing federal policy affected the two groups and how each of the groups has dealt with things such as assimilation, termination, and/or relocation. Other topics to be covered include health, education, welfare, treaty rights, and economic opportunities. The main text will be Indians in Minnesota by Judith Rosenblatt (ed). The students will be expected to demonstrate understanding of major issues through written exams and research projects/presentations. Upper division students will be expected to do more comprehensive research. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Foss 21 Topics: A Civil Rights Immersion: Experiencing History INS 200-J INS 300-J Instructor: Garry Hesser & Joseph Young During the 1950s and 60s a series of major events and fundamental social change occurred in the United States. For the first two weeks, we will seek to develop a basic understanding of race relations in the U.S. through readings, visiting lecturers, videos, learning from each other, and the MLK, Jr. event on January 17. Then, this intentionally diverse class will board a bus for an intense, study-travel journey to Little Rock, Memphis, Birmingham, Montgomery, Atlanta, Nashville, and Chicago, the places where history was made and the museums that chronicle those times. We will meet with and interview participants in these critical events, as well as actively engage one another in dialogue and collaborative learning. The course objectives include learning about the history and sociology of race and ethnic relations in the U.S. gaining insights from persons and places that mark the "turning points" of the 1950s and 1960s, documenting our personal and group experiences so that our insights and understanding can be shared with the Augsburg community and others, and increasing our skills for cross-cultural collaboration and dialogue. Upper and lower division: students obtaining upper division credit will complete a research paper on a specific topic related to the course, including an annotated bibliography with a minimum of 20 resources. Cost estimate: $500, plus the cost of meals for 10 days (with scholarships available, based upon need-contact Garry Hesser at 330- 1664) Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 or Social World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 23 **Note: All participants will go on a bus tour beginning Monday, January 17, and ending on Wednesday, January 26. Interdisciplinary I Work in the City Externship: Linking Education and the World of Work INS 298-K Instructors: Lois Olson and Lynda Olson This course introduces students to the nature of work, its role and value to the individual and to society. Seminar format will focus on work as viewed by this generation and the requirements to succeed both now and in the future. A special emphasis will be on self discovery learning activities, visits to Twin City businesses and community organizations, and discussions with panels of professionals. Students will be expected to research employment trends and career options; complete a portfolio of reflections, exercises, and self assessments; and give individual and group presentations. Students will also explore various organizations of the Twin Cities and understand their role and impact in a major metropolitan area. PIN grading only. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 25 Management Information Systems (MIS) See listing under Business, pg. 9. Finite Mathematics MAT 121-J Instructor: Anthony Dunlop How can an industry comply with air quality standard at the smallest possible cost? Did you know that one of the first applications (other than gambling) of probability theory was in genetics (on the question of whether the recessive genotypes would eventually die out)? How do we build the most cost-effective telecommunication network of satellites given the cost factors between pairs of satellites?In Finite Math we'll study the topics that give the answers to these questions: linear programming, counting and probability, and graph theory. Finite Math is for students in Math Placement Group 3 or higher who need a Quantitative Reasoning course. Class will be a mix of lectures and small group work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, quizzes, and exams. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 Graduation Skill Requirement: Quantitative Reasoning Math Elective for MIS major; economics major Maximum Enrollment: 22 Time: I Room: Science 108 Math of Interest MAT 173-J Instructor: Christopher Schwartz Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities, and life insurance work, and more. Evaluation will be based on classroom participation, quizzes, and a final examination. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 or consent of instructor Graduation Skill Requirement: Quantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 205 Mathematics 1 Modeling and Differential Equations MAT 247-J Instructor: Rebekah Valdivia In Modeling and Differential Equations, we will cover a range of mathematical topics with emphases on mathematical modeling, differential equations, and numerical methods. We'll see connections between mathematics and "real world" problems and get a feel for applied mathematics. We will discuss a variety of applications in class, and students will have opportunities to select applications of interest. Modeling and Differential equations is a must for anyone considering majoring in Applied Mathematics and is strongly recommended for students majoring in Physics or Chemistry. It is also for anyone considering majoring or minoring in Mathematics. Evaluation will be based on participation, quizzes, projects, and a final exam. Prerequisite: MAT 146 Calculus I1 or equivalent Maximum Enrollment: 22 Time: I Room: Foss MAC Beginning German I GER I l l - J Instructor: Don Steinmetz This course is for students with no previous background in German. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding German culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 10 Beginning Norwegian I NOR I1 I-J Instructor: Becky Hegstad This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 26 S anish and Latin-American Culture T rough Film I: SPA 248-J Instructor: Roman Soto An introduction to the main cultural and political issues (social conflicts, sexism, race, ethnicity, religion, language, exile, or immigration) that characterized contemporary Spanish and Latin-American societies as they have been portrayed in films and plays. Developed mainly through the viewing of films and class discussions, the course is complemented with brief readings and audio-visual materials on the historic, literary, and social aspects that contribute to the background of these films. Most of the films are in Spanish with English subtitles, and all the class work is in English. The evaluation is based on class participation; brief weekly, writing assignments; and a short term paper. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 23 Modern Languages I + Topics: Sounds and Sights of Europe MUS 179-J Instructor: Roberta Kagin This course provides an opportunity to visit some of the Great European cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of music in the cultural life in the New World. For more information, contact Prof. Roberta Kagin, (612) 330-1273. Topics: Sounds and Sights of China MUS 295-S Instructor: Robert Karlen + Music, art, and architecture, as expressions of Chinese culture over its 5,000-year history, will be examined, studied, and experienced in four of the most important cities of China. For more information, contact Prof. Robert Karlkn, (612) 3301266. Survey of Rock History and Musical Style, 1951-1971 MUS 204-J Instructor: 0. Nicholas Raths An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of rock's inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the historical background, musical content, and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam, and a group performance project. For non-music majors. Liberal Ads Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I1 Room: Music 3 Introduction to Music Theatre Performance MUS 235-J/THR 235-J Instructors: Sonja Thompson and Darcey Engen Music-theater exists in every culture, stemming from basic human impulses to dance, sing, and express oneself. Join theatre professor Darcey Engen and music instructor Sonja Thompson to discuss this interdisciplinary art form, and develop your own basic skills of music-theater from China, Japan, India, and other cultures. Course includes writing and research, class discussion and exercises, small and large group participation, memorization, and performance. Performers of all levels are welcome, though some singing and acting ability is required. Interested students will be auditioned in December so that appropriate material can be assigned to them. Course may be repeated with permission from the instructors. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Sateren Auditorium Topic: History of Caribbean Music Studied in Miami and Jamaica t MUS 2 9 5 4 Instructor: Robert Stacke Miami and Jamaica are considered the centers of Caribbean music, where composition, recording, and world distribution take place. The goal of this 19-day seminar is to examine and reflect on historical, socio-political, and religious aspects of Caribbean music. For more information, contact Prof. Robert Stacke, (612) 330-1271. Liberal Arts Perspective: intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Music I The Mysticism of Meister Eckhart PHI 295-J Instructor: Mark Fuehrer A study of some of the key texts of the great mystical philoso- pher, focusing on the idea of detachment from worldly affairs and the union of the soul with God while in this life. Students will be expected to prepare brief written analyses of the assigned readings and present two essays of Eckhart. Seminar format. Graduation Skill Requirement: Writing Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Old Main I1 Science, Technology, and Values PHY 117-J Instructors: Mark Engebretson and Bruce Reichenbach This course will focus on contemporary problems that arise from our developing technological capacities. We will consider problems such as the causes and effects of global warming; depletion of the ozone layer; social, economic, and ethical concerns in pollution cleanup; agriculture, pesticides, and genetic effects; the prospects and problems of genetically engineering both our foodstuffs and humans, and the urban implications of developing a light rail system. To get a satisfactory grasp on how to approach these problems, we will first explore what science and the scientific methods are, how science (knowing) relates to technology (doing), the structures used for ethical evaluation, and the resulting interactions among the three. Grading will be based on two tests and a major project. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2 Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 40 Time: I Room: Sverdrup 205 Topics: Physics in Science and Fantasy Fiction PH Y 220-J Instructor: J. Ambrose Wolf This course deals with physics aspects in movies as well as in science fiction and fantasy fiction literature on a conceptual level. We will explore scenes and settings in which physics plays an important role and also learn to discern if they are physically correct or not. This will also expand the awareness of physics in everyday life, where it is encountered and how it works. The math component of this course will be minimized in favor of a better grasp of the concepts and thought processes involved. Various scenes from movies and excerpts from literature will be presented, after which the physics connection and understanding will be explored in discussions. The weekly papers will cover one of the topics discussed in class during that week; the long-term paper will cover a general topic from physics in everyday life and bibliographic research. Students' papers and reviews will also be discussed class. This course is designed for those students who do not plan to major or minor in physics. Grading will be based on active participation in class discussions, three (approx. weekly) short papers involving draft and peer review (final paper and review graded) and one long paper including a draft version corrected by the instructor. Prerequisite: Effective Writing, Math Placement Group 2 Graduation Skill: Writing Maximum Enrollment: 18 Time: I1 Room: Science 108 Physics -. I Introduction to Space Science PH Y 320-J Instructor: Ken Erickson This course provides a survey of Earth's space environment including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics (solar dynamics, magnetic storms, particle precipitation, aurora, and related topics). Evaluation will be based on two exams, class assignments, one research paper, and at least one class presentation. Prerequisite: PHY 245 or permission of instructor Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Sverdrup 206 Social Justice in America POL 140-J Instructor: Andrew Kurvers Spalding Students develop and defend their own standards of social justice, using those standards to assess conditions in urban America. Substantial participation in class discussions required. The course has two goals: developing student thinking about social justice, including greater awareness of conflicts between justice and other values; and increasing student ability to understand urban problems as issues of justice and other central values. Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and other class activities, on two short (4-6 page) papers and on a final exam. Because of the compressed time frame of the Interim schedule and the importance of material covered on the first day of class, no one will be admitted to the class who does not attend the first day of class, unless receiving prior permission of the instructor. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 18 Global Peace and Justice: Focus on Northern Ireland POL 295-J Instructor: Joe Underhill-Cady The course will examine the political, social, and psychological roots of international conflict and current efforts at preventing and resolving bloodshed and oppression. We will use the class as an opportunity to prepare for the 2000 Peace Prize Forum, which will cover topics of the conflict in Northern Ireland. The course will begin with a study of a range of theories used to understand international conflict- including power politics, psychological and cultural theories, Marxism, liberalism, and feminism. Readings will include historical and fictional treatments of the conflict in Northern Ireland, and we will view some films related to the topic, including The Crying Game. The class will also involve the use of simulation and role-playing of international negotiations to give students a feel for the difliculties and complexities of dispute resolution. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 26 Topics: Women in Comparative Politics: Daughters or Stepdau hters: Russian "Women on the Eve o the Millennium" 9 POL 195-J POL 359-J Instructor: Nadezhda Shvedova An overview of the situation of Russian women today. The course will combine discussion and lecture on the situation of women in Russia. Shvedova, a leading activist on women's issues as well as an educator, will provide the distinctive perspective of her experience as a Russian woman. The course will cover women in the economy, politics, in the mass media, Political Science I etc. There will also be attention to issues such as women's struggle to gain real equality and a voice in society, violence against women, and the impact of Russia's economic crisis on women. There will be two or three short papers, plus a longer (10-12 page) paper at the end of the term. Readings will be taken from books and articles. Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 Principles of Psychology PSY 105-J Instructor: Grace Dyrud An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Evaluation will be based on means of two tests and two lab reports. Liberal Arts Perspective: Human identity Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 10 Psychology and Law PS Y 335-J Instructor: lVancy Steblay Application of psychological principles and research methodology to legal processes and issues. The course emphasizes three content areas: eyewitness issues (such as lineup and interview procedures), courtroom procedures (jury selection, jury decision-making, pretrial publicity), and psychological profiles of offenders and victims. Grades will be based on exams and one paper. Prerequisite: PSY 105 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 Peer Ministry: Principles and Leadership REL 232-J Instructor: Lyle Griner Students will be instructed to train college, high school, and junior high youth to serve as peer ministers in their congregations and communities. They will learn and practice communication skills, facilitate small groups, and learn the role of a listenerlhelper. Peer ministry integrates the act of caring and serving others within a Christian belief system. Prerequisite: REL 111 or 221 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 3 Maximum Enrollment: 40 Time: Jan. 10-13, 9:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m. and Jan. 4,6,18,25,27, 9:00 a.m -1 1:30 a.m. Room: Murphy Place 100 The Lutheran Heritage REL 345-J Instructor: Mark Tranvik Beginning with Martin Luther, this course will study the main themes and figures of the Lutheran tradition. Class time will include field trips, discussion, and lectures. Exams, student participation, and papers will be the basis for evaluation. Prerequisite: REL 111, 221, or 331 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 22 Religion Theology of Death and Dying REL 390-J Instructor: John Benson This will be a multidisciplinary course, using materials from biology, psychology, sociology, history, world religions, and Christian theology proper. It will also be ecumenical, since some of our theological material will come from Roman Catholic as well as Protestant sources. Religious traditions regarding death and the afterlife will be studied, and various ethical questions related to death and dying will be considered. Field trips in the Twin Cities are also planned. We will become acquainted with the field of mortuary science, the hospice movement in the United States, and current medical practices related to the terminally ill. Daily lectures, discussions, quizzes, and written assignments will be the format. Grades will be based on class participation, two tests, and oral presentation of a research project. Prerequisite: Religion 111, 221, or 331 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 23 Varieties of Christian Spirituality REL 440-J Instructor: Janelle Bussert A study of selected spiritualities from the Christian tradition and of contemporary developments, including 12-step spirituality, feminist, ecological, and non-Western Christian spiritualities. An introduction to the basic practices of spirituality, especially prayer and meditation. Evaluation methods include quizzes, experiential journals, class presentation, and a final paper. Prerequisite: Religion 11 1, 221, or 331 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Murphy Place 11 1 Exploring Human Services S WK 257-1 S WK 2 5 7 4 Instructors: Mary Lou Williams and Lois Bosch Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80 hours in a service agency or institution that they select. The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. The course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in the human services. The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions that assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings that explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. Students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms." Detailed information will be sent to students at the close of Interim registration. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 60, 2 sections Time: I Room: Foss 21 A and B Topics: Child Welfare Social Work and the Law S WK 295-J Intructor: Tony Bibus This course will introduce students to social work practice in the area of child welfare with special focus on the relationship of child welfare laws, policies, and court to the lives of families and children. Students will study Minnesota statutes, meet with key policy makers, observe court procedures, and discuss practice and legal issues with child welfare social workers and possibly with families and children as well. There will also be opportunities to compare child welfare laws and practice in the U.S. with those in Europe, especially Norway. The principles of permanency planning, family-centered practice, prevention and protection, and the twin goals in child welfare of securing safety and nurturing children while preserving their ties to their family will be examined. We will also explore controversies and emerging issues in child welfare law such as concurrent planning, "dual-track" service strategies, encouragement of the adoption of children of color by white families, and research related to the effects of poverty and oppression on the neglect of children's need. Students will analyze the dynamic interplay of societal values, power, politics, facts and myths as they manifest themselves in child welfare laws; they will begin to form their own positions regarding an ideal approach to supporting the welfare of children from a global perspective. Evaluation of learning will be in the form of assessments by instructors and students of the major paper or project completed for the course. Prerequisite: Social work majors or permission of Instructor Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Sverdrup 20 Field Work I: Integrative Seminar S WK 307-J Instructor: Mike Schock Junior social work majors are required to have 240 hours of supervised professional experience in a social work agency. This small-group seminar supports the first 120 hours of this placement and is facilitated by the faculty member who serves as liaison to the student's practicum field agency. The course provides structure and process for students to integrate learning from their practicum and academic coursework focusing on generalist practice with individuals. Prerequisites: Candidacy status, SWK 301, and SWK 306 Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I Room: Murphy 111 Social Work Field Work Ill SWK 466-1 (variable 1.0 credit or 0.5 credit) Instructor: Maria Dinis This is a continuation of Field Work 11; a total of 60 (for the 0.5 credit option) or 120 hours. Responsible, supervised professional social work experience, including work with individuals, families, groups, and communities in a social service agency. Integrative weekly seminar (two hours). Students will be evaluated by: (1) weekly theorylpractice papers integrating course content with work setting, (2) attendancelparticipation, and (3) field site supervisor's evaluation. Prerequisite: SWK 462 Maximum Enrollment: open Time: I (class will meet in small groups, no more than 11 at a time) Room: Old Main 21 Human Community and the Modern Metropolis SOC 21 1-J Instructor: Gordon Nelson This course will examine the extent to which the experience of the community is possible in the context of the metropolitan situation. The course will focus on the Twin Cities metropolitan area. Each member of the class will be responsible for a class presentation, which must reflect on-site observation in a particular locale within the metropolitan area. In addition, class participation and a final examination will be the basis for evaluating performance in the course. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 24 Topics: Cultures of Violence SOC 295-J Instructor: James Vela-McConnell Street gangs and warfare. Police brutality and genocide. Domestic abuse and terrorism. What are the dynamics underlying these and other forms of violence?What do they have in common? How do they differ? This course takes violence in its many forms as a topic for sociological analysis and concludes with an examination of non-violent alternatives. With this in mind, we will compare different theoretical perspectives on violence, such as psychological, social psychological, and socio-cultural perspectives. The course will involve a combination of lecture and discussion based on readings and videos, debate of current issues in the field, and guest speakers from and field trips to local organizations dealing with problems of violence. Students will be expected to research, write about, and present on the sociological dimensions of a particular form of violence. In addition, there will be short reaction papers based on the readings, and classroom participation will be an important part of grading. This course has a lab fee of $25 payable the first day of class to the instructor. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Sverdrup 206 Sacialaav Topics: Discrimination, Harassment, and Communication SPC 295-J Instructor: Robert Groven If you keep sending poems to an old flame at work, are you harassing them? If your boss tells racist jokes at a bar after work, are they guilty of discrimination? Why are neo-Nazis allowed to march through Jewish neighborhoods, but they aren't allowed to hurl racial insults at co-workers? Discrimination and harassment are in the headlines regularly, but most people don't know what they really mean. What kinds of communication constitute discrimination or harassment and why? This course covers all forms of illegal discrimination including gender, race, disability, religion, and sexual orientation. It focuses on the legal approach to discriminatory communication, but also examines the reactions of employers, employees, and organizations generally. This course uses the "case method" teaching approach, where many specific examples are studied to produce general conclusions. The course involves role-playing, game-playing, debate, and writing. Course work includes a few short papers, one project, and one test. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 18 Documentary Video SPC 347-J Instructor: Deb Redmond Documentary video is a video production course that integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects. Students will work in production teams, gaining experience in field production and editing. The production teams will produce a 30-minute documentary piece. Evaluation will be based upon student journals, critiques, and a paper. This course requires additional lab time for editing. Maximum Enrollment: 16 Time: I Room: Science 123 Introduction to Dance (0.0 credit) THR 002-T/HPE 002-T Instructor: Sandra Agustin With each session beginning with a rigorous physical warmup, this class offers an overview of various forms of dance, including modern, ballet, Asian, and Latin forms. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sporl Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T j W Th, F Room: Sateren Auditorium Modern Dance/lmprovisation (0.0 credit) THR 004-UHPE 004-2 Instructor: Sandra Agustin Students will learn various phrases of movement incorporating floor exercise and will learn to travel through space using level, volume, and floor pattern, culminating in the creation of short, improvisational pieces. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Spolt Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T j W Th, F Room: Sateren Auditorium introduction to Music Theatre Performance THR 235-J/MUS 235-J Instructors: Sonja Thompson and Darcey Engen See course information listed under MUS 235-1. Topics: Crossing Borders, Bridging Cultures An Interdisciplinary course in Norway for Students in Social Work and Education January 6 - 27, 2000 EDC 495-P/S WK 295-P Instructor: Hans Eriksson; Augsburg contacts: Tony Bibus or Susan O'Connor Will introduce students to modern Norwegian life, with particular emphasis on Norway's systems of education and health and welfare services to children, youth, and families. Students may take one of two separate but parallel tracks: "Winter Recreation Programs with Children and Youth" or "Social Work, Child Welfare Work, and Education." Lectures, field study and practicum experience will introduce students to the content and context of professional practice in Norway as well as the unique Norwegian system of folk high schools. All classes will be taught in English and will contain both U.S. and Norwegian students. Cost: $2465, which includes roundtrip airfare from Minneapolis to Trondheim, Norway, all meals, lodging, program expenses, and course tuition. UMAIE SPP 201-J 3- Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, that offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Cynthia Truitt Lynch at the Center for Global Education, CB 307, Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454, (612) 330-1650. These courses are offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number. *Advanced Spanish Language and Culture in Argentina 'Br~irrttitigC;~tt~rrln in Germany "I,'oitvogi~i,q C,'tdtrrres in Mexico's Yucatan Peninsula Interim Abroad *Egypt in Transition *In the Footsteps of the Crusaders: from Jerusalem to Malta *The Many Faces of Japan *Poets and Their Places: Ireland's Literary Landscapes *Psychology and the International Workplace in Britain *The Rhine Frontier: On-Site Cultural History at the Heart of the European Union Other Interim Abroad Courses HECUA "Environment, Economy and Community in Guatemala *Development and Community in Bangladesh ACTC Creative Writing Workshop at Augsburg College Locating Yourself in the World Through Poetry Course will carry upper division English credit Instructor: Roseann Lloyd This course gives advanced writing students new ways of expanding their range in poetry. Students will develop their range by intensive writing practice-poems in many forms: lyriclnarrative poems, section poems, monologues, prose poems, political poems. Students will keep a Voices Journal, collecting language around town. In addition, each student writer will conduct an interview of an older person and make poems from that interview. The class texts focus on poetry that observes the world, poetry grounded in a particular culture, such as Five Fields, by Gillian Clarke, Touching the Fire: Fifleen Poets of Today's Latino Renaissance, edited by Ray Gonzalez. Evaluation will take into account the completion of process/exercises, class attendance, and a final portfolio. This is an upper division class for writers who are committed to their own writing and have already completed an introductory creative writing class at the college level. Each ACTC college may send three writers to the course, on the recommendation of the creative writing faculty. To be considered for enrollment in this course, contact Cass Dalglish, (612) 3301009, or Roseann Lloyd, (612)330-1423,before registration. Time: Monday through Thursday 12:OO-4:OOp.m. Fridays will be used for extra conferences, interview time, and group work. Room: Anderson 100 ACTC Other Courses These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses that are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a PIN basis. The Washington Center 2000 Academic Seminars Campaign 2000 January 3-14, 2000 POL 398-A This is a two-week intensive session held in the heart of the United States government that will focus not only on the new millennium but on the beginning of a new presidential campaign. In the two-week session, the following will be the primary focus: Campaign Politics, and The Media Pursuit of the Presidency The Washington Center is offering the above two topics for the session. Augsburg students must register for the whole two-week session in order to receive credit (January 3-14). Credit is available from the political science department for this program. The course is a passlno credit course based on participation in program activities including site visits, small group seminars, and journals. For further information about the program, contact Prof. Underhill-Cady in Memorial Hall 112b or at (612) 330-1312, or by email: <cady@augsburg.edu>. There are five scholarships available to cover registration and tuition costs based on priority in registration through Prof. Underhill-Cady's office. Other Courses I
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1986
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students...
Show more Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. There will be no summer Interim in 1986. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-courseload during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/ No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/ N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation). Augsburg Policy It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. For More Information Interim Off ice (Memorial230) Interim Secretary, Sue Schmidt at 330-1025 Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, at 330-1192 (Memorial 114G) Interim Calendar November 4-8 . . .Interim Registration December 9 . . . .Late Registration for Interim January 6 . . . . . .First Day of Interim First Day Class: Time I -9 a.m. Time 11-1 p.m. January 7 . . . . . .Last Day for CanceVAdd January 13 . . . . .Last for Determining Grading System for Half Credit Courses January 14 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawing from Half Credit Courses January 17 . . . . .First Group of Half Credit Courses Ends January 20 . . . . .Second Group of Half Credit Courses Begins January 20 . . . . .Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 21 . . . . .Last Day to CanceVAdd Half Credit Courses January 22 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawingfrom Full Credit Courses January 27 . . . . .Last Day for Determining Grading System for Half Credit Courses January 28 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawing from Half Credit Courses January31 . . . . .InterimEnds February 4 . . . . .Validation of Spring Class Registration February 5 . . . . .Spring Semester Begins . The number and length of class meetings a s well a s the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time 1-8 a.m. to 12Noon Time 11-1 p.m. to 5 p.m. Interim Catalog The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the college for Interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed at the end of the Catalog. Building Key L-Library all M-Music H OM-Old Main P-Psychology S-Science Hall Options International Interims-Students are invited to be part of one of the 27 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships-Students electing an internship must present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 26. Contract forms are available in the same office. Independent or Directed Study-Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 4. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools-Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-1-4schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $495 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Environmental Aesthetics ART 102-48001 302-46002 Instructor: PhilThompson In this course there will be a focus on readings in the area of the man-madevisual environment and consideration of the principles of design with concern for appreciation and criticism. There will be projects in art media exploring the visual elements and the design process. Each student will do one special project (a slide essay on a cultural landscape topic; or a gallery environment event; or some other project approved by the instructor). There will be about eight other text related design projects required. Grades will also be based on one or two examinationsplus a final. Distribution:Art - Music Time: 11 Room: OM 4 Life Drawing ART 247-48003 Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from one minute to an hour and a half. You will be introduced to the 2 B and 4 B pencils, the charcoal pencil, and pastels. Fee: $25due the first day of class Distribution:Art -Music Time: I Room: OM 17 BIOLOGY Plants and Civilization BIO 102-46004 Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg A study of the profound influence of plants on mankind's economic, cultural and political history, as well as the steps that civilization has taken to improve chosen plants for use. Some plant anatomy and physiology will be discussed. Academic evaluation will be based on course exams. Distribution:Chemistry-Biology Time: I1 Room: 205 The Biology of Women BIO 231-46005 Instructor:Roberta Lammers The objective of this course is to provide a basic understanding of the structure and functioning of the female human organism as well as to evaluate misconceptions about women that have arisen in the history of biology. We will study first the structure and physiology of women, including the determination of sex, nutritional needs, menstruation and menopause, as well as other developmental issues. We will also consider women's health issues such as pregnancy, birthing and particular occupationalhazards. In a section on evolution we will look at various interpretations of human evolution and the social relationships of women and men. FkmUy, if time permits, we will consider the scientific contributions of some women biologists. Evaluation will be based on weekly quizzes as well as individual reports, which will be either written or oral depending on the number of students in the class. Prer uisite: High school biology Dish%ution: Chemistry-Biologyor Women & Minority Studies Time: I Room: S 329 11 1986 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester BIO 322-46006 PHY 322-46007 Instructor:Robert Herforth A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1)introductory work on radiation detection and measurement at Augsburg, (2)participation in the 1986 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity to study projects in nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation, coal technology, health physics, and radiological safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional Training program. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students. Cost: 8350 for travel and housing (approximately) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor Time: I Room: S 24 II Biological Evolution BIO 431-48008 Instructor:Ralph Sulerud That organisms have evolved and, accordingly, all creatures are biologically related are probably the most significant conclusions which biology has contributed to human knowledge. The antievolutionist arguments of the "scientific creationists" will be investigated in this course. However, to the vast majority of biologists evolution is accepted as a fact, and the evidence in its support will be examined. Biologists do not agree concerning the mechanisms and pace of evolution. Indeed, theories as to these matters have evolved and continue to do so. Much of the course will involve historical study of evolutionary thought from pre-Darwiniantimes to the present. F'inaUx we will address the course of evolution from the origin of life itself to the origin of human life. There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes and tests. Prerequisites:BIO 111 and 112or permissionof the instructor Time: I Room: S 205 BUSINESS II Augsburg Goes to Business BUS 321-46010 Instructor:Thomas Morgan "Augsburg Goes to Business" is a one-month senior seminar for business and economics majors. The goal of the seminar is to provide a better understanding of the diversity in organizations and the varied environments in which and the many constraints with which they must operate. Three objectives emerge: 1. to develop a clearer understanding of how the different functional areas of an organization operate on a day to day basis and how these "parts" are integrated into the overall operation of the firm. 2. to examine the extent to which "textbook approaches" correspond to "real world" situations and are able to accornrnodate practical application. 3. to explore potential conflicts between individual (personal and career) goals and the goals of the organization; addressing how these conflicts may be resolved. u&ite: permission of instructor zz7 Room: P 2 IIntroduction to International Business BUS 152-46070 BUS 352-46071 Instructor: Arnin Kader This course is designed to introduce the student to the problems and possibilities of doing business in an international context. Appreciation of the perspective required for successful planning and management of an enterprise operating abroad is emphasized by foreseeing both the opportunities and the difficulties inherent in international business. The case method will be employed. Evaluation will be based primarily on performance in working the cases assigned. Prerequisite: A minimum of two business courses for upper division registration. Time: I Room: OM 22 IEntrepreneurship BUS 295-46077 Instructor: John Cerrib The object of this class is to provide students who are not majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills necessary for starting and running a small business. The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a "model" business. The student will be evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests and performances on small business case studies. Time: I Room: M 23 Micro-ComputerAccounting BUS 294-46092 Instructor: Richard Herzog This course will provide an introduction to the micro-computeras it relates to financial and managerial accounting applications. Topics will include: micro-computer hardware and software; accounting spreadsheet and database applications. Emphasis will be on the IBM-PC or compatible hardware and Lotus 1-2-3software. Students willbe required to read a text and other material, hand in homework assignments and take tests over the assigned material. In addition, computer reports will be handed in for evaluation. Prerequisites: Principles of Managerial Accounting (BUS 102) Time: 11 Room: S 213 Advanced Personal Computing BUS 378-48093 Instructor: Milo Schield The object of this course will be to study advanced personal computing applications and their business uses. We will use the Augsburg IBM PC Network to study - advanced word processing (Word Star 2000) - advanced spread sheet techniques (macros and templates) - advanced data base featuresd @-BaseI11and Power Base) - business graphics (free form paint and fixed form analytic1 presentation) - integrated packages (Symphony) There will also be visita to local businesses using these applicationa, This # m e i s designed for students who are already familiar with h i c Personal Computing applications such a s Appleworks and .Lotus. Evaluation will be based on the following: 10% on attendance and participation; 40% on tests; 50% on group projects. Fee: $20--but no required textbook. Prerequisite: BUS 250 (DataProcessing) Time: I Room S 123 CHEMISTRY Chemistry for Changing Times CHlM 100-46013 Instructor:Arlin Gyberg This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John H. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional background. Bachemistry cotu'se m d d m not =sume a ~ c i m m sic science: a n d math EWE introduced early and are t,augl:llta8 needed for understmding the various topics .md implications. T h e course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living. Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades the human eekicingof perwond independence has led to chemistry becoming a part or everyday Lire to 4,he pht of actud dspondence on chemistry W e live in n world or pcsticidos, fertilizers. pIasticer, "the pill," food additives and processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common dragged out, Chemistry for Changing Times (wn't) grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body chemistry Even learning appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule." Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Test will be used for evaluation. This course does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106,116or 223. Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Time: I Room: S 315 The Science of Very Large Molecules CHM 104-48014 Instructor: SandraOlmsted A survey of plastics, polymers, and proteins that will investigate the unusual properties that make these materials useful. Also included will be a short history of these materials, with their economic importance or biological interest. Grades will be determined by two exam scores, and a final paper which is due the last day of class. Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Time: 11 Room: S 315 FORTRAN CSC 270-46045 Instructor: Larry Ragland A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand the student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations. Prerequisite: One course with a study of a computer language (e.g. CSC 170 or lVLAT 175) Time: 11 Room: S 112 E Understanding International Trade and Finance ECO 360-46012 Instructor: Ed SabeIla This will be a study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations. We will consider the development and bases of international trade, the balance of payments, the mechanisms of adjustment and general commercial policies. Grading will be on the basis of examinations and possible other written assignments. uisitei: ECO 122 a$d 123 or permissionof instructor Room: OM 16 EDUCATION Student Teaching EDS 481-46015EDE 481-46019 EDS 482-46016EDE 482-46020 EDS 483-46017EDE 483-46021 EDS 484-46018EDE 484-46022 Instructor:Trudi Fulda Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Grading is PIN only Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. Time: I Room: L 4 ENGLISH E Five College Fiction Writing Workshop ENG 362-46098 Instructor: Lon Otto This workshop seeks to increase the participants' range and intensity of the participants' fiction writing, sharpening their critical skills, and broadening their awareness of contemporaryfiction and the literary tradition of which it is a part. Discussion the first week will focus on readings from an anthology of mostly recent short stories. The remaining three weeks will focus on stories written during the Interim by members of the class. The stories will be duplicated and distributed prior to each meeting. Students Fiction Writing Workshop (con't) will write three substantial stories and will be expected to participate actively in the critical discussions. There will also be opportunities for individual conferences with the instructor. Evaluation will be based on work written during the Interim, on willingness to engage technical suggestions, &d on vigorous, constructiveparticipation in the workshop's discussions. Faithful attendance is essential. Three students from Augsburg will be accepted for this course. Interested students should contact John Mitchell in the English Department. Fee: $10 Prerequisite: Some experience in fiction writing; preferably at least one creative writing - course on the college - level Time: 11 Room: McNeely $301- St. Thomas IThe Short Story ENG 240-46024 340-46025 Instructor: Kathryn Swanson We will read a variety of short stories for pleasure and understanding. The selected stories will include the major genres, such as the science fiction of Kurt Vonnegut, the detective fiction of Arthur Conan Doyle, the humor of Mark Twain, and the experimental fiction of Jorge Luis Borges. Women such as Doris Lessing and Joyce Carol Oates and blacks such as Ralph Ellison will be among the authors studied. Although the course will not involve a systematic analysis of the history of the form of the short story, a sufficient number of classics will be assigned for the student to appreciate the historical development from Poe to Beattie. The course will involve practice in ways of approaching literature and will include study of the basic critical terminology, so it would be an appropriate course for students who have not yet studied literature at the college level. Students are expected to read the stories, participate in class discussions, write a paper on a topic selected with the advice of the teacher, write a short story, and take several tests. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but students will be expected to write with clarity Distribution: English-Speech Time: I Room: OM 23 The Dark Side of Genius: Films of Alfred Hitchcock and Ingmar Bergman ENG 260-46026 460-46027 Instructor:John Mitchell Using selected films, the course will compare the popular cynical vision of Alfred Hitchcock with the problematic existential vision of Ingmar Bergman. Literary texts related to biography, film criticism, Freudianism, and existentialism will also be assigned a s background material. Class procedure will involve lecture, discussion, and the showing of about eight feature films. Because of the time required for introductions, projections, and discussion, students should expect class periods of three to four hours in length. Although the course should be enjoyable and even fun, students should expect to study the films rather than merely watch them. Grading will be based upon occasional quizzes and a critical paper of about 12 pages in which the student will compare the two visions. Students who wish to take the course for upper division credit must have mrrnission from the instructor. Fee: $25 for rental of films Time: I1 Room: SCI 123 Grow Old Along With Me ENG 209-46023 Instructor:Barbara Andersen You, too, will enter Middle Age and, eventuallx Old Age-if you live long enough. What do poets, dramatists, and novelists have to say about this process? A lot. Among those that we may read are: Hassler's "Simon's Night," Anderson's "I Never Sang for My Father," Sarton's "As We Are Now," Miller's "Death of a Salesman," Tillie Ohen's, "Tell Me a Riddle," Pyrn's "Quarter in Autumn," Wright's "Fire Sermon," Berry's "The Memory of Old Jack," Woolf's "Mrs. Dalloway" We hope to see some films such as "AU Your Parts Don't Wear Out at the Same Time." What do real live people have to say about old age? A lot. You will be expected to find out what they have to say by interviewing several older people in several different settings. Evaluation will be based on readings, examinations, quizzes and interview journals. Distribution:English-Speech Time: I Room: OM 10 E Love in Literature ENG 269-46068 Instructor:Ron Pal& This course will examine several literary depictions of passionate love including the Biblical "Song of Songs," Ovid's "The Art of Love," Shakespeare's "Romeo and Juliet" and "A Midsummer Night's Dream,"and more recent works including Chopin's "The Awakening" and a modern romance novel. Also studied will be poetry from different historical periods and material from the social sciences. The course will study changing concepts of love and show how literature reflects and creates concepts of love. Students will write two papers, take two tests and attend a few assigned plays or films. Prerequisite:ENG 111 or a college literature class Distribution: English-Speech Time: 11 Room: OM 25 FRENCH French Literature in Translation FRE 243-48028 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov Study of representative shorter French works in English translation. By reading and analysis of a common core of varied works we will strengthen communication and critical skills, develop cultural sensitivit~and become acquainted with significant French writers. Mini-lectures and study guides will help focus attention on the works. Much class time daily will be devoted to small group discussion and exchange of ideas. Evaluation based on group work, progress, quizzes, writing assignments, and a short independent study Prerequisite:Sophomore standing Distribution: English-Sueech Time: I Room: OM 27 - - HEALTH & PHYSICAL EDUCATION Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries HPE 475-46081 Instructor: A1Kloppen Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. This is a half credit course. Prerequisite:HPE 350Kinesiology Time: II -Jan.20-31 Room: Melby January 4-23,1986 Sailing in the Virgin Islands HPE 455-48036 Instructor:Joyce PPaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring,mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 42' fixed keel sailboat with six or seven other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This willbe supplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkelingand windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain." A daily ships log will be kept by all participants and a final written exam willbe given. Cost: $2100 Distribution:Lifetime Sports Human Sexuality HPE 216-46035 Instructor:Richard Borstad and Nancy Medcraft The course will examine the biological, psychosocial, behavioral, and cultural aspects of human sexuality Opportunities will be provided for students to explore and assess their values about sexuality Included in the course are the following topics: gender issues, male-femaleanatomy and physiology, communication and sexual behavior, sexuality and the Life cycle, sexual problems, and s d issues related to sexual behavior. Lectures, readings, guest speak ers, films, and small discussion groups willbe utilized. Evaluation will be based on mid-termand final exams, and a research project. Fee: $10 Time: II Room: M 24 Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 232-48080 Instructor:Lynn Mackenthun Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a half credit course. Time: II - Jan. 6-17 Room: Melby Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality HIS 220-46036 320-46037 Instructor:Khin Khin Jensen An investigationof the rationale for the immigration pattern, economic opportunities, and social, political and economic problems encountered by the following immigrants: Chinese, Japanese and Koreans in the United States. Focus on these three ethnic groups will involve both the "old immigrants and the "new" immigrants. Course will utilize ethnic speakers (Chinese, Japanese and Koreans) in a home environment-discussion format. There willbe ethnic meals, ethnic cooking demonstrations, films, slides and field trips-all these are important components of the course as are the academic components such as readings. Focus is on the experiences of these ethnic groups in Hawaii, California and Minnesota. Upper division students will do a paper and a journal, lower division will do a journal. There will be an exam on the text and readings. Fees: 816 Prerequisite: Lower division none. Upper division: sophomore standing and consent of instructor Distribution: History-Philosophy Time:I Room: LI Myth and Myth Making HIS 219-46038 HUM 275-46097 419-46039 Instructor:Richard Nelson A myth is not something patently false or absurd, although popular usage has emphasized its fictional quality Myth is the means by which people and cultures explain themselves to others and to themselves. In this course we will examine mythopoeic thought and the myths which that process evolved in the ancient Near East, Greece and Rome. We will read mythological literature in translation and modern commentaries on the nature of myth making. These mythologies will be studied within their historical and cultural context, resulting in a final paper on a topic to be decided upon between student and instructor. In addition, (dependingon production timing)the class will attend a Twin City based production of Euripides' "Trojan Women" during the term. Prerequisite: Permissionof instructor for upper division Distribution:History-Philosophy Time:I Room: OM 13 - January 2-26,1986 Hawaii: A Cultural History HIS 321-46104 Instructor: John Benson. and James Johnson 'She cultural and h i s t o r i d resources of Hawaii offer a richly endowd classroom Por study during J a u q The objeativo of this mume is to provide a basic understanding of I-Iawaii's history,ethnic diversity, and religious heritage through lectures, toms, books and travel. In addition ta B u d r h i . ~Thoism , and Polynesian religion, the wurse will focus on thc Mormon missions to the South Pacific and the New England Cnlvinist Christianity that sent missionaries to the Hawaiian Islands. T l ~ a r wiU s d s e be a unit on the w ~ nBuddhist-Christian t dialogue. Further information can be obtained in the Interim Office or from Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20. Cost: $1,895 Distribution:Religion (by petition) INTERDISCIPLINARY The Art of Being Female INS 216-46078 416-46079 Instructor: Sara Eaton Zf women's experience of culture is different from men's, do they write about it differently? Do they use the same words but mean something else? Do they paint from a forninlne perspective? Do they campme and ning a different music? Or a m these aU questions of interpretation? Tn an at,temptto answer these qumtiona, we will study some of the literature, visual arts,and music m t e d by women in the k t 400 years. Beghnhg in the Renais~mco,with tZro love poetry Mar5 Queen of Scats. wrote to Bothwoll, and ending with Georgia O'Keefe'a and Judy Chicago's art and w v ~ r a mnmmporary l novels by womcn, we will analyze what female arlists are t e h g UE in their art and how they t~1l us. The murst; iR croes-disciplinw; students will I x encoumged t~ develop their own topics of atudy and supplement and the course cont~nt.Thore will be a rcquircd amount of reeding, viewing and listening. hower division students will write a 5-7 page essay Upper division students will write a longer papex (850 pagee) and give n presentation b e d on their topic to tho class. There will not be a find exam, but approximately half the grade will come from quizzes on the assignments. Pre uisite:English 111-EffectiveWriting Diszution: Urban. Women's and Minority Studies Time:II Room: OM II Central America: The Roots of the Crisis INS 280-46034 Instructors:Norman Walbek, Vern Hanson. Staff from Center for Global Service The crisis in Central America is one of the major foreign policy issues of the decade. The purpose of the course is to expose participants to the complexities of the issues involved, and to examine the root causes for the desperate conditions that exist in most of the region. The course will be a joint offering of Augsburg, Gustavus, and PLU. The first part of the course will be held on the three respective campuses, examining key events in the history of Mexico and Central America and looking at the current readings and discussions. On January 16, we will depart for Mexico where we will spend five days at the Augsburg Center in Cuernavaca. From January 2 1-26, we will be in Nicaragua, housed at another facility managed and staffed by the Center for Global Service and Education. In both countries, encounters with people from the churches, political, cultural and business organizations will be provided. In addition, there will be on-sitevisits to peasant cooperatives, squatter settlements, historical sites, etc. Particular attention will be given to grassroots Christian communities and other ways in which the poor are relating the Bible to their daily experiences and seeking to organize themselves to bring about more just social institutions. The schedule will be an intensive one, but will also provide opportunitiesfor group reflection and worship, and free time. The final week of the course will be held back on campus, and will be a time for de-briefingand evaluation. During the first week, participants will be required to read 1-2 books, a packet of related articles, and give an oral report on an assigned topic. During the trip, students will be required to keep a journal, and upon return, write a final reflection paper, due on January 31. Cost: $1420from Minneapolis Ineludem all travel expems, meals. lodging:and program in M e d w ancl Nicaragua. Cost is subject to change due ta an airfare inmawe prior to departure. World Hunger and Justice Education: Developing a N e w World View INSm - 4 6 0 3 1 REL 2 W 4 W 3 2 h t r u c b r a : Joel Mugge, Center for Global Servimand Education, tmd George S. Johnson. ALC Hunger P r o w The course will mlrvey the most recent reports and analysis of the current holocaust or global hunger ineluding the root causes,the Intemnnectednese to other issues, the hiillical ma,ndateand tho role of justice eclucettion. Attitudes toward poverty and wmlth, justice nnd charity, oppression and Liboration wiU b discussed using biblical material, the U.S. Cntholic Bishop's Lotter on tho U.S. Economy and insights rmm Liboratmion tl~ealom. The purpose wiU 1.w l o build peat,er global a m n e e s , become sensitized to ethical choices, energize us ror action nncl responsible living, a d explore pe%gogical principles for socinljustice. Guesl leczur+ersinclude Norman Barth, Direcur of Lutheran World Belief, Dr. Mark Thomsen. Executive Director of World Mission for.tlm AlC; Ruth Hnlvomn, Director of the ARC Retreat CenWr;Dr. Mark Lund. Prof~ssor of Economics at Luther Collage: world guests in tho Twin Cities ma. and The P t t s t t b weeks of the c o m e will be held at the ARC retreat center in n hautif ul wooded m a 46 milea north of the Twin Citics. Included in the experience will be cumunity building, m ~ . tive use CIP music ,and tlm mCs. trip8 to areas of poverty, opportunity For solitude. and cross-country skiing. T h e find week will be held back in the Twin Cities, where them will be visits to various orgiUli7~vtiomworking on hunger issues, and time for writing a final p a p r . S~udentswill read 1-2books snd related articlee- A f i n a l paper intepatirig the overall themes of the course and readings will be tequired at. the end of thc course. Xduationa wiU k e based u w n this paper and prticipation. Cost: Room md Board at the ARC R e m t Center for the three weeksi willbe-8300, Dhtrlbution: -1 on OnI one fnaourse ma be ueed taw;u%?gr$luat?on rewon reguirementsr RiI The Church and Social Change in the Philippines LNS 274-46033 Instructors: J i m Faurnier, Newman Mter, U d d Q af Minnemta and staff member f o m the Center for Global Service and Education T h e puspose of the course is to help participants gain a olearer underslamling of lhe currant situation in the Pl~ilippines.It is a country that suffers Prom a great deal of poverty and injustice, and one of the mqjor instigators Por mid change 11wbeen the church. Thmugho~~t the coursc, therefore, we will be examining the role of the church and the respnaibifity of Christians inworking for socialand political change. The Church and Social Change in the Philippines(con't) The first week of the come wjll be h ~ l d in htinn~apolis.and will foeus on getting a sense of the h.istOry, dtm,and current economic and political situation in tho PhiZippinea. hcturos, readings and cliscussions wiU & the format for this first week. On January 10,the group will depart for the Philippines. The style of the travel seminar will be quite intensive, and includes encounters with people and organizations representing the different sectors in the urban and rural areas as well as the different tribal p u p s . 'She trip will a h prwide opportunities for group r~flootion m d worship. The p u p will return to Ure Btates on January 26. The find week of the course wi13 be used for debriefing and aduation of the experience. During the first weok, participants will be required to read s packet of articles,m d research and give an oral report on a related topic. During the k i p , students wiU be to keep a journal, and upan return, write a final p a p r reflecting on Ula expex-ience. Grading PIN. Cost: $1995fmm ~ ~ includes all p m v d expenses, o meals, ~ ld@g m d program In the Philippines. Cost i s subject to change due to &are increase prior to the trip. ~~ MATHEMATICS Mathematical Modeling MAT 132-46042 Instructor: Paul Hulse Thie come wiU focus on the dmcdption of various problems in the "real world" L n mathematical terms. Tapics will i n c l ~ ~ dpel y he-, represemtations ofnumbers and various types of geometrg. The course will emphasizethe use of mdyLical methodsr of mamamatios lo study these problems. G~'adeswill b~!based on homework assignments. Prerequisite: Basic algebraand geometry Distribution: M~Wlermttcs-Ph,ysics T i e :1 W r n : OM 21 Linear Algebra In Action MAT 315-48046 Instructor: Bev Durkee A study of several applioations of l i n m in bra, including marlcov chains, Linear p ~ ~ .leastgsqunres , fitting, computer graphics, quadratic transformatione, ctc. as time p x m i t s . G d e s will be determined by assignments of prabtems and examirmtionq. Prerequisite:MAT 215 Time: I Room: S 112 IM Numerical Pattern Processing Through Programming MAT 144-46043 211-46044 Instructor: Larry Copes In this course students will learn to write elementary computer programs in the Pascal language. The programs will generate numerical and other mathematical data to be examined for patterns. Wit11 the help of the instructor and each other, atudente will tost coqjectm lhrough dam, d y s i s anrl further programs. Work will be in individual. small group, and cl~ssroom set1,ings.Evnluation will be through individual propm~s and written reports. For 21 1. s t u d ~ n t sthe , patterns and 1epo1.t~ will ~~equire the rnatilemftticd maturity of one who has con~plateda semester oP coll~ge mathematics at tlls calculus level. Stucknte can expeat, to spend t h e equivalentof a,tlleast half ot'each day with s computer. Prerequisite: For 1.44,Group Dl on Augr~lburgMath Placement Exam. Fur 211. completion of Calculus I with grade 2.0 (C) or better Time: I Room: S 213 IIntroduction to Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview MUS 110-46047 Instructor: Roberta Metzler Visitation of clinical facilities in the Metropolitan area to observe music thempy in practice. Objeckives of the course wiU be to become familim with a variety of client el^ (including mentally retarded, emotional1y disturbed, and phy~callyhandicappod),and t a observe how music thara,pyfunctions with difYerent populations. In addition to the field trips, c h a r w r n diacussior~swill incltlde an overview of music therapy practices and theory in this country and abroad. Evaluation will be based on tests, field trip reports, and clam participation. A special class project will be required for upper division d t . Student times must be flexible, to allow for field trips during &her the morning or afternoon. Fee: $15 Time: I1 Room: M5 Improvisation in Music MUS 129-46065 329-48088 Instructor: StephenGabrielsen The objective of this course is to learn to improvise in a variety of styles. Procedure: Assignments will be given using differing improvisational techniques. Students will perform for each other in class. Upper division students will be expected to produce additional improvisations. Prerequisite: Minimal ability on a musical instrument or instructor's permission Dishbution:Art-Music Time: II Room: M4 Memorizationfor Musicians MUS 151-48048 351-46049 Instructor:James D.Johnson Multiple approaches to memorizing music via a foolproof system. These systems are derived from the harmonic, melodic, rhythrmc, and formal analysis of the music under study For instrumentalists and vocalists. Upper division students will be expected to memorize more, perform more for the class and do more memory work away from their instruments. Prer uisite: Basic music study -3 Room: M4 NORWEGIAN LI Beginning Norwegian NOR 111-46029 Instructor:Leif Hansen The course provides an introduction to the basic skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing. The first class sessions are conducted without the use of a printed text. Later class sessions provide a thorough introduction to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but oral expression is emphasized throughout the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected. Distribution:Foreign Language Time:II Room: OM 29 4 Norwegian Conversation and Composition NOR 311-46030 Instructor: Leif Hansen intensive practice in spoken Norwe,@= with emphasis on pronmaiation and original composition. Some attention given to r e gional variation^ in spoken Norwegian a d to Werences between the two official languages of N o m y Labora,Lorywork and f i ~ l r l experience required. uisite: NOR 211 or equivalent Ez?m* Room: OM 29 NURSING Trends and Issues in Nursing NUR 330-46050 Instructor: Alice Stark This course ie intmded to give &u&nts a bmad perspective by jnb-uducing current trends a d issues in health care and the pmiession of nursing. Many of the issues are oontroversid, are relevant to c m ~ o npractice t md have potential for fwreacllingeffects in h a l t h care. Students will be grzded on group prcsontations, written examinations and field trip reports. Prerequisite: Registered Nurse Time: I Room: OM 11 PHILOSOPHY What Do You Think of That? PHI250-46053 Instructor: Ken Bailey There are many puzzling issues in our lives and world which deserve some clem m d careful thought. What dlalX we thinlr m d say a b u t such contexnporary issues as Freedom of the Will, C m Cornputera Think?;and What are the Grounds of Moral Responsibility? Zn t h i course ~ we will CliRcu~sthme and other concerns that confront our age, in an attempt to understand them more clem-15 Discussions will be based upon roadin* from a wide selec1,ionof authors, some traditional (such as John Locke, Fkne Descartes, anrl William James);and some very much in the forefront of contemporary diF;cuesion (such as Ayn Rand, B.F. Skinner, Sidney Iloolc, and Jokn Roup~m). Their views are provocative, to say the least, and they will challenge you to ask,again and again, "Well, Now. What Do You Think of That?" Grades based upon mid-term examination, final examination, and discussions. Distribution: History-Philo8ophy Time:11 Room: OM 23 Angels and Devils: Their Existence and Nature PHI248-48051 346-46052 Instructor: Mark Fuehrer 736s course inquires into the ~Astance and nature of those beings that are intelligencas and trarlitiondly identified w i t l the ~ anaelic and demonic natures. W e shall investigate the evidence of such kings, su1vcy the Mary of tl~eirconcept and attempt to answer certain philosophical qvastiona abut them (sud~ as whether they arr: unitcd to material M c s of any l h d , how thny differ from each othur. m d how they a m ordered m d ranked). FurU~ern~ore we shall survey t l ~ erepresentation of such kings in m. Literature, and on the s-e. Besides a gmewl examination, students will be expected to do research on some specific topic m d report periodically on progress of this rewrt. T h e reprt will bF r e d in class and submitted as a term pqxc Final grnde will consist of exanxination, evaluation of oral progress reports. and final report. U p p r division students will have more cliff icult topics %signed and write longer wporta t h a n lower division studenf.~. uisite: One philosophy or religion course EE3 Room: MEM 323 PHYSICS Numerical Methods in Physics PHY 345-48076 Instructor:Jeff Johnson ' Throughout history physicists and in fact dl scientitsts. ha,ve endeavored In cwmprehend the physical world in all its pnerdity by formulating pbsical law^ in the concise language of rnathcmatics. However, these mathematical ecluations which describe physi- calayaterns a r o rarely solvable in nnalytictal closed form. Tlzerefore, an appreciation l'or and an und~rstandingof' approximation and nume~.lcal techniques is essentid for a prmticjng sciontist. In this course we will study 1)Numerical integration; 2) Solutions to 1st order differential equation: 3) Sch~dinger'sequation (an example of a 2nd order differential equation). The solution to Schrodinger's equation is important in physics and chemistry and therefore we will devote a substantial amount of c h s time to it. Student performance will be based on problem assignments and computer projects. Prerequisite: Math 226: Phy 245 and some programming experience or permission of instructor Time: I1 Room: S 329 Introduction to Weather PHY 106-48041 Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the science of rnotwmlogy which will prwide a working b o w l e d g ~ of the principles of ntmosphesic science. Attention will be given to four bwic weaa: obscnting the weather (including state oP the art instrumentation), unde~atmciingweather pat.terns, far~aastingwesther changes and understanding the world's climate. Relatcd topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic erC~ctsof the w~sthecand weather's jlnpmt on world events. This course iff d o s i g n d to br! an elective or ~ a t i s r y the Mathem~ttim-Physicsdistribution requirement Cor the liberal arts st,ud~mt. The course will includo daily lectures, assignments (one or two laboratory ~ e s s i o n swr week), two one-l~atrrexaminntiom and a rrsearcll project. Prei uisite: High school Disaution: Mathematics hyucs Time: 11 Room: S 212 Vbr? The Discarded Image: Our Evolving View of the Universe PHY 109-46075 Instructor:Mark HoUabaugh Men and women orbit the earth in the Space Shuttle. Geologists u x-rays from study rocks from the moon. A ~ ~ o p h p i c i s tdetect what might be black holes. These mdm,vors are a part of our world and form our modern imaga of the universe. But our image of the universe has changed, often slowly. When confronted with Ch~opernicus'assertion that the sun, not an irnmovable ~arth, was t h center ~ of the turiverse, Martin Luther quickly cited J o ~ h u who a told the sun,not the e a r t h to stand still! Beginning with the views of the Greeks, Babylonians, Hebrews and Native Americans, this interdisciplinary course will examine the impat of poople and discoveries on o w oasmological view&: Copedcus, Cblika, Kepler, Newton, the tele~~mp, Hubble, Einakin, high energy nstrophysicg,Hawking, and space travel. The class will follow a seminar format consisting of lecture and discussion. Each student will prepwe a major p a p r or project nnd present it to the class. Extensive reading, including original sources, will be required and there will be some mtl-onomicd o b servation exercises. Distribution:Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: M 24 Special Functions and Their Applications in the Physical Sciences PHY 327-46073 MAT 327-46074 Instructor:Ken Erickson Certain mathematical functions find m e throughout the physical sciencoa a d engineering dieciplinw bemuse of the high degree of s y m m e t ~ ythey can represent. This course will acquaint the student with four categories of functions md their applicntions: hgendre polynomja and spherical harmonics, Bessel functions, Fourier series m d t r m ~ f o r m sand , fullctions of a conlpl~xvmriable. The study of these special mathematical functions willbe stressed through-their application to numerous physical systems possessing the appropriate symmetry represented by each of the functions. Student performance willbe evaluated on the basis of exams, several problem assignments and a project. Prerequisite: PHY 122 (or consent of instructor)and MAT 224 or equivalent Time:I Room: S 212 POLITICAL SCIENCE The United Nations POL 166-46068 366-46069 Instructor:Manjula Shyam The course will involve detailed study of structure, purpose and functions of the United Nations; geographical,historical, cultural, political and economic background of the member states of the Security Council; selected current topics before the United Nations; and procedural rules of the Security Council. The course will lead to a six to eight hour simulation of a meeting of the Security Council. Evaluation of students in the course will be based on three short papers and on performance in the simulation. Participation in the simulationis compulsory. Upper division students will be required to submit an additional paper analyzing the political processes of the Security Council. Prerequisite: One political science course for upper division credit Distribution:Economics-PoliticalScience Time: II Room: OM 13 The Politics of International Economic Issues POL 461-46056 Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten The warall goal of the course is to understand how the international ~ y ~ t eismconceptualized differently Prom a world view emphasizing nation-state unitg. 7 3 pursue ~ this goal students wiU Yo. GUA on sclwted politid and economic questions which prvoccupy the headlines of 1985. Course objectives: 1. to explore the linkage between contemporary economic problems and political configurations in the international system, and 2. to examine the political conflicts and choices confronting world statesmen-in the changing economic environment of the mid-1980s Course content: 1. theories about the structure of international politics and economics, the debate over the meaning of interdependence in the world of the 1980s; 2. specificissues of political economy, such as the change in the distribution of economic power during the past decade, the possibility of trade wars among 'advanced industrial countries, efforts by national leaders to coordinate their domestic economic pities, and ad;justmentof ~pecificsectors, such as agriculLur~! m d finance, within a variety of countries; and 3.a simu la tioir of the w a y decision-makerscope with changes in the world economy Students will organize discussion groups for oral presentations and critiques of readings, simulate international policy-making roles, and prepare essays in a written take-homeexam. Prerequisite:Pol Sci 160 Time: II Room: M 22 PSYCHOLOGY Developmental Psychology:Adolescent and Young Adult PSY 352-46096 Instructor:Duane E. Johnson Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult periods of life. This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of student participation. Procedures will include class discussion, short papers and oral reports, and at least two tests. Most of the testing willrequire written responses. Prerequisite:General Psychology Time:I Room: OM 16 Introduction to the World of Psychology PSY 121-46081 Instructor:Paul Hirdrnan Psychology is more than rats! It is a world of great breadth, with differing levels of depth. her^ you will h ~ v the e opportunity to explore some of the coricepts, data and methods of psychology and gain some understenclingand insights from this discipline. %ading-s, I&ms, and swcid premntations w i l l ha 3aitilized involving tlie instructor, class rnembws, nnd outaide speakers. Evaluation wi 11 involve chas participation, sbudent research presentations, and exams. Students may not receive credit for this course and also for PSY 105(GeneralPsych). Distribution:Psychology-Sociology Time: I Room: P 4 RELIGION IChristianity in Modern Africa REL 366-46058 Instructor:Bradley Holt This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the South. Students wiU be introduced to traditional African culture and religion, the introduction of Christianit~and the present development of indigenous cklurches in West Africa. The newer "Independent African Churches" will be studied, as well as attempts to formulate "African Christian Theology.'' A major section of the course will focus on contemporary responses of churches in South Africa to the apartheid ~ystem of racial segregation.Them will be lectures and discussion of reaiding materials. films, nnd visiting resource persons. Students will be ~valuntedon several short tests and a short research paper. Pre uisite One course jll ndiglon Disaution: Religion (Only one interim uourm may be used toward graduationreligion requirements) Time: 11 Room: OM 18 The Lutheran Heritage REL 345-46057 Instructor: Gene Skibbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will examine the present form and work of this church, its origin as a special fellowship in the 16th century, and its development and cultural influence through 450 years of its history The text by Bergendoff will provide an overview. Basic Lutheran confessional writings will be read. Lecture and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, missions, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements willinclude two exams and one short report or paper. A text costing approximately $11 must be purchased in class on the third day UiSf~ORecou~sehrelEgfon ""% Mstrj ution: M W o n (Qnly one In* ward graduation religion requirements) course m a y be used to- Time: I Room: OM 18 Archaeology and the Bible REL 215-46101 Instructor:Philip Quanbeck Discussion of archaeological method, problems in biblical archaeology, and review of some current findings. Each student will investigate one archaeological site, write a paper on that topic and make a presentation to the class. Grade evaluation will be based on class participation and the project. Prerequisite: A mume Inreligion Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim mume may be used toward graduation mligion requirements) Time: I Room: M 22 RUSSIAN Giants of 19th-CenturyRussian Literature RUS 210-46082 RUS 410-46083 Instructor:James E. Brown This course will acquaint the student with outstanding Russian writers of the 19th-century.Works to be read include three short novels (Pushkin,"The Captain's Daughter"; Lermontov, "A Hero of Our Time"; Turgenev, "Fathers and Sons"), two longer novels (Dostoevsky, "Crime and Punishment"; Tolstoy, "Anna Karenina"), and short stories by Chekhov and Tolstoy Students are expected to read all the assigned works and participate in class discussions. Lower division students must write three papers 3-5pages in length. Upper division students must write three papers 5-7pages in length. There will be a final essay take-home examination. Grades will be based on class participation, papers and the final examination. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor for upper division registration Distribution:English-Speech Time: I1 Room: OM 21 SOCIAL WORK Exploring Human Services S W K 257-46059 Instructor:Mary Lou Williams This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working in a professional human service organization or agency; working and talking with human service professionals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This course offers a "hands on," experiential approach to learning. Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3 hours per week during which agency experiences will be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in the agency, written subjective summary,brief journal summary, and final exam. Time: I Room: 6-12 Field Work I11 S W K 466-46060(1 course) 466-46061(% course) Instructor:Maria Brown The objectives of the class are to use supen&ory relationship to increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personaUprofessional development; to promote competence in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages. Course content will be continuation of Field Work II-educationally focused field placement in a social service agency Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. NOTE:Course is offered for half (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of the credit will be based on non-clientcontact tasks. Time: To be arranged SOCIQLOGY Introduction to Cultural Anthropology SOC241-46098 Instructor:Jerry Gerasimo The concept of culture is examined anthropologidy and in the wny we see and live in tha world. Wa will a y z e the basic assumptions underlying tho i d a s of "primitive," "civilized,"and "pmgr~ss." and selected aspects of Westem Culture. Grades will be based on a midterm and a final ex-. Time: I Room: P 3 SPEECH, COMMUNICATION & THEATER II Children's Theater SPC 285-46064 Instructor:Gary Parker Class members w i l l work as an ensembla ta create and p d u r m a play for children, Development of the play will empilasize techniques of improvisatiuri. Students will participate both on and off stago as performers (acto~s, ~ingom,dancers, musicians), production staff (publicity and mmagelnent),and kchnicd stnfP (Irigl~ts, scenc:ry, wstumea, and props).Public performturces will be ~ c : h ~ d ulcd during tllc final week of class. G k W g will b~ based on the mmmitment m d efi'wtiveness of work on Ihe production, and a written notelnmlr of' daily mtivities and reactions. No I,henter-E rience is necessary Time: 9:30-12:00,1:00-3:00 Room: Stage T w o E Writing the Creative Article SPC 268-46062 368-46063 Instructor:Ray Anderson The amative article is written out of the wribr's life expmienw. The types to be streeaed in this co~wscme: prsonal experience, whimsid essay. original humor, and inspdtion. Four creative mtioles wnstitute the major projects. Students will. read in thrw areas-the creative article.creativity. and humor. Evaluation wiU be based primarily on the cxratfve projects and sncondarily on examinations a d general participation. An effort will be made to p~aduccquality material that can be submitted for publication. A higher quality of writing will be expected of upper division students. Time:II Room: OM 27 W Advanced Acting SPC 432-46106 Instructor: Julie Bolton In this course we will explore chmcter development through scene work based on pkys from the &rent periods of dramatic litFrature. T i l e ins1,ructor will willmh students as 1hey prepare ~ u c t i tion pieces and soancs horn Shalrespeare, Moliere, Chekhov, Shaw, Plinter and Becket among other's. We will prepare professional resumes, learn auditioning tmI1niques and discuss the slmngths and drawbacks of the Uleatcr unions. Each student will prepare an audition. Evduation will be based on a mid-interim exam, the scenes, and the final audition. This class is only ofrered periodiuaqy so don't mies tlle opportunity! Prerequisite:Beginning Acting SPC 232 or Creative Dramatics SPC 116 Time: I Room: Stage 11 Television News Production SPC 344-46072 Instructor: Mark Ambroze This wiU be a basic m m e in television nows production taught on location. Studenta will get practical experience in interviewing, shooting,writing,editing and pmduaing the n w s . Grades will be based primarily on how well these tasks are performed and on the quality of material produced. Students will work in a newsroom setting, not 5 television studio. Students should have some previous 'IT courseworlr. Check with Ray Anderson in the speech department for further information. The course will be taught at W S A - T V in Golden Valley The instructors will be professionals a t the station. There will be occasional afternoon sessions in addition to the morning classes. Time: I Room: W S A , Golden Valley OTHER COURSES These courses are offered by institutions or groups not aonnected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most carry a tuition cost plus other e x penses which are the responsibility or the atudent. They a1.a offered only on a PIN basis. Fuller descript,ions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. Outward Bound HPE 212-46011 Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for white water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the Decerniwr 27 through January 17 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,050 (the Outward Bound organization says scholarships are available). Washington Interims Women as Leaders: Preparing Early for Jobs at the Top POL 398-46084 The President and Congress: An Inside View of Policymaking POL 398-46085 These Interims begin December 29 and continue until January 17. InPormatiorr on either of the nbova programs, housing and Pinancid assistance i s available from Dr. Mildn Redblom in Memorial 117A. Basic Spinning,Weaving and Dyeing ART 163-46040 Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost approximately $185. Augsburg Lifetime Sports T h e following activitiem are available to student^ during Intcrkm and students may register for one of these as well aa for a rsgul~roourse. These activities do not carry oPrioial credit. but they d o meet the liFetimc aport8 rcquir'em~ntfar gradllation. Students may pmticipaie in any one of those without 1-egist,ering for the cnurse, but twill be expected to pay m y fees wfialher or lot the student registers for the course. Alpine Skiing HPE 002-46089 Instruction at beginner, intermediate and advanced levels at Welch Ski Village, Monday and Wednesday evenings at 6:30for six sessions. A fee of $42.00 for instruction and lift tickets. Rental ski equipment available. Transportation from the student center will probably be available. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 6:30 p.m. M,W American Karate HPE 002-46086 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum The Form, baslic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taug11t by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 12:00-1:00M,W,F Room: Melby Badminton Racquetball HPE 001-46087 Instructor: David Boots Distribution: Lifetime Sports T i e : 1:00-2:00 p.m. Room: Melby HPE 002-46088 Instructor: David Boots Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 9:30-10:30 a.m. Room: Melby Running Weight Training HPE 002-46091 Instructor: Paul Grauer Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 1 2Noon Room: Melby HPE 002-46090 Instructor: Paul Grauer Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: I Room: Melby UMAIE Augsburg is pnrt of a consortium called UMAIE. Upper Midwest A ~ s o c i o l i o nTor Intercultural Education, wlzich offers overseas learning cxpricnws during the Interim. F~utherinf'arrn~tienatsotst the following courses can be obtained from Mary Kingslag in the International Fentar, Old Main 20, or I'mm the Interim Ofrice. Eegietrat,ion for these Interims ends October 25,1985. These courses are offered on FfNP b m i only. ~ A m e r i c m Writern in Europe Ancient Greece: Its Art,,Religion, and Theatre CI Art and Architecture in Ellgland and Frnnce ll Biology and Natural I-listory d the Hawaiian Islands n Rradl: Amxzon, Energy and IUcvelopmenL H The C:tpitals of Eastern Europe n China: The Midwest Connection n Cornparntive Business Studies in a European Environment f7 1Sissiden t s and Plttrlots: A Literary Tour of Britain n Englilish School and Family n France Today:S0ciet.y and Culture n German Language and Culture: Munich. Salzburg & Vienna n Hawaii: A Cultural. History f l Health Care in Europe H IsLmda of the Mediterranean n Ittdy: Galileo and the Church !l Journalism and Mass Media in England and Scotland Legal London London,P:wis. Amsterdam: The L e g ~ oyf Wealth and Power "Mttde in di~paa:"Japanese Businese m d Culture Fkligion in Xsrnel and Egypt Science in itn CttZturrrl Context: A European Survey Soviet U'nian: Culture and History Spain, A Country in Transition The Spirit of Ireland Theatre inF2ngl:lnnd 'Two T!~onsandYears in M e r NOTES
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1985
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: ............. 2 Essential Information ................ 3 Options ........................... 3 Courses ........................ 5-24 Introduction & Calendar A R T . . . BIO . . . BUS.. . C H M . . . ECO . . . EDE . . . EDS . . . ENG . . . FRE . . . GER.. . SPA.. . G S T . . . HPE . . . HIS...
Show more ............. 2 Essential Information ................ 3 Options ........................... 3 Courses ........................ 5-24 Introduction & Calendar A R T . . . BIO . . . BUS.. . C H M . . . ECO . . . EDE . . . EDS . . . ENG . . . FRE . . . GER.. . SPA.. . G S T . . . HPE . . . HIS . . . I N S . . . M A T . . . MUS . . . N U R . . . P H Y . . . P O L . . . PSY.. . REL.. . SOC . . . SWK . . . SPC . . . Lifetime Sports 1985 Interim Catalog AUGSBURC COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota Augsburg College lnterim The interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as thcy would for a four course load during Fall and Spring semesters. january 1985 S M T W T F S Calendar for Full Credit Courses ..................................................................................Interim Registration ............................................................................Late Interim Registration .......................................................................................... First Day of Interim November 5-9 December 10 January 3 Class 1 9:00 a.m. Class 11 1:00 p.m. Last day for cancel/add Last day for determining grading system with Registrar Last day for withdrawing from full courses Interim ends ................................................................................... .............................. ................................................... .................................................................................................... fanuary 4 January 17 January 21 January 30 Calendar for Half Credit Courses ..................... . .............................. First group of half credit courses begins January 3 January4 January 9 January 11 January 16 Ianr~ary17 January 1R ...............................,..................... last rlay to cancel/add half crcdit courses ........................ b a t day d~tetmininggrad in^, systcm lor half credit courses .................... . .........-.. Last day for withrlrawing from half cretlit roursm ....................................................... First group of half crcdit courses encis .................................................. Second group of half credit courses bcgins ..................................,............. Last clay to cancel/add half credit cour~es janunry 23 ................ Last day for determining grading system for hatf credit courses January 25 ...................................... Last day for witlrdrawing from half crcdit courses Iant~ary30 .................... ........ . . . .........*....................................... lnfcrim ends The interim day is divided into two blocks of time: I - 8:00 - 12:OO Noon 11 - 1:00 - 5:00 p.m. The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. POSTMASTER Volume 115, Number 4 Winter 1984 612/300-1001 AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Essential Information One course is considered a full time load during interim and no student is permitted to register for more than one course credit during the period. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course. Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one interim for graduation.) This Catalog This catalog lists courses by departments with departments listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the lnterim office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed on the last page. Location Key L-Library Building M-Music Hall OM-Old Main P-Psychology Building S-Science Hall Options lnternational Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the three overseas interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1985. These interims are under the following departments: Health-Sailing in the Virgin Islands German-The Rhine Frontier Religion-The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions i n Hawaii Augsburg students are also eligible for participation in one of the 24 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for lnternational Education (UMAIE) as well as travel interims offered by other 4-1 -4 schools in the country. Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available in the lnterim Office and from Mary Kingsley in the lnternational Center, Old Main 20. Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply in the lnternational Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be made after that date. There will be no June interim in 1985. Internships - Students electing an internship must present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 20. Contract forms are available in the same office. Independen! or Directed Study - Students may elect a projirnrn of independent study (upper rlivision 4 W )o x d i r r r t ~ rstudy l (lower division 299) fnr inlerim. I:acitlIy n~embers or arp strongly discouraged from accepting responsibillty (or mnre than onp indf*p~ndent direct~dstudy per int~rim.Sludents choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: A. Meet departmental requirements, B, Present to the lnterini Direclor for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by he supervising fac~~lty memher. This proposal must be submitted at least one week and nnt later ihan December 4. Appropriate study proposal forms before re~isiralior~ can be obtained in the lnterim Office. Interims at Other Schmtg - Airgburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 Institution whiclt offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can bc rnrrsulted in thr Interim O f f ~ c The . Interlm Secretary wlll hell) stutients in applyinfi for registration at other schools. Registralinn (or inrerims at !he other Twin Cities c o l l ~ ~ e will s b r donr at Augsl~urgduring the regi~tarregistration period. Most courses tnughl rii~rlng!he ~nlrrim.I! otlirr 4-1-4 srlronls arc accepl~rltor credil by Augsburg, I>ut may not necessarily be acparticlrlarly afcepted as meeting At~gsburg'sdislrihutioti rcquirernents. This q~~allftcation (ects courses offered Inr the R~ligionreqi~iremenl. Non-Augsburg Students Augsbr~rgCc~llcgvwdcornes stutlenls From other 4-1-4 schods for the january interim witho~rthairinn charges provided lhp slurtent's home institl~tionap,rees not to charge tu~tinn to Augsburp, slurlcnts for the January lcrrn. The waiver nf cuition dow nnl include sppcial fees, Iloi15ingor board cosls. Olller sti~dentswlll be charged $775 far the Interim course. Students interester1 In regiswring for an Augsburg lnterim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use t h forms ~ provided by the interim rlffice af their own schoot. Therc is an application processing fee of $10. Thew sturl~ntrare welcomr! to stay on campus but are no[ required to tlo so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the lnterim Office. Augsburg Policy It is the policy of hugsburgCollege not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amentlments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Need More Help? Check with: The lnterim Office (Memorial 230). The lnterim Secretary, Ruth Maertens at 330-1025, or The Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192. Courses Art Interim '85: Washington D.C. and New York ART 1 14-4501, 245-4502 Instructor: Philip Thompson This course will provide students with the opportunity to visit major museums of art in Washington D.C. and New York (including the National Gallery of Art, National Portrait Gallery, Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden, Freer Gallery of Oriental Art, Guggenheim Museum, Whitney Museum of American Art and others). There will also be visits in New York to the studios of emerging artists. Participants will be traveling from January 7 through 18. Days preceding the trip will be spent in preparatory lectures and visits to Twin Cities museums. The days after the trip will focus on comparative lectures and provide individuals with an opportunity to complete personal projects or assignments. Students may opt to take this course as a drawing course, as an art history course or as a directed or independent study for either lower or upper division credit. The tour price will be approximately $995 and will include transportation, housing, most meals and tours. Distribution: Art-Music Time: I............ Room: O M 17 The Biology of Aging B I O 185-4504 Instructor: Robert Herforth At some time or another in our lives most of us will either directly experience aging or be influenced by people undergoing age-related changes. This course will concentrate on the biological aspects of such changes. What is the nature of these age-related changes?What factors influence the rate of aging? Do cells isolated from the body show aging? Is aging the result of deterioration of certain cells or tissues of the body? What are the current theories as to the biological basis of aging? Is aging controlled by a biological clock?These and other questions will be addressed in this course by means of classroom lectures and discussions of assigned readings. Evaluation will be based on several quizzes and exams given during the course. The idl log^ of ~~ricul'ture B I O 234-4505 Instructor: Roberta Lammers We will be taking a critical look at agriculture from the perspective of biology. What is the relationship of hunger and starvation to agricultural practices - is agriculture producing too little food for the world's population? What kinds of environmental effects have resulted from attempts to increase production in the U.S. and in the third world? What is the nature of hunger and malnutrition? What effect will biotechnology (genetic engineering, cloning, etc.) have on agriculture and agricultural production? Class periods will be a combination of lecture and discussion. Evaluation will be based on one test, class participation and a log of readings. Time: I .............. Room: S 31 9 Immunology BIO 386-4506 Instructor: Neal Thorpe A study of the immune system, emphasizingantibody structure and function, cell-mediated immunity, the development of the immune system, immunopathology, molecular recognition at cell surfaces as related to immune phenomena, and cancer biology and immunology. lmmunological and serological techniques will be considered and demonstrated. Lectures and discussions with grades based on examinations. Prerequisites: BIO 111, 112 Time: II Room: S 205 ............. Augsburg Goes to Business BUS 321 -4507 Instructor: Thomas Morgan This course is designed to provide students with exposure to a wide range of business functions through on-site visits to a variety of organizations in the Twin Cities, both large and small, private and public. The experiences will be oriented toward integrating what students have been exposed to in the classroom with practical issues which they will encounter on the job. Students will visit an average of three different situations each week and meet one day each week for discussion and lecture material. Evaluations will be based upon participation and a formal business plan which students prepare and present. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor Time: I ............ Room: O M 11 r Chemistr for Changing Times CHM 100 - 4 08 Instructor: Arlin Gyberg This is a non-laboratorychemistry course based on the very popular book by John H. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Basic science and math are introduced early and are taught as needed for understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living. Chemistry has been intlmately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientlsts were coilsidered to be philosophers and their societies were phitosaphical societies. In recent decades [he human seeking of p e ~ a n a independence l lias led lo chemistry becornlng a pntt of everyday life to Ihe point nf aclual depenrlence on chemislry, We live in a world of pe~ticidps,fertilizers, plastics, "the pill," foot! additives ant1 pracessed lootl5, vitamin supplements. the energy crisis, chemical deper~dcncy,biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching lor life an other planets, genetic ~nanipt~lation, and it goes on and on. Ernottons and mental disorders can often be tracctl to chemical imbalan~e.The common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an allernoon nap is a resul! of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a liangover is the result of a complex system ol' altered body chemistry. Even learn~ng appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory mo!~cule."Most of t h ~ problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to ~~nderstand ourselves, our society, our world, and our tinlverse? Come join us as we take a rnolrcular look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussiun format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Quizzes and tests will be used for evaluation. This course does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106, 116 or 223. Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Time: I.............. Room: S 315 Understanding International Trade and Finance ECO 360-4509 Instructor: Ed Sabella This will be a study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations. We will consider the development and bases of international trade, the balance of payments, the mechanics of adjustment and general commercial policies. Grading will be on the basis of examinations and possible other written assignments. Prerequisites: ECO 122 and 123 or permission of instructor Time: II..............Room: M 22 Elements of Mathematical Economics ECO 353-4510 Instructor: Satya Gupta In Business and Economics, development of analytical skills is imperative. This course will be designed to help attain this goal. Economics will be explained using mathematics as a tool. Examples from Finance, Management, and Marketing will also be solved. Evaluation will be through tests and assignments. Prerequisites: ECO 123 Time: II........... Room: O M 23 Teacher Education with New Boundaries EDE-413-4519, EDS 41 3-4520 Instructor: Lauretta Pelton This course will give the student the opportunity to expand his/her knowledge about teacher education and the schools in a chosen geographic area beyond Minnesota. The student is encouraged to do the greater share of research at the chosen location. This will include a specified number of days/hours to be spent in a school. This research will also help the student identify courses s/he can take to fulfill requirements of that locale, and to better prepare for that setting should s/he choose to live there. The student will research: 1. the professional and licensure requirements of the chosen state or country, its job market, salary scale and level of living. 2. the expectations in the school curriculum as identified by local and extended educational governing powers. 3. various education concerns such as teacher unions, cultural make-up of the schools along with related implications, testing-grading-promoting, etc. Should a student prefer to remain in Minnesota for a specialized study related to curriculum or school systems, that student will select an area of the elementary curriculum for intensive study as it is developed and implemented at all grade levels in a specific school district. The student will acquaint him/herself with: 1) the school's curriculum guide and resources for that subject area and 2) appropriate resources found outside that school system. As a result of this research the student will develop and complete one or more education projects which will be used in future teaching. All activities related to the project will be submitted in completed form. Because much of the course will follow the format of an independent study, each student will contact the instructor prior to December 15, to make known in writing the location of choice, specific objectives, strategies and evaluative procedures for him/her to fullfill the requirements of the course. Prerequisites: ED 255 or permission of instructor Time: I .................. Room: L 6 m Student Teaching EDS 481 - 451 1 EDS482-4512 EDS 483 - 4513 EDS 484 - 4514 EDE 481 - 451 5 EDE482-4516 EDE 483 - 451 7 EDE 484 - 4518 Instructor: Sheldon Fardig Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Prerequisities: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. Grading P/N only Time: I .................. Room: L 4 The Short Story ENG 240-4521, 340-4522 Instructor: Richard Sargent We will read a variety of short stories for pleasure and understanding. The selected stories will include the major genres, such as the science fiction of Ray Bradbury and Arthur C. Clarke, the detective fiction of Arthur Conan Doyle, the humor of Mark Twain, and the experimental fiction of John Barth and Jorge Luis Borges. Women such as Doris Lessing and Joyce Carol Oates and blacks such as Richard Wright and James Baldwin will be among the authors studied, as will writers from a variety of nationalities. Although the course will not involve a systemafic analysis of the llistory of the form of the short story, a sufficient number of classics will be assigned for the student to appreciate the historical development from Poe to Paley. The course will involve practice in ways of approaching litenlure ant1 will Include study of the l)as~ccr~tical(erminology, so it would be an appropriate coursc for st~ldentswho have no1 yet studied literature at the college level. Students are expected to read the stories, participate in class discussions, write a paper on a topic selected with the advice of the teacher, and take several tests and a final essay exam. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but students will be expected to write with clarity. Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Time: I ............... Room: M 23 Creative Writing Workshop: The Prose Poem ENG 362-4523 Instructor: John Mitchell Three students from each of the five colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities will be chasen, on the basis of portfolios submitted to their respective English departmrnts, for pattiripation In this w ~ r k ~ h oThe p . conlent of the course will emphasize the participants' own crearrve work during the Inrerim, including d~scussionant1 critictsm. In additton, there will besome study nf the tradition of thc prose poem internationally, Altllough thc emphnsiq will FII upon the prose poem, students may use Ihe form as an originaling basis for poems and short stories. Thus wrilers of both prose and poptry are invited to participatr. Grstllng will be basetl upon cornpletlon and revision nf poems during the course, with some conslclemtion given to class participation. Students are encouraged l o take the coirrse for P/N credit. Interested Augsburg students should contact John Mitchell of the English Department and submit selected examples of their writing to him by 11/I184. Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor Time: II........... Room: O M 13 Beginning French I FRE 11 1-4524 Instructor: Ruth Askov This course will provide an ;tnrroduc!ion tn the French language and culture. We will practice situational Frrnch to develop lisfening anrl speaking skills, rernforced by some reading and writing o l the languaae. Tlip pmnunt:iattonsystem and basic sentvnc~structures at a rudini~ntnrylevel. are taught to enallle ~~ndcrslanrl~ng and sr3l.l-~xpr~s~ion Evaluation will be through group cultural study and individual projects on a cultural topic. There w ~ l be l oral and written quizzes and daily 30-minute laboratory assignments. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: II........... Room: O M 25 January 3-27, 1985 The Rhine Frontier: Germany Meets Rome and France GER 333-4525 w d D zkh Instructor: Donald Steinmetz J-LveQ. LO"-&Since Roman times, the fandsalongil~eRhine have been one of the most significant frontier areas of Europe. Here German ant1 Roman ct~lturt~s clashed and mixed. Here modern Germany and France have their r m l s i r ~tlir rrnplre of Charlemagne. Here romanesque and gothic architecture I l n u r i s l ~ ~ind the Middle Ages. tlcre Germans and French fought in three recent wars. It i 5 s~ichpvenls w l ~ i c llij i t v ~<11;1p~rl ! l~fe and left so many monuments between the Rhine and the Meuse. The student will study and "relive" the h~storyof this area on location, from the Roman monuments of Trier and Cologne, Charlemagne's Aachen, to the battlefields of World Wars I and II and the dynamic society of present-day Germany. The course will be conducted primarily in Trier, Germany, with excursions to nearby sites. Tr~eris ideal for this purpose. Perhaps the oldest city in Germany, Trier is rich in monuments dating from Roman times to the present, and Important historical sites of five countries are less than 100 miles away. Lectures, discussions, and readings will be principally in German according to the student's entering level of competence. P/N only. Grading will be based on oral exams and diary to be kept in German. Prerequisities: German 112 or equivalent Cost: $1690 Distribution: Foreign Language - Beginning Spanish II SPA 112-4526 Instructor: Gunta Rozentals This course is intended for students who have completed Spanish 111 or its equivalent. It is an intensive study of the basic grammar structures beyond the present and the past tenses to enable the student to use the four basic language skills at a level that is acceptable for the fulfillment of the language requirement. The objectives are achieved through classroom practice, homework, and language laboratory exercises. Grading is based on tests, exams, homework and classroom participation involving oral skills. Prerequisites: Spanish 111 or equivalent Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I ............ Room: O M 25 a ? How to Ace a Term Paper by Really Trying GST 165-4527 Instructor: Myles Stenshoel edit s Participants will engagein rewrite and gkwntea paper/on which they originally received s are s . . grades of C or less. The goal/is (1) to improve the paper/to the 7 level an ~lif-ithadL,,,I and (2) to develop, in the process, competency excellent in writing/gaad papers. Students will work with I such issues as bibliographical adequacy, documentation, L U uC c and originality, organization, clarity, literary quality,/validity of logic and conclusions. Technical trivia, such as typography, spelling and punctuation, will be part of the regimen. G The course will require joint activity as well as individual work. The grades will be based degree of (of?) on the/improvement m / t h e paper and on the development of writing and editing skills. Prerequisities: By permission of instructor after a sufficiently bad term paper has been submitted to him Time: I............ Room: O M 22 Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 232 - 4528 Instructor: Bethany Shifflett Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a 1/2 credit course. Time: I - Jan 3-16 ................. Room: Melby Administration and Supervision .of the School Health Program HPE 410 - 4529 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activites, including a presentation on a teaching method. Prerequisites: HPE 320 Time: I Room: Melby 13 ......................... + January 5-24, 1985 Sailing in the Virgin Islands HPE 455-4530 Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 42' fixed keel sailboat with six or seven other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This will be supplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain." A daily ships log will be kept by all participants and a final written exam will be given. Cost: $21 00 Distribution: Lifetime Sports Coaching of Basketball HPE 477-4531 Instructor: David Boots Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. Exams, on-the-floor coaching techniques, and a scouting report will be the methods of evaluation. This is a 112 credit course. Time: I - January 17-30 ................ Room: Melby Officiating of Basketball HPE 481 -4532 Instructor: Al Kloppen This course wlll focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of basketball. There will b~ practjcal experience on thc floor. Students completing the course should be ready for certification by lie Minnesola High Schoul Association. Grade evaluation will be based upon tesfs,papers prepared and performance on Ihe Iloor. Whilr l l ~ e r are e no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that students have some basketl,all playing experience. This is a 1/2 credit course. Time: II, January 3-16 ,.................. Room: Melby Paris in the Nineteenth Century HIS 114 - 4536 Instructor: Orloue Gisselquist The French are sometimes accused of thinking of Paris as the "navel of the universe." There's a bit of "sour grapes" caricature in that clever statement. For if one could pick out ;I cily w t ~ i c hin the Ii~s!thousanrl years has heen mnre important to Western Civilization than any other, olie could make a gord case ior Paris. In this course we will study fhe history of !flat city In a n p periorl n( i t s grcatne55, [he ni~ieleenthcentury. We will usc?some rearlinsi.; almul France, Park, ant! Modern itrl.ianism, lnrt n main ~mpllasisin our reading ant1 approach to the sulrriect wlll ke thr usp nf some nineteen1h centirry IYrrnr:hnovcls as lils1orir:;11snurres k ~ lhp r str~dvof Paris. We will tlius have Ilie opporlunify to study the city of Paris in this century in some fullness, read some great literature, and develop our talents in the use of historical material. As a bonus we will double (maybe quadruple!) our enjoyment of a future trip to Paris. The course will be conducted in part as a lecture course and in part as a seminar (discussion of readings, short papers, and shared reports- all part of the evaluation). There will be a final exam. Distribution: History-Philosophy; Urban Concerns Time: II................Room: P 3 20th Century South Asia HIS 162-4537 Instructor: Don Gustafson This geographic area has produced the largest working democracy in the world today; from this people have come one of our century's greatest "saints" and also one of the most renowned statesmen; it is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. South Asia is all this- and much more. This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in nonwestern subjects-though others are also welcome. The heart of the course will be in a wide assortment of readings (some of them really excellent) but there will also be lectures, time for discussion and frequent breaks for slide presentations. Grades will be based on general level of participation, on some written work and probably a test. Distribution: History-Philosophy Time: I ................Room: O M 16 Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality HIS 220-4534, 320-4535 Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen An investigation of !he rationalc for the in~migrationpattern, economic opportunities, and social, pnli tical and ~ c a r ~ o r nprot)lems ir ~ncounlcredby h e following ilnrni~rants.Cliinesc, Japanrse ancl Koreans in the Unitc~rlStates. Focus on thew Ihrre ~ t h n i groups r will Involve boil^ the "old" immigrants and the "new" ~~lnnii~mnts. Course w ~ lutilize l ethnir. sprakt~rs (Cllin~se,Iapanes~anrl Koreans) In a home env~ronmenl-rlrf~~tr~iorr format. Tticre wilt he pthnic medls, r!thnic rooking d~rno~~stratinns, films, slides and f ~ ~trips-all l d these arp important components of the course as IS the academ~ccomponent of read~ngs,etc. Focus is on the experiences of these ethnic groups in Hawaii, California and Minnesota. Upper division students will do a paper and a journal, lower division will do a journal. There will be an exam on the text and readings. Fees: $1 5 for meals and films etc. Prerequisites: Lower Division, None Upper Division, sophomore standing and consent of instructor Distribution: History and Philosophy Time: I ................Room: L 1 Introduction to Oral History HIS 481-4538 Instructor: Rrchard Nelson This course will investigate the methods and approaches involved in writing history from oral sources. Students will read and discuss material on the natwe of on1 hrstory during .the first week af the course. The remainder of the twm wIII be reserved for ldentlfication of and research on a topic which wlll include the techniquesof oral history. A paper based on this m a r c h wlll be due an the lad day of the lerrn. Prerequisrtes: Permrssron of the rnstructor Trme: II................Room: O M 10 The Philosophy of Healing INS 141-4547, 341 -4548 J .+ 522 Instructor: Pam Weiss-Farnan and Mark Fuehrer Since a human being is a besouled body, wholeness must involve bath the mind and the body. Further, since the mlnd Is the prlnclpal directed !orce In human Mngs, wholeness Is directed by rhtt mind. Dlseese in a person can therefore be approached as a phenomenon that requires rhe respo,nse hat just of the whole v a n but under the dlrectfan of the mind, the human being can strive to cooperate with natum In the process of healing either diseases of the mind or the body. Westem and Eastern philasophles ask (he question, "How can one heal~oneself?'' and have evolved some startling a n w e k about prwpectlve, attitude, and knowledge of disease. In western healing, we now ask how our technaloglcal apptoach can be merged with personal healing. Shew concepts fall into a pattern, that when analyzed, reveals a power ode has over one's health. I0 this coutw there dl be readings and lectures coverin8 philmopHcal views of beallng, western and nonwestern approsches to disease and healin and an opportunity to team about a d Investipte further variovr heating praflfcasand t&enpirs such as acupuncture, biofedbqck , homeopathy, massage and so on. Course grades wrll be determrned largely from a paper Upper drvrsron students wrll be expected to produce a longer and more sophrstrcated paper than those tak~ngthe course for lower drvisron credlt. Time: II................Room: O M 16 Brush Up MAT 103-4539 Instructor: Bev Durkee This dome & deifgnedai a bruslr ry, lh arithmetic and elementaryal a h skills for students scoring lon the Mathemattcs Placementexamination. ~ h ci,u& & vdbe pmkuia'dh WI forrmdme m elementarycdvatlon or who will be tahng it.Hniaa p n d r m a w of the work will be dofie err the computer, There w#l be d1agnosj.I~tesb to detwmine study mh homework assignment5 to gain skills, and written problem wl\rfr(gtests to deteMlhe achievement. Grades wltl be d~temiinedby test scores. Coufie of Budy Fs completely rndividuallzed. Prerequ~sites:Mathematics Placement Examination score I. Time: I ................Room: S 112 Mathematical Modeling M A T 132-4069 Instructor: Paul Hulse This course will focus on the development of mathematical models to describe and study selected problems in the "real world." The course will emphasize the use of analytical methods of mathematics to study these problems. Prerequisites: Basic algebra and geometry Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I ................Room: S 2 13 An Exposure of Chaos in Modern Cosmic Models M A T 136-4540, 336-4541 - Instructor: Henrv Follinastad An exploralion of malh-related ideas and Space-Age research which critically re-evaluates present "scientific dagmas" un the universe and the smaller cosmic models of earth, life, and mnnkinrl. New Spacp-Age data, much of it ignored or misinterpreted, is uncovered to show inadequacies and contradictions in cosmology, relativity, macroevolution, and their links to geology, biology, and the humanities. Space-Age alternatives are also presented to integrate the flood of news media with past knowledge. Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which have elevated some "scientific speculation" into "scientific fact." A written research paper is required in one of six major areas discussed. Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will present extensive oral summaries of their papers. Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I ................Room: O M 23 FORTRAN M A T 270-4567 Instructor: Leo Lake A study of the FORTRAN programming language to expand the student's knowledge of languages. This course is especially vital to computer students who will work with the scientific community where FORTRAN is a well entrenched language. The course will involve daily lectures, extensive programming on the PDP 11 and a programming project on which grading will be based. Prerequisites: One course with a study of a computer language (e.g. MAT 145, 170, or 175 or BUS 250) Time: II................Room: S 112 Special Functions and Their Applications in the Physical Scien~ces M A T 327-4542 Instructor: Mark Engebretson (See description under Physics) Introduction to Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview MUS 1 10-4543 Instructor: Roberta Metzler Visitafton of clinfcal facilities in the Metrnpolltan area to &serve nruslc therapy in pracflce. Obieciives o l the couKe will be to become familiar with a variety of clientele (including mentally retarried, emolinnalty disturbed, and ph!tsicalfy handicapped), and to ut)serve how music therapy functions with rlitterenl popula~ions.In adclitiun to lie (ield trips, classroom discussions will include an nvervlcw of music therapy practices and Iheory in Ihis coirntry ant! abroad. Evaluation will be based on tests, field trip reports, and clas5 participation. h sper~alfee of $1 5.00 will be reqir~rcd,to cover h e cost rrl Transportation. A speclal class project will be required for upper division credtl. Sti~dentllmes must be flexible, lo allow Inr Creld trlps during rither the morn in^ or alfcrnoon. Fee: $15.00 Distribution: Art - Music Time: I1................Room: M 24 Improvisation in Music MUS 129-4544, 329-4545 Instructor: Stephen Gabrielsen The objective of this course is to learn to improvise in a variety of styles. Procedure: Assignments will be given using differing improvisational techniques. Students will perform for each other in class. Upper division students will be expected to produce additional improvisations. Prerequisites: Minimal ability on a musical instrument or instructor's permission Distribution: Art-Music Time: I ................Room: M 4 Trends and Issues in Nursing NUR 330-4546 Instructor: Alice Stark This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends and issues in health care anti Ihe profession of nursing. Many of the Issues are controversial, are relevant to current practice and have po!en!ial lor br-rraching eCfecIs in health care. Students will be graded on group pr~sentalion~ and written exam~nations. Prerequisites: Registered Nurse Time: I ................Room: O M 12 el Introduction to Weather PHY 106-4568 Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas: observing the weather (including state of the art instrumentation), understanding weather patterns, forecasting weather changes and understanding the world's climate. Related topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weather's impact on world events. This course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the Mathematics-Physics distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. The course will include daily lectures, assignments (one or two laboratory sessions per week), two one-hour examinations and a research project. Prerequisites: High school algebra Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Room: S 31 5 Time: II................ 1985 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science ~ i n i m e s t e r PHY 322-4549 Instructor: Kermit E. Paulson A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on radiation detection and measurement at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1985 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity to study projects in nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation, coal technology, health physics, and radiological safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional Training program. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students. Fees: The cost for travel and housing will be approximately $300. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. Time: I ................Room: S 24 Special Functions and their Applications in the Physical Sciences PHY 327-4550 MAT 327-4542 Instructor: Mark Engebretson Certain mathematical functions find use throughout the physical sciences and engineering disciplines because of the high degree of symmetry they can represent. This course will acquaint the student with three categories of functions and their applications: Legendre polynomials and spherical harmonics, Fourier series and transforms, and functions of a complex variable. High resolution graphics using the Tektronix 4051 Graphic Computer will be used to enhance understanding of the symmetries involved. Student performance will be evaluated on the basis of several problem sets and project. Prerequisite: Physics 122 or consent of instructor; Mathematics 224 or equivalent Time: I ................Room: O M 21 The United Nations POL 166-4551, 366-4552 Instructor: Manjula Shyam The course will involve detailed study of: a) strudurp, purpose and fundions of the ~ n l ~ eNations, d b) geographical, historical, culhtrat, pr~liticalancl economic backgvound of the member states of the Sectlrily Council, C) s~lectedcurrent topics h e f n r ~the Un~tedNations. d) procerlural rutes of the Security Cotlncil. The course will lead to a six to eight hnur sirnulatlon of a meeting a l the Security Cotlncit, Evaluation of students in the cnurse will be based on three slinrt papers and on performance in I ~ Psimulation. Participation in !he simulation is ct~lnpulsory. Upper rflvisiun studrnts will be requireri to sul,mil an adtlliional paper anatyzlng the political processes o l r h Security ~ Council. Prerequtsites: Onp pollrlcat sclcnce course for upper division credil Distribution: Economics-Political Sc~ence Time: II................Room: M 23 Self-identity and Values PSY 110-4553 Inslructot: Norman Ferguson The objecfive o l this course will be to examine the concept of "sclf" nr "selCidentity" (Wha am I? What do Itlrlnk and feel about myseltl). Thth rrlalinnship betwwn sell-irlent~ty and personal values will also be explored. Though the course will li,~vemainly a psychological locus, r e l ~ r ~ n will c e be m;ltl~lo splriiual ;mi ~~I~Ilosophirat lssue~Illat relate to thc conc~ptsof selktdentity anrl values. The cuntent of tlir course will rover topics surh as: the acquisition and drv~lnplnpntrrl srtCirlen~r~y and values, rncluding fhe i n f l u ~ nof ~ rsex roles; ihc clarificaiinn of values; ttw growth anti rliitngr uf self-irlrnl~tyand vatues during aclul~hood:arbd !he relationship be'tween sel(+itlent~ty and spirilual grriwth, Class lime will be devoter[ mainly to the discussion of these issues In small groups. A n i v ~ participation tly each sturl~nlt s ~xpecretlalong with the sharlng of relevani intlivitlual experiences. Evaluation will be based on class partfcipalior?,one or Iwo short papers, and possibly one exam. This cuurw may not sut>stitute for PSY 105 lor stilrl~ntspursuing a rnnrar or minor in (~sy~lrology. Gr~rlingP/N only. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor Distribution: Psychology-Sociology Time: I ................Room: P 1 Christianity in Modern Africa REL 366-4554 Instructor: Bradley Hot! This course wltl focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the 5011th. Stude~lfswill be introduced to IrazlitionalAfrtcan cullure ant1 religion, the introduction of Christianity, and !he present dev~lopmentof indigenous cl~urchesin West Africa. The newer "Independent African Chr~rches"will be studied, as well as attempts to forrnulat~"African Christian Theology." A major sectlon of the cnurse will locus nn conZernpurary responws nichurclies in Soutl~Africa to the apartheid system of racial segregatlnn. There will he lectures and discus5ion of reading materials, films, and visiting resource persons. Students will be evaluated On several short IPS15 ant1 a short research paper. Prerequisites: One course in religion. Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be used toward graduation religion requirements) Time: II ................Room: O M 18 i W January 2-26, 1985 The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions in Hawaii REL 321 -4555 Instructor: John Benson A studv of Rudrlllism, I'rrrlestanl Christianity, Mormoni~ln,and I'olynesian rellgion wilh t o 1lietr ~nl~rrvlaticbn in Hawall. Speci~lartt*nllnn glveii t r ~the following: r p ~ c l aatlenlinn l IIIP n i e e t i n ~nf New F n ~ l ~ ~Cillvinlrm ntl and tlllwaii,ln trild~tionalculf~rrcand r e l ~ ~ nnrl ~on i t s results today: the rnPcllnK ofCl~rislianityand bull1 Chlncsc and J,~pdnese Rutirllilsm ;n I-lawsti today; ,!t~rl I l l ? rlpl)rtl;lcIi nf ~I~PCIIILIICII n l ] l i s i t Clir~st ~ oiLaltcr Day S,aints (Mr~r~nons) to 1 I i ~ P t ~ l \ v ~ e s i i lEllorts l~. will also tw made tn 51udy aliperls nf Ch~nescanrl Iqiarlcse cultures and relif!lons In the~rown r i ~ h t . Evaluation will be based on class participation and the submission of a journal. Grading: P/N only Prerequisites:one religion course (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation religion requirements) Cost: $1 745 Distribution: Religion The Lutheran Heritage REL 345-4556 Instructor: Eugene Skibbe The Lutheran Church 1s the largest Protestant church in the world. We will examine the Lutheran Church as it is today, ils origins tn the lhfh cPnrury, anti Its development and cultural influence during 450 year5 01 hislory. The texl by Brrg~ndoffwill provide an overview. Lecture and class disc~lssiol~ will den1 with examples of Lulheran wifnrss In the Gospel In art, music, missions, phl!nsol~f~y, s o c ~ o l o ~and y Ilicnbgy. Retluirrrnents will include two exams and one short paper. Prerequisites: One course in religion Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation religion requirements) Time: I ................Room: M 24 Ethnicity and Community in Urban Society SOC 261 -4560 Instructor: Gordon Nelson It has been suggested that the persistence of ethnic neighborhoods in American cities has functioned as a locus of community in urban life. Moreover, it is argued that these communities have provided stability and identity in the face of the dehumanizing tendencies in an industrialized and bureaucraticized society. This course will attempt to assess the extent to which the foregoing assertions might apply to ethnic neighborhoods in the Twin Cities. After some preliminary background sessions and readings, each member of the class will be asked, either individually or as part of a group, to explore a particular ethnic community in the Twin Cities and report back to the class. This class presentation and a final examination will be the basis of evaluation for the course. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Urban Concerns Time: I ................Room: M 22 Exploring the Human Services SWK 257-4557 Instructor: Mary Lou Willlams Thirty hours per week nt vorunteer work in a human service agency is comblned w i ~ h readings and weekly seminars. An opportunity to discovcr whetllcr e career in human services is for you. Evaluation will bp bawd on submission of jnurrlals, rurnrnary of experience ant1 a [inal examination. Siudcnls will br asketl ln merl with Inslructar before the enri of Fall semester to iliscuss selection of agency and structure uf the course. Objec!tves: 1. To develop special awareness of the kinds of problems for which people seek help. 2. To increas~knowledge of ll>eservic~sgiven by tlie agency in which student is serving, 3. To gain knowtcdge of the prnf~ssionalsin the organ~zation,including thew skills, competencies, et!ur:at~on, and [raining. 4. To gain l~cginningknowledg~abr~utthe diversity of human services agencicls. 5. To increase r~nrl~fitanding nf sell in relatlnn to [he human service tleld. Time: I ................Room: P 3 Field Work Ill SWK 466-4558 (1 course), 466-4559 (l/2 course) Instructor. Maria Brown The objectives a l the class are to use sup~rvisoryrelationship lo increase interprrtive a5 wetl as social work ~wrfnrrnancecornpctence; (n ptomotr gradual entry into direcl soclal work practice; to increase competence in !lip client contaci p h a ~ eof the problem solving process; 10 increase s~utlcntsell-awareness in regart1 In profc$%ional praclice Interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professiunal rlevelopmcnt: 10 promote competence tn the full process of problem solving, with spet:ial emphasr~c ~ nanalysis anrl r~solurionstage5. Course content will be conttnuation of Field Work I!-educationally fociised iield placement in a social service agullcy. Students will spend t 5 (ar 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation form. Note: Course is offered for 1/2 (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, 1/2 credit will be based on non-client contact tasks. Prerequisites: Minimum of 2.0 in Field Work I and in Field Work 11; candidacy status Time: Arrange with instructor Imagination and Humor in Communication SPC 165-4561, 365-4562 Instructor: Ray Anderson Imagination, creative rhinktng, and humor are importan! dimensions of communication thc lunctinns of competence. The major purposes of h i s course are to lwttpr t~t~drrsfand imaaination, the creative process, and the nature of Irurnor: to improve crealive thinking; and lo ~ncreasr:the ahrliry to procli~cee[fecl~vehumor. Thew will be lectures and readfngs on these topics, a study of niod~ls,and a variety of assignments, in writing and speaking. T h ~ r ewill be a ntrrnber of experimental project5 Involving humor; IIIP ernount o l atlel-ttiongiven in this fapic wit1 rlepenrl in part upon tlw interests of the class. Evaluation will be based on essay examinations and on the creative projects. For upper division students, one or more additional papers will be required. Prerequisites: Beginning Speech, Freshman English Time: II................Room: L 1 Story Theater (Children's Theater) SPC 285-4563 Instructor: Ailene Cole This class will improvise, produce, and perform a children's play. Whatever is neededscript, costumes, props, lights, scenery, music, dance-will be created and executed by the class. Performances are scheduled for the final week. Time: 9:30-12:OO and 1:00-3:00 p.m. ................Stage 2 Other Courses These courses are offered by Institutions or gmups not canneaed with Augsburg College but have been a p p r o v ~ dfor credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the rt?sponsihrlityofthe stud~nt.They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details fnr registering are available in the Interim Office. ART 163-4564 Basic Spinning, Weaving and Dyeing Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost $1 74. POL 398-4565 Washington Interim: After the Inauguration: Continuity or Change? POL 398-4566 Washington Interim: The Legal System and Legal Careers Washington lnterim provides a combined program of lectures, site visits, and seminar situations focusing on a particular area or topic in Washington, D.C. Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A. Augsburg Lifetime Sports The following activities are available to students during interim. They do not carry official credit, but they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may participate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay any fees whether or not the student registers for the course. Weightlifting HPE 002-4571 Instructor: Paul Grauer Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 9:20 ................Melby Running HPE 002-4572 Instructor: Paul Grauer Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 12:OO noon ................Melby
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1998
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: ..................... - 4 ..................... - 6 Visiting Students ................ 7 Calendar ........................8 About This Catalog.................9 Interim Courses .................. 10 Lifetime Sports ................... 44 UMAlE Courses.................. - 4 6 Also On ..........
Show more ..................... - 4 ..................... - 6 Visiting Students ................ 7 Calendar ........................8 About This Catalog.................9 Interim Courses .................. 10 Lifetime Sports ................... 44 UMAlE Courses.................. - 4 6 Also On ..................... 33 Other Courses ...................47 Introduction Options Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4- 1-4 calendar, with fall and spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Interim is an opportunity for intense concentration on a single course of study. Since one Interim course equals a fulltime load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a fourcourse load during fall or spring semesters. Students should be prepared for at least 40 class hours during the Interim and should anticipate the equivalent of the normal two hours of study for each class hour. Since the course length is only 3'12 weeks, attendance at every class is imperative. It is expected that students will attend every class period; however, each instructor will establish the precise attendance policy for hislher course. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a PassINo Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered for either Upper or Lower Division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and students must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for Upper Division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change and students should check with the instructor to verify the final costs. Students are required to complete at least 33 course credits for graduation. This course total must include two Interims for students who enter with fewer than 14 courses. A maximum of four Interim course credits may be counted toward the 33 course credits required for graduation. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form or consult the Registrar for the number of Interim courses required. Day school students (3.0 credits or more for fall) can take a total of 1.0 course credits. They may take two half-credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time (fall term). If less than full-time they will be charged. Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim as a cross registration but will be charged Day School tuition ($1,497) per course credit. If they do so they may take only 1.0 additional course credits in Weekend College for winter trimester. It is the policy ofAugsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Options International Interim-Students are invited to be part of one of the 25 international Interim courses offered by the Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships deadline-Friday, December 12. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental requirements and present a signed internship learning agreement plan to the Internship Office (Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of fall classes (Friday, December 12). The learning agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education'Office. Independent studylresearch or directed study-Students may elect a program of independent study (Upper Division 499) or directed study (Lower Division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements 2. Present to the Registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the directedlindependent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by December 1. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Registrar's Office. Interims at other schools-Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution that offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs can be consulted in the Registrar's Office. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4- 1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's genera1 education requirements. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges, provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $1,497 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Registrar's Office for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Residence Life Office. It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor visiting students may register for 199,299,399 or 499 courses. Interim Calendar 1998 November 17 to December 5 . ......... Interim registration First day of Interim January 5 . . ........................ Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day) Time 11-1:00 p.m. January 6 ............Last day to register or add a class or cancel a class without a notation January 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Last day for determining grading option with Registrar January 16 .........Last day for withdrawing from courses .............................. Interim ends February 2 . .....................Spring semester begins February 6 ...............Interim grades due to Registrar January 28 The time, number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time 1: 8:00 a.m. to noon (Note: on the first day, Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m.-5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January 19, at 1:OOp.m. Afternoon classes begin following the convocation. About This Catalog The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 226. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. Courses that include travel are marked with an airplane. + For More Information For more information contact Barbara Pappenfus in the Interim Office at 330- 1150. Internal & Operational Audit ACC 424-1 Instructor: Stuart Stoller Auditing through an interdisciplinary approach. Using techniques discussed in accounting, finance, management, marketing and MIS, we examine a business' internal control systems and operating efficiency. By stepping away from the traditional textbook approach we incorporate creativity and discussion. Major topics include: business valuation techniques, "just-in-time" philosophy, efficiency improvement techniques, disaster recovery planning and report writing. Students will be evaluated by classroom quizzes, a project and final examination. Prerequisiles:ACC 221 & 222, BUS 242, 252,331, ECO 113, MIS 175 & 379 GradualionSkill Requirements: Speaking, Writing Maximum Enrollment 20 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 43 Life Drawing ART 247-1 Instructor: Norm Holen A study of nude figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted with graphite pencils in various settings for varying lengths of time. Grades will be based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of $40 to be paid on the first day of class. Liberal Arts Perspective:Aesthelics Maximum Enrollment 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 17 Tribal Arts And Culture ART 290-1 Instructor: Steve Chapman The rich heritage of indigenous cultures is explored through the visual arts, particularly within the United States. Other content includes poetry, dance, mythology, ritual, religion and drama of many American Indian tribes. Students will produce various art projects in weaving, basket making, pottery, sculpture or prints. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 4 Calligraphy I & I1 ART 106-1 ART 306-1 Instructor: Philip Thompson Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills with emphasis on the broad-edged pen. Attention given to the historical development of calligraphy and the elements of design through readings and demonstrations. Class time and assignments center on proactive calligraphic concepts with special attention given to foundation, italic, gothic and uncial styles. Three original projects are required and evaluation is based on quality of work plus participation and growth factors. Upper Division students are required to complete examples in three historical writing styles plus an expanded project. Required materials: text, pens, ink, ruler and mat board Liberal Ads Perspective: Aesthelics Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Old Main 4 Seeds of Change BIO 145-1 lnstructoc Esther McLaughlin We will use a few historically, economically, and medically important plants to study some of the ways in which humans and plants interact, biologically and otherwise. Plants are not only at the bottom of our food chain but also play a part in non-food aspects of our lives, either directly (e.g., medicines, fibers, dyes) or indirectly (e.g., how food crises have influenced human migrations). We will study the uses, biology, natural history and classification of several important plants. Evaluation will be based on three or four 40-minute exams, several quizzes and an oral presentation. Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Nalural World 2 Maximum Enrollmenl: 20 Time: I1 Room: Science 205 Florida Keys Marine Biology Studies BIO 140-1 BIO 340-1 Instructors: William Capman and Dale Pederson 1\,1 1; -- The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for study of natural history and ecology of marine, coastal and sub-tropical communities. This class will spend about 2'12 weeks in Florida at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The Institute offers laboratory facilities, ocean-going research platforms, housing and a dining hall. Field trips to coral reefs (Looe Key National Park), tide pools, turtle grass flats, mangrove islands and upland hammocks will be led by professional naturalists from the institute. Organisms and communities will be studied on site and in the laboratory. Research projects will be initiated shortly after arrival at the station in order to provide opportunities to gather data over a period of several days. Visits to Pennicamp State Park, Key West and the Everglades will be included. Evaluation will be based on: BIO 140: (1) field and laboratory records, (2) personal journal, (3) quizzes at Marine Institute, and (4) a final exam. Prerequisite for 810 140: Any one of the follow in^ courses or their equivalents810 101, 102, 103, 113, 114, or consent of the instructor. BIO 340: (1) field and laboratory records, (2) personal journal, (3) quizzes at Marine Institute, (4) written report of the research project, and (5) a final exam. Prerequisite for 810 340: 810 351 or 810 481 or consent of the instructor. Estimated cost of the course: $2,500 (includes airfare, all ground transportation, housing and meals while at the institute). Contact the instructors for details. Prerequisite: See Above Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I1 Room: Science 212 Responding to the Challenge of Japan BUS 368-1 Instructor: Steven LaFave An examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches and readings from current periodicals in addition to text materials. A seminar model will be used with substantial participation expected on the part of the students. Evaluation will be based on a paper, two 20-minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a mid-term and final examination. This class should be of interest to anyone majoring or minoring in international business or any field of business administration as well as anyone interested in Japan. Students who cannot attend every class should not enroll in this course. Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of the instructor Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 29 Contemporary International Business and Trade Issues BUS 495-1 Instructor: Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp The practical applications of the commercial policies of the major trading nations such as the U.S., Japan and Pacific Rim countries will be explained. The impact of the institutional and systematic changes in China, Russia, Central and Eastern Europe on the volume and structure of the international investment and business will be examined. Newest developments regarding the European Union, NAFTA and Central European Free Trade Agreement will be discussed and analyzed. A seminar model will be used with a multimedia approach and guest speakers. Class will meet three times a week. Evaluation will be based on a research paper, an oral presentation of the research paper and class participation. This seminar should be of special interest to anyone majoring or minoring in international business or any field of business administration, as well as anyone interested in current international issues. Prerequisite: Junior standing or BUS 362 or consent of the instructor Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I - M, kt! Th Room: Old Main 22 The Individual and the Organization BUS 495-0 SPC 495-0 Instructors: Deb Bart and Tom Morgan How do you maintain your personal identity in the workplace? Must you sacrifice your identity to be successful in corporate America? This course explores these questions by focusing on the roles the individual plays within both forprofit and not-for-profit organizations. Emphasis will be placed on the individual's interpersonal, group and organizational relationships. Several assessment instruments will be used to help participants better understand themselves and others in their attempts to become more effective communicators. Journals, projects and class participation will be used to evaluate performance. This course is designed for students majoring or minoring in business or in communication. Prerequisite: Junior or senior business or communication majors/minors Maximum Enrollment: 2 0 Time: I Room: Old Main 10 Chemistry for Changing Times CHM 100-1 lnstructoc Arlin Gyberg This course is developed from the perspective of a person living in a modern, high-technology society such as the United States. It assumes that before one can evaluate a moral or societal issue of a scientific nature one at least must be able to understand the science involved. Anything less is an impression rather than an informed decision. As we develop scientific concepts we will at the same time relate them to an abundance of current issues. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, birth control, food abundance and food shortage, food additives and processing and synthesis, organically and non-organically grown food, chemical dependency, licit and illicit drugs, the energy crisis and the debates about sources of energy, the greenhouse effect and nuclear waste storage, pollution, genetic engineering and much more. Many of these problems are chemical in nature. Thus, in learning about chemistry, via lecture and in-class discussion, we can begin to understand ourselves, our society, our world and even some of the universe. The grade for the course is based on a percentage of the total score of total points on the daily quizzes. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group I1 Liberal A ~ l sPerspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 3 0 Time: I Room: Science 315 Introduction to Computer Science and Communications CSC 160-1 Instructor Larry Ragland This course introduces the major areas of computer science and computer communications. These areas are: algorithms, algorithm design, algorithm efficiency, hardware, logical circuit design, computer organization, software and operating systems, programming languages, operating systems, theory of computation, mathematical foundations of computer science, Turing machines, computer communications and the Internet, packet switching, Internet services and operation. This course will consist of lecture/discussion times with frequent in-class lab exercises on the topics above. Grading will be based on examinations, labs and homework. This is not a course in computer applications or how to use computers, although we may touch on these topics. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 111 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Foss 42 UNIX and C CSC 272-1 Instructor Noel Petit Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. Evaluation will be done on 10 programming assignments, two to three quizzes and a final project. Grading is done by combining the weighted grades of all assignments and quizzes. Prerequisite: CSC 170 or programming in some other language Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Library 20 Topics: Computer Science: An Alternative Scheme One and Two CSC 273-1/373-1 Instructor: Charles Sheaffer This course is especially intended for students with no prior exposure to programming in particular or computer science in general. It will be a laboratory intensive, self-paced course using the Scheme programming language. We will introduce an alternative approach to some of the most important concepts of computer science including problem solving, simulation, object-oriented programming, functional programming, procedural and data abstraction, and program interpretation. Students with knowledge of programming will benefit from exposure to the alternative paradigm represented by the Scheme language and will acquire a concrete understanding of how these important concepts are actually implemented in real languages and machines. Students will be evaluated on the basis of a series of programming projects. CSC 373 is a continuation of CSC 273. Graduation Skill Requirement: for CSC 373, Critical Thinking Prerequisite: CSC 273, none: lor CSC 373, CSC 273 or consent of the instructor Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 20 Economics of Urban Issues ECO 110-1 Instructor: Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of the many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: crime prevention, health issues, discrimination, education, etc. Basic microeconomics tools of analysis will be developed in class. This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in economics, business administration, accounting or MIS. Three objective examinations. Liberal Arts Perspective: City or Social World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollmenl: 15 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 Introduction to Economic Development EGO 295-A1495-A Instructor: Jeanne Boeh This class will focus on market-driven local development. Topics will include regional growth and development, metropolitan government and finance, economic development strategies and neighborhood development. Prerequisite: ECO 112 or ECO 113 preferred Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 13 Personal Economics EGO 495-1 Instructor: Satya Gupta This course will examine, understand and analyze three aspects of quality life-worldly assets, physical health and the self. Quality life is defined by many people in terms of the amount of money one has. The more money one has, the more command on commodities one can enjoy. We work hard most of our lives to fulfill our dreams of having a large home, fancy car, boat, vacation home, education for our children and enjoyable retirement. We plan a great deal for all these dreams. It is surprising that we plan 30 or 40 years from now. It is also true that at some point in life one asks oneself "Who am I really?" and "What am I here for?" In this third component of the course we shall critically reflect on our values, ethics and self-understanding. Knowledge of the self leads us to a higher plane of thinking and behaving. Thus, we shall try to construct a well-balanced portfolio of quality life. Students will find the course very interesting, thought provoking and challenging. Grades will be based on three quizzes, one paper and discussions in class. Prerequisile: S O 112 or 113 or consenl of instructor: Time: I Room: Old Main 11 Media Technolo y (0.5 course cre at) 8 EDU 34 1-1 Instructor Linda Dyer Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audiovisual materials for teachingllearning situations. Computer training will be included in the course. Note: This course can be taken along with Human Relations, EDU 388-1 Prerequisites: PPST and admission lo Teacher Education Program Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 Room: Library 17 International Education EDU 353-1 lnstructoc Rich Germundsen This seminar-style course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems with special attention on Scandinavian and Central American models. The course also draws attention to our personal responsibilities to educate ourselves to be able to understand and participate in the emerging global society. There will be lectures, discussions and presentations by students and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class presentations and investigative projects. Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 2 Maximum Enrollmenl: 15 Time: I Room: Library 17 Human Relations (0.5 course credit) EDU 388-1 lnstructoc Joseph Erickson This course is the study of prejudice, discrimination and oppression as it affects persons of color, the handicapped, limited English speakers and women. Topics include racism, sexism, homophobia and economic issues. Emphasis is placed on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms that will include minority students, different religious backgrounds, the less abled and students at risk. Students will be expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films and complete a project. This course satisfies the Minnesota Human Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is a one-half credit course. It is offered only on a PIN basis. Note: This course can be taken along with Media Technology, EDU 341 -1. Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 23 Topics: Theatrical Performance in the Twin Cities: Exploring Live Theater ENG 282-1/482-1 Instructor Ronald Palosaari The Twin Cities are widely known as a center for good live drama. This course will study the variety and the quality of live theater in the Twin Cities. We will attend at least a dozen plays and a few films based on plays. Student who take this course must be free evenings and weekends to attend performances. Class discussion will be on the plays we have seen and on the art of drama. The grade will be based on the course journal. Regular class attendance is required. Students registering for ENG 482 will have an additional paper to write and a class presentation. Prerequisile: for ENG 282, ENG 111: for ENG 482, ENG 111 and a theater or lilerature course Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthelics Time: I Room: Sverdrup 208 Topics: Writing About the Arts in the Twin Cities ENG 282-U482-Z Instructor: Bob Cowgill This course is predicated on the assumption that immersion in all the arts benefits a writer's investigation of any specific art; or, in other words, that before you become a specialist, it helps to become a passionate generalist. The class will balance two related goals: first, to experience and talk about as many contemporary Twin Cities cultural happenings as is practicable (we will search out and encounter the most exciting, controversial and significant programs in theater, dance, gallery exhibition, music and film); second, to examine critical methods of observation and reception of art and consider ways in which writers can enhance the public's understanding and interaction with artistic culture. Students will keep a critic's journal, write four short papers and take a final exam. Students registering under English 482 will have to develop a 10 page critical project in conjunction with one art event that occurs during the course's span. To register, students must have successfully completed English 111, must have the willingness, the money and the time to attend events and to transport themselves to various cultural locations throughout the Twin Cities. Prerequisile: ENG 1 1 1 Graduation Skill Requirement Writing Maximum Enrollment: 2 2 Time: I Room: Music 23 Topics: Contemporary American Poetry ENG 282-P/482-P Instructor: John Mitchell This course will provide an introductory survey of contemporary American poetry by poets whose work has come into prominence since World War I1 or mid-century. Emphasis will be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to the themes of their poems, especially those images and statements that concern philosophical, historical, psychological and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will be expected to formulate reasonable interpretations of selected poets and poems and to express their discoveries in class discussion and short papers. A final examination will be given and two interpretive papers about three to five pages in length will be assigned. For Upper Division credit, the student will also read and give a written class report on a book that discusses contemporary poetry or a contemporary poet; this choice, based upon recommendations, must be approved by the instructor. Prerequisite: for 482-F) Intro. to Literature Time: I Room: Old Main 16 Beginning German I GER 111-1 Instructor: John Van CIeve As long as you have to take a foreign language, why not take the one with the most native speakers in the European Economic Community? It's the language of Europe's strongest national economy. It's also the language of Albert Einstein, Werner Heisenberg and Wernher von Braun. The language of Martin Luther, Karl Marx and Friedrich Nietzsche. Of Bach, Beethoven and Mozart. Start German during Interim and by the end of January, you'll be on your way to reading and speaking the language of a nation that has played a dominant role in Western civilization. The vocabulary and structures of everyday German will be emphasized. Grades will be determined on the basis of class participation, scheduled chapter tests and a final exam. Liberal Arts Perspeclive: lnlercullural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 10 Time: I Room: Old Main 21 Dance (men (0.5 course HPE 232-M lnstructor: Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment and a written test. Maximum Enrollmenl: 12 Time: I - T; Th, & alternate F (1/6, 118, 1/9, 1/13, 1/15, 1/20, 1/22, 1/23, 1/27) Room: Melby Gym - north court Dance (women only) (0.5 course credit) HPE 232- W Instructor: Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment and a written test. Maximum Enrollmenl: 12 Time: I - 6 Th, & alternale F (1/6, 1/8, 119, 1/13, 1/15, 1/20, 1/22, 1/23, 1/27) Room: Melby Gym -north court Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (0.5 course credit) HPE 275-1 Instructor Paul Kriegler Emphasis placed on preventing and treating common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. Prerequisites: 810 103, HPE 350 Maximum Enrollmenl: 24 Time: I - M, Wandalternate F ( M , 1/7, 1/12, 1/14, 1/16, 1/19, 1/21, 1/26, 1/28) Room: Melby 119 Instructional Methods: Materials in Health Education (0.5 course credit) HPE 390-1 lnstructoc Patty Murphy Principles: methods of instruction applied to health education grades K- 12. Emphasis upon teachingllearning strategies and student assessment. Evaluation: development of materials included. Prerequisites:HPE 101, 110 and 320 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: 1 - M, kt! & F Room: Melby 202 Sailing in the Virgin Islands (January 1998) HPE 455-1 Instructor Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing).The student will live aboard a 43'- 46' fixed-keel sailboat with five to six other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual onthe-water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and wind surfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. The course cost is $2,800, which includes airfare for Augsburg day students and qualifying 4-1-4 students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in addition to this course cost in order to receive academic credit. PIN ONLY. Applications may M picked up from the office of Joyce Pfaff, Melby Hall, Augsburg College. They must be turned in with deposit and appropriate signature before final acceptance is given. Prerequisites:Permission from Joyce Pfaff of the Health and Physical Education Department, (612) 330-1247; no smoking is allowed; basic swimming skills Graduation Skill Requiremenl: Lifelime Sport; also one course credit Upper Division Maximum Enrolimenl: 8 (a waiting list will be kept after the original eight spots are filled) Topics in U.S. World History: History by HoIIAyood HIS 195-1 lnstmtoc Rick Nelson \ L \ ~ \ & , ,L~ How accurate is our understanding of the past? How do we attempt to secure that understanding? Why is history biased? Can there be history without bias? Should history have entertainment as a goal? These questions, and others, form the basis for an inquiry into the writing of history and the portrayal of historical characters, events and themes depicted in the cinema. Filmmakers have presented history in ways ranging from the mundane to the sublime. In this course we will view selected films and through readings, lectures and discussions examine some of the successes and failures of "History by Hollywood." This course is intended for first-year students. Others may enroll with permission. Prerequisile: One history course or consent of instructor Maxlmum Enrollment: 2 5 Time: I Room: Lindell16 I . ' , .W .I Science and Religion HON 401-1 lnstructor: Mark Engebretson For some in our society science is the driving engine of a better, more secure life and the basis for a philosophy of life. For others, science and its associated technologies, along with its invitation to become a global world view, constitute a grave threat. This course will address these matters in two ways. First, it will begin with a historical overview of the relations between science and the Christian faith, emphasizing three periods: the origins of the Christian faith, the development of "modern" science and mechanistic philosophy, and the reevaluation of science and nature in the twentieth century. Second, it will study systematically the world views of science and religion to see how they compare. Class time will be divided among lectures, discussions, small group tutorials and an extended simulation exercise in developing a space colony. Course evaluation will be based on two short exams, participation in small group tutorials based on assigned readings, a group project presentation and a major synthesis paper based on the group project and course materials. Prerequisites: One CF course, one NW course, and junior or senior standing Liberal Atis Perspective: Christian Faith 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 22 Literacy in the City: Service-Learning Externship INS 298-1 lnstructor: Garry Hesser The course, taught by the Experiential Education staff, will explore literacy in the city. Students will work in groups at least two days a week at one of the four literacy centers close to campus. A twice-weekly seminar will focus on current issues in literacy through readings, guest speakers, films and reflection exercises. Students will complete short seminar exercises, set team externship goals, keep individual journals and make a final group presentation. Liberal Arts Perspective: The Cify Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Foss 43 Paideia Seminars INS 120-1 Instructor: Ann Fleener Students will participate in a series of seminars following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates. Students will read selected readings that will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul public school; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars and lead seminars. Students will be assessed on journal entries including evidence of seminar preparation, reflection, peer and self-evaluations as well as a final summary paper. Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 319 Topics: An introduction to Law School INS 210-1 lnstructoc William 0.Green This course introduces college students to the experiences of first-year law students. We will examine the nature of American jurisprudence and legal theories that law students study in their first year, discuss the academic and emotional pressures that first-year students typically face, explore ways to cope with these pressures, and develop legal reasoning and writing skills. Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 16 Introduction to Islam INS 225-1 Instructor Amin Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be discussions on the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). Some effort will be made to deal with the similarities and differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism. Students will also visit one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. Evaluation is based on two tests and a paper. Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Inlercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Old Main 27 Universals of Language LIN 290-1 Instructor: John Schmit Is our ability to use language acquired by learning, or is it present from birth? What do all languages have in common despite their obvious differences? How can learning a foreign language be so frustrating for adults, while young children learning their native language seem to be having fun? Questions such as these have fascinated people throughout history, and recent developments in linguistics have begun to provide some credible answers. The purpose of this course is to survey the most remarkable findings in this area and engage in some principled speculation as to what they mean. This course is open to all students with a healthy curiosity about language. No other prerequisite. There will be two tests and a short paper for class presentation. Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 11 Math of Interest MAT 173-1 Instructor: Ken Kaminsky Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities and life insurance work, and more. Evaluation will be based on classroom participation, quizzes and a final examination. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 111 or IV or consent of instructor Graduation Skill Requirement: QuantitativeReasoning Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 212 Topics/Discrete Mathematics MAT 481-1 Instructor: Su Doree Explore the discrete side of mathematics as we consider questions such as ....How many phone numbers start with the 612 area code? What's the shortest route between two cities using scheduled flights? The term "discrete" refers to separate, distinct objects such as the whole numbers. Kenneth Rosen, a mathematician at Bell Labs, in the introduction to his text Discrete Mathematics and Its Applications, explains that ... discrete mathematics is used whenever objects are counted, when relationships between finite sets are studied and when processes involving a finite number of steps are analyzed. A key reason for the growth in the importance of discrete mathematics is that information is stored and manipulated by computing machines in a discrete fashion. The course is a rigorous introduction to discrete mathematics including topics such as sets, logic,,functions, recursions, combinatorics, elementary probability theory and graph theory (as in networks). Algorithmic thinking and mathematical reasoning is emphasized throughout the course. This course will be a useful and interesting complement to calculus and continuous mathematics. The course is intended for students pursuing a mathematics major or a computer science major with a mathematics minor. Students are expected to be at least a little familiar with theoretical mathematics and proof. No specific computer experience is expected. Evaluation is based on three examinations and a small portfolio of homework problems. Please contact Su Dorke for further information. Prerequisite: MAT 245 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 112 Advanced Computing for Business MIS 370-1 lnstructoc Kathy Schwalbe Objectives are to learn concepts underlying creation of Web pages and business communication via the Internet. Use of relational databases for advanced queries, forms and reports. Basics of event-driven programming for solving business related problems. Students will complete three major projects and a few minor assignments. The course requires significant effort on projects and constant access to a computer. Cooperation with fellow students in learning to apply concepts is encouraged. A good grasp of MS Access is required or the willingness to exercise exceptional effort in learning the tool. Prerequisites: MIS 175 or CSC 170 or consent of the insf~ctor,Math Placement Group 111 Maximum Enrollment 20 Time: I1 Room: Lindell 16 Sounds and Sights of Europe MUS 179-1 Instructors: Robert Karlen and Roberta Kagin I1 -e Much of American history and culture is derived from that of European cities such as London, Paris and Amsterdam. This course provides an opportunity to visit some of the great European cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of cultural life in the New World. Group discussions and assigned readings increase student sensitivity to architecture and other visual art seen in the museums. Students listen critically to concerts of musical masterpieces heard at each site. Relationships between the various art mediums come to life through these experiences. There is also ample time for independent exploration. Evaluation is based on full participation in all course-related group activities, a daily professional journal, artlmusic critique sheets and exams over material covered. Fee: $2,995 includes all air and surface travel, hotel accommodations, daily continental breakfast, four group meals and tickets to five cultural performances. Registration for this Interim course must be made before November 10 at the International Programs Office, CB 307, Augsburg College, 22 11 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Phone: 330-1655. Offered on a PIN basis only. A meeting will be held at Augsburg College on Saturday, November 15. For more information you may call Roberta Kagin at 330- 1273. Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Aeslhelics Maximum Enrollmenl: 15 Survey of Rock History and Musical Style, 195 1 197 1 - MUS 204-1 Instructor 0.Nicholas Raths An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of Rock's inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the historical background, musical content and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam and a group performance project. For non-music majors. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I1 Room: Music 3 Seminar: Printing Music at the Computer MUS 295-1 lnstructoc Stephen "Gabe" Gabrielsen The program Finale will be explored. This computer program makes it possible for music students to generate professionallevel musical scores. Daily assignments will be given with the end goal of developing proficiency at printing music at the computer. Prerequisite: Note-reading ability Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I (M, W 10-12:OO; b Th 8-1 1:30; F8-1l:OO) Room: Music Library (first floor Music Bldg.) Topics: Introduction to Music Theatre MUS 295- TnHR 295-T Instructors: Sonja Thompson and Martha Johnson This interdisciplinary course will be co-taught by music and theatre faculty. The goal will be to integrate training and performance techniques from music and theatre to help students gain knowledge, experience and skills in various genres of music theatre (musicals, opera, plays involving singing and music, and new music theatre). The course will also explore the power of music theatre that links it with ritual, ceremony and spiritual tradition. Another goal of the course is to give students the opportunity to increase their level of comfort and skill on stage. The course will culminate in a public performance of scenes from music theatre. Grading will be based on student scenelrole research, class and rehearsal commitment, and final performance. Interested students will be auditioned in December so that appropriate material can be assigned to them. Students of all levels are welcome to take this course. Liberal Ads Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Sateren Auditorium Topic: History of Caribbean Music Studied in Miami and Jamaica (UMAIE Course) MUS 295-H Instructor Robert Stacke Miami and Jamaica are considered the center of Caribbean music, where composition, recording and world distribution takes place. This course will explore the world of Caribbean music through visits to recording studios, clubs where Caribbean music is performed and neighborhoods that brought about this music. Also studied in depth will be social issues that have influenced music such as Reggae. Cities to be visited are Miami and in Jamaica, Montego Bay, Negrel and Kingston. Cost is $2,460, which includes all travel, accommodations, breakfast and tuition. Evaluation will be done on attendance at all sessions, keeping a journal and a final project with an explanation paper. This is open to all students, not just music majors. liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I Maximum Enrollment: 15 Beginning Norwegian I NOR 111-1 Instructor: Frankie Shackelford This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes and a final exam. Liberal Arts Perspeclive: lnlercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollmenl: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 25 Philosophy of the Emotions and Passion PHI 215-1 lnstructor: Mark Fuehrer An examination of several classical and contemporary philosophical essays on the nature of human emotion and passion with the intentions of discovering the nature of the role of this aspect of human nature in the life of a human being. Students will read, discuss and then write about various aspects and problems concerned with human emotional life. We shall explore the impact of emotions upon language, music, art, interpersonal relations and even religion. The goal is to provide students with an occasion to think deeply about this aspect of their humanity. Evaluation will be by written reports on assigned material and a mid-term and final essay examination. Liberal Arts Perspective; Human ldenlily Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 29 Philosophy and the Arts PHI 260-1 Instructor David Apolloni We will discuss the nature of art, artistic expression, aesthetic experience, as well as questions peculiar to the individual arts. Does the literary artwork exist independently of its author's intention? Does music have meaning? What is the relationship between theater and film? Students will be evaluated on the basis of weekly quizzes, group work, short written assignments and possibly a project (extra credit) on the Internet. Liberal Ads Perspective: Aeslhetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 1 Room: Old Main 18 Spreadsheet Physics PHY 151-1 Instructor: Jeffrey Johnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123, Excel) have been used extensively in business for years. However, it is also possible to use spreadsheets to solve physics problems without using high-powered mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Excel to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary and projectile motion. This is also a fun way to learn spreadsheets, which have become very useful in the home. Grading will be based on spreadsheet projects, homework and a final exam. Prerequisile: Math Placement Group 111 Graduation Skill Requirement: Quantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 30 Social Justice in America POL 140-1 lnstructor: Andrew Aoki This course requires students to struggle with questions of social justice in America. Students will develop and defend their own standards of social justice and use those standards to assess conditions in urban America. To pass this course, students must engage in a substantial exchange of ideas with fellow classmates in class discussions. The course has two goals: to develop student thinking about social justice, including greater awareness of conflicts between justice and other values and to increase student ability to understand urban problems as issues of justice and other central values. Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and other class activities, on two short (4-6 page) papers and on a final exam. Because of the compressed time frame of the Interim schedule and the importance of material covered on the first day of class, no one will be admitted to the class who does not attend the first day of class, unless first receiving the permission of the instructor. Liberal Arts Perspeclive: The Cily Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Music 24 Gender, Race and Class in the Mass Media POL 295-1 Instructor: Susan Riley How do the mass media intersect with American ideals and stereotypes in regard to gender, race and class? This course will explore the images, underlying values and assumptions, and the impact of U.S. media practices and patterns in rela- tion to sex and gender, race and ethnicity, and social and economic class status. How are women, racial and ethnic minorities, and working class people portrayed in the mass media in TV dramas and sitcoms, music videos, children's programming, the news, advertising, movies and talk radio? At the heart of the course will be case studies designed and conducted by the students (individually or in groups) which explore in detail some aspect of gender, race and class in the mass media. Students will present their case study results in a written paper and in a brief oral report to the class. Additional course requirements include active class participation and a midterm examination. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Music 24 Idealism and the Adolescent PSY 370-1 Instructor: Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus. This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers and frequent oral reports. Typewriting or equivalent word processing will be required. Students are requested to read at least three articles by Robert Coles before the start of the Interim. Library reference work will be a part of the course process. Offered only on PIN basis. Prerequisite: PSY 101 or PSY 102 or PSY 105 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Science 205 w Theology of Death and Dying REL 490-1 Instructor: John Benson This will be a multidisciplinary course, using materials from biology, psychology, sociology, history, world religions and Christian theology proper. It will also be ecumenical, since some of our theological material will come from Roman Catholic as well as Protestant sources. Religious traditions regarding death and the afterlife will be studied, and various ethical questions related to death and dying will be considered. Field trips in the Twin Cities are also planned. We will become acquainted with the field of mortuary science, the hospice movement in the United States and current medical practices related to the terminally ill. Daily lectures, discussions, quizzes and written assignments will be the format. Grades will be based on class participation, two tests and oral presentation of a research project. Prerequisile: REL 111 or 221 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 Culture, Family, Sex and Status: The New Testament Social World REL 330-1 Instructor: Philip A. Quanbeck I1 This course will approach parts of the New Testament from the perspective of the social world. It will examine the world of cultural conflict, accommodation and change, and determine how that shaped the New Testament message and how the church responded to the challenge. Topics will include concepts of cultural anthropology such as honor and shame, the social structures of the family and the city in the GrecoRoman world. Social status will be addressed in the ways it affected women, men, free persons and slaves. Special attention will be paid to the relation between early Christianity and Judaism. In the New Testament there will be particular focus on Luke through Acts, First Peter and aspects of the letters of Paul. Evaluation will be by exam, class presentationlparticipation and a research paper. Prerequisile: REL 111 or 221 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 1 Maximum Enrollmenl: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 13 The Lutheran Heritage REL 345-1 Instructor: Mark Tranvik The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will examine its roots in Luther and the Reformation and trace its history in worship, music and theology to the present day. Questions such as the following will be addressed: what does it mean to be a Lutheran today and how might Lutherans relate their faith to political and social problems? Lectures and discussions will be the format. Guest speakers will be used. Requirements include class participation and exams. Prerequisite: Religion 111 or 221 Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Chrislian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 213 Varieties of Christian Spirituality REL 440-1 lnstructoc Janelle Bussert 11 A study of selected spiritualities from the Christian tradition and of contemporary developments, including 12-step spirituality, feminist, ecological and non-Western Christian spiritualities. An introduction to the basic practices of spirituality, especially prayer and meditation. Evaluation methods include quizzes, experiential journals, class presentation and a final paper. Prerequisite: Religion 111 or 221 or 331 Liberal Ads Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I/ Room: Science 112 Sociological Studies of Childhood SOC 232-1 lnstructoc Rita Weisbrod In American culture, we have gone from nostalgia and romanticism regarding children in the early decades of this century to an increasingly widespread neglect of child welfare. We will examine the social status of children in Western society focusing on understanding problems in the current social relationships of children in American society. Students will develop a journal of their readings and complete an individual project selected from several options. Maximum Enrollmenl: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 10 Spanish and Latin-American Culture Through Film SPA 248-1 lnstructoc Roman Soto An introduction to the main cultural and political issues (social conflicts, sexism, race, ethnicity, religion, language, exile or immigration) that characterized contemporary Spanish and Latin-America societies as they have been portrayed in films and plays. Developed mainly through the viewing of films and class discussions, the course is complemented with brief reading and audio-visual materials on the historic, literary and social aspects that contribute to the background of these films. Most of the films are in Spanish with English subtitles, and all the class work is in English. The evaluation is based on class participation, brief weekly written assignments and a short term paper. Liberal Arts Perspective: lntercullural Awareness I Maximum Enmllment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 Exploring Human Services S WK 257-1 Instructors: Mary Lou Williams and Lois Bosch Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80 hours in a service agency or institution that students select. The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. The course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in the human services. The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions that assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings which explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. Students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic and political structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms." Detailed information will be sent to students at the close of Interim registration. Liberal Arts Perspective: The Cily Maximum Enmllment: 60 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 11 1 Field Work Ill SWK 466-1 (full course) SWK 466-H (0.5 course) Instructor: Maria Dinis This is a continuation of Field Work 11; a total of 60 (for the 0.5 credit option) or 120 hours. Responsible, supervised professional social work experience, including work with individuals, families, groups and communities in a social service agency. Integrative weekly seminar (two hours). Students will be evaluated by: 1) weekly theorylpractice papers integrating course content with work setting, 2) attendancelparticipation and 3) field site supervisor's evaluation. Prerequisile: SWK 462 Maximum Enrollmenl: 25 Time: I (class will meet in small groups, no more than 11 at a lime) Room: Foss 21 Topics: Introduction to Music Theatre THR 295-T/MUS 295- T Instructors: Sonja Thompson and Martha Johnson See course information listed under MUS 295-T. Introduction to Lesbian and Gay Studies WST 205-1/405-1 Instructors: Doug Green and Beverly Stratton This course will be offered at both the 200- and the 400-level. Both levels of the course are designed to introduce students to basic issues surrounding sexual orientation in contemporary U.S. culture: sexual identity, life experiences of gayllesbianlbisexualltransgender(GLBT) persons, homophobia, heterosexism, etc. In addition, we will explore some GLBT literature, film andlor theater, history, religionlspirituality and theory. The course will include guest speakers and a servicelearning component at local GLBTIsupporting agencies. Some travel and experiences in the city, including an immersion event outside of class time, are expected. There will be a fee of up to $50, depending on the size of the class, to cover the cost of the immersion experience; some speakers' fees; and other expenses. Both the upper- and lower-level versions of the course meet the Human Identity or Intercultural Awareness I perspectives as well as Women's Studies credit. The upperlevel course requires that students act as discussion leaders, do some additional readings that lead to presentations and a projectlpaper in an area of GLBT studies of interest to them, and meet separately with instructors for some additional discussion. 205 evaluation: PIN grading only-attendancelparticipation, journal. 405 evaluation: traditional or PlN-attendancelparticipation, journal, presentations, projectlpaper. Prerequisites: lor 205, none; lor 405, WST 201 or permission of inslructors Liberal Arts Perspective: Human Identity or Inlercultural Awareness I Maximum Enrollment: 2 5 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 18 Lifetime Sports The following activities are available to students during Interim, and students may register for these classes as well as for a regular course. These activities do not carry course credit but do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Lifetime Sport: Pickleball HPE 002-P lnstructor: Brian Ammann Practice and playing of pickleball. Grading: PIN only. Graduation Skill Requiremenl: Lifetime Sporf Maximum Enrollmenl: 20 Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T# Mi Th, F Room: Melby Gym-norfh/south courts Lifetime Sport: Ultimate Frisbee HPE 002-F lnstructor: Carol Enke Practice and playing of ultimate frisbee. Grading: PIN only Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifelime Sporf Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T# M! Th, F Room: Air Slructure Lifetime Sport: Badminton HPE 002-8 Instructor Brian Ammann Practice and playing of badminton. Grading: PIN only. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Spod Maximum Enrollment:20 Time: 11:OO- 12:OO M, I; W Th, F Room: Melby Gym-nodhhouth couiis Lifetime Sport: Golf HPE 002-6 lnstructoc Brian Ammann Practice in the various shots used in the game of golf. Grading: PIN only Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Spod Maxlmum Enrollment: 16 Time: 1:OO-2:OO M, T; W Th, F Room: Air Structure UMAIE Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the Center for Global Education, CB 307, Augsburg College, 22 11 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454 (330-1655). These courses are offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number. SPP 20 1-1 Art and Music in the Capitals of Europe Britain and Ireland: Museums, Monuments and Prehistoric Sites Egypt in Transition English School and Family Europe and the Rise of Modern Science The European Economic Union Explore Peru's Past and Present From Auschwitz to Jerusalem The Greek Experience Hawaii: Multicultural Communication in Organizational Settings History of Caribbean Music Hope and Glory: Christianity in England, France and Germany Malta: Knights and Crusaders Many Faces of Japan New Zealand: Natural History and Development Paris, Florence, Rome: Art and Aesthetics Peopling Paradise: Migrants, Missionaries and Money in Hawaii Roman Italy: City, Town and Country Life Paris and London: Sculpture in Cities and Environs Serving Special Needs: A British Perspective Theater in Britain Ireland: Understanding Christian Celtic Spirituality Other Interim Abroad Courses: Peace and Conflict Studies in Northern Ireland (ACTC Program) Sounds and Sights of Europe (Augsburg Program) Other Courses These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses that are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a PIN basis. The Washington Center 1998 Academic Seminars Leadership 2000: A Global Perspective on the Environment January 4- 16, 1998 POL 398-A Women as Leaders January 4- 16, 1998 POL 398-8 Inside Washington: Politics and the Media January 18-23, 1998 POL 3984 The Washington Center offers a choice of topics during the first two weeks of the seminar program. During the last week, one seminar is offered. Augsburg students must register for all three weeks of the program (January 4-23) in order to receive academic credit and to receive a scholarship from the College covering registration and tuition costs. Credit is available from the Political Science Department for this program. The course is a passlfail course based on participation in program activities including site visits, small group seminars and journals. For information brochures and registration forms ask in Memorial Hall 1 1 l A or call 330-1320. For further information about the program see Prof. Hedblom in Memorial Hall 117 or call 330-1197. There are five scholarships available to cover registration and tuition costs based on priority in registration through Prof. Hedblom's office.
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1956-1958
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Minneapolis 4, Minnesota Founded 1869 CATALOG RECORD FOR 1956 - 1957 and 1957 - 1958 ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR 1958 - 1959 and 1959 VOL. XX, NO. 1 - 1960 CATALOG NUMBER JANUARY-FEBRUARY, 1958 THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN Published bimonthly and one...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Minneapolis 4, Minnesota Founded 1869 CATALOG RECORD FOR 1956 - 1957 and 1957 - 1958 ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR 1958 - 1959 and 1959 VOL. XX, NO. 1 - 1960 CATALOG NUMBER JANUARY-FEBRUARY, 1958 THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN Published bimonthly and one additional issue in April by Augsburg College and Theological Seminary at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Enfered as second-class matter March 21. 1947, at the post osce at Minneapolis, Minnesota, under the act of August 24, 1912. LMLLNUAK 1957 1958 SEPTEMBER S M T W T F MAY JANUARY S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 8 91011121314 5 6 7 8 91011 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 15161718192021 12131415161718 11 121314151617 29 23 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 99 30 95 26 27 28 29 30 31 26 27 28 29 30 31 - OCTOBER FEBRUARY 1 2 3 4 5 1 6 7 8 9101112 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 13141516171819 9 1011 1213 1415 2021 2223242526 161718192021 92 93 24 25 26 27 28 27 28 29 30 31 JUNE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011121314 15161718192021 22232425262728 29 30 MARCH NOVEMBER 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 1213141516 9 1011 1213 1415 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 ~ 161718192021 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 $: 32; 25 26 27 28 29 JULY 1 2 3 4 5 6789101112 13141516171819 20912223242526 27 28 29 30 31 DECEMBER 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 1 2 1 3 1 4 15161718192021 29 23 24 95 26 27 28 29 30 31 APRIL AUOUST 1 9 1 9 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 751 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 13141516171819 I011 1P13141516 20 21 22 23 24 25 96 t J 10 1990 21 29 23 27 28 29 30 g 2526Q7282930 M T W T F MAY JANUARY SEPTEMBER S S S M T W T F S 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910111213 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 14151617181920 11 121314151617 91222324252627 18192021222324 35 26 27 28 29 30 31 28 29 30 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12131415 16 17181920212223 $: 25 26 27 28 29 30 FEBRUARY JUNE OCTOBER 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 8 9 1011 191314 7 8 9 1011 1213 12131415161718 15161718192021 14151617181920 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 19 23 24 25 26 27 28 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 98 29 30 96 27 28 29 30 31 NOVEMBER MARCH JULY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 1 9 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 1011 121314 5 6 7 8 9 loll 9 1011 12131415 15161718192021 12 1314151617 18 161718192021 22 92232425262728 192021 22232425 96 27 28 29 30 31 24 25 26 9 7 28 29 99 30 31 :: DECEMBER APRIL AUGUST I 2 3 4 5 6 1 9 3 4 1 7 8 9 1011 1213 5 6 7 8 9 1011 4 3 4 5 6 7 8 , 1415 161718 1920 19 13 1415161718 9 1011 1 2 1 3 7 4 1 5 21222324252627 192021 22232425 u 1 7 ' I 8 1 9 9 0 1 1 22 9 8 29 30 31 2627282930 g i g 9596372%29 TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE 4 Academic Calendar - General Information 5 ---- Financial Information 14 Student Community Life The College - - Academic Administration - 21 34 --34 - 42 Curriculums - Courses of Study 53 Division of Religion and Philosophy 55 Division of the Humanities ....-. 59 -- Division of the Social Sciences Division of the Natural Sciences and Mathematics General Requirements 96 -.--. Courses of Study . 96 1 0 0 ----- Board of Trustees Administration 86 ...........-...----- -- The Theological Seminary 107 - ,.--lo8 -109 Committees of the Faculty The Faculty -- Graduates Student Enrollment Index 72 1 D -m - 1 0 - -120 1 2 3 .--.I26 , CALENDAR 1958 - 59 and 1959 - 60 FIRST SEh4ESTER Sept. 11-16 Freshman Days Sept. 10-15 Sept. 11, 16 Registration Sept. 14, 15 Sept. 17 College classes begin Sept. 16 Sept. 17 Seminary convenes Sept. 16 s p t . 17 Late registration fee Sept. 16 Oct. 24-26 Homecoming Oct. 23-21 Nov. End of first half of semester Nov. Nov. 27, 28 Thanksgiving recess Nov. 26, 27 Dec. 19, 4:zo p.m. Christmas ,recess begins Dec. 18, 4:zo p.m. Jan. j, 8:00 a.m. Classes resume Jan. 4. 8:00 a.m. Jan. 19-23 College examinations Jan. 20-26 Jan. 20-23 Seminamry examinations Jan. 21-26 Jan. 23 First Semester ends Jan. 26 Jan. 16-29 Registration for Second Semester Jan. 18-Feb. 12 I2 I SECOND SEMESTER Feb. 2, 8:00 a.m. Classes begin Feb. 3. 8:00 a.m. Feb. 2 Late registration fee Feb. 3 Feb. 12 Lincoln's Birthday Washington's Birthday April 3 End of first half af semester Feb. 22 April I Maroh 2j, 4:20 p.m. Easter recess begins April 13, 4:zo p.m. March 3 I , 8:oo a.m. Easter recess ends April 19, 8:00 a.m. May Seminary Commencement May 27 May 25-29 Collage Examinations May 27-June 3 May 30 Memorid Day May 30 May 31 Bac,cala.ureate Service June 5 June College Commencement June 6 22 I GENERAL INFORMATION PURPOSE Augsburg College is a four-year liberal arts college sponsored by the Lutheran Free Church for the purpose of giving young people an opportunity to obtain a broad education in a Christian en\''Ironment. In addition to securing a general education at the college level, students may prepare themselves for such vocations as high school teaching, business administration, social work, medical technolog!-, secretarial work, parish work, and missions. They may prepare for further study in the fields of dentistry, engineering, law, medicine, nursing, and theology, as well as for graduate study in various fields. Augsburg Theological Seminary, with its facilities on the same campus, offers a three-year course of study leading to a Bachelor of Theology degree. Its chief purpose is to prepare pastors and missionaries for the Lutheran Free Church. LOCATION Augsburg College and Theological Seminary is located in the Riverside Park area of hlinneapolis. rrithirl t r a l k i ~ pJ i s t a n c ~uf the main I~usir~ess section 01 tl~rcil!. Science Hall. containing the administration cifficeh. is located at lhe corner nf 5 e ~ e n t hStreet and Twenty-first A\eriue South. .Iugshurg studenb have tlic a d r a ~ ~ t a gofe getting their ~ o l l t : ~ ceducalion : i n a metropolitan renter pulsating with industrial. social. and cultural activitira. They hare acre33 to libraries. museums. a11tl art ccrllcctiarls. The! m a v hear the best in music and lectures. Minneapolis is recognized throughout the nation as a vital center of relieil~ui life and nctitily. Out5ta11dii1gleaders in many Gelds both from ,,her part9 of hrncrica and from fureipri ct~untriesare frequent vi~iit~rb. College students iu t l ~ r . Twill Cities have abundant opportunity tn contact conternporar?- :llnerican life a t one of its foc:aI points. ACCREDITATION Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the regional accrediting agency for colleges and universities. It is approved by the Minnesota Department of Education for the training of secondary school teachers. The teacher education program in home economics has been approved for the preparation of teachers of federally aided high school departments in this field. AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SE~ARY HISTORICAL SKETCH Augsburg was begun as a seminary in 1869, at Marshall, Wisconsin. It was the first theological seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Through an arrangement with a private institution known as Marshall Academy, the Seminary was at first housed in the academy building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. This arrangement failed to work out satisfactorily; so the seminary moved to a private dwelling, where classes continued until 1872. In the autumn of that year Augsburg Seminary was removed to Minneapolis, Minnesota, where a building had been erected for its use. In the same year the school was incorporated under the laws of Minnesota. The aim of the institution was to train ministers for the Lutheran congregations which were being organized in growing numbers in the pioneer settlements that were spreading rapidly over the Northwest. The college was established when it became evident that in order to get students who were adequately prepared for theological study a college department was needed. In 1874 a college curriculum was planned which provided for one year of preparatory studies and four years of college work along two lines, a classical course to prepare students for theology, and a scientific course to prepare for other professions. The latter course, however, was later discontinued, partly for lack of funds and partly because too few students selected the course. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first class was. graduated in 1879. In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year course. This was discontinued in 1933. In the years 1916-1919 the college course was thoroughly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth, the earlier classical course was greatly modified and supplemented by social and scientific studies and a more general emphasis upon the study of the humanities. In recent years there has been continuous study and modification of the curriculum including the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the developing needs of the students. The Divisional organization was adopted in 1945. At the present time majors are offered in 17 fields. Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1921. Recent years, especially since the close of World War 11, have witnessed a greatly increased enrollment and a corresponding expansion of physical facilities both in campus area and in buildings. In the Theological Seminary there has likewise been a continuing revision of the curriculum and the addition of new courses to meet changing needs. The requirement of a six-month period of internship was added in 1939. Standards of admission have been raised so that a bachelor's degree or equivalent is now the required scholastic preparation. While the Theological Seminary has its own organization, the Seminary and the College continue to function in close cooperation and as integral parts of one institution. Five presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its history. The terms of office of two of these cover a span of over half a century. The first president was August Weenaas, who served from 1869 to 1876. He was succeeded by Georg Sverdrup, 1876 to 1907. Sven Oftedal served from 1907 to 1911 and was followed by George Sverdrup, whose term extended from 1911 to 1937. H. N. Hendrickson served as acting president from 1937 until 1938. Bernhard Christensen, the present president, has served since that time. FUNDAMENTAL AIMS The educational purposes of Augsburg College and Theological Seminary spring from the conviction that in the Christian religion there are revealed the most basic truths concerning both man and God, and that Christianity is the fundamental force for good in human life and society. All the aims of the College, as well as those of the Seminary, are integrated with this principle. Students who enroll at Augsburg are invited to take up their college work with the distinct understanding that the Christian spirit is determining in all things. They are expected to cooperate wholeheartedly in the program of the school towards that end. The entire program of the school, curricular and extra-curricular, and the discipline necessary to make possible the carrying out of this program, spring from the aim "to see all things through the eyes of Christ." To express more distinctly some major aspects of its program of Christian higher education, the following statement of aims has been formulated by the college faculty: T o lead the student to a deeper understanding; and personal experience of the truth and power of the Christian Gospel, to the end that he may become both an effective participant in the work of the Christian Church and an earnest adirocate of the Christian way of life. AIJGSBURGCOLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY T o familiarize the student with the culture of our own and other civilizations, not only for the enjoyment this knowledge affords but also for the development of a more sympathetic understanding of our fellow men throughout the world. T o develop the student's interest in the attainment of the common purposes of our country, so that he may work for the welfare of our institutions and for the preservation of our liberties in community and nation, and also develop an enlightened interest and participation in human affairs throughout the rest of the world. T o cultivate in the student a Christian social spirit, in order that he may realize in his life a right balance between what he expects of others and the service he will render his fellow men. T o teach the student to discipline his own urges, interests, ambitions, and demands in a way that will effectively contribute toward the development of good character. T o train the student i n scientific methods of study and also develop his understanding of the relations of science to the welfare of humanity. T o stimulate intellectual interest and develop scholarly insight, so that the student may learn to think with accuracy and comprehension at the same time as he experiences an understanding of truth which will help him to integrate the findings of science with the deepest spiritual reality. T o awaken and foster i n the student an intelligent appreciation and enjoyment of the best in-the fields of the fine arts. T o guide the student in the understanding of social relatio'nships in order that he may take his place in groups and gatherings with propriety and grace, motivated in his conversation and conduct by the principles of Christian courtesy and sincerity. T o provide guidance for the student in the discovery and clarification of his aptitudes and his life purposes so that as early as possible he may plan his educational program wisely. T o train students in vocational and professional lines, giving full preparation for high school teaching, business administration, home economics, and parish work; furnishing partial training towards the study of medicine, dentistry, nursing, engineering, law, and social service, and offering a four-year college course preparing for the study of theology. T o help the student develop certain skills, as in language, music, physical activities, use of the library, laboratory work, and typewriting, together with other skills, which will increase his efficiency in the various relationships of life. To afford the student wholesome recreational experience which will contribute toward an effective use of leisure time and develop such qualities as leadership, sportsmanship, and self-control, with good recreational habits, thus providing a constant source of social and personal satisfaction. To instruct the student in principles, attitudes, and ideas pertuining to health, and also to train him in practices and skills which will promote his physical and mental well-being and make him better fit to meet the responsibilities of life. FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND CORTTROL From 1870 to 1890, Augsburg was supported by the NorwegianDanish Lutheran Conference. The merger of that church body with two others, in 1890, resulted in the affiliation of Augsburg with the newly created United Norwegian Lutheran Church. Due to differences concerning the control of Augsburg, a division arose, and in 1897 congregations whose sympathies were deeply rooted in Augsburg formed the Lutheran Free Church. The resulting close association, in educational and spiritual activity, of Augsburg and the Lutheran Free Church has been marked by unity of purpose and ideals for more than half a century. The control exercised by the Lutheran Free Church is indirect. The Annual Conference of the Church nominates the members of the Augsburg Corporation and the Board of Trustees. The Corporation through the Board of Trustees exercises direct control over property, finance, and personnel. Academic control is vested in the President and the Faculty. In addition to the income from student tuition and fees, which has materially increased with the growth and development of the College, the chief financial support of the institution comes from the congregations of the Lutheran Free Church. In recent years a growing circle oI friends also outside the Lutheran Free Church, both alumni and others, have contributed financially to the school. Since 1951, business and industry have given significant support through the Minnesota Private College Fund. Augsburg welcomes and invites support on the part of all who believe in her program of vital Christian education. MEMBERSHIP IN EDUCATIONAL ASSOCIATIONS Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary School as a degree-granting institution. It is a member of the American Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, and the Council of Minnesota Private Colleges. THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable the graduates of the College and Seminary to maintain effective contact and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater. The annual meeting is held at Commencement time each year. Local Augsburg clubs are promoted, and a bi-monthly bulletin is published. The affairs of the Association are under the leadership of the Board of Directors. The Alumni Office is located in Science Hall. THE AUGSBURG FOUNDATION The Augsburg Foundation is an association of alumni, former students, and other friends of Augsburg, having as its purpose to give united and systematic support, both spiritual and financial, to the school. The Foundation was established in 1941 by join,t action of the Board of Trustees and the Alumni Association. Since 1956 its activities have been closely coordinated with the development program of the college. EDUCATIONAL PLANT BUILDINGS The Main, erected in 1900, ,contains a large number of classrooms and offices, the Chapel, and the museum. Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, is a large and completely modern building. It includes the general administration offices, well-equipped laboratories for Chemistry, Physics, Biology and Home Economics; the student organization offices and the student center; a small auditorium, and several classrooms and faculty offices. On the fourth floor is the Tower Prayer Chapel. The George S v e r d r u ~Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, and a number of classrooms and faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes. The classrooms and offices of the Theological Seminary are located in one section of the Librarv building. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a modem, fireproof dormitory affording living quarters for about 150 men. On the ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall. Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939, and remodeled in 1955 as a wing of Gerda Mortensen Hall, provides comfortable modern housing for 45 women students. The beautiful new Gerda Mortensen Hall located at 6th Street and 24th Avenue, was erected in 1955. It provides excellent and completely modern housing for 125 women students, as well as apartments for the resident 'head and her assistants. Morton Hall and Miriam House are smaller dormitory houses, each accommodating about 20 students. The Gymnasium, a temporary structure, was erected in 1947 for the College of the Federal Works Agency as a part of a program providing educational facilities for veterans. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase, also in 1947, and ha? been remodeled to serve the needs of the music and drama departments. A large number of dwellings have also been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area, and are in use for faculty, staff, and married student housing. The President's Home, a residence of modern architectural design located at the south of the Square, was erected in 1949. The Museum is located on the ground floor of the Main. Members of the Alumni Association have presented many valuable gifts. There are several collections: a Madagascar Collection, a Santal Collection, and a considerable collection of rare minerals, curios, etc. Contributions to the Museum are invited. Professor Landa is the curator. AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY THE ARCHIVES Archive Society was organized in 1929, for the purpose of gathering documents, books, and other articles of historical value. For a number of years a fire-proof room in the Main housed the archives collections. With the erection of the George Sverdrup Library in 1955, adequate, fire-proof quarters for the achives were provided. Here are now found a large collection of periodicals, old and rare books, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, and also about 1,000 volumes of Norwegian-American literature, affording extensive resources for scholarly research. Contributions to the Archives should be sent to Prof. Iver Olson, Archivist. The beautiful and spacious new George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop for both faculty and students. It contains about 30,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets, all available on open stacks. The two large reading rooms have book stacks and reading tables arranged in such a way that a place for study is always close .to the books one may need. Additional conveniences include conference rooms, where from 2 to 6 students may study together, and seminar rooms for larger groups or small classes. A typing corner is provided in the ground floor reading room. The library subscribes to about 325 of the best periodicals dealing with a large variety of subjects, as well as a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. In the Twin City area other libraries are located which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-of-town students for each school year; the James Hill Reference Library in St. Paul, which has one of the finest reference collections ir! the Northwest; and the University of Minnesota Library, which is within walking distance of the Augsburg campus. Augsburg students make extensive use of all these libraries. The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Three laboratories and two storerooms for Biology are located on the second floor; three laboratories and a large storeroom for Chemistry, and a laboratory and two storerooms for Physics are located on the third floor. To facilitate instruction the college provides many excellent visual and auditory aids. The audio-visual center is located on the ground floor of the Library. Varied equipment is available for classroom use and other college activities. This equipment includes: movie projectors, slide and filmstrip projectors, a sound amplification system, a tape recorder, an Episcope, phonographs, and a microcard reader. Records, slides, maps, filmstrips, and microcards are also housed in this center. Science Auditorium, as well as several classrooms, is equipped with facilities for projection. SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF STUDY Evening classes are held as a community service for adults not enrolled in the day school. Announcement of courses to be offered are made in the fall. Information about the evening school may be obtained from the office of the Dean. Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess and Swedish Hospitals in Minneapolis receive much of their first semester of instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission to the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly. In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed at the hospitals. SPAN Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in the spring of the Sophomore year. FINANCIAL INFORMATION A considerable part of the income on which Augsburg operates is derived from endowment and from gifts, a major part of the latter coming from the supporting church. Therefore, the fees charged the student do not constitute the whole cost of his education, for he enjoys the benefits of the gifts of those who believe in and support the work of the school. For theological students, the church assumes the full cost of tuition; a statement of other expenses in attending the seminary is given in the Seminary section of the catalog. GENERAL EXPENSES PER SEMESTER1 Tuition (Covers instruction, library, etc.) ..................................$250.00 Student activity fee (Covers school paper, annual, and other . 9.00 student projects) Health fee 6.00 5.00 Matriculation fee (for those registering the first time) ..... Key deposit (refundable) 1.00 Locker (optional) 1.00 Mail box fee .. . .50 . Total .$272.50 Books are estimated at $25.00 to $M.00. Students registered for more than the maximum number of credit hours (17 in the College) are charged at the rate of $12.00 for each additional credit hour a week per semester. Special students will pay at the rate of $22.00 per credit hour up to 11credits. Those who register for 12 or more credit hours will pay the regular tuition charge. The fee for auditing a course is one-half the fee charged when it is taken for credit. Students and auditors enrolled for 7 to 11credit hours of class work per week pay one-half of the student activity, and health fees. ROOM AND BOARD PER SEMESTER1 Room Board (estimate) 1 Subject to change. ..-$68.00 to 85.00 - 180.00 A limited number of rooms are available at the lower cost. Men students are required to buy and use a minimum of $150.00 of meal book coupons per semester. women students $125.00. SPECIAL FEES Late registration fee per day (after classes begin) ...................... Change of registration after the beginning of the second week of classes . .... Registration with the Placement Bureau Placement fee, depending upon the method of placement .... $3.00 to Graduation fee, for seniors in both the College and Seminary.. Final examinations taken at another hour than the one ....... scheduled -.... .......... ....... Examination making up an incomplete or a condition ............ Comprehensive examination -. . . Transcript of credits (after first one which is free) .................... MUSIC FEES PER SEMESTER Piano $35.00 Voice 35.00 .40.00 Organ 40.00 Brass or Wood wind (private instruction) Private instruction, per lesson . .. 3.00 .......... 14.00 Brass or Wood wind (class instruction) . 8.00 Piano studio rental (one hour per day) 20.00 Qrgan rental (one hour per day) 4.00 Voice studio rental (one hour per day) Choir ................................................................................................ 5.00 Concert Band 5.00 COURSE FEES PER SEMESTER1 4.00 Art 1. 2 2.00 Art7, 8 .3.00 Home Economics 2, 36, 75 . 5.00 Home Economics 39, 40 Biology 60 ....................................................................................1.OO. 2.00 2.50 Biology, 1, 2, 3N, 4, 52, 53, 56 -........ . . 5.00 Biology 7N, 13, 14, 25, 26, and 54 . 1 Subiect ta change AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY 1 Chemistry, 3N, 4 Chemistry 5, 6, 53, 54, 61, 62, 66, 71, 91, 92 Physics 3, 5, 6, 6 , 73, 74 . . Secretarial Studies 2, 8, 51, 52 Secretarial Studies 1, 53, 54 Education 97 A 5.00 7.50 5.00 .. 2.50 1.50 15.00 .. . , Note: These fees cover cost of material and repair of equipment but not breakage. ESTIMATED EXPENSES PER SEMESTER1 Resident students General expenses .......................................................................$272.50 Room and Board ......................................................$ 2 . 0 0 to 265.00 Special, music, course fees, and books .................... 27.50 to 75.50 Total, approximately ............................................. 548.00 to 613.00 Off-campus students -General expenses . Special, music, course fees, and books --A Total, approximately - $ 2 7 2 . 5 0 27.50 to 75.50 300.00 to 348.00 These estimates do not include transportation, clothing, or personal expenses. PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS Student accounts are due in full at the time of registration in September and February. Parents may deposit money in advance at the school or the student may make the payment when he registers. Recognizing that payment of fees in full at registration poses a financial problem in some cases, the college has instituted a "deferred payment plan." In this plan the college will accept, at the time of registration in September and again in February, a payment of $200.00 in the case of resident students and $100.00 for off-campus students. The balance may be paid in monthly installments during the semester. To defray the cost of the plan a charge of $1.00 is made for each payment on the student's account after registration. The college reserves the right to with-hold transcript of record or diploma until all college bills have been paid. 1 Subiea to change. REFUNDS Tuition and fees for a student cancelling his registration before the middle of any semester will be charged at the rate of 10 per cent per week or fraction thereof, except for matriculation and special fees, which are not refundable. There is no fee refund after the middle of the semester. Payments for board and room are refunded in proportion to the time students have been in residence. Students who move out of dormitories but do not cancel out of school are charged the full semester room rent. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, grants-in-aid, and employment assistance are available at Augsburg. Students must complete an application form and meet certain requirements to qualify for financial aids. The college gives assistance to students in securing work both on and off the campus. LOAN FUNDS Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time. The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. The Olaf Rogne Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to students in the Seminary. The Charles and ~lloraCrouch Student Loan Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to members of all classes. The Senior Loan Fund, established by the class of 1955, is available to selected graduating seniors. T h e John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theological Student Loan Fund is available to students who are preparing for the ministry. T h e Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established by the Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the ministry. Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on student loans. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances. SCHOLARSHIPS AND PRIZES Forty Freshman Scholarships of $300 each are available to outstanding high school graduates. Half of the $300 is applicable on the tuition for the second semester of the Freshman year. The remainder is divided between the Sophomore and Junior years provided the student's scholastic record is 2.0 or better. The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of $200.00 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need. The Henry P . Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually to a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise or achievement in the field of music. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Augsburg College Choir from 1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Dorvan. It is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who s h w s outstanding promise or achievement i-n -the -a-rt of singing. The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory of George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars. The Keith E . Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholar- ship is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. T w o Luthran Brotherhood Scholarships of $300 each are provided by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected by the college in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing. The Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship. The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935, is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an assigned subject in the field of Christian Sociology. The amount of the prize is $50.00. The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957 through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is awarded annually to a student in the College or Seminary. The award, in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service. The Celiu Fredrickson Scholarship consists of the income from a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg student from the Lamberton, Minnesota, parish of the Lutheran Free Church. The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects of graduate study. The Women's Missionary Federation Scholarship is awarded by the Federation to returned missionaries or to Lutheran students of recognized Christian character and good scholastic records who are making preparation for mission work. The scholarship varies from $50.00 to $250.00 per year. Higher awards are possible for graduate work or rrledical study. 20 AUGSBURG COLLEGE^ AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY GRANTS-IN-AID A few grants-in-aid are made to students in good standing who are in special need of financial assistance. To qualify for a grant, a student must make application, providing information about his own and his family's resources and anticipated expenses. EMPLOYME!NT SERVICE The employment service, located in the Placement Office, has been successful in placing hundreds of men and women students in parttime positions. The types of work secured are of many kinds, including recreational leadership, restaurant work, domestic service, sales work, and secretarial and clerical work. Students are employed by the college in many activities. For these positions preference is given to upper-class students who have maintained a good scholastic average. Assistance in securing summer employment is also provided each spring by the Employment Service. Application forms for part-time employment on or off campus may be secured from the Admissions or Placement Offices. STUDENT COMMUNITY LIFE The influences which mould life and character on a college campus are of many kinds. While the exercises of classroom, laboratory, and library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the spirit of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of Christian community living. Students are urged to give conscious attention to this personal and spiritual side of their development and thus contribute toward the prevalence of a vital and happy Christian atmosphere on the campus. It is the earnest desire of those who direct the policies of Augsburg that the institution may constantly be permeated by an atmosphere in which the quest for Truth as it is in Christ is prayerfully fostered in each life. All students are required to register for two class hours per week in one of the courses offered in Religion. There are numerous voluntary religious activities in which students are encouraged to participate. Spiritual Emphasis Week is held twice each year. It is assumed that every Augsburg student will find a church home in Minneapolis and attend its services regularly. It is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian College. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life and to the fellowship in which it is nourished should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and environment must be the product of the united effort and prayer of faculty, students, and administration. The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the daily Chapel Service, where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance is expected of all students. The Religious Life Committee, composed of students and faculty, endeavors to promote a religious program' that will stimulate growth of Christian life in the Augsburg community. Co-chairmen of this ' council are the student Director of Religious Activities and the College Pastor. Areas for which this committee carries primary responsibility are the Mid-Week services, Spiritual Emphasis Weeks, prayer meetings, and informal group meetings. This committee also serves as a coordinating agency for all volunteer Christian organizations on campus. The two principal organizations are the Lutheran Student Association and the Mission Society. The Mission Society promotes interest in missions through a program of study, fellowship, worship, and serdice. A highlight of the year is the Mission Festival, a week-end conference devoted to the study of missionary activity, and recruitment of workers. The Lutheran Student Association seeks to serve as a stimulus and outlet for Christian faith and life. Students participate in regional and national LSA Conferences, and conduct a schedule of meetings on campus. The Concordia Society is an organization for all the students in the Theological Seminary. Regular convocation programs are held at Augsburg throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered, including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic. Students at Augsburg are given many opportunities for social training and recreation. The Student Council through the Chairman of Social Activities, assisted by a Comlnittee on Social Education, sponsors each month an all-school social activity which all students may attend. Most of these are informal. The Sophomore and Junior classes sponsor semi-formal banquets. The Associated Women Students and a number of other organizations sponsor teas, dinners, and social affairs on and off campus. Social dancing is not approved of at Augsburg. "No man is a hypocrite in his pleasures." To learn to enjoy the right form of recreational activities is an important aspect of preparation for life. At Augsburg there is a definite attempt to encourage the formation of helpful recreational habit-patterns, not only with regard to the planned play program supervised by the Director of Recreation and the Department of Physical Education, but also with regard to the use of leisure time in general. STUDENT COMMUNITY LIFE 'C MUSICAND THE FINEARTS Augsburg's location in Minneapdis gives its students unique oppqrtunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art collections are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts and the Walker Art Center. The Twin City libraries are .extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and the University Theater drama programs. A bi-weekly bulletin, Events of Interest in Minneapolis, listing programs, concerts, art displays and exhibitions is compiled and issued from the Student Personnel Office. STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES Institutional services to students are organized and administered in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The Student Health Service, Housing and Food Service, Placement, Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students. Under the counseling program at Augsburg each student is assigned a faculty counselor to assist him in the planning of his total college program. All faculty members participate in counseling. The broad intellectual interests of the faculty member are combined with the professional skill and techniques of trained counselors to provide counseling- at various levels, and in many areas of student needs. Personal, social, and spiritual problems as well as vocational choice and financial needs are given consideration. As far as possible, the work of obtaining the necessary data about the individual student and organizing the total program of counseling is carried out by the Office of the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans and policies established by the S t d e n t Personnel Committee. These plans include testing, assignment of counselors, scheduling of group conferences and counseling periods. Each new student is assigned a faculty member who is his counselor for two years. When a student enters the Upper Division, he chooses a major field of study. The major adviser then becomes his counselor. Faculty counselors confer with their counselees at regular intervals throughout the year and at other times as the needs of the individual student appear. If a serious problem develops which demands professional skill and more time than the professor has to spend in counseling, the student is referred by way of the Office of the Dean of Students to professionally qualified counselors. The Dean of Women and the Dean of Students are special counselors to the women and the men, respectively. - - Students receive vocational counseling in conference with their counselors, and have frequent opportunities to confer with persons who are eminently successful in the particular professions selected by students as their tentative occupational choices. An Occupational Information file in the college library provides materials for a study of vocations. The Orientation course, required of all freshmen, includes a unit on vocational planning. The results of a vocational interest test are available for all students. Students who have various personal problems are encouraged to seek help through counseling conferences. Often students have been able to solve problems of finances, social adjustment, and personality through counseling sessions. Those who have spiritual problems may confer with the College Chaplain, or with members of the Department of Religion as well as with their faculty counselor. By a system of referral, students may receive counsel from any member of the faculty, or from qualified persons beyond the college community. The Personnel deans are available at all times for special counseling conferences. The collegt physician is consulted in regard to all problems pertaining to physical and mental health. Counselors and major advisers strive to help students develop their latent ability. Students who distinguish themselves acad'imically are named on the Dean's List, and are thereby qualified to participate in a study program designed to develop their special talents to the highest degree. Honor societies such as the Augsburg Guild o j Honor and Lambda Iota T a u recognize students who have excelled in several areas. All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshinan Days. College aptitude scores, English, and reading ability scores are used by counselors to help students plan their initial programs. Personal adjustment scores and the vocational interest test profile help the students learn to know more about themselves, in order to make the best choice of subjects and occupational goals. Sophomores participate in a nation-wide testing program. Seniors also take a nationally standardized test. Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days before the beginning of classes each semester. The students take tests, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several conferences during which they plan the student's program of study. All freshmen enroll in a class in Orientation. In this course, the students learn about standards and requirements of various areas of college life. Methods and habits of study and related techniques are explored. Personal health, social adjustment, personal finances, and vocational aims are discussed. Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admissions data, academic achievement, student participation and achievement in nonacademic activities, test scores, reports of counseling and other information. The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership roster. The Student Health Service provides campus dispensary service with a registered nurse in charge. The college physician has daily office l~ours on campus for consultation and for emergency treatment. Physical examinations are given all entering students and seniors. Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed, including psychiatric referral. Infirmary rooms are adjacent to the dispensary. The Health Service is housed in a first floor section of Memorial Hall, the men's residence hall. Students, faculty, and staff have chest X-rays taken semi-annually through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. The Department of Physical Education conducts a program of recreation for all students. All freshmen are required to take a course in personal and community health. - - In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of others. All students not living at home must live in college operated or college approved housing and take their meals in the college dining room. Under certain conditions students may make other arrangements after consultation with the Dean of Women or the Dean of Students. Single students are not permitted to live in apartments. Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules become effective, and they close a day after. the term closes. Students who wish to stay in residence during vacations must apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels and blankets. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented with laundering service at a reasonable cost. This service is required of all women students. An optional linen service is available to men students. Gerda Mortensen Hall, the residence for women, located at Sixth Street and Twenty-fourth Avenue South, houses 160 women and provides a lounge, recreation facilities, and a room with grill service available to all students. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses 150 men and also contains the college dining rooms and the student health service. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall semester for the entire school year. Room reservations with deposit of $15 are required of all single students residing outside the Twin Cities. This deposit is applied to the first semester's room rent. For new students it should accompany the Admissions Deposit. Rooms for new students are assigned in the late summer according to the date of application. Present students must make room application and submit the deposit by May 15. After May 15 reservations for present students are assigned on the same basis as for new students. Students who find it necessary to cancel their room reservation will receive full refund of the deposit if the cancellation is received by August 1, and half refund if it is received by September 1. City or suburban students may make application for residence housing. Their names will be placed on the waiting list, and they will be assigned to rooms in regular order as vacancies occur. The room deposit of $15 is required and is refundable in full should no room become available. PLACEMENT GRADUATE The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions and organizations at the local as well as the state and national levels. Interviews are arranged both on and off the campus. A registration fee and a small placement fee are charged. EMPLOYMENT STUDENT An employment service, located in the Placement Office, assists students in obtaining part time remunerative work. OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES COORDINATION The Coordinator of Student Activities assists student officers to maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty sponsors are approved by the Coordinator. The program af student activities is a primary responsibility of the Student Council, legislative and executive body of the Augsburg Student Society. Faculty concern and responsibility for all student activities and the co-curricular program is assigned to the Faculty Council. Liaison between the Student Council and the Faculty Council is the function of the Student-Facdty Committee, whose special responsibility it is to promote student activity, and to keep the college activities calendar. The Calendar is kept in the office of the Coordinator of Student Activities. A weekly bulletin of events is furnished all college personnel by the office of Student Personnel. COMMUNITY STANDARDS AND DISCIPLINE The Christian life implies an intimate relation to the person of Christ. Although the claims of this life may not be indentical to, in fact may go far beyond, the claims of any particular community, every community operates under some standards of life and conduct that give character to it. Out of the religious and cultural traditions of Augsburg has grown a way of life which is approved by the college and which it regards as helpful in the development of its particular type of community. Those who elect to enroll at Augsburg are expected to be guided by these general standards of conduct. Confidence is placed in the individual student, but his habits and conduct are matters of sincere concern and attention. It is the aspiration of Augsburg to strengthen in each student the highest standards of honesty, integrity, and charity in all his relationships and activities. Although the college does not accept full responsibility for the enforcement of all regulations as they pertain to the off-campus life of the student, it is concerned about his behavior in every situation. It also recognizes the original jurisdiction of the parent in the home. Disciplinary problems are first dealt with through counseling. Those not solved in this way are channeled to a faculty-student Committee on Discipline through the office of the Dean of Students. In all such cases, careful investigation and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action. The college reserves the right to dismiss any student whose continuation in college is deemed undesirable. In dealing with the alcohol problem, Augsburg seeks to have its students refrain from all use of alcoholic beverages. It specifically forbids the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages in dormitories, in any college-approved place of residence, or at any college-sponsored event. Any student who appears under the influence of alcohol is subject to severe disciplinary action. Every student is expected to know the college regulations, those stated in the catalog as well as any additional ones that may be issued for a given year. STUDENT GOVERNMENT The Augsburg Student Society, comprising the whole student body of Augsburg College and Theological Seminary, is organized to conduct student affairs, develop student initiative and leadership, and provide opportunity for practical experience in the democratic processes of group activity. The administration of student government is delegated to the Student Council, a representative group elected by the Student Society and the various classes. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in student government through its representative on the Council. Augsburg is a member of the National Student Association. The Student Council directs several projects of interest to the college community. These projects include the annual One Appeal Campaign, Leadership Training workshops, Courtesy Week, and Political Action Week. Counseling of freshmen by upper class students is conducted through a College Brother-College Sister program. Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students, provide.; opportunity for the women to develop a degree of seIf government. It aims to create a sense of harmon? and fellowship, to promote and maintain high standard5 of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and it encourages participation in all college activities. It is affiliatd with the Intercollegiate Associated Women Students, a national organization. The Student Council office and the Council Room adjoin the Augsburg Echo and Augsburgian offices on the ground floor of Science Hall. The student post office and Student Center occupy a prominent place on the same floor, and serve as a focal point for student activities. PUBLICATIONS The Augsburg Echo, the college newspaper, is published by a student stsff. The Faculty adviser teaches courses in journalism. Staff members enrolled in the class earn academic credit. Augsburg's yearbook, the A u g b u r g h , pra~-idesa pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artietic dwign a5 we11 as in photography. The top staff members of the Augsburg Echo and the Augsburgian constitute the Board of Publication. A student editor, named by the Board of Publications, with the assistance of the Registrar, compiles the annual S t u d e ~Handbook a r ~ dDirectory. CO-CURRICULAR PROGRAM The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation, students with similar interests have united to form clubs. Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the class room. Others are devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum. New clubs are formed as the occasion demands. r AUGSBLJRG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY STUDENT CLUBS The Alpha Delta Theta, Sigma Chapter, is a professional sorority open to students preparing for medical technology. Membership is based upon scholarship, character and professional potential. The Aristotelian. Society unites those who have a common interest in scientific knowledg,e and experimentation. Thus they may develop their interest in the various branches of science and perhaps infuse some of that spirit of interest throughout the college. The Art Club is organized to satisfy the student's creative urge in the field of art, to educate members, as well as others, in the field of art and all that it contains, and to promote an interest in art among the student body. The Business Club draws membership from the Business and Secretarial Studies classes. The development of professional interests is the major objective. The Camera Club is composed of camera fans who meet regularly to exchange ideas about their hobby and to develop skill in photography. The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language and people of the various countries. The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members an opportunity to learn from participation in stage presentations and from field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays produced. Membership is open to all students. The F ~ u r eTeachers of America, Martin Quanbeck Chapter, offers to its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession. Interest in education or in the teaching profession is the only requirement for membership. The Home Economics Club, open to all students in the Home Economics Department, aims to promote professional attitudes toward all aspects of home and community life. The Public Aflairs Federation aims to stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national politics, and in other human relations activities. The Social Service Club is an organization of students preparing for professional work in the field of Social Service. The Writers Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism. THE AUGSBURG COLLEGECHOIR The Choir has about sixty members selected from all classes. In addition to local concerts, the choir goes on tour each year to various parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada. The band meets for rehearsal at a regularly scheduled period four times per week. The concert band makes an annual tour and presents public concerts in Minneapolis. There are also a Varsity Band and Imstrumental Ensembles. THE AUGSBURG COLLEGECANTORIANS This Women's Chorus participates in school programs and concerts and makes short tours annually. THE MALECHORUS The Chorus sings at various churches in the Twin City area and makes short tours in the vicinity. FORENSICS Augsburg College participates in intercollegiate debating, both in Minnesota and in the neighboring states. Students may also participate in local and intercollegiate oratorical contests. THE 'A" CLUB Membership in the "A"- Club is limited to men who have won a major A at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." WOMEN'SATHLETICASSOCIATION Membership in the Women's Athletic Association is gained by participation in individual and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis. The Augsburg W.A.A. is a member of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION Under the direction of the Department of Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners of intramural schedules in various colleges. INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both the players and the spectators. The educational program of the college. recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that competitive pIay can contribute to the development of student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties. More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be of special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or re-, creational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in. any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute directly to this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. ( 3 ) The student spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high grade performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other cocurricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program. HONORS AND AWARDS The 1925 Class Cup i n Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. The Harold A . Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the -basketball team. The Class of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the college as a prize t o arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the annual contest ishengraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the college and is placed on exhibition in the Science Hall. The 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship is awarded to the senior student of highest scholastic standing who has attended Augsburg for at least two years. Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is open to English majors who have attained a high scholastic average and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience. The Augsburg Guild of Honor is an organization to recognize and honor those members of the senior graduating class who have shown themselves to be individuals excelling to an outstanding degree in scholarship, leadership, and participation in extra-curricular activities. - - The Dean's List includes students who have achieved an honor point ratio of 2.5 or better in the previous semester of work at Augsburg College. AUGSBURG COLLEGE ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION ADMISSION PROCEDURE Application for admission should be made on the regular admission form, which can be secured from the Office of Admissions. This form is generally available also in Minnesota high schools. The application, together with the high school record, previous college record, if any, two letters of recommendation, a small photograph, and an admissions deposit of 815.00 should be sent to the Office of Admissions. The deposit, which will be applied on first semester tuition, is partially refunded if the application is not accepted or if it is withdrawn by the applicant before August 1. A student seeking admission in the fall semester should apply not later than September 1 and for the spring semester by January 15. REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION Augsburg College admits as students, men and women of good moral character and sound health who appear to have the ability to succeed in college. Estimate of ability is determined by rank in the high school graduating class and college aptitude tests, and by the high school record or previous college record. The normal basis for admission is the completion of the courses of grades nine to twelve in an accredited high school. No definite pattern of subjects is required, but it is recommended that the last four years of high school include four units of English, or three units of English and two of a foreign language, two units of social studies, one uuit of mathematics and one or two units of science. A unit is defined as a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. Graduates of unaccredited high schools are considered for admission on the basis of their rank in high school and their achievement in a college aptitude examination and an English achievement test. Applicants who are not high school graduates but who give evidence of sufficient maturity are considered for admission upon recommendation and on the basis of achievement in a college aptitude test, English achievement test, and General Educational Development Tests on literary materials, social science materials, and natural science materials. For most graduates of Minnesota high schools the results of the college aptitude and English achievement tests are available in advance if they have been taken in the state-wide testing program. The General Educational Development tests are available to service men through the Armed Forces Institute. All tests may, however, be taken at Augsburg by arrangement with the Registrar. The College reserves the right to reject the applications of students whose previous records or aptitudes, as measured by tests, indicate they may have difficulty in doing college work. TRANSFER AND ADVANCED STANDING Students are accepted by transfer from other institutions if they did satisfactory work and were otherwise in good standing there. If their previous work was unsatisfactory, they are admitted to Augsburg only under special circumstances. Advanced standing, that is, credit for courses completed, is granted to students who present satisfactory transcripts from accredited institutions. In certain cases advanced standing is granted on the basis of comprehensive examinations. ADMISSION OF VETERANS Veterans, qualified for educational benefits under any of the government programs, may study at Augsburg and receive these benefits. The veteran must secure a certificate of eligibility from the regional office of the Veterans Administration. Application for benefits must be made in advance of registration, except that veterans who are eligible for assistance under Public Law 550 may make application for entitlement when they enroll at the college. In order to receive credit for experience in the military services, the veteran must present a photostatic or certified copy of his Separation Record at the Registrar's Office. Evaluation is made according to the recommendation of the American Council on Education. Some college credit is given for the completion of the work in certain service schools and for some courses taken through the Armed Forces Institute. REGISTRATION Students who have been accepted for admission should regi..qter on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Students who register late are charged a late registration fee of $1.00 per day after classes begin. No student may registe~f o r OF enter a course later than two weeks after the beginning of classes. In registering, care should be taken to include the Lower Division requirements during the first two years. However, if such registration is delayed beyond the second year, a student will neither be required nor permitted to register beyond the allowed number of credit hours per semester in order to make it up. No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any course for which there is not sufficient registration. Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school. The normal registration is 16 credit hours. A credit hour is defined as one recitation period a week throughout a semester. The privilege of registering for more than 1'7% credit hours may be granted only to students who have gained an average record of B, or two honor points per credit, in their previous college studies. Exceptions to this rule may be made under certain conditions determined by the Admissions and Scholarship Committee. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 20 credits per semester. Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount of their registration accordingly. CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION In case a student desires to make any changes in his registration, he must obtain a form from the Registrar's office on which he may make application, stating clearly his reasons for desiring the change. Approval of the teachers concerned and the student's adviser and the Registrar must be obtained before a change will be permitted. A course which is abandoned without being cancelled through the Registrar's Office will result in a grade of F. No course may be added after the first two weeks of classes. A course may not be cancelled after the first six weeks of classes. A fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of registration after the first week of classes. A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end of a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's office in order to remain in good standing. UNIVERSITY COURSES By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University. But such registration will not be allowed unless the student has a grading of C average, or 1 honor point per credit, in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained at the University may be transferred to Augsburg College and counted towards graduation. CLASSIFICATION In order to be classified in one of the college classes, a student must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of work in which college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of honor points: Sophomore, 24; Junior, 58; Senior, 92. Students are classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each school year. PROBATION AND ELIMINATION The Admissions and Scholarship Committee meets at the end of each semester to consider the status of students who are doing unsatisfactory work. Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of .5 or below, Sophomores .6 or below, and Senior College students .8 or below, as well as students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester are placed on probation during the semester that follows. They remain on probation until an honor point ratio of 1 is attained. A student is not allowed to remain in college on probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by special permission. He is dropped for low scholarship if he fails to maintain a satisfactory scholastic record. CLASS ATTENDANCE Regular attendance in class is required. Students who find it necessary to be absent because of illness or for other reasons should confer with their teachers. Students are expected to arrange the hours of part-time employment so that work does not conflict with classes. Any exception to this rule must be agreed to by the teacher of the class affected and must be approved by the Dean of the College. A record of attendance is kept by each teacher, and periodic reports are submitted to the Registrar. At the end of the semseter, a record is made of the total absences of each student for the semester. Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods absent, are issued by the Dean to all instructors involved. Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. EXAMINATIONS Tests are given periodically throughout the semester. In the course of each semester, reports of the grades attained are made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors and students. Final reports are sent at the close of each semester to the parents and students. Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of each semester. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination in any course before the examination week. Absence from a final examination without a sufficient reason will result in a grade of failure in the course concerned. A student who has to be absent from a final examination because of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse may arrange to take such an examination during some period after the time on which the subject is scheduled. If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College to take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled, he is charged a fee of two dollars for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned. The teacher will give no examination before he has this statement. CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be removed before the end of the following semester or within a year if the student has not re-enrolled. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing grade only when the average of the previous work is sufficiently high. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $2.00 is charged for an examination making u p an incomplete or a condition received at the end of a semester. COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS Compre)lensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Admissions and Scholarship Committee feels the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured at the offiee of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 is charged for each examination and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's office. GRADE VALUES 3 honor points per credit A-Superior, &Very good, 2 honor points per credit C-Satisfactory, D-Passable, F-Failure, 1 honor .point per credit no honor points per credit minus 1 honor point per credit GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain requirements must be met with regard to credits, courses, and grades. A student who plans to graduate from Augsburg is urged to study the requirements as outlined in this section of the catalog and in the department in which he plans to major. It is the responsibility of the student to see that he includes the required subjects at the right time in his program of studies. The faculty advisers, the Dean, and the Registrar will gladly assist him in planning his program. Lower Division Requirements 1:or a general college education and as a basis for study in professional fields, students are required to complete the following credits in lower division courses: Religion Each semester, 2 credits English 6 credits Course 1-2. Students exempted from Freshman English must earn 6 credits above Freshman English. 3 credits Course 11. Fine Arts 2 credits H.Ec. 3, 64, Mu. 7, 3, Phil. 60, Sp. 29, or any literature course satisfies this requirement. Foreign Langzmge 8 credits Students who have studied a foreign language for three years in high school and students with majors in Home Economics are exempted from this requirement. Social Sciences Hist. 1-2; 21, 22; or Soc. 1, 2. 6 credits Natural Sciences 8 credits Health and Physical Education 3 credits Courses 2, 3 and 4. Students with majors in Home Economics will substitute H. Ec. 63 for P. E. 2. Orientation is required of all Freshmen. Major and Minors A student is required to complete a major and one or more minors for graduation. The major subject is determined by the student's aims as well as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in the quality of work he does in the Lower Division. It is well for the student to know in his Freshman year what major line of study he will pursue. Students who are still undecided as to their major choice when they appear for registration in the junior year, should, before they register, consult with a faculty counselor and with heads of the various departments to determine their field of major work. In planning the major, a student is required to consult with the Head of the Department offering the major. Majors are offered in the following areas: Religion, Philosophy, English, Speech, Music, History, Sociology, Social Science, Business Administration, Business Education, Secretarial Studies, Home Economics, Biology, Physics, Chemistry, Natural Science, Mathematics, and Physical Education. For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see devartmental statements. Electives Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing a student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major. Juniors and Seniors should, as a rule, choose their electives from courses designated as Upper Division Courses, that is courses numbered 50 or above. At least thirtv credits in Upper Division Courses must be completed for graduation. Total Credits and Honor Points The amount of work required for graduation comprises a minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor point for each c:.edit. A credit equals one recitation period a week throughout one semester. Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for each credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit with a grade of B, and three honor points for each credit with a grade of A. English Proficiency In order to qualify for the A.B. degree a student must demonstrate 2 proficiency in the writing and speaking of English. Residence Requirement To receive the A.B. degree the candidate must spend at least the concluding year for such a degkea in residence. DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION The A.B. degree with distinction is conferred as follows: Distinction Honor point n& Summa Cum Laude Magna Cum Laude Cum Laude To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed at least two years of work at Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg, as well as his total record must meet the requirements as given above. CURRICULUMS The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in plann,ing a program which will prepare him for the vocation of his choice. THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum qualifies the student for admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary, which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors or missionaries. The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It does not include a major or a minor. The student should seek the counsel of the Seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the Freshman year. The Seminary adviser for candidates for Augsburg Seminary is Mr. Stensvaag; for candidates for other Seminaries, Mr. Helland. Sophomore Freshman . Basic Bible Orientation . . Freshman English . Foreign Language .. Healcth . European Civilization Physical Education . Electives 4 I 6 8 z 6 I 4 Junior New Testament Greek Speech . . . History . Sociology or Economics or Political Science or Education . Electives . .. Natural Science Psychology Foreign Langua,ge . Typewriting . New Testament Greek Electives . 8 4 6 I 8 6 Senior 6 6 6 6 8 32 .... . Religion Youth Work in the Church Philosophy . .... .... English Li,terature .. Electives . . . . . . z 2 6 6 16 32 The foreign language requirement includes 14 semester credits in Greek, and 14 smester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian. PARISH AND MISSIONARY WORKERS The purpose of this course is to train men and women for effective service in the Church at home or abroad; that is, as teachers in vacation, week-day and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish workers. The course is so arranged that the student will, upon its satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and also a certificate indicating that he is a qualified parish worker. Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with Mr. Stensvaag, parish work adviser. The suggested schedule provides for a minor in Religion and makes it possible to plan for a major in Home Economics, History, English or Sociology. It is also possible to plan for a major in Religion with a minor in some other field. The courses essential for the securing of the Parish Worker's Certificate are italicized in the outline below. Freshman Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . .6 Natural Science . . . . . . . . . 8 Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Principles of Sociology ..... . 3 Social Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Orientation ................. I Physical Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . Beginning Speech . . . . . Types of Public Speech . Foreign Language . . . . General Psychology . . Health . . . . . . . . . . First Aid . . . . . . . . . . Electives .......... 32 Junior The Missionary Enterprise . . . . . . z Principles of Christian Education . 2 The Christian Churches . . . . z The Lutheran Church . . . . . . . r Social Psychology or Urban Sociol......... 3 OgY - Actiltg , , , , . . . 3 Story Telling . . , . . . .I Elementary Shorthand . . . . . . . . 6 Recreational Activities . . . I Electives . . . 10 Senior Parish Work ............ z Youth Work in the Church . . z Edt~caticmal Psychology . . . . . . . 3 Hymns and Music of the Church z Fzindamentals of Jozrmalism . . . . . z Crafts . . . . . . . . . . :', . . . . . . . . s Fields of Social Work . . . . . . . 3 Secretarial Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Fine Arts , , ........ 2 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . 11. - HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a certificate for teaching in Minnesota at the junior and senior high school level. The same program will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states. The student should apply to the Department of Education for admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications. Students should usually prepare for competency in at least two subject-matter fields in which high schools offer work. In addition to departmental majors, broad majors for teaching may be secured in natural science, social science, and business education. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 European Civilization . . . . . . . - . . . 6 Foreign Language or Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Foreign Language or Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Educational Psychology . . . . . Teaching in High School . , Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . Electives in Major or Minor . . . Senior ............... 4 Religion Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . . . . 3 Issues in Contemporary Education. 3 Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . 4 or I Special Teaching Methods . . . . . . . . 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 Sophomore VOCATIONS IN HOME ECONOMICS f o r k in the Deparhent of Home Economics is intended to prepare students for homemaking, ta e q i p them for the teaching of home economics in high school. and to give them the first two years of the training required for such vocations as dietetics. institution manage~ e n t home . economics and journalism, and home manomics in business. Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the home economics staff about the details of the program when she begins her college work. X curriculum for a home economics education major is given below. A graduate who completes this curriculum qualifies for certification by the Minnesota State Board for Vocational Education to teach in federally aided secondary school home economics departments. Courses in italics are not required for a general home economics major. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Orientation . . . . . . - - - . . . - . . .I P.hysica1 Education . . . . . . . . . I English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 or 6 Zoology* or Anatomy . . . . 8 or 4 Art in Daily Living . . . . . . . . . 3 Clothing Selection . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Clothing Constraction . . . . . . . 2 - 3 4 or 33 Junior Religion . . . . . . . , . . . . 4 Educational Psychology . . . . . . . 3 Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Tefiching in Secondary Schools . . . . 3 Bacteriology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Textiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z Color and Design . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . 3 Home Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Family Health . . . . . . . . . . . . z Sociology or Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . 3 Sophomore Religion .................... 4 Pspcholagy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Marriage and Family Relations . . 3 Principles of Physiscs . . . . . . . . - - 4 Chemistry 5-6* or Chemistry 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 or 4 Child Development . . . . . . . . . z Foods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . o or z - Senior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , .. 4 Special Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . . . . 3 Issues in Contemporary Education . 3 Home Management Problems . . . . . 2 Home Management La'bora.tory ... 2 Advanced Clothing Construction . . 2 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Electives must be in the minor field which the student selects. *Strongly recommended for students who contemplate graduate study in home economics or work in the areas of nutrition, foods or textiles research. BUSINESS The program in business administration is intended for students who are planning to work in the fields of business and industry. In addition to giving preparation for a business vocation the following suggested course of study leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree. Sophomore Freshman Religion Freshman English Foreign Language Principles of Accounting Introduction to Business Orientation Henlrh Physical Education Elective Junior . Religion United States History . .. Business Law Public Finance or Money and . . . . Banking Taxation or Cost Accounting Electives Religion Psychology . . , Speech . . .... Principles of Economics Introduction t o Statisti,cs Natural Science . . Electives . . 3 3 13 Senior Religion . . . 4 Business Finance or Marketing . . 3 Industrial Mana)gement or Labor3 Management Relations . . . Seminar in Business Administration . 3 Fine Arts , . . 3 Electives . . . 16 32 32 4 6 3 - - LAW The following two-year program is suggested for students who plan to study law. Freshman Religion . . . Freshman English Principles of Accounting . . Sociology . European Civilization . . Orientation General Psychology Pihysical Aotivities Sophomore Reli,gion Christian Ethi,cs . Principles of Economics American Government . Logic . . . ... . Introduction to Philosophy History or Literature .. Natural Science . . SOCIAL WORK A rapid expansion of the field of social work during the past twenty years has created an acute need for trained social workers. Positions are available in pubIic agencies an federal, state, county, and municipal levels; in private agencies sponsored by churches or other community organizations; in goup work, case work, or community organization. In response to this need, Augsburg College has developed a curriculum designed to do two things: (a) equip graduates for immediate employment in social work positions that do not erequire post-graduate training, and (b) prepare students for further study in graduate schools of social work. Augsburg College is an active member of the Minnesota Conference on Social Work Education. During recent years graduates of Augsburg have secured positions in both public and private welfare, in probation work, child welfare, group w o ~ k ,and case work. The following courses are recommended for students interested in Social Work. The courses which are italicized should be taken by all such students. Sophomore Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . European Civilization American Government . . . . . . . . . . 6 Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Principles of Sociology Social Problems . . . . ........... Foreign Language . . . . Orientation . . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . Health . . . . . . . . . . . . Elementary Statistics Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . . 3 Senior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Fields of Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . History of Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . Criminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Public Welfare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives 3 Rural Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Urban Sociology ............... 3 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 6 3 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Introduction to Methods of Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Social Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Abnormal Psychology . . . . . . . . . 3 Fine A ~ t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . .16 32 MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY Students may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three years of work at Augsburg College and twelve months at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis. This course prepares them for examination for certification in Medical Technology. It is recommended that students in this curriculum choose a minor in an unrelated field. The following program is suggested. Sophomore Freshman ................ 4 Religion Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Chemistry $-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . I Foreign Language - . . . . - . . . . . . . . 8 Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Onganic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Zoology .............. Health . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . Elective . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 .8 4 3 8 2 3 Senior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Chemistry 61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Bacteriology . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . 4 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 - Lectures, lzboratory and ~ractical work at General or Swedish Hospita1 for twelve months . . . . . . 3 2 - Students taking this program must register at Augsburg as well as at the affiliated hospital in their senior year. DI ACONATE A program whereby a Deaconess candidate can prepare for service in the areas of parish work, social service, high schod teaching, missionary work, nursing, or secretarial work may be arranged in consultation with the Directing Sister of the Lutheran Deaconess Home, the Dean of Women and the Registrar. NURSING Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their school of nursing have at least one year of college. In many instances two or more years of college work are desirable. The following pre-nursing curriculum is suggested for those planning to enter a four-year school of nursing. Those who plan on a three-year nursing program should try to select courses in college which will not duplicate the courses they will study in the school of nursing which they plan to attend. Freshman , ~ , Religion . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . .6 General Zoology . . . . . . 8 Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Elements of Nutrition . - 3 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . I Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - , ~ Religion . . . . . . . . . . . .4 History or Political Science . . . . . . 6 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Child Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives ................7 - 33 34 The following courses of the School of Nursing of the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, are offered at Augsburg College. This is a part of the three-year course offered by the hospital. Application for admission to the School of Nursing should be made to the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota. First Year Anatomy and Bacteriology Chemistry . Psychobgy . Second Year Physiology . . . . . . . . 4 . . . . . . . . ., . 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 . . , . . . . . . . . . .2 I2 Sociology . . - . . . . . . 2 2 Students enrolled in the School of Nursing at Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis, take courses in Chemistry, and Human Anatomy and Physiology at Augsburg College. Applications for admission to this program should be made directly to Swedish Hospital. ENGINEERING A student may take two full years of pre-engineering at Augsburg before transferring. The course outlined below applies 'to the fields of aeronautical, electrical, agricultural, civil, and mechanical engineering and engineering mathematics at the University of Minnesota. The chemistry and chemical engineering programs will be slightly different. Students planning to enter this program should complete higher algebra and solid geometry in high school. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Engineering Drawing and Descriptive Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 General Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - Sophomore Reli3gion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Elementary Calculus and Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . .. l o Introduction to Atomic and Nuclear . . . . . . . . 4 Physics . . . Electricity and Magnetism .. 4 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Psychology or Sociology I , 2 . 4 or 6 - Statics may be taken at the University of Minnesota in the first quarter of the junior year, except for the courses in civil and mechanical engineering, in which case it may be taken in evening school or summer session. DENTISTRY Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed in two years. The following schedule will meet the requirements for admission to most dental schools. Students planning to enter this curriculum should take higher algebra and plane geometry in high school. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . 6 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . .lo Orientation .............. I Health . . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . . z Physical Education . . . . . , .. I Sophomore Religion .......- European Civilization . . . Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Organic Chemistry . . ... General Physics . . . . 4 6 8 8 8 MEDICINE Most medical schools require a minimum of three years of college education, but premedical students often find it advantageous to complete their college work before entering the medical school. The following program will meet the requirements of most medical schools, but it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the medical school to which he plans to apply. Students who have not had higher algebra in high school will need to add Second Course Algebra to the curriculum given below. Sophomore Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 General Chemistry
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1980-1981
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements...
Show more This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements, and academic policies contained in this publication. If questions arise concerningany matterpublishedherein, the student should consult with a faculty adviser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar. Table of Contents PAGE 4, GLOSSARY OF TERMS PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE PAGE 10, CAMPUS MAP PAGE 12, THE PHYSICAL PLANT PAGE 14, ACADEMIC LlFE PAGE 24, STUDENT LlFE PAGE 31, ADMISSION T O THE COLLEGE PAGE 35, FINANCIAL AID PAGE 44, EXPENSES PAGE 47, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION PAGE 54, GENERAL INFORMATION PAGE 56, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS PAGE 147, FACULTY PAGE 156, ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL PAGE 158, INDEX BACK COVER, ACADEMIC CALENDAR Glossary of Terms This Augsburg College catalog i s designed to give you the information you need to know as a student or prospective student. I n it you will find most of the answers t o questions you may have about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at the College. Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar t o you. We hope the following brief definitions will be helpful. ACADEMIC.. . . . . . . . .The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize school and college. ... .. .. ... .A subject studied during one semester or an interim such as "Community Development and Organization." In general, four courses are taken each semester at Augsburg and one during the interim i n January. Thirty-five courses are required for graduation. COURSE.. . ........A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors i n MAJOR . ... . 20 departments. -......, ...A concentration i n a field or study i n less depth than the major. MINOR.. . .. .. .... ....A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the ELECTIVE student from any college department as his or her interests dictate. FEE .............,.... Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory equipment or locker rental. .... ... , . ...Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. LOAN . . . See "Financial Aid." SCHOLARSHIP . . .....Financial assistance received by a student based on high school performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result of special kerb such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts and lengrh of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial need of the student. There i s no obligation to repay. The same criteria are used for Grants-In-Aid. SEMESTER.. ... .......The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15 weeks i n length and the interim i s 4 weeks. PREREQUISITE .... ...A course which a student i s required t o complete before another one may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or another department. Introduction Few liberal arts colleges combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the few, very special Christian colleges which can offer you both. The small college atmosphere enables you to be a participant or a spectator at a variety of events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts, films, and lectures are regularly available to you on campus, as are intercollegiate or intramural athletic programs. Religious activities are a vital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been established by the Student Government to oversee, stimulate and perpetuate religious life on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose and goal i s neither self-serving nor self-sustaining, but rather furthering the ministry of Christ on the Augsburg campus. You, the student, are an individual at Augsburg. You design your own learning experience. While distributional and major requirements act as guidelines, there is latitude to design a portion o f your own education. At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental as well as the individual are central. The college follows the calendar known as the "4-1-4." I n the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole range of human knowledge. The liberal arts education, however, is more than an education of knowledge from a number of fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration is necessary in your chosen field. You may choose from a variety of majors for hundreds of career possibilities. Augsburg is i n the center of the Twin Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this metropolitan setting, a rich kaleidoscope of resources and activities i s available t o enrich your education, if you choose. You may select an evening at the Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or at any of the many galleries or coffee houses. You might spend an afternoon touring the Minneapolis Institute of Arts. You may choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra or one by the many professional touring groups that appear i n the Twin Cities. There are numerous opportunities for individual and team sports. Professional sports are also available - the Twins, the Vikings, the North Stars, and the Kicks. Thus, we feel Augsburg i s a distinctive combination: a strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an eager student body and a remarkable location. The College Identification Augsburg is afour-year liberal artscollege affiliated with the American Lutheran Church (ALC). more than loo years A u g s b u r g celebrated its centennial i n 1969 and i s i n i t s second century of Christian higher education. The current study body of about 1600 is largely of Lutheran background though many denominations are represented on campus. About 65% are resident students, while others commute daily from the surrounding metropolitan area. Reaching the Twin Cities i s easy. Several major airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, including united, ~~~~h~~~~orient, Eastern, Braniff, Republic, Ozark and Allegheny. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. The Augsburg campus i s just five minutes east of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border of the campus. (Directions are given in the map section of this catalog.) History Location You and your education will have the option of benefiting from Augsburg's location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art collections are available to you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center, and many other galleries. Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans i n America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home in 1872. The first college students were enrolled i n 1874 and the first college graduation was held in 1879. The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities for the enjoyment of music of many types. The Twin CitjesaIsoappear regularly on the itineraries of major performing artists. The school wasofficially namedAugsburf3 College in 1963 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theelogical Seminary in St. Paul that same year. A variety of dramatic and musical presentations is provided by several theaters in the area such as the nationally known Cuthrie Theater, Theater in the Round, the Old Log Theater, the St. Paul Opera, Chimera Theater and the Chanhassen Dinner Theater. Nature and Objectives Recreational activities abound. You can play tennis at parks near the campus or swim in one of the many area lakes. I n the winter you may join other students on skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around. Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of the American Lutheran Church. It i s committed t o an open, honest, competent inquiry into the sciences, arts, and humanities i n the context of the Christian faith. Augsburg emphasizes t h e f o l l o w i n g primary objectives: To expose students to a wide variety o f ideas and disciplines, while assisting them to become proficient i n one area or major. Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Washington, D.C. t o h e l p students understand the Christian faith i n relation to the contemporary world. The College and i t s faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. to develop students' love o f learning and their faculties o f reason, criticism, curiosity a n d imagination b y encouraging and maintaining academic excellence. to increase students' understanding o f the urban environment and culture, and to enable them to gain the skills needed to respond creatively to the problems and potentialities o f the modern city. to encourage students to ascertain their interests and abilities, and to aid them i n discovering the occupational opportunities which exist for them. to assist students i n their intellectual, emotional, and spiritual growth; to encourage them to develop attitudes and qualities o f character compatible with the Christian faith. Policies It i s the policy of Augsburg College not t o discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended i n i t s admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance with Title IX may be directed t o Bonnie-Jean Mork, Memorial Hall (330-1023), or Marianne Sander, M e m o r i a l H a l l (330-1160), o r t o t h e Director of the Office for Civil Rights, The Campus Augsburg's campus i s located i n the heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks i n the "City of Lakes." The College currently has 16 major buildings with a number of cottage housing units that are very popular with the students. The Universitv of Minnesota and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to the campus. Accreditation Augsburg has achieved full accreditation i n the following associations that set standards by which excellence i s judged: North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical Society Visiting t h e Campus The purpose of the campus visit is t o permit students to learn, first-hand, about t h e College program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity t o exchange information vital i n the process of selecting a college and i n making admissions decisions. A campus tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly recommended but are not mandatory. with a member of the faculty and to attend classes, Monday through Friday, when school i s in session. Students who wish to arrange for a tour and an interview are asked to write for an appointment or call the admissions office (330-1001). Preferred times for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements also may be made t o meet School, church, and other groups are welcome to visit the College. Arrangements may be made by writing the Office o f Admissions, A u g s b u r g College, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 55454. I , I ::- ' I,: DRIVING T O THE CAMPUS. Augsburg i s easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left t o Riverside Avenue, and left again t o 21st Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.) If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at 21st Avenue South. -_-- 3. Science Hall 4. Old Main 5. West Hall 6. Mortenson Tower 7. Urness Tower 8. College Center 9. Memorial Hall 10. Music Hall 11. Studio Building 12. Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. Old Music Hall 15. Little Theater 16. East Hall A. Admissions Parking B. Student Parking C. Main Entrance-Tunnel/Ramp/ Skyway D. Quadrangle E. Faculty-Staff Parking F. Murphy Square G. Practice Field H. Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp Offices - --.. Admissions (628 21st Ave. S.) Alumni/Parent Programs (Memorial 2nd floor) American Indian Programs Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor) Arts Coordinator (Music Hall 2nd floor) Audio-visual (Memorial ground floor) Augsburgian (College Center ground floor) Black Student Affairs Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor) Bookstore (College Center 1st floor) Business Affairs (Memorial 2nd floor) College Pastor (College Center 1st floor) Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1st floor) C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor) Continuing Education (Memorial 2nd floor) Data Processing (Science 32) Dean of the College (Memorial 2nd floor) Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor) ECHO (College Center ground floor) Financial Services (Science 156) Foreign Student Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor) -> /. A *,>4< 4- .< -?A , 1 +..&-+-- . *., ;. , - . - , -... ,-- - --. -, . , ? . d i ,- -- 8 7. .: -./y- - < -. , - -, - -- - - *. ? , , *,T'-. ,.:. -"----. /~-//~T~cc<F-, - <,/ER .- -- Housing (College Center 1st floor) Intercultural Center (Memorial 2nd floor) Interim Director (Memorial 2nd floor) Internship Office (Memorial 2nd floor) Little Theater (Speech Building) News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor) Personnel Office (Memorial 2nd floor) Plant Services (Science 156) President's Office (Memorial 1st floor) Printing and Mailing (Science 9) Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor) Publications (Memorial 2nd floor) Residence Programs (College Center 1st floor) Registrar (Science 114) S.O.S. (College Center Office) Special Programs (Memorial 2nd floor) Student Government (College Center Office) Student Programs (College Center Office) Study Abroad (Memorial 2nd floor) Summer School Office (Memorial 2nd floor) Treasurer's Office (Science 147) The Physical Plant Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located in relation t o each other. Remodelling and construction work to eliminate architectural barriers is expected t o be completed during 1980. This will include street level access from 21st Avenue South t o a tunnel/ramp/skyway system that connects the tower dormitories and the five buildings on theQuadrangle. Remodelling of academic and administrative space will result in relocations of some departments and offices by 1980-81. Following are descriptions of buildings. The Admissions House, located at 628-21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff and a reception area for prospective students and their parents. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent t o Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it provides excellent resources for research and study. It contains reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices. Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes general administration offices; the Computer Center; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, and biology; a medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof of Science Hall was completed in the summer of 1960. O l d Main, erected i n 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. West Hall is an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. It provides excellent housing for married students. Mortensen Tower, erected i n 1973, named in honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen, dean of women at Augsburg from 1923 to 1964, contains 104 one and twobedroom apartments providing housing for 312 upperclass students. A spacious lounge area as well as conference rooms are located i n this building. Urness Tower, completed in 1967, i s an eleven-story building providing living quarters for 324 students. The building was named i n honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who have given several generous gifts to the college. A unique feature of the building i s that each floor i s considered a "house unit" providing the 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. The Augsburg College Center, completed i n 1967, i s a center of non-academic activity on campus. The building houses the Commons, which i s the main dining area, plus private dining rooms and a coffee shop. Student government and student publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore i s also located here. Spacious lounges and recreational areas are provided in this three-story building containing 55,000 square feet of space. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The building provides space for administrative and faculty offices and houses about 40 students. The Music Hall, erected i n 1978, i s the newest building on the campus. It con- tains classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, a music library, practice studios, offices for the music faculty and a 217-seat recital hall. The Art Studio Building, dedicated i n 1964, houses the Department of Art on i t s two floors. Melby Hall, the auditorium-gymnasium, was completed i n 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J.S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 t o 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes. The Ice Arena, built i n 1974, provides two large skating areas for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. It is used for hockey, recreational skating, and figure skating. The Speech and Drama Building was acq u i r e d i n 1959 and remodeled f o r dramatic and other speech activities. A theater wing addition t o Melby Hall, replacing the old music hall, is proposed for completion late i n 1980. Annex Houses, located i n the campus area, provide accommodations for students, faculty, a n d staff members. Academic Life Augsburg i s a modern well-equipped college which aims to provide i t s students with a broad liberal arts education as well as prepare them for a career. A strong academic program in the arts and sciences and in theology i s available. Pre-professional preparation for such fields as engineering, medicine, law and t h e Christian ministry is offered. The College prepares students for graduate study in several disciplines. Preparation f o r careers in business, communications, medical technology, music, nursing, occupational therapy, social work, and teaching i s available. Augsburg seeks to assist i t s students through their academic experience to better understand themselves and the world and to equip them to serve according t o their individual interests and abilities. The Student as Learner A great deal has been written during the last few years describing the responsibilities of a college to its students. Augsburg recognizes its task to provide consistently high quality opportunities for learning along with support systems which enhance the teaching-learning process. Learning i s not, however, a commodity which can be purchased. It i s not equal t o simply buying so many courses and being exposed to the activities of professors. Learning involves t h e solitary inner struggle of the student who investigates, analyzes and synthesizes the materials and insights offered. When these have become one's own and when the learner moves on to new personal insights, then learning has taken place. Both the school and the student have responsibilities in this process. Neither party can elude its basic task. Faculty Augsburg has an able faculty who try to take a personal interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio i s approximately 15.5 to 1, with class size averaging 25 or less. Augsburg faculty members serve as academic advisers and are available for help on individual problems. They often join students in discussing the political climate, comparing notes on a visiting speaker, or talking over the latest sports victory while having coffee. Library Services Augsburg has a well-equipped library. A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the library a favorite place t o study. The main library, centrally located next to the Science Hall, houses over 160,000volumes including books, periodicals, records and various other media. The Music and Chemistry libraries are located within the departmental areas. Access t o over a million volumes i s available via daily interloan and courier service among the seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to the Augsburg faculty and students. A s e r v i c e - d e d i c a t e d staff p r o v i d e s students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction i n the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other local sources of information. The AV Center of the Library provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings are available f o r b o t h faculty and students. Equipment such as movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods; film bibliographies and other advice o n materials selection are also available. The 4-1-4 Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar. Two 15-week semesters are separated by a 4week interim in January. During each semester the student generally enrolls in four courses; during the interim concentration is on one subject. The interim period i s an especially exciting time. The whole world becomes an arena of learning. Creative energies and individual interests determine the course of study. Innovation and experimentation are encouraged i n this change from the general academic schedule. Interest in music may take form i n the study and presentation of a concert program. Interest in people may find form in the study and participation in activities of a social agency. Newspapers and advertising agencies provide opportunities for those interested in communications. Whether your interests are sedate or spectacular the interim will afford the opportunity t o experience and experiment while learning. General Education Requirements Distribution requirements for graduation are minimal, affording the student considerable f r e e d o m i n t h e choice o f courses. A student seeking a liberal arts education would probably choose many of them even if they were not required. In selecting courses t o meet the general distribution requirements, students may select an approved course in the areas of mathematics or physics, chemistry or biology, psychology or sociology, economics o r p o l i t i c a l science, history o r philosophy, and English or speech, communication and theater arts. The study of a foreign language is required. Proficiency in English writing must be demonstrated. One course from an approved list of courses containing an emphasis on urban concerns i s required as is prof i c i e n c y i n t w o l i f e t i m e sports. For details on general education requirements, see the Academic Administration section. Majors Augsburg offers the following majors: American Studies Studio Art Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communications Economics Economics/Business Administration Elementary Education Engineering English French German Health Education History Mathematics Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Therapy Natural Science Norwegian Nursing Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science (Special Emphasis in History, Behavioral Science, Non-Western Studies, International Relations) Social Work Sociology Spanish Speech Theater Arts Transdisciplinary Majors in East Asian Studies and Russian Area Studies are available t h r o u g h cooperative programs with the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). Consult directors of these programs for further information. It i s possible for students t o complete other majors also through ACTC. Students who wish to complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must make application for such a major through the Office of the Registrar. Pre-Professional Training Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and engineering, can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It i s suggested that requirements for admission t o graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and then the course of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the natural and social sciences, i n the humanities, and in religion and philosophy which will provide the necessary preparation for future professional study. the United States, t o help determine whether they possess an interest i n law. Since law schools encourage students t o maintain a high grade point average, the pre-law student should be aware that many graduate schools consider the grade P/N given for a course as a "C". This information may help students in planning their class schedules. Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg Pre-Medicine at Augsburg English, 2 courses; Biology 111, 112; Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,106), 351, 352; Mathematics124; Genera1 Psychology, 1 course. Students are encouraged to consult with in the freshman the faculty adviserearly year. Requirements have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering at Augsburg Augsburg offers a dual-degree program of liberal arts and engineering in cooperation with the Washington University School o f Engineering and A p p l i e d Science and the Michigan Technological University. See under Engineering for information on the course requirements in this Three-Two Plan of studies. Pre-Law at Augsburg Students planning to pursue a career i n law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools. Early consultation with the pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel, i s strongly suggested. Students may wish to take the political science course, Law in Biology 111, 112, 355; Chemistry 115, 116 (0r105,106), 351,352,353; English l l l , a n d o n e or more w r i t i n g and literature courses; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122; Biochemistry 367; sociolog~, behavioral sciences and humanities, 5 s recorncourses. General P s ~ c h o l o gi ~ mended. students arc encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed t o fulfill the minimum requirements of the Medical School of the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg Biology 111,112; Chemistry 115,116, 351, 352; Economics 122,123; English 111, and a second course; Health Ed. 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122. Electives t o fulfill the 60 semester-hour requirements should be chosen from humanities, literature, and the arts. Please refer to the bulletins published by the College of Pharmacy of your choice. Students are encouraged t o consult with the faculty adviser early i n the freshman year. This two-year program has been designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary at Augsburg One may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, e.g., history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, religion. The student planning t o enter seminary should include Religion 111, 221 among the courses selected. A pre-seminary curriculum should include at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization) and one or more courses in the history of philosophy. It should also include Greek in the junior and/or senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine at Augsburg English, 2 courses; Mathematics 124; Public Speaking, 1 course; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; Biology 111, 112; Physics 121, 122; Economics, 1 course; artistic expression, 2 courses (art, literature, music, humanities, theater, and upper division foreign languages); ant h r o p o l o g y , economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, and sociology courses t o fulfill the remainder of the distribution requirements. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed tofulfill the minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Inter-lnstitutiona( Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Library and Media Center. Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a collection of education materials including approximately 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities. Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at another campus. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See under "Independent Study" for further details. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program t o gain new perspectives, t o get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students b e t w e e n t h e campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. For example, Augsburg and St. Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign study opportunities for the interim. Since the interim program i s new each year, the Interim Director should be consulted regarding planned programs. The Higher Education Consortium. This group i s composed of colleges and universities i n Minnesota, Iowa and South Dakota. Planned activities include innovative curricular programsfor students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and o t h e r college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest. Chemical Dependency Program. A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted i n the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program i s designed t o train specialists to help professional people i n dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR). These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals, and rehabilitation centers. The response o f students involved in the courses, both from Augsb u r g and t h e institutions, has been extremely favorable. Computer Programming. Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College. Affiliation with School of Nursing. Nursing students in the school of nursing at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive instruction in biology, chemistry, and other basic courses at Augsburg. Applications for admission t o the school of nursing should be made directly to the hospital. Medical Technology. In cooperation with Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables qualified students to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg, and a final twelve-month program is completed at one of the three hospitals when the student i s accepted by the participating hospital for i t s program. Augsburg College does not guarantee acceptance by the hospitals. Engineering. Affiliation with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and Michigan, enables a student to receive the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University, i n a five-year program. The first three years are spent at Augsburg and the last two at the affiliated university. Corrective Therapy. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Minnesota Veterans' Home, is available t o students who complete a major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy. Admission to this program requires an application t o be approved by t h e director of the program. Application should be made during the spring semester of the sophomore year. Candidates are r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point average i n work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point average overall. All candidates should, as soon as possible, consult w i t h t h e Director regarding proper sequence of courses. ROTC. While Augsburg does not offer Reserved Officers Training programs for the various armed services of the United States, such programs are available i n the metropolitan area and may be pursued,by Augsburg students. For information, confer with the Dean of the College. Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on International Study at Augsburg from the Director of International Programs. Since there i s a limit on the number of students who may study abroad each year it i s wise to apply in the fall prior to the year one wishes to participate in an international program. Program in Global Community. Augsburg's 3 1/2 month living/learning program based i n Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. Includes intensive Spanish instruction, group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent to full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. Student Project for Amity Among Nations. Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges i n the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications t o the program are made i n the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. Semester or Year Abroad. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the lnstitute for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence and Avignon i n France; The Goethe lnstitute in Germany; the University of Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval i n Quebec. I n addition, through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburgstudents may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term, and through the Experi- ment in International Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs i n Columbia, Denmark, England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of study must be approved before departure by the Director of International Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign study may be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or t o satisfy some of the general education requirements. Summer School. Again there i s a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of International Programs. gram. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses are offered o n a semester-hour basis, the courses vary in length from four weeks t o fourteen weeks. Students wishing t o know more about Augsburg's continuing education offerings should call or write the Office ofthe Associate Dean of the Faculty. Interim. Study abroad during the interim i s planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the following January. New Dimensions Program Honors Program Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities f o r qualified students t o pursue an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of study. Special seminars, colloquia, honors student forums and options in completing the general education requirements are all parts of the Honors Program. Inquiries should be addressed to Dr. Carry Hesser, Honors Director. lnternship Program The lnternship Program is a college-wide program. It provides students in almost all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related to their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies,agencies and community organizations. Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers a number of courses, both credit and non-credit, through i t s Continuing Education Pro- The New Dimensions Program i s for adults who have not attended or who have not graduated from college. The program provides admissions counseling, career guidance and planning, a simplified time-saving registration procedure, on-the-job experience prior t o graduation, and, for those who desire it, a special course to ease the transition to academic life, The transitional course, "The A d u l t Student: Issues and Challenges," is offered several times a year. It includes selfassessment, testing, counseling, training and practice in study skills, career exploration, and discussion of personal and family problems arising from the return t o schooll The course enables returning adults t o get to know each other through sharing experiences, problems, hopes and aspirations. For further information, contact the New Dimensions Office at Augsburg. Certification Programs Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established t o increase vocational possibilities and/or to enhance personal growth. At the present time, there are offerings in Art, Women's Studies, and Church Staff Work. Certification in Art requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history. Special professional or avocational concerns are addressed. See Art Department Chairperson. The Women's Studies Certificate may be earned by completing six courses oriented towards women's perspectives. Each individually planned program should include courses in the social sciences and t h e humanities. Interested students should contact Professor Toni Clark. The Church Staff Worker Certification Program i s designed t o help persons prepare for full-time specialized lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of a "Church Staff Worker Major" in Religion (9 courses) plus additional specialized courses in departments such as psycholo- gy, sociology, speech, and physical education. The program i s designed to meet or exceed criteria used in the American Lutheran Church in its certification program. See Religion Department Chairperson. Degrees Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The degree, Bachelor of S-cience, i s awarded t o graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing, and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors i n other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Student Life Your experiences in the classroom are a major aspect of your college life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities and opportunities of the college and metropolitan area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you'll find that the climate for learning and living at Augsburg can add dimension to your education. Religious Life An important part of daily life at Augsburg is religious activity. The Religious Life Commission, chaired by students and composed of students and faculty, sees its major responsibility in relation t o worship, devotional life and the stimulation of faith. Chapel services are held three times a week and are both experimental and traditional in character. The Wednesday evening Eucharist service in the College Center is a valued worship experience for many students. Students, faculty and staff participate voluntarily. Special events are sponsored throughout the year and a number of groups having a religious emphasis meet regularly. The College Pastor has an office in the College Center to be readily available for counseling, consultation or ways to get more involved in religious activity and groups. Social and Cultural Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The College Center is the focus of leisuretime activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center. There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition to performing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra tour. The String Ensemble, the Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble and several student-organized groups such as the Cabaret Singers also perform on and off campus. Several plays are given o n campus each year under the direction of the theater arts department. Recreation Every student is urged t o participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there i s open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. lntercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota lntercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and i s a member of the National Association of lntercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). The College annually competes in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross-country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. Augsburg is also a member of the Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for lntercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW). The women annually compete i n volleyball, cross country, gymnastics, basketball, tennis, track & field, and softball. Student Services Augsburg College i s concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes that the context in which learning takes place i s a critical factor in achieving optimal growth. Knowledge grows from more than intellectual endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring values, identifying life styles, developing autonomy and interdependence, finding purpose and commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills to produce the desired educational impact of the college on its students. The Division of Student Affairs has been created to support this task. During the summer before your freshman year, or at the time of transfer, you will receive a copy of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a College Education. This book will help you assess the possibilities in your education, choices to make, directions to consider and different destinations for which t o plan. SEMAPHOREwas designed to act as a sort of road map for you. The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services to help make your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may wish to participate i n are listed below. Summer Orientation. You can plan your first academic year and register for classes. You and your parents get acquainted with classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with the campus. You stay in the dormitory, attend events in the metropolitan area and seek answers to the many questions you have about college life. Career Planning and Placement. You may be uncertain about where you want to be when you finish your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a balanced one, how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment. Augsburg has a four-year career development plan to help you assess yourself, explore possibilities, test realities and prepare for entry into the next phase of your life. All new students will have a chance t o review their interests with a counselor. Human Development Seminars. A series of informal "mini-courses" are offered each year t o help you grow in understanding of yourself and your relationship to others. Such topics as PEER (Positive Educational Experiences i n Relationships), Issues i n Men's and Women's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and Sexuality are available. Information on current offerings and opportunity t o register are provided several times during the year. Academic Enrichment. You may want t o improve your skills i n such areas as reading, studying, note-taking, and testing by attending one or more of the workships offered. You also will have an opportunity t o meet with a counselor to diagnose your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring through the Center. Counseling and Guidance. Situations occur for all of us where we can handle challenges more effectively discussing things with someone who has more expertise. Counselors are available to help you think through how you can handle major or minor problems i n a constructive way. Consultation is provided on questions of policy and procedure. Learning for Living. A series of miniclasses designed for the person who has a desire t o explore new interests, enhance leisure time, and meet others doing the same. This i s a non-profit effort of the Student Activities program. Intercultural Center As a college in the city, committed t o the values and insights of cultural diversity, Augsburg offers special advocacy and counseling for all minority students in close cooperation with administrators, faculty and community. At the present time these efforts concentrate in two major areas: American lndian Programs. Augsburg offers an American lndian student support program to meet the special needs of lndian students. The American lndian Programs Counselor provides recruitment, courses, supportive services, community service and activities to improve educational opportunities for American Indians. Black Student Programs. A counselor with responsibilities i n recruitment, supportive services, community service and activities coordinates black student activities. The Black Student Union (BSU) provides a focus for many activities and programs. The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are from or are interested in studying in other countries, and i n planning activities and events which can increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff. Foreign Study. If you are interested in study abroad, consult the faculty member who serves as Director of International Programs to check on the many opportunities available. lnternational Students. If you are a student from another country or would like to be part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who is appointed lnternational Student Advisor. Residence Life Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed to promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant in group decisionmaking. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who are able to facilitate the process of group living as well as discuss personal concerns with individual students. All new freshmen and some upperclass students live i n Urness Tower. This eleven-story high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence-hall living. It contains 104 one and two-bedroom apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass students. West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students. Another alternative option i s Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try group living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One way to maximize the living-learning aspects of your housing situation i s to avail yourself of the opportunity to bid for a house as a Special Interest House. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, International Living, Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian Studies. Married student housing is available in annex housing and Kueffner Apartments. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live in collegeoperated housing. Mortensen Tower i s carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It i s otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments during the summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements i n the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1 will be provided housing only if space i s available. All students living on campus are required to pay a $100 advance payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' account when they move into the residence. Student Activities A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director. Advising All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on the basis of academic interests, and students are encouraged t o establish close working relationships with their adviser. Secondary Education students have available a second adviser, one in the major and one i n the area of education. tures small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live i n residence halls eat t h e i r meals i n t h e Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and i s open through the noon hour and i n the evenings. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living i n College houses or nearby apartments. Student Government Your health needs will be met by the staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus. Visits are free except for special testing or service, and prescriptions are available through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Be sure to check your family health coverage t o determine if you are included; if not, a student health insurance plan is available. Student government i s t h e vehicle through which students can secure a closer relationship and better understanding with the administration and faculty, and provide better input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pert a i n i n g t o student l i f e at Augsburg. Student government i s organized into the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring except for freshmen who elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible from program planning to writing or editing to service opportunities. If you want t o get involved, contact the President or Vice President i n their offices in the College Center. Food Service Student Rights The Commons, situated on the top floor The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in matters of Student Financial Services You may wish to contact this office for information o n types of assistance available and for answers t o questions about deadlines and procedures. Work opportunities both on and off campus are also recorded. If you have financial problems, this is a good place to work them out. Health Service of the College Center i s the main foodservice facility. This pleasant room fea- disciplinary action and grade appeal. The judicial Council is elected by student and faculty and serves t o conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs. The College operates i n compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the office of the registrar and the place- ment office and t o challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in the record before January 1, 1975, or placed under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center for Student Development. Admission t o the College Applying for admission to Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each application is reviewed by the Admissions Office and students are accepted on the basis of high school performance, promise of Success i n college as shown by college entrance examination scores, other motivational factors, and personal recommendations. 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of The ~ ~ ~ Process l i ~ for ~~~~h~~~ A ,isit to the campus is highly recomare availmended: admissionscounse~ors abletohelpyou,answeryourquestions, and arrange for you to see the campus. ~ 1. From the Admissions Office secure an official application for admission and complete it. t 2. Hand the completed application to your high school counselor, along with the $10.00 application fee, and ask that these be sent with your official high school transcript to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, M N 55454 3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or PSAT. The College recommends that candidates sit for the examination as early as possible during the senior year. Your high school counselor can tell you when these tests are scheduled in your area. 4. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit i s required by April 1 after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 5. After the deposit has been made, the student must complete a medical data form, which will be sent by the College. 6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus. and matriculation information will be mailed to the student during the summer. Transfer Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities on the basis of their academic record. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courseswhere it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions. The grade average for graduation is based on work taken at Augsburg only. Transfer students with the A.A. degree are considered as having met all general education requirements at Augsburg except for two courses in religious studies. Registered Nurse Students seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing must-also complete the Department of Nursing entrance tests. The Application Process For Transfer Students 1. From the Admissions Office, secure and complete, an official application for admission. This should be sent to the Admissions Office with a $10.00 application fee. 2. Request official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended to be sent directly to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, M N 55454 3. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file i s complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is requested within one month after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 4. After a deposit has been made, the student will be requested to complete a medical data form, which will be sent by the College. 5. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus and matriculation information will be mailed during the summer. The Application Process For Returning and Special (Non-degree) Students 1. Obtain an application form from the Office of the Registrar. 2. Request that official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended be sent directly to: Registrar's Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 55454 (Returning students need t o have sent only the transcripts of colleges attended since the last enrollment at Augsburg.) 4. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus will be made i n the housing office. Foreign Student Admission Citizens of other countries are welcomed at Augsburg College. A foreign student adviser i s available to help them i n the transition to college and t o the United States. Admission is based upon performance i n secondary school and previous college work, if any. Evidence of proficiency in English and satisfactory financial sponsorship i s required. A very limited number of scholarships i s available. Medical insurance i s required of all nonimmigrant foreign students attending Augsburg. I f they have an internationally valid health insurance policy, a copy of the policy is required. For application forms and further information, write to the Office of Admissions. Early Decision An Early Decision Program i s offered for students who select Augsburg as their first college choice and who will accept an offer of admission if it is extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores and recommendations. Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are encouraged t o complete the Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, which enables our Financial A i d Office t o compute a preliminary award. Candidates will be notified of their award by January 1. After notification of admission and financial aid, if needed, the student is encouraged t o withdraw applications t o other colleges. A $50.00 nonrefundable tuition deposit i s required by January 1 or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Early Admission An Early Admission Program is offered for a few high school juniors. To apply for Early Admission, a student must have a high academic record and test scores, recommendation from the high school and the maturity t o cope with a college course after the junior year i n high school. Also, it i s recommended that the student complete the requirements for a high school diploma during the summer or during the first year of college. A student applying for Early Admission can take the Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or March of the junior year. Project Ahead months of financial assistance under the G.I. Bill. A cooperative program between Augsburg College and the United States Army makes provision for an individualized plan of education. A prospective student who qualifies for the program may choose Augsburg as a home school and carry on a pre-planned course of study at other colleges while i n the Army. An adviser at Augsburg Gsists the student in the selection of courses which will transfer and apply toward graduation when the student matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of $100 is charged. This fee will apply toward the student's tuition, provided he or she matriculates as a full-time student at Augsburg College within five years from initial registration with the college in Project Ahead. The Army provides up to 75% of the tuition for courses under Project Ahead. After enlistment, when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the Army provides 36 Advanced Placement Advanced placement is granted t o students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning level. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the study previously completed. Advanced Standing College credit i s granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college level course and who have scored high on the Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg will also award credit on the basis of scores received on the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information may be addressed to the Registrar at Augsburg. Financial Aid About 85% of all Augsburg students receive financial assistance from the college t h r o u g h some f o r m o f scholarships, grants, loans, campus employment, or a c o m b i n a t i o n o f these. Assistance i s awarded on the basis of financial need and academic record. Application for aid i s made by completing the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg College prefers the FFS, which is required for students applying t o the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program, students may instead submit the Financial Aid Form (FAF)of the College Scholarship Service. Upperclass students must also complete the Augsburg Application for Financial Aid. For the academic year 1978-79, approximately 85% of the students at Augsburg received scholarships, grants, or loans totaling over $3,900,000 from Augsburg and all other sources. Augsburg participates i n the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program t o which all Minnesota residents are expected t o apply, and the following federal programs: Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student Loan, College Work-Study and Guaranteed Student Loan. Both on-campus and offcampus w o r k opportunities are also available. Applications for financial aid received by April 1 will be considered first. For further information, contact the Office of Student Financial Services at Augsburg. PREPARING A BUDGET Writing down realistic estimates of all expenses and of all potential financial resources i s the best way to do your financial planning. Both your own financial ability and that of your family are considered in evaluating your need for financial aid. Your budget should include amounts for tuition and fees and for books and supplies. Tuition and fees for 1980-81 are $3660 per year. Books and supplies may be estimated at $225 per year. Room and board i s $1760 per year. Other college-related expenses are those for transportation to and from the campus. Estimates should be based on nine months. Personal maintenance costs vary, but amounts should be budgeted for: Clothing, cleaning Recreation, entertainment Personal spending, cosmetics, incidentals Medical (doctors, dentists, eyeglasses, etc.) After you have written down estimates of your expenses, make a list of all possible sources of income, such as: contributions from parents' earnings; personal and family savings; personal earnings during vacation periods; earnings from part-time jobs during academic year; benefits from Social Security and/or Veteran's Administration; aids or loans from sources other than family, friends or Augsburg (i.e., scholarships from state, church, civic and school). Students should check with their employers, their parents' employers and any union t o which a family member belongs for possible scholarship programs. High school guidance counselors may have information about student aid offered by church, civic, professional, or fraternal organizations i n a given locality. Following you will find a summary of financial aid programs. Information on a deferred payment plan i s available from the Augsburg College Office of Student Financial Services. OTHER SOURCES OF FINANCIAL AID Basic Educational Opportunity Grant (BEOG) For students with proven financial need. Available t o full-time and parttime students. Up to $1800 per year depending on the institutional costs and the student's eligibility. Obtain application from high school guidance office or college financial aid office. Veteran's Administration Benefits/ G.I. Bill Veterans, widows of veterans, and children of disabled or deceased veterans may qualify f o r special benefits. Amount is dependent upon eligibility as d e t e r m i n e d by t h e Veteran's Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Veteran's A d m i n i s t r a t i o n Office in your area. Social Security Benefits For unmarried full-time students if one parent (covered by Social Security) i s retired, deceased or disabled. Amount i s dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Social Security Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Social Security Administration Office in your area. Vocational Rehabilitation Students with certain physical or emot i o n a l disabilities may qualify f o r special assistance. A m o u n t is d e pendent upon eligibility as determined by the Vocational Rehabilitation Office. To apply, contact your local Vocational Rehabilitation Office. National Scholarship and Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by the American Lutheran Church) For members of American racial and ethnic minorities and other eligible groups who are either seeking admission t o an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college or are members of an ALC congregation. Up to $1000 per year. Renewable. American lndian Scholarships American lndian students who meet federal and state requirements may apply for Bureau of lndian Affairs, Tribal and/or lndian State Scholarship monies. lndian grants are supplemental to all other sources of financial aids. For assistance in application, contact the American lndian Programs Counselor. Guaranteed Student Loans/Minnesota State Student Loan For students carrying at least one-half the normal full-time academic load, the Federal Government pays the full interest on the loan while thestudent is in college. When repayment begins, the student pays the full 7% interest. The maximum loan is $2500 per year or the cost of education, whichever is less. The aggregate maximum i s $7500. Loan applications are available at the College, at some banks, and from Minnesota State Student Loan Office. PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED BY THE MINNESOTA HIGHER EDUCATION COORDINATING BOARD Minnesota State Scholarship Awarded to Minnesota residents o n the basis of scholastic achievement and need. High School seniors who are Minnesota residents are expected t o apply. Range: $100 t o $1250; but shall not exceed one half of the applicant's demonstrated financial need. for twelve months prior to the deadline date may apply. Awarded to Minnesota residents on the basis of evident need. High school seniors and community/junior college transfer students who are Minnesota residents are expected t o apply. Applications for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant will be mailed t o all Minnesota high school seniors. If you do not receive an application by December 30, contact your high school guidance counselor or the college financial aid office. In addition, persons who have not attended a post-secondary institution Return completed application and FFS t o The American College Testing Pro- Minnesota State Grant-in-Aid gram, Financial Aid Operations, P.O. Box 1000, lowa City, lowa 52240. Be sure to list Augsburg College (Code 2080) and the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program (Code 6500) t o receive the FFS analysis. NOTE: Unsuccessful Scholarship applications are automatically c o n sidered for the State Grant. DEADLINE: March 1. FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED THROUGH THE COLLEGE Honor Scholarships For entering freshman students ranking i n the top 15% of their high school class with above average aptitude test scores. Up t o full tuition per year. Available for a maximum of 4 years based on 2.5 cumulative grade-point average and continued financial need. Academic Grants For entering freshman students who have shown academic potential and have financial need. Up t o full tuition per year. Available for a maximum of 4 years based o n 2.0 cumulative grade-point average and continued financial need. Federal Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grants (SEOG) For students having exceptional financial need who could not otherwise attend college, and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Range $200 t o $1500 per year. Renewable for 3 years. Will be matched by other financial assistance such as loans, scholarships, employment. National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) For students with proven financial need and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Averages approximately $1000 per year. Can be reapplied for each year although renewal i s not guaranteed. College Work Study Program For students with proven financial need and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus employment per week is recommended. Augsburg Opportunity Grant For any graduate of a Minnesota Junior College entering Augsburg for further full-time study and with proven financial need. Range from $100 to $1000. Renewable for a second year. How to Apply 1. Apply for admission; for new students this application i s also the financial aid application. 2. Obtain a Family Financial Statement (FFS) from high school counselor or Augsburg College Financial Aid Office* 3. Complete and return the FFS to: American College Testing Program Financial Aid Operations P.O. Box 1000 lowa City, lowa 52240 Request that a copy be sent t o Augsburg College. Augsburg's ACT code number i s 2080. Financial statements received by April 1 will be considered first. *Although Augsburg prefers the FFS, the College will accept the Financial Aid Form FAF) of the College Scholarship Service. Augsburg's CSS code number i s 6014. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS Available t o upperclassmen (Soph, Jr, Sr, next year). Descriptions of awards are copied verbatim from statements of the donors' wishes. GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. The Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship - established in 1978 for upperclass students preparing for a career in medicine or health. 2. The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o two deserving junior/senior students as recommended by the committee. 3. The Elias B. Eliason, Sr. M e m o r i a l Scholarship -established in 1979 by his family. One or more scholarships will be awarded annually t o needy and deserving upperclass students. 4. The O l i v e r M. a n d Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o two deserving junior/ senior students. 5. T h e M.J. Estrem Scholarship awarded annually t o a worthy student of the College selected by the scholarship committee. 6. The Catha Jones Memorial Scholarships - awarded annually to female students transferring from Waldorf College. Preference given to those in music and/or elementary education. 7. Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student as recommended by the scholarship committee. 8. Minnesota M i n i n g & Manufacturing Scholarships - established i n 1972 t o be distributed by the scholarship committee t o needy students. 9. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a deserving senior. 10. Douglas Ollila Memorial Scholarship - $250 awarded to a senior. 11. The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck, awarded annually t o freshmen students who without assistance would be unable t o pursue higher education. 12. The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholships - awarded t o able and deserving upperclassmen. 13. The Johan H.O. Rodvik Memorial Scholarship - distributed annually t o needy and deserving students preparing for a career in professional Christian service. 14. The Tozer Foundation Scholarships up t o $1000 each - awarded o n the basis of scholarship, personality, and need. Winners must be junior or senior students who are residents of the State of Minnesota but not residents of Pine, Kanabecor Washington Counties. Separate application required of semi- finalists selected by the scholarship committee. FFS must be sent t o Tozer Foundation (code 6577) 15. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o an able and deserving junior or senior student. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee 1. A i d Association f o r Lutherans awarded to able and deserving upperclass students who are policy holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. 2. M i l d r e d Ryan Cleveland M e m o r i a l Scholarship - awarded annually t o able and deserving students, who have physical disabilities and have demontrated financial need. MINORITY STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. A i d Association for Lutherans M i n o r i t y Scholarship P r o g r a m - awarded annually t o Lutheran American minority students who show financial need. 2. Minnesota M i n i n g & Manufacturing M i n o r i t y Student Scholarship - established i n 1973 to be awarded to a Black student. 3. T h e M a r l y s J o h n s o n S i m e n g a a r d Memorial Scholarship - Awarded periodically t o a Black American student. 4. National Scholarship & Grant Program for M i n o r i t y Students -sponsored by the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Awarded annually to membersof racial and ethnic minorities. 5. The Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships awarded annually t o upperclass Oriental students. 6. Homecoming Auction Scholarship awarded annually to two minority students by contributions from faculty, administration. staff and students at the Homecoming auction. RELIGION & CHRISTIAN SERVICE SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt M e m o rial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student(s) in the senior class who is preparing for the ministry. 2. The lver and Marie lverson Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, character and interest i n Christian service. 3. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest i n Christian service. 4. The Morris C.C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship F u n d awarded t o a junior/senior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Depart- ment of the American Lutheran Church. 5. Onesimus Scholarship - awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministry. 6. The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o an able and deserving juniorhenior student recommended by the scholarship committee. Semifinalists are interviewed and selected by donor. 7. Cerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship, characteristics of service and devotion t o the Christian faith. DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS ART - winners selected by Art faculty. Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship established by the Crown Princess of Norway to be awarded annually to a talented art student with financial need. ATHLETIC - winners recommended by Physical Education faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. 3. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually t o a male student on basis of achievement, personal character, and promise i n field of physical education. 4. The JamesWinkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a male student on basis of personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement. 5. The Peterson Football Scholarship awarded t o a freshman football player on basis of financial need. 6. The Sandbo Football Scholarship awarded t o a football player on basis of financial need. 7. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o a student because of his academic achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics. 8. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship Fund - awarded t o two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award is "made t o students who have demonstrated financial need" and/or "of high Christian character". The athletic scholarship i s for a male candidate only, with a preference for basketball. 1. The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to an able and deserving male student on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. BIOLOGY - Winners selected by the Biology Department faculty. 2. The Paul Dahlen - Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a male student or students on basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Biology Scholarships - established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology. BUSINESS - Winners recommended by the Business Administration faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. 1. The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship - awarded t o one or more upperclass students interested i n the field of business. 2. The Reid Scholarship - awarded t o one or more upperclass students who are interested i n business and/or education. CHEMISTRY - Winners selected by the Chemistry faculty. Awarded t o students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of Chemistry. ENGLISH - Winners selected by English faculty. 1. Anne Pederson English Scholarship awarded annually t o junior/senior students who are majoring in English with preference given to those who plan t o teach English as a career. 2. Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship -awarded t o an outstanding student i n the field of English. HISTORY faculty. - Winners selected by History The H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship - awarded annually to students majoring i n history with preference given t o those who plan a career in the field. 1. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chem- istry Scholarship. 2. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 3. The Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship. 4. The Dr. W.M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship. 5. The Walter Gordon Schell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 6. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 7. The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. EDUCATION - Winners selected by Education faculty. The David Mathre Scholarship -awarded t o qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching. LIBRARY SCIENCE - Winnersselected by Library staff. 1. The Library Science Scholarship established in 1971 to honor one or more outstanding student(s) choosing librarianship as a career. MATHEMATICS - Winners r e c o m mended by Mathematics faculty t o the Student Personnel Committee. 1. Minnesota Gas Company Scholarship - generally awarded t o able and deserving juniorhenior students majoring in mathematics or the sciences on basis of need and academic ability. 2. Mathematics Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving student in the field of mathematics. MODERN LANGUAGE - Winners selecte d by M o d e r n Language faculty. 1. The Mimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship - awarded annually t o juniorhenior students who are majoring in a modern language with preference given t o those who plan t o teach language as a career. 2. Foreign Travel Scholarship - available to language majors studying a language abroad during the academic year, t o help with travel expenses. A special application i s required by the Foreign Language Department. MUSIC faculty. - 5. The Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship - awarded t o upperclass students seeking t o acquire musical and performance skills i n instrumental music with preference given to those candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. 6. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship Fund - awarded t o two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award i s "made t o students who have demonstrated financial need" and/or "of high Christian character." 7. Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a student studying choral music. Winners selected by Music 1. 0.1. Hertsgaard Scholarship awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency i n choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest or potential in conduaing and who show promise of overall academic success. 2. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship -awarded tOaso~homore/junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. 3- The solberg SchO1arshi~ - awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a maior/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement i n the art of singing. NURSING -winners faculty. selected by Nursing Donna Henke Hendershot Memorial -awardedtoagraduateof the Abbott Northwestern School of Nursing enrolled in the Upper Division Nursing Program at Augsburg. PHYSICS - Winners selected by Physics faculty, The Theodore J.Hanwick Scholarship awarded annually to an upperc~ass stu- dent majoring in SOCIOLOGY 4. The lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on the basis of skilled performance or aptitude in stringed instruments. Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize awarded annually to a student in the general field of Christian Sociology. Expenses Costs listed here are for the 1980-81 academic year, and are subject to change without notice. T U I T I O N - $3,660 This full-time rate applies to new freshmen, transfer or returning students (not on a prior year guarantee plan) entering the academic year beginning September, 1980. Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms for a total of seven courses in the year. Under the 4-1-4 calendar, the student must register for the semester periods. If the student elects to omit an interim or to graduate in December, a refund is not authorized. A part-time rate of $510 per course is charged the student taking less than three courses i n a semester or registering for an interim course only. Full-time students may audit a course without charge. For part-time students, the charge for auditing is one half the part-time rate per course. Part-time students who take Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. SPECIAL FEES - N O T REFUNDABLE Students enrolled in the music therapy program will arrange their internship with Music Department faculty. The charge for this one-course credit is $510. Fee for change in registration after the first three days of classes i s $2.00 for each course cancelled or added. Late registration fee after classes begin is $5.00 per day. SPECIAL COURSE FEES - N O T REFUNDABLE Cinema Arts, $35 Computer Science, $30 per course Student Teaching, $35 Film Making, $90 Life Drawing, $20 Stagecraft, $30 Psychology of Music, $10 Nursing Admission Test, $20 Study Abroad - See Study Abroad Adviser. Music lessons i n addition to tuition are $140 a semester (14 lessons), or $10.00 per lesson during Interim. Class piano lessons, $70 per term Practice Studio rental for each semester for one hour a day, $35.00 ($15.00 an interim). Band - Orchestra instrument rental $30.00 a semester. An application fee of $10.00 i s required from all new students. Nursing students are required to have a name pin, available at cost through the Department of Nursing. A registration fee for students studying abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs i s $125.00. OTHER COSTS Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology program at one of the hospitals must register at Augsburg. The charge is $510.00. Transcript fee: first copy free; additional copy, $1.00. Locker rental for commuter students: $5.00 Arrangements for special examinations are made in the Registrar's Office with charges according t o the schedule on file. Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore o n a cash or charge account basis. BOARD A N D R O O M Full Board and Room - $1,760. Other plans are available as defined in the Room and Board Contract Booklet at the Office of Auxiliary Services. I n the event of excessive increases i n the cost of operation, these board rates may be increased at any time before or during the contract year. Linen service i s available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company. R O O M RESERVATION DEPOSIT - All resident students: $100.00 advance deposit required at time of signing a contract to reserve a housing assignment for the t e r m beginning in S e p t e m b e r . charge. New 'OnApplied to the tracts may be terminated for Fall or Spring term by notifying the Office of student Life in writing by the first day of registration. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of proper notifica. . tion. If the new contract i s cancelled prior to (Fall semester) or (Spring semester), $35.00 will be forfeited from the $100 advance payment as a . . service charge. If the new contract is cancelled after July or January the entire amount will be forfeited. BREAKAGE A N D FINE DEPOSIT - All students at registration: $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing education program at Augsburg. 1979-80 COST SUMMARY Settlement of Account Application Fee - $10.00 A statement of estimated charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded t o the student early i n August. Payment of the first half-year billing period i s due August 20, and the second half-year isdue January 20. Variation from this schedule must be arranged with the Office of Student Financial Services prior to August Tuition - $3,660 Board and Room - $1,760 Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00 (Refunded o n termination o f studies at Augsburg) Deposits T U I T I O N DEPOSIT - New students, $50.00 (not refundable). Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; to be paid by April 15, 1979. (Payment is due February 1 under Early Decision Program). The deposit is applied to the tuition charge. No student is permitted to register if hisor her account for a preceding term has not been paid in full. A student cancelling part or all of his/her registration and/or being released from his/her housing contract will be refunded charges for tuition and room except for the minimum deduction of $100 of feesto cover administrative costs according to the following schedule: 100% through the first five daysof classes. 90% from the sixth day through the tenth day of classes. 80% from the eleventh day through the fifteenth day of classes. 70% from the sixteenth day through the twentieth day of classes. 60% from the twenty-first day through the twenty-fifth day of classes. 50% from the twenty-sixth day through the middle of the term. No refund will be made after the middle of the term. Should a student be forced to cancel his/ her registration during the first one-half of the term due to illness or accident, upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued matriculation, the charges will be reduced by one-half. In all cases board refunds a r e made on a proportionate basis. All refunds of charges will beapplied back to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. shall be gathered in the student's account before eligibility for a cash refund shall be determined. Academic Administration Students who enroll at Augsburg College are encouraged to plan their own course of study with the help of faculty advisers who are readily availablefor consultat;on and guidance. A well-planned program of liberal arts studieswillinclude courses in the humanities, the natural sciences, and the social sciences. Augsburg graduates are expected t o be able to write effectively; they are also expected to be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some understanding of cultures outside the United States. The general recreational activities courses at Augsburg are designed to acquaint students with and t o equip students for lifetime sports. Courses in religion are intended to assist students i n their reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission. Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Students who enter the nursing program with a Bachelor of Arts degree and who wish t o earn a Bachelor of Science degree should contact the Office of the Registrar for information on the specific requirements for a second bachelor's degree. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors i n other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Divisional Organization The college curriculum is organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairperson for each division is elected for a two-year term. Major and minor requirements are indicated i n the departmental statements in the course listing section. NATURAL SCIENCE A N D MATHEMATICS Chairperson: Earl R. Alton Department Department Department Department Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics of of of of SOCIAL A N D BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Chairperson: Myles Stenshoel Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Department of History Department of Political Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Chairperson: Marie 0. NcNeff Department of Education: Elementary Education, Geography, Library Science, Secondary .Education Department of Physical Education and Health Education Department of Music Department of Nursing Department of Social Work HUMANITIES Chairperson: Eugene Skibbe Department of Art Department of English D e p a r t m e n t o f Foreign Languages: Chinese, French, German, Greek, Japanese, Linguistics, Norwegian, Russian, Spanish Department of Philosophy Department of Religion Department of speech, Communication and Theater Arts Minimum Graduation Requirements Include the Following: 1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must be upper division (numbered in the 300s and 400s) and not more than 13 in one department, except in certain approved majors for the Bachelor of Science/Arts degree and 17 for these degrees: Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Science i n Music Therapy, and Bachelor of Science in Nursing. No more than these maximums may be the 35 'Ourses required: CHR courses independent study or directed study or a combination of directed and independent study, 4 courses of internship and 8 courses with a grade of P (two in the major except Elementary Education and one in the minor if approved by the department chairperson). Students who enter the nursing program with a B.A. degree and who wish t o earn a B.S. degree should contact the Office of the Registrar for specific requirements for a second bachelor's degree. For transfer students, the maximum in the areas listed in the paragraph above is an average of two courses per year of attendance at Augsburg. 2. Completion of a major. Requirements for each major are listed under departmental headings. 3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major (except for Elementary Education and Nursing, where 2.5 averages are required). 4. The last year of full-time study at Augsburg College. 5. Three interim courses. For transfer students, the number o f i n t e r i m courses is one less than the number of years at Augsburg. 6. The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. 7. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are availableinthe Registrar's Office. 8. All degree and course requirements must be completed prior to the anticipated date of graduation (i.e., there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). 9. Satisfactory completion of distribution requirements as follows: A. A course in writing (EnglishI l l ) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are administered .during the summer and fall orientation periods. B. An approved course from each of the following seven areas (onecourse may fulfill the requirement in one area only): courses in a semester are classified as fulltime students. Students must petition and receive permission t o register for more than 4.5 courses. Mathematics - Physics Chemistry - Biology Psychology -.Sociology Economics - Political Science History - Philosophy English -Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Art - Music Although a student may register up t o two weeks after the semester begins, it i s advantageous to register at the regularly scheduled time. A fee is charged for late registration. A fee i s also charged for changing registration, i.e., cancelling or adding courses after the first five days of the semester. C. Students without prior study of a foreign language will complete two courses (111 and 112) of one foreign language. Students who test above 111 level of a foreign language will take one additional course at placement level in that language or two courses (111 and 112) of another foreign language. Students are urged n o t t o abandon courses for which they are registered. Abandoned courses result i n a failing grade. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Cancellations from college and resulting adjustments i n accounts are effective as of the date the completed Cancel From College form i s returned to the Office of the Registrar. D. Three approved courses in religious studies of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one for each year of study (or equivalent) at Augsburg. E. A course related t o urban concerns. Courses approved t o meet this requirement are published each term. F. Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency i n two lifetime sports. Registration A student must be registered for a course i n order t o receive credit for it. A normal load i s four courses per semester and o n e course i n t h e interim. Students registered for three or more Students who have completed at least 7 courses with a 2.0 average are classified as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as seniors. Probation and Dismissal A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the end of a term if his or her achievement i s unsatisfactory. below 1.6 or 2 zero grades having taken 6 or fewer courses SOPHOMORE, below 1.7 or 3 zero grades having taken 7-15 courses JUNIOR, below 1.9 having taken 16-24 courses SENIOR, below 2.0 having taken 25 or more courses FRESHMAN, If a student has
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1994
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Introduction ..................................................................... 2 Calendar .......................................................................... 3 About This Catalog ........................................................... 4 Options ..................................
Show more Introduction ..................................................................... 2 Calendar .......................................................................... 3 About This Catalog ........................................................... 4 Options ........................................................................... 4 .................................. 5 Visiting Students .................... Interim Courses ................................................................ 6 UMAlE Courses............................................................... 48 Other Courses ................................................................ 49 Augsburg Lifetime Sports ................................................ 51 . . . Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 41-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall or Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change and students should check with the instructor to verify the final costs. To graduate, an Augsburg student who is under the Distribution requirements is required to complete three Interim courses. For a student under the Liberal Arts Perspective requirements, two Interim courses are required. The number of required Interim courses is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the Registrar. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Interim Office (Memorial 230) Interim Secretary, Kay Thornsen, 33@1025 Interim Director, Dr. David Gabrielson, 330-1025 October 25 - October 29 ............................Interim Registration November 29 ....................................Late Interim Registration January 3 .................................................... First Day of Interim Time I - 900a.m. (first day only) Time I1 - 1:00p.m. January 4 Last Day for Cancel/Add January 14 ...........Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 14 ..............Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses January 26 ..............................................................Interim Ends January 31 ............................................ Spring Semester Begins February 4 ................................................Interim Grades Due The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to noon (on the first day Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00p.m. to 5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be obserued at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, ]anuay 17, at 1:00 p.m. Check with your instructor for class scheduling on this day. .......................................... The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and infomation about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 24 international Interim courses offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships deadline - Friday, December 10. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental requirements and present a signed Internship Learning Agreement Plan to the Internship Office (Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 10). The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. Independent or Directed Study -Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the directedlindependent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by November 29. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 41-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement.Catalogs of these Interim programs can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 41-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's general education require ments. This qualification particularly affects courses offered in religion. Augsburg College welcomes students from other 41-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition dors not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will bc charged $1,050 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim Office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. It should be noted that both ACTC exchange students and visiting students may not register for 299 or 499 courses. Art 24 7-A Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. Grades will be based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of $40 to be paid on the first day of class. Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 17 BIO 107-A lnstructoc Ralph Sulerud The development of the concept of evolution, arguably the single most important unifying biological principle, will be traced in this course from preDarwinian times to the present. In so doing the massive body of evidence in support of evolution will be addressed as will the pathway of the evolutionary process and the proposed mechanisms of that process. Notwithstanding its acceptance by the vast majority of biologists, evolution continues to be surrounded with controversy. The antievolution movement including its newest form, "scientific creationism," will be studied as will the ongoing scientific debate concerning evolutionary mechanisms. Finally the course will focus on some of the reciprocal relationships between evolution and society. There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist primarily of lectures and discussion. Some audieslide presentations and videotapes will be utilized. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes and tests, but participation in discussion will also be a consideration. Prerequisite: High school biology Distribution: Biology/Chemistry Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 2 1 3 BIO 7 40-A BIO 340-A lnstructoc Dale Pederson The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of marine organisms and marine ecology. Most of the approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The Institute offers laboratory facilities and field trips in addition to housing and a dining hall. Field trips will permit the study of diverse habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow bays, mangrove swamps, sea-grass communities, and tide pools. Organisms from these communities and others will be investigated on site and in the laboratory. A marine biologist from the Institute will be available to lead all field trips and conduct specialized classes. Upon termination of the program at the Institute, there will be a short t i p to the Florida Everglades to experience yet another interesting environment. Preparation for the excursion to the Keys will be made during the week prior to the trip. This will include an introduction to marine biology utilizing a variety of audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the completion of the course requirements. Cost is $1,350. Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the program, a detailed journal based on daily experiences, and a final examination. Upper division students will also do a special research project which will be the basis of an extensive paper. Prerequisites: Biology 1I I; 112 for upper division credit Distribution: Biology/Chemistry Liberal Arts Perspective: ' Maximum Enrollment: 10 Time: I1 Room: Science 205 610 185-A lnstructoc Robert Herforth With the aging of the baby boom generation, interest in and research on the biological basis of the aging process has taken on an air of urgency, compared with an earlier more leisurely approach. This course surveys functional changes which occur in the body with age, dysfunctions and diseases associated with aging, and studies on what causes these changes, including findings on the cellular and genetic basis of aging. Attention will also be focused on the results of attempts to slow the aging process in experimental animals. Several quizzes and exams will provide the basis for arriving at grades. Distribution: Biology/Chembry Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 205 BUS 295-A lnstructoc john Cerrito The object of this class is to provide students who are not majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills for starting and running a small business. The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a "model" business. The student will be evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests, and performances on small business case studies. Business majors may not take this course for credit; course is applied toward the major. Distribution Requirement: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 13 BUS 302-A lnstructoc Milo Schield Examines micro-ethical issues involving individual choices in business. Reviews critical thinking skills in moral reasoning. Students will describe, analyze and evaluate business practices and policies. In addition to written papers, students will select and investigate a current topic and give a written and oral presentation. The class will visit several local businesses to discuss various perspectives on business ethics. This course is being submitted for a graduation-level critical thinking skill and for a Human Identity perspective. Check on status with the Registrar. Prerequisites: BUS 39 1 (now BUS 30 7) or PHI 120 or PHI 125 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 10 BUS 368-A lnstructoc Steven LaFave An examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches, and readings from current periodicals in addition to text material. A seminar model will be used, with substantial participation expected on the part of students. Students will be evaluated based on a paper, two 20-minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a mid-tern and final examination.This class should be of interest to anyone majoring or minoring in International Business or any field of Business Administration, as well as anyone with an interest in Japan. Prerequisites: junior standing or consent of Instructor Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 7 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Music 22 BUS 495-A Instructor Thomas Morgan What is "quality"? Do you "know it when you see it"? How and what should organizations learn? Searching for answers to these and other questions will be the central focus of this Special Topics course. Participants will develop and refine "systems thinking" skills and learn how to apply them to real strategic situations. Altemative perspectives on "the Quality Movement" and "Continuous Process Improve ment" will be explored through reading, discussion and field trips to local organizations involved in the pursuit of quality. Working in collaborative teams, participants will develop a hands-on project based on actual organizations. Evaluation will be based on two short papers and a group presentation. Prerequisites: BUS 242 & ECO 1 13, or permission of instructor Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 2 0 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 43 BUS 495 lnstructoc Dr. Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp The events currently taking place in Central & Eastern Europe represent one of the most important changes of the post Cold War era. They cany major implications for world trade and certainly for U.S. bilateral interests. This course will provide an understanding of these events and will identify the most effective ways of doing business with Russia, Central & Eastern Europe. Prerequisite: ECO 1 12 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Memorial Hall 323 CHE 100-A lnstructoc Arlin Gyberg This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Basic science and math are introduced early and taught as needed for understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living. Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades the human seeking of personal independence has led to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, "the Pill," food additives and processed foods, vitamin supple ments, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body chemistry. Even learning appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule." Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Daily quizzes will be used for evaluation. This course does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106 or 116. Prerequisite: Math Placement 111 Distribution: Biology/Chemistry Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: 11 Room: Science 3 15 CSC 270-A Instructor Larry Ragland A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with previous knowledge of computer programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. Students are expected to know how to do computer programming in some programming language (such as Pascal) before entering this course. This course will involve lectures and several programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the successful completion of assignments and examinations. Prerequisite: One course which includes programming Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 42 ECO 1 10-A Instructor Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of the many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Fundamental microeconomics tools introduced to facilitate discussion of various topics, e.g. health issues, discrimination, education, etc. Course does not apply toward an Economics, Business Administration, or MIS major. Does not apply toward an Economics minor. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2, or The City Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 ECO 1 1 3-A lnstructoc Satya Cupta An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of 110 or 112. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 7 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 7 6 EDE 295-A lnstructoc Carolyn Levy This is a class for both education and theatre students. The main objective will be to introduce the use of theatre with elementary children. One particular avenue of exploration will be the use of theatre in a multicultural environment. There will be a certain amount of theoretical discussion of why to use theatre with children, but the main thrust will be experiential learning: trying out various exercises, games and programs. The last part of the month will include five days of practice teaching in a local elementary school. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 23 EDE 375-A Instructor Mary Endorf The student will demonstrate knowledge of a developmental kindergarten philosophy though the study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. Field work in a kindergarten classroom will occur during class meetings. Authentic assessment techniques will be utilized in class for student evaluation. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisite: PPST Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Library 17 EDU 353-A lnstructoc Rich Cermundsen This seminar-style course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigation of possible careers in international education. Special attention will be directed toward Scandinavian and Central American models. There will be lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class presentations and investigative projects. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Library 17 EDU 388-A lnstructoc loseph Erickson Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequisites: junior or Senior standing Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 23 ENC 282-A ENC 482-A lnstructoc john Mitchell This course will provide an introductory survey of contemporary American poetry by poets whose work has come into prominence since World War I1 or mid-century. Emphasis will be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to the themes of their poems, especially those images and statements that concern philosophical, historical, psychological and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will be expected to formulate reasonable interpretations of selected poets and poems and to express their discoveries in class discussion and short papers. A final examination will be given, and two interpre tive papers about three to five pages in length will be assigned. For upper division credit, the student must also read and give a written class report on a book that discusses contemporary poetry; this choice must be approved by the instructor. Prerequisite: lntro to Literature - for students enrolling for upper division credit Distribution: English/Speech Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum ~nrollment:I5 Time: I Room: Old Main 22 ENC 24 9-A lnstructoc Douglas Green Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent drama in English. These issues are vitalizing both contemporary drama and productions of classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the late 70s, the 80s, and the 90s, written in English, have been shaped by and have addressed issues ranging from racial tension to sexual preference. (We sometimes survey current drama on several such topics, like class, gender and language in 1989, and sometimes concentrate solely on plays about one issue, like homosexuality in 1990 and 1991.) For comparative purposes, we will also view a few films on related topics and hy to attend at least two productions in the Twin Cities. There will be moderate fees for the local productions. Prerequisite: ENC 1 I 1 (Effective Writing) is strongly recommended Distribution: English/Speech Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 2 1 FRE/CER/NOR/SPA 350-A lnstructoc Roman Soto An inboduction to the critical reading of a broad range of texts (short stories, novels, films and comic strips) through the understanding of their structural properties as well as the social contexts of communication they presuppose or create and/or transform. Selected theoretical readings (in English) prepare students to analyze representative texts (in a second language of their choice).Both the aesthetic and social-historical aspects of literary analysis will be explored, with special emphasis given to analytical approaches from outside the U.S. Workshops and discussions are key features of the course andevaluation will be based on classroom presentations, short papers, and a final examination. Lectures, class discussion and all written work in English. Students may register under their particular major/ minor language. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 23 HPE 1 16-A Instructor Ed Saugestad This course is designed to prepare future teachers for their role in the School Health Program. Emphasis is placed on the prevention of childhood health problems, and the promotion of well-being. This is a onehalf credit course. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Melby Hall 202 (MWF) HPE 232-A Instructor: Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment and a written test. This is a one-half credit course. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Melby Hall: North Court (TITH alternate Fridays - 1/4, 1/6, 1/7, 1/7 1, 1/13, 1/18, 1/20, 1/21, 1/25 - 9 meetings) HPE 250-A Instructor: Lisa Broek, Richard Borstad Designed for students who are interested in learning about contemporary health issues and applying this knowledge to their personal lives and the lives of their peers. This course provides a foundation for education, assisting and a p proaching fellow students about personal health issues. Students will apply student development models to peer education and peer helping. Topics include human develop ment theory, empowerment, communication skills, multicultural issues, referral sources and procedures, and decision-making skills. Students will examine strategies which promote a healthier campus environment. This course utilizes many interactive experiences combined with lecture and group discussion. Classroom activities allow students to practice and demonstrate skills taught during the course. Students have the opportunity to assess their own personal level of health. Evaluations will include objective tests, journal entries, and a group project. This course should be useful to students who are interested in impacting their campus environment as well as those who desire learning practical skills such as communication and negotiation, group facilitation, program development, and public speaking. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Music 22 HPE 475-A lnstructoc Paul Kriegler Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequisite: BIO 103 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Melby Hall 119 (M/W alternate Fridays - 1/3, 1/5, 1/10, 1/72, 1/14, 7/17, 1/19, 1/24, 1/26 - 9 meetings) HPE 478-A lnstructoc Ed Saugestad Theory, techniques, and administrative aspecls of coaching hockey. This is a onehalf credit course. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Melby Hall 7 19 (T-R) HIS 162-A Instructoc Don Custafson This area on the other side of the world has produced the world's largest working democracy. From this people has come one of our centuqs greatest individuals (Gandhi)as well as some intriguing charlatans. It is a prime example of 20th Century colonialism and nationalism; it is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. South Asia is all this - and much more. This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in non-Western subjects. The heart of the course will be a wide assortment of readings (including at least one novel) and at least two really good movies, but there will also be lectures, time for discussion and perhaps some slides. Grades will be based on general level of participation, on some written work and a final exam. Distribution: History/Philosophy Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 4 HIS 220-A HIS 320-A Instructor Khin Khin lensen This course will focus on Asian immigration to the United States in the mid-19th century and the turn of the 20th century. The Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Filipino experience will receive special attention. The course concludes with a component on the changes in the U.S. immigration laws in the post-World War I1 period. Students will study the pattern of Asian immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene, and the role of new Asian immigrants since the end of the Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United States to some Asian immigration. Inter-active videos will be used. There will be a mid-tern and a final project (a paper, topic to be selected the first week of term in consultation with the instructor). Prerequisite: None for lower division; more for upper division (see asterisk below) Distribution: Histo~y/Philosophy Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 10 "Upper division students will be required to complete a longer paper than for lower division credit. They will also be expected to complete a book review on a book related to the course theme and provide an oral progress report of their paper to the class. TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY: A HISTORY OF HIS 33 1 -A lnstructoc Chris Kimball The poet Walt Whitman once called baseball "America's game." In the century since Whitman uttered those words, baseball has occupied a prominent (and permanent) place in American life in some ways equivalent to business, politics, religion, and race. In this course, then, we will examine the relationship between the United States and its national pastime. Our focus will not be on the game between the lines, the great players and teams. Instead, we will take up several topics which can illuminate the historical evolution of this country. Some of these include: professionalization and its impact on amateur baseball, the role of ethnicity and ethnic rivalry, the color line, the emergence of the "big" leagues at the expense of the "minor" leagues, women's baseball, labor relations and the empowerment of the players, the impact of television, and the ballpark as an urban place. Special attention will be paid to baseball in the Twin Cities and students will be asked to do a short research paper on some aspect of baseball history in this region. Grading will be based on the research paper, class participation and a final exam. Prerequisite: One ( 1 ) history course or consent of instructor Distribution: History/Philosophy Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 3 TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY: LEGALHISTORY HIS 331-A lnstructoc Bill Green This course will examine the social, economic, and intellectual factors in American history that contributed to the emergence of a modem national legal system from English and colonial antecedents. Some of the topics covered in this course are the evolution of the roles of judges, lawyers, and juries; the criminal justice system; property, contract, and tort law; legal education; family law; civil rights (for women, African Americans, Native Americans, and children); and business and labor law. Requirements: Discussions, attendance required, research paper. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Old Main 2 1 HON 407-A Instructor: Larry Crockett This course will consider radical black American writers on the left and the right, most notably exemplified by Malcolm X and Angela Davis on the left and Norma Sowell and Walter Williams on the right. Course will feature several guest speakers. Students will write two small papers and one large paper. Restricted to junior and senior honor students or permission of instructor. Distribution: Minority/Women/Urban Studies Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Foss Center 42 INS 120-A Instructor Ann Fleener Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates. Students will read selected readings, which will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul Public School; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars and lead seminars. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 3 7 9 INS 197-A Instructors: Kristin Anderson, lulie Bolton, Merilee Klemp How do we see? How do we listen? How do we respond to theater? What is the nature of art? How are ideas conveyed in art forms? What do the visual arts, music, and theater have in common? How do they reflect the society in which they were created? Is art timebound or timeless? All art forms are linked to a particular time and place. We see that the visual arts, music, and theater always reflect the spiritual and intellectual climate of their time. Using examples of music, art, and theater created in Europe in the Baroque period, the course will explore how to appreciate and understand the various art forms, examine the relationships among the arts, and consider the expression of enduring themes and ideas at different points in time. Students will participate in the course through various readings, including reading plays, studying scores and listening to recordings, and reading primary source material comected to the art pieces considered. Using the resources of the College and the city, students will also attend a special performance of the Augsburg Faculty Artist Series, visit art collections, including the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, and attend music performances, including the Minnesota Orchestra, the Minnesota Opera, or the St. Paul Chamber Orchestra. Students will be expected to attend all required performances and museum visits, write analyses of the art works or performances, and write a paper integrating the different arts and time periods studied. There will also be quizzes. Costs for tickets to performances should not be more than $20. Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 75 Time: I (The class will normally meet during Time I, but students will be expected to attend a limited number of offcampus events (some evenings and/or weekends) as a part of the class work.) Room: Tjornhom-Nelson Theatre/SaterenAuditorium INS21 1-A Instructoc loan Kunz Do you enjoy talking about science and technical topics, but just can't find an audience? We'd love to listen! Through a series of four oral assignments, you will have the opportunity to talk science to your fellow scientists, improve on your oral presentation skills in a variety of formats, learn to effectively organize a speech, prepare visual aids, and listen to and learn about other science topics and science policy from your fellow scientists. This course satisfies the General Education Graduation Skill in speaking. Prerequisite: One year of an introductory science course Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 7 6 Time: I Room: Science 3 15 INS 264-A lnstructoc Virginia Allery This course will be an historical survey of Hollywood movies that created and continue to foster images of the North American Indian in American society. Movies will include: "Drums Along the Mohawk," "Shadow Catcher, Broken Arrow," "Little Big Man," and "Pow-Wow Highway." Issues to be discussed will be authenticity, misrepre sentation, stereotypes and the use of Indian and non-Indian actors. Upper-class students will be expected to do a project related to any of the issues discussed in class. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Music 23 LIN 290-A lnstructoc Don Steinmetz Is our ability to use language acquired by learning, or is it present from birth? What do all languages have in common despite their obvious differences? How can learning a foreign language be so frustrating for adults, while young children learning their native language seem to be having fun? Questions such as these have fascinated people throughout history, and recent developments in linguistics have begun to provide some credible answers. The purpose of this course is to survey the most remarkable findings in this area and engage in some principled speculation as to what they mean. This course is open to all students with a healthy curiosity about language. No other prerequisite. There will be two tests and a short paper for class presentation. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main I 1 MIS 376-A Instructor Kathy Schwalbe This course develops practical project management skills by combining theories, techniques, work-group skills, and computer tools. Students will participate in numerous inclass activities to determine projects to be done during class, estimate required resources, motivate people to successfully complete projects, use project management software to track progress and develop alternatives, etc. Evaluation will consist of individual and team presentations, participation, and a final exam. Prerequisites: BUS 227, BUS 242, and MIS 175 or MIS 370 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Foss Center 2 7 MAT 173-A Instructor Ken Kaminsky Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities and life insurance work, and more. Prerequisite: Math Placement Level 111 Distribution: Math/Physics Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 1 12 MAT 253-A lnstructoc Steve Zheng Our objectives are the exploration of this new geometry of fractals, its rules, its visuals, how it reveals the beauty of mathematics, how to create images of such complex forms and experience it as a form of artistic expression via computer graphics. The class will observe the pattern of selfsimilarity and consider the transformations used to construct fractals such as this fern and the existence of selfsimilarity regardless of the power of magnification used in examining it. The class will also consider the well known Mandelbrot set and Julia sets in color and in three dimensional rendition. Class lectures will provide introduction to the mathematics, and computer programs will provide students with the opportunity to construct their own visuals. Students will be tested on the mathematics through a midterm exam. Students will create a portfolio of visuals similar to the one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot or Julia sets which display the mathematical character of those visuals and do a major creative project. There will also be a final project. Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 111 or higher Distribution: Math/Physb Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 2 7 SOUNDSAND SIGHTS OF EUROPE (UMAIE COURSE) MU5 179-A lnstructoc Robert Karlen/Roberta Metzler Much of American history and culture is derived from that of continental Europe and the cities of Amsterdam, Paris, Munich, and Vienna. This course provides an opportunity to visit and experience important cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of cultural life in the New World. Students will gain an appreciation of the role of art and music in the history of the Netherlands, France, Austria, and Germany. Evaluation is based on full participation in all course-related group activities, a daily journal, art/music critique sheets, and exams (oral and written). No prerequisites, and no previous experience in art or music is required. Fee: $2,895 includes all air and surface travel, accomrnodations, several cultural performances, continental breakfast daily, and five group dinners. Registration for this interim must be made before October 22 at the International Programs Office, 620 2 n d Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Phone: 331655. Offered on a P/N basis only. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 30 MUS 204-A lnstructoc 0. Nicholas Raths, An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of Rock's inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s)periods. This course will examine the historical background, musical content, and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a compre hensive term paper, exam and a group performance project. For non-music majors. Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I/ Room: Music 3 MUS 295-A Instructor Stephen "Cabe" Cabrielsen The program "Finale" will be explored. This computer program makes it possible for music students to generate professional level musical scores. Daily assignments will be given with the end goal of developing proficiency at printing music at the computer. Prerequisite: Note-reading ability Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I Room: Music Library ( I st floor Music Bldg) MUS 394-A lnstructoc Mark Thomsen This course combines the study and performance of opera and music theater as well as study of the techniques of singing for the stage. Student participation will include reading, discussion, performance of opera/musical theater scenes, going to performances of other artists, and visiting some of the performing organizations in the Twin Cities area to see how they are run. Exercises devoted to release of tension and acting technique for the singerlactor will also be explored. Opera! Opera! will culminate in a performance of opera/ music theater scenes at the end of Interim that will be open to the public. Prerequisite: Permission of private voice instructor Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I1 Room: Sateren Auditorium NOR 1 1 I-A lnstructoc Nancy Aarsvold This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam. Distribution: Modern Languages Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main I 1 PHI 146-A lnstructoc David Apolloni Is abortion wrong? Is killing a terminally-ill person murder? Are there some crimes for which capital punishment is justified? Is there such a thing as a just war? These questions and the various answers proposed arouse deep emotions and often hostile confrontations among many groups in our society. All too often, complex moral issues get reduced down to simplistic slogans when these groups campaign to maintain or change laws on these issues. This course will utilize readings on these complex and burning moral issues as an introduction to ethics and critical moral thinking. We will consider some philosophical theories on the nature of moral obligation and personhood to help us get past emotions and slogans to a much deeper and informed understanding of the philosophical problems which lie behind the controversies surrounding abortion, euthanasia, capital punishment, and war. The course will combine lecture and class discussion on some contemporary philosophical readings on killing. Students' work will be evaluated on the basis of four (2 to 3) page papers (each on some aspect of one of the topics) and class participation. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 3 0 Time: I Room: old Main 29 PHY 151-A Instructor: leff lohnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in business for years. However, it is also possible to use spreadsheets to solve physics problems without using highpowered mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Lotus 123 to solve prob lerns in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary and projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in areas other than physics. Grading will be based on spreadsheet projects, homework, and a final exam. Prerequisite: Math Level I 1 1 Distribution: Mathematics/Physics Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 30 PHY 337-A Instructor: Stuart Anderson The quest to understand how light and matter interact is at the heart of modem physics, and lasers are probably the most ubiquitous technical product of these ideas. "Making Light of Matter" will begin with an overview of optics needed for understanding imaging, beam control and dispersion, including the nature of light, reflection, refraction and interference. This sets the stage for treating the physics of superradiant devices and lasers, and the impact of cavity design on output characteristics. The course will conclude by applying these concepts to the study of atoms and simple molecules by the emission, absorption and scattering of light. Considerable emphasis will be placed on laboratory experiences; only onethird of the class period will be used for formal lectures and discussion, with the balance spent in the laboratory. Grades will be determined on the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, two onehour exams, and a formal research paper. Prerequisites: PHY 121, 122, 245; MAT 145, 146, 245 (or consent of instructor) Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 9 Time: I1 Room: Science 30 POL 140-A lnstructoc Andrew Aoki This course requires students to struggle with questions of social justice in America. Students will develop and defend their own standards of social justice, and conditions in the United States will be measured against these standards. This course will stress the exchange of ideas, and students will be expected to be very actively involved in this exchange. The goal of the course will be for students to develop their own thinking about social justice, and to have a much greater awareness of values which may conflict with the pursuit of social justice. In addition, students should be able to use their ideas to evaluate and critique conditions in America today. Evaluation will be based on participation in class discussions and structured class activities, on two short (46 page) essays, and on a final exam. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 35 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 16 WORLD POLITICS: CONFLICT AND CRISIS IN THE 90s POL 160-A Instructoc Mary Ellen Lundsten By examining current crises and patterns of negotiations in places like Bosnia, South Africa, Israel, and the former Soviet Union, this course highlights the changing political structures and processes in the world of the 90s. Students will discuss new international economic patterns, security issues such as nuclear proliferation, United Nations efforts at peacekeeping, and environmental protection. Lectures will supplement readings from two textbooks. Students will give brief oral presentations of prepared materials on world crisis topics and they will prepare a final essay. The course will offer an opportunity for students to simulate how national leaders negotiate among themselves. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 20 POL 220-A POL 320-A Instructor William Morris This course will examine the impact of the American political system upon public policy making in the United States. Three topics of major policy importance will be selected for examination in the way they are addressed by particular political practices and/or institutions. The class will evaluate the options available to policy-makers in light of the scholarly literature and other information available on each subject. It will then assess the interplay between these choices and their handling by the political system. Close attention will be given to an exploration of the ethical situation and dilemma of decision-making in politics. As part of the course, students will submit written analyses and evaluations of the success and/or failure of the policymaking process in addressing these problems. These, plus additional articles and portions of books from the social sciences, will serve as a basis for class discussion. The papers, a test on the assigned readings outlining the policymaking process in the United States, and class participation will determine final grades. Students taking the course for lower division credit will be expected to complete papers on two of the three policy issues addressed in the course. Those taking the course for Upper Division credit must complete an additional paper on a policy issue of their choice not covered in class. Prerequisites: Students should have completed at least one lower division social science class. Distribution: Economics/Political Science General Education Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 POL 250-A POL 450-A Instructor: Einar Vetvik The course objective is to give knowledge of the political systems and the most important policy issues in modem Scandinavia. This will include party systems, elections, political institutions, public administration, and the welfare state. The course will include a comparative approach linking the Scandinavian system to the development within the European Community. Reference to the situation in the U.S. will also be made. The model of teaching is based on lectures, but emphasizes student participation in discussion and group work. Assignment 250: Readings, short essay paper, and a final exam. Assignment 450: More demanding exam, additional reading, and a more extensive paper. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Library 1 PSY201-A lnstructoc Victoria Littlefield The methods of psychology are used to study behavioral and social influences on health, including the interaction of behaviors, thoughts, emotions, and biological systems. Consideration is given to life styles, stress management, illness prevention and treatment, and the role that proactive behaviors play in health. Evaluation is based on class participation, homework assignments, papers, and quizzes. Prerequisites: PSY 10 1, 102, or 1 05 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 2 12 PSY 335-A Instructor: Nancy Steblay U.S. law and the legal system will be investigated from the perspective of psychological theory and practice. A speclfic focus will be on the social psychology of courtroom procedures with consideration of such topics as jury selection, eyewitness evaluation, and jury decision-making. Class readings and discussion will also cover such broader areas as morality, justice, ethics, and victimization. Evaluation methods include tests and written work; students will also be responsible for contribution to class discussion. Prerequisites: PSY 7 02 or 1 05 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 73 PSY 340-A lnstructor: Norm Ferguson This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined to gain knowledge about how they function as representations of the "self." The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's self and of how conceptualizations of "self" are molded by a variety of social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the course will include topics such as: the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of assigned readings. Students will be expected to be prepared for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the responsibility for leading discussions. Evaluation will be based on class participation and five short (600-900 word) papers. Prerequisites: PSY 102 or 105 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 1 Room: Foss Center 43 PSY 370-A lnstructoc Duane lohnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus. +â-h This course will be conducted as a wmina&th h,+I~i!: level of student contribution and participah. i\~I&il~rI ~ ,ltF each class session is required. Ppf!kIu 1 t wi l I inr-tucic class discussion frequent s h ~ r $ ~ ~ i l ~ i < f r ~v <n oral l reports. Typewriting or quiylcfil w o ~ png~.cxv,ing l will be r e quired. ~ ' ? U R As i*lrkl)rau&pl. 111%i i hrm1students are required lo read r The Mnr,rf Lifi I?t '/rilllnj~I by Robert Coles before the start of the i n l ~ ~ l ' book l t i ~(in paperback) will be available in the Augsburg Ik~okstore by November 1.An additional text may be required and Iibrary reference work will be a part of the course process. This course is offered only on PIN basis. Prerequisites: PS Y I 02 or PS Y 7 05 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 25 REL 330-A lmtructoc Philip Quanbeck I1 This course will approach parts of the New Testament from the perspective of the social world. It will examine the world of cultural conflict, accommodation and change and determine how that shaped the New Testament message and how the church responded to the challenge. Topics will include concepts of cultural anthropology such as honor and shame, the social structures of the family and the city in the Grawo-Roman world. Social status will be addressed in the ways it affected women, men, free persons, and slaves. Special attention will be paid to the relation between early Christianity and Judaism. In the New Testament there will be particular focus on LukeActs, the Letters of Paul (Romans and I Corinthians) and First Peter. Evaluation will be by exam and a research paper. Prerequisites: REL I 1 1 or REL 22 7 Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Science 2 1 3 REL 343-A lnstructoc Cathy Paulsen Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether you are married or not. It will, however, increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning and intimacy in your life with a partner. In the context of Christian teachings, many theories will be studied, with particular attention given to the work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and to the family secondarily. There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one paper, and two tests. Two books will be required. Prerequisites: REL 7 7 7 or REL 221 or permission of instructor Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 24 REL 345-A Instructoc Eugene Skibbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century, its development over about 450 years, and its cultural influence. An anthology, which includes several monographs and the professor's lectures, will be used. Some important readings will be done from the reserved shelf of the library. Lecture and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements include four exams. Prerequisites: Religion 1 1 1 or 22 1 Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 18 REL 374-A Instructors: john Benson, Mark Engebretson For some in our society, science is the driving engine of a better, more secure life and the basis for a philosophy of life. For others, science and its associated technologies, along with its invitation to become a global world view, constitute a grave threat. Some Christians particularly feel threatened by science. This course will address these matters in two ways. First, it will begin with a historical overview of the relations between science and the Christian faith, emphasizing three periods: the origins of the Christian faith, the development of "modern" science and mechanistic philosophy, and the reevaluation of science and nature in the 20th century. Second, it will study systematically the world views of science and religion to see how they compare. Class time will be divided among a variety of activities including lectures, whole class discussions, small group tutorials, and an extended simulation exercise in developing a space colony, drawing from the ideas developed in the course. Course evaluation will be based on two short exams, participation in small group tutorials based on assigned readings, a group project presentation, and a major synthe sis paper based on the group project and course materials. Prerequisites: One religion course, one science course, and junior or senior standing Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 60 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 7 8 REL 385-A lnstructoc Lynne Lorenzen This course is an introduction to process theology which is based on the philosophy of A.N. Whitehead and is a critique of "Classical Christianity." Issues such as theodicy, christology, sin and salvation will be considered. An 8 to 10 page paper will be written and presented to the class. Class sessions will include video and discussion. Prerequisites: REL 1 1 1 or REL 22 1 Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Science 3 19 SWK 257-A lnstructoc Mary Lou Williams Experiential learning occurs as stydents volunteer 80 hours (in a services agency or institution which students select). The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context of this volunteer experience students have opportunity to interact with human service professionals, clients, and communities of diverse culturelethnic heritage and special concerns (age, socio-economic status, lifestyles, developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.).The course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in the human services. The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions which assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings which explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms." Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 7 S WK 4 66-A (full course) SWK 4 6 6 4 (.5course) Instructor Vincent Peters This is a continuation of Field Work I1 -educationallyfocused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in a faculty-facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the field instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11) Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: Open enrollment for senior social work students Time: I Room: Murphy Place 2 SOC 232-A lnstructoc Rita Weisbrod In American culture, we have gone from nostalgia and romanticism regarding children in the early decades of this century to an increasingly widespread neglect of child welfare. We will examine the social status of children in Western society focusing on understanding problems in the current social relationships of children in American society. Students will develop a journal of their readings and complete an individual project selected from several options, including a child observation assignment or a libray research assignment, and give an oral report to the class followed by a written summary of their findings. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: 11 Room: Old Main 25 SOC 265-A lnstructoc Jerry Cerasimo The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only) Distribution: Minority/Women/Urban Studies Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Foss Center 20 SPA 777-A lnstructoc Cabriela Sweet Beginning Spanish I introduces the student to basic vocabulary and grammar. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but secondary goals are to develop reading and writing skills as well. After Interim, students will be prepared to continue with Spanish 112 in the spring. The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented, and grammar explanations will be given as needed to clarify those in the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapter, and a written and oral final exam. Distribution: Modern Languages Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 27 SPC 348-A lnstructoc Deb Bart This course is an advanced television production course which combines studio and field production with special emphasis on post-production editing. Students work in production teams to create and produce a one-hour magazine format news program. Prerequisites: Broadcast Production I or consent of instructor Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Foss Center 175 (Media classroom) Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Additional information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the International Programs Office, 620 2 n d Avenue S. (Tel. 33@1655)or from the Interim Office (Tel. 330-1025). Registration for these Interims ends October 29,1993. These courses are offered on a P/Nbasis only and generally cany a lower division number. Ancient Greece:Myth and Monuments Art and Architecture of Ancient Egypt China and Its Artistic Heritage The Church in Brazil: Comforting the Afflicted, Afflicting the Comfortable contemporary European Business and Economic Systems Coral Reefs in The Philippines and Hawaii Cultural Conflict in Renaissance ltaly English School and Family Environmental Issues: East and West Europe and The Rise of Modern Science Hawaii: Cross Cultural Transmission and lntegration Literary Ventures by Train: England and Scotland Nairobi and Arusha: The Tale of the Church in Two Cities The Natural History of the Galapagos Islands and an Ecuadorian Rainforest Post-Colonial Namibia: A land of Liberation and Peace Making Readings of the Bible ReJections in a Clouded Mirror: The Performing Arts and Iapanese Culture Russia, Ukrania and Poland after Communism Social Work and Social Welfare in Sweden Sounds and Sights of Europe Spanish Art and Culture of the Siglo De Oro Work Life in the Information Age: Action Research in Nonoay and Sweden These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College, but have been approved for credit by the College. Most cany a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. SAILING IN THE VIRGINISLANDS (JANUARY 4 - 20, 1994) HPE 455-A Instructor: Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat mising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43 to 46 foot fixed keel sailboat with 5 to 6 other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-thewater instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include mises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. The course cost is $2,600, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day students and qualifying 41-4 students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academic credit. Prerequisite: Permission from loyce Pfaff of the Health and Physical Education Department (6 12) 330- 1247. Distribution: Lifetime Sports; also one course credit. Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports OUTWARD BOUND HPE 212-A Check for information in thehterim Office on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for whitewater canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 27 through January 26 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available). POL 398-A POL 398-A POL 398-A Students are required to take the full three week program (January 3-21). Segments I and I1 meet from January 3 to January 14,1994. Segment I11 meets from January 17 to January 21,1994. Campus liaison is Professor Milda Hedblom. Applications for financial assistance from the college are available i n Memorial Hall 117A; telephone is 33B1197. The following activities are available to students during interim and students may register for these classes as well as for a regular course. These activities do not carry course credit, but do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. HPE 002-A lnstructoc Wayne Niles The form, basic techniques, and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree M K A Black Belt inshctor. Fee of $30. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: Unlimited Time: 12:OO-1:00 p.m. Mondays, Wednesdays, and Fridays Room: Melby Gym HPE 002-A lnstructoc Brian Ammann Practice and playing of badminton. Grading: P I N only Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: 16 Time: I M, W/alternate Fridays (1/3, 1/Sf 1/lo, 1/12, 1 /14, 7/17, 1/19, 1/24, 1/26 - 9 meetings) Room: Melby, north court HPE 002-A lnstructoc Brian Ammann Practice and playing of racquetball. Grading: P/N only Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: 8 Time: I T, Th/alternate Fridays (1/4, 1/6, 1/7,1/7 1,1/13, 1/78, 1/20, 1/2 1, 1/25 - 9 meetings) Room: Melby, north court HPE 002-A lnstructoc leff Swenson Grading: P/N only Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I M, W,F - all term Room: Melby, weight room HPE 002-A lnstructoc ]eff Swenson Grading: PIN only Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 M, W,F -all term Room: Melby, weight room
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Graduate Catalog, 2014-2015
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: 2014-2015 Graduate Catalog at Augsburg College Graduate Catalog 2014-2015 Official Publication of Augsburg College 2211 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454 The Augsburg College Graduate Catalog contains information about academic program requirements and academic and student policies...
Show more 2014-2015 Graduate Catalog at Augsburg College Graduate Catalog 2014-2015 Official Publication of Augsburg College 2211 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454 The Augsburg College Graduate Catalog contains information about academic program requirements and academic and student policies and procedures for fall semester 2014 - summer semester 2015. It is subject to change without notice. The catalog is intended to complement other College publications including the Student Guide and College website. It is important for students to be familiar with all College policies and procedures. Students are strongly encouraged to consult their advisor(s) at least once each semester to be certain they are properly completing degree requirements. Published 2014 Phone: 612-330-1000 www.augsburg.edu 1 A Greeting from the President I am pleased to know of your interest in Augsburg College’s exciting and innovative graduate programs. You are part of a select and discerning group of professionals who seek to find a graduate program that combines an excellent curriculum, a values-based approach to work, a talented and experienced faculty, and program formats that meet the needs of busy and successful people. Augsburg College’s graduate-level programs in Business Administration, Creative Writing, Education, Leadership, Nursing, Physician Assistant Studies, and Social Work are distinguished by the opportunities they provide students to expand decision-making and strategic skills. Augsburg College is characterized by a strong mission: Augsburg College educates students to be informed citizens, thoughtful stewards, critical thinkers, and responsible leaders. The Augsburg experience is supported by an engaged community that is committed to intentional diversity in its life and work. An Augsburg education is defined by excellence in the liberal arts and professional studies, guided by the faith and values of the Lutheran church, and shaped by its urban and global settings. For our graduate programs, this mission helps to shape an innovative educational experience that features an expansive perspective on social responsibility, economic realities, business initiative, and environmental sustainability. At Augsburg College we believe that our distinctive educational purpose is to help you find your calling, at work and in the world. Augsburg graduate programs are designed to offer you quality educational experiences, personal attention, and opportunities to expand your personal and professional talents and skills. We are confident that our graduates are prepared for leadership in our ever-changing global society, the hallmark of an Augsburg degree. Sincerely, Paul C. Pribbenow, Ph.D. President 2 Greetings from the Academic Affairs Office Welcome to graduate studies at Augsburg College. We are committed to education that prepares people for leadership in their communities and places of work. We believe that learning based upon intentional integration of the liberal and professional arts and sciences provides the best preparation for living in the fast-paced, changing, and complex world of today and tomorrow. We expect our graduate students to achieve tangible and measurable outcomes from their studies at Augsburg: specialized knowledge in a field of study, applied and collaborative learning, advanced intellectual skills (especially in engaging diverse perspectives and communication fluency), and demonstrated civic and global learning. When you join Augsburg, you become part of a community that offers lifelong learning opportunities in state-of-the-art physical and online classrooms with accessible libraries and dedicated faculty and staff. Our locations in vital metropolitan areas and the opportunities we provide for international travel offer exciting and challenging real-life learning. Cities and countries become extended campuses for Augsburg students. Additionally, the diversity in our own campus community ensures that our graduates are prepared for the range of experiences and perspectives that characterize today’s global environment. All of our graduate programs share distinctive qualities, including our commitment and mission to be of service, with one another and to our neighbors. Inspired by the faith of our Lutheran founders to be inclusive to the early immigrants who came to Augsburg’s doors, we welcome a diversity of cultures and faiths. And, we encourage interdisciplinary courses and opportunities for you to study with colleagues across disciplines. At the same time, each graduate program also has its own “neighborhood” and unique features. You join a body of experienced people that expands your network of employer connections and career opportunities. We encourage our alumni to become your mentors and build on our city and global connections through public events, including our convocations and our annual, internationally-recognized Nobel Peace Prize Forum. We are companions on your journey in fulfilling your dream of a graduate degree and we cannot wait to meet you. Sincerely, Lori A. Peterson Assistant Vice President of Academic Affairs and Dean of Graduate and Professional Studies 3 About Augsburg At Augsburg College, we believe that graduate education should prepare gifted people for positions of leadership in their communities and places of work. Augsburg graduates will be able to demonstrate not only the mastery of a major field of study, but also the ability to apply critical thinking, problem solving, and advanced communication skills in a collaborative approach within that discipline, thereby engaging others with diverse perspectives in the work of advancing civic and global initiatives critical for a sustainable future. The heart of an Augsburg education is the Augsburg mission, informed by the liberal and professional arts and sciences, to serve our neighbors in the heart of the city and out into the world with faith-based, ethical values. We welcome students from a diversity of backgrounds and experiences. Also, our programs look to the world through international courses and cultural exchanges. Mission Statement Students who graduate from Augsburg are well prepared to make a difference in the world. They stand as testaments to the College motto, “Education for Service,” and mission: Augsburg College educates students to be informed citizens, thoughtful stewards, critical thinkers, and responsible leaders. The Augsburg experience is supported by an engaged community that is committed to intentional diversity in its life and work. An Augsburg education is defined by excellence in the liberal arts and professional studies, guided by the faith and values of the Lutheran Church, and shaped by its urban and global settings. Augsburg Today Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis, Minnesota in 1872. A Rochester, Minnesota campus was added in 2002. A short history of Augsburg College can be found at www.augsburg.edu/about/history. Today, Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of its founders who believed: • • • Education should have a solid liberal arts core at the graduate level; this focus centers on the ability to think critically and broadly about the world and the work we do in it. An Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community and centers of faith. The city—with all its excitement, challenges, and diversity—is an unequaled learning environment. The vision of the College’s work today is lived out in the phrase, “We believe we are called to serve our neighbor.” Through common commitments to living faith, active citizenship, meaningful work, and global perspective, Augsburg prepares its students to become effective, ethical citizens in a complex global society. Degrees Offered Augsburg offers the following graduate degrees: • • • • • • • • • Master of Arts in Education* Master of Arts in Leadership Master of Arts in Nursing* Master of Business Administration* Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing Master of Music Therapy Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies Master of Social Work Doctor of Nursing Practice* (with tracks in Transcultural Nursing and Family Nurse Practitioner) Augsburg offers the following dual degrees: • Bachelor of Arts in Accounting/Master of Arts in Leadership 4 • • • Master of Arts in Leadership/Master of Business Administration Master of Social Work/Master of Business Administration Master of Social Work/Master of Arts in Theology, with Luther Seminary *Programs offered at both of Augsburg’s campuses (Minneapolis and Rochester, MN) A Community of Learners Essential to the goals of Augsburg’s graduate programs is participation in a community of adult learners. This community is enriched by the presence of men and women with a variety of work and life experiences. To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages students to make use of all College facilities, whether a student in Minneapolis or Rochester, and to participate in College activities such as music and dramatic presentations and lecture/speaker events. Graduate Faculty The heart of any educational institution is its faculty, and Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold the doctorate or other terminal degree, and all consider teaching and service to be the focus of their activity at the College. Faculty are involved in social, professional, and a variety of research activities, but these support and are secondary to their teaching. Faculty are actively involved in a dynamic faculty development program that introduces them to best practices in teaching and learning techniques and theories. Augsburg’s small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisors and participate regularly in campus activities. 5 Locations Minneapolis Campus Augsburg College is located in the heart of the Twin Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul, Minnesota. The campus is bordered by Riverside Avenue and Interstate 94, near the University of Minnesota West Bank campus and the University of Minnesota Medical Center. Downtown Minneapolis is just minutes away, providing access to internships and careers with some of the country’s leading companies as well as entertainment, arts, sports venues, shopping, dining, and transportation. The campus is blocks from the Hiawatha light rail line and the Central Corridor line, which provide easy access to Minneapolis, St. Paul, and the Minneapolis International Airport. Rochester campus Augsburg’s branch campus in Rochester was established in 1998 as a natural extension of the College’s mission and its expertise in teaching working adults. Degrees offered on the Rochester campus include the Master of Business Administration, Master of Arts in Nursing*, Master of Arts in Education*, and Doctor of Nursing Practice*, as well as several undergraduate majors. The Rochester campus classrooms and offices are located at Bethel Lutheran Church (ELCA), a few blocks south of the heart of the city, which is home to about 100,000 residents. Rochester is a city that enjoys a rich ethnic diversity and superior technological resources. Augsburg classes in Rochester meet on a semester schedule with classes taking place on weekday evenings and on occasional Saturdays, making them accessible to working adults. Students may also take courses within their program at the Minneapolis campus. Students at the Rochester campus are Augsburg College students. They are supported through an array of e-learning resources ranging from access to Lindell Library databases to the use of online course management software. Information about the Rochester campus is available at www.augsburg.edu/rochester or by calling the Rochester office at 507-288-2886. *Program includes some Minneapolis courses Abroad Locations Augsburg is enhanced by its global centers in Namibia, Mexico, and Central America. Students can perform research, take courses, or consult with faculty in those locations to gain new perspectives on their disciplines. 6 Facilities Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the two tower residence halls, the five buildings on the Quadrangle, plus Music Hall, Lindell Library, Oren Gateway Center, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication. Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the two tower residence halls, the five buildings on the Quadrangle, plus Music Hall, Lindell Library, Oren Gateway Center, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication. Admissions Office—The Office of Admissions is located on the lower level of Christensen Center. Anderson Hall (1993)—Named in honor of Oscar Anderson, President of Augsburg College from 1963 to 1980, this residence hall is located at 2016 8th Street. Anderson Hall contains four types of living units and houses 192 students, as well as the Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies; Center for Global Education; and the Office of Marketing and Communication. Counseling and Health Promotion—The Center for Counseling and Health Promotion (CCHP) offers programs and services that enhance student learning by promoting personal development and well-being. Christensen Center (1967)—The College center, with the Admissions Office, student lounge and recreational areas, the Strommen Center for Meaningful Work, the Commons dining facility and Einstein Bros. Bagels, two art galleries, copy center, and offices for student government and student publications. Edor Nelson Field—The athletic field, located at 725 23rd Avenue, is the playing and practice field of many of the Augsburg teams. An air-supported dome covers the field during winter months, allowing year-round use. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication (1988)—The Foss Center is named in recognition of the Julian and June Foss family. The Tjornhom-Nelson Theater, Hoversten Chapel, and the Arnold Atrium are also housed in this complex, which provides space for campus ministry, the drama and communication offices. Ice Arena (1974)—Two skating areas provide practice space for hockey and figure skating, and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. Kennedy Center (2007)—Completed in 2007 as a three-story addition to Melby Hall and named for Dean (’75) and Terry Kennedy, it features a state-of-the-art wrestling training center, fitness center, classrooms for health and physical education, and hospitality facilities. The James G. Lindell Family Library (1997)—This library and information technology center houses all library functions and brings together the computer technology resources of the College. It also houses the Gage Center for Student Success. The library is located on the corner of 22nd Avenue and 7th Street and the Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS). Luther Hall (1999)—Named for theologian Martin Luther, Luther Hall is a three-story apartment complex along 20th Avenue, between 7th and 8th Streets that houses juniors and seniors in units from efficiencies to two-bedroom suites. Melby Hall (1961)—Named in honor of J. S. Melby (dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity Department). It provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, the Hoyt Messerer Fitness Center, and general auditorium purposes. The Ernie Anderson Center Court was dedicated in 2001. Mortensen Hall (1973)—Named in honor of Gerda Mortensen (dean of women from 1923 to 1964), it has 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upper-class students, the Department of Public Safety and a lounge area. Music Hall (1978)—Contains Sateren Auditorium, a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios, and offices for the music faculty. Old Main (1900)—Home for the Department of Art and the Department of Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies, with classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodeled in 1980, Old Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Places. 7 Oren Gateway Center (2007)—Named for lead donors and alumni Don and Beverly Oren, it is home for the StepUP program, Institutional Advancement offices, the Alumni and Parent and Family Relations Offices, Bernhard Christensen Center for Vocation, the Master of Business Administration Program, the Master of Arts in Leadership program, the Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing program, and substance-free student housing. It also houses the Barnes & Noble Augsburg Bookstore, Nabo Café, Gage Family Art Gallery, and the Johnson Conference Center. Science Hall (1949)—Houses classrooms; laboratories for biology, chemistry, and physics; mathematics; a medium-sized auditorium; faculty offices, administrative offices, and various other program offices. Sverdrup Hall (1955)—Named in honor of Augsburg’s fourth president, it contains the Enrollment Center, as well as classrooms and faculty offices. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall (1938)—Built as a residence hall and named in honor of Augsburg’s second and third presidents, it contains the President’s Office, Human Resources, and other administrative and faculty offices. Urness Hall (1967)—Named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness, this tower provides living quarters for 324 firstyear students. Each floor is a “floor unit,” providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study, and utility areas. 8 Accreditation, Approvals, and Memberships Augsburg College is accredited by: • • • • • • The Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) Accreditation Review Commission on Education for the Physician Assistant (ARC-PA) Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE) (bachelor’s, master’s and doctoral degrees) Council on Social Work Education (CSWE) (bachelor’s and master’s degrees) American Music Therapy Association (AMTA) (bachelor’s and master’s degrees) Augsburg’s programs are approved by: • • • • • American Chemical Society Minnesota Board of Teaching Minnesota Board of Nursing National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS) National Association of Schools of Music Augsburg College is an institutional member of: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • American Association of Colleges and Universities (AACU) American Association of Colleges of Teacher Education (AACTE) American Association of Higher Education (AAHE) American Music Therapy Association, Inc. Association of Writers & Writing Programs (AWP) Campus Compact Council of Independent Colleges (CIC) Lutheran Education Council in North America (LECNA) National Association of Schools of Music (NASM) National Society for Experiential Education (NSEE) Physician Assistant Education Association Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) Minnesota Private College Council MPCC) Twin Cities Adult Education Alliance (TCAEA) Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Office of Higher Education. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution, or employer. 9 Policies Non-Discrimination Policy Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, gender identity, gender expression, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, or disability in its educational policies, admissions policies, employment, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and/or school-administered programs, except in those instances where there is a bona fide occupational qualification or to comply with state or federal law. Augsburg College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and students. (Approved by the Augsburg Board of Regents Executive Committee on June 16, 2010). For inquiries or grievances in any of the following areas, contact the director of Human Resources, ground floor, Memorial Hall 19, 612-330-1058. • • • • Affirmative Action—for matters based on race, creed, national, or ethnic origin Section 504—for matters based on physical or mental handicap Title IX—for matters based on gender or marital status Employment—All correspondence should be addressed to the Office of Human Resources at Augsburg College, 2211 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454. The Director of Human Resources serves as the Title IX officer and may be reached at 612-330-1058. Deputy Officer for Students: Dean of Students Sarah Griesse 612-330-1489 griesse@augsburg.edu Deputy Officer for Athletics: Kelly Anderson Diercks Assistant Athletic Director 612-330-1245 diercks@augsburg.edu Deputy Officer for Employees: Interim AVP, Human Resources Dionne Doering 612-330-1602 doering@augsburg.edu Any questions concerning Augsburg’s compliance with federal or state regulations implementing equal access and opportunity can be directed to the Affirmative Action Coordinator, Human Resources, CB 79, Augsburg College, 2211 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454, 612-330-1058. The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA), as amended, provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year Augsburg College is required to give notice of the various rights accorded to students pursuant to FERPA. In accordance with FERPA, you are notified of the following: Right to inspect and review education records You have the right to review and inspect substantially all of your education records maintained by or at Augsburg College. The student must request to review their education records in writing with their signature. The College will respond in a reasonable time, but no later than 45 days after receiving the request. Right to request amendment of education records You have the right to seek to have corrected any parts of an education record that you believe to be inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of your right to privacy. This includes the right to a hearing to present evidence that the record should be changed if Augsburg decides not to alter your education records according to your request. Right to give permission for disclosure of personally identifiable information You have the right to be asked and to give Augsburg your permission to disclose personally identifiable information contained in your education records, except to the extent that FERPA and the regulations regarding FERPA authorize disclosure without your permission. One such exception which permits disclosure without consent is for disclosure to school officials who have legitimate education interests. A school official is a person employed by the College in an 10 administrative, supervisory, academic or research, or support staff position (including law enforcement unit personnel and health staff); person or company with whom the College has contracted (such as an attorney, auditor, or collection agent); a person serving on the board of regents, or a student serving on an official committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance committee, or assisting another school official performing his or her tasks. A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his or her professional responsibility. Right to withhold disclosure of “directory information” FERPA uses the term “Directory Information” to refer to those categories of personally identifiable information that may be released for any purpose at the discretion of Augsburg College without notification of the request or disclosure to the student. Under FERPA you have the right to withhold the disclosure of the directory information listed below. Please consider very carefully the consequences of any decision by you to withhold directory information. Should you decide to inform Augsburg College not to release Directory Information, any future request for such information from persons or organizations outside of Augsburg College will be refused. “Directory information” includes the following: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • The student’s name The student’s address The student’s telephone number The student’s e-mail address The student’s date and place of birth The student’s major and minor field of study The student’s academic class level The student’s enrollment status (FT/HT/LHT) The student’s participation in officially-recognized activities and sports The student’s degrees and awards received (including dates) The weight and height of members of athletic teams The student’s dates of attendance Previous educational agencies or institutions attended by the student The student’s photograph Augsburg College will honor your request to withhold all Directory Information but cannot assume responsibility to contact you for subsequent permission to release it. Augsburg assumes no liability for honoring your instructions that such information be withheld. The Registrar’s Office must be notified in writing of your intent to withhold your Directory Information. Right to complain to FERPA Office You have the right to file a complaint with the Family Policy Compliance Office, US Department of Education, 400 Maryland Ave. SW, Washington, DC, 20202, concerning Augsburg’s failure to comply with FERPA. Reporting Educational Information Letters of reference must be requested in writing and explicitly indicate what information may be reported in the letter. Clery Act The Clery Act Annual Report for Augsburg College contains statistics on reported crimes on and near Augsburg property and campus, as well as institutional policies concerning campus security and crime. The report is available online at www.augsburg.edu/dps. For a printed copy, contact Augsburg’s Department of Public Safety at 612-330-1717. Copyright Policy Augsburg College Graduate Programs follows the norms of the US Copyright Law in granting exclusive rights under the Copyright Act to faculty and student authors to reproduce their original works, to use them as the basis for derivative. 11 Student Rights The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in the matter of disciplinary action, grievances, and grade appeal, as outlined in the Augsburg Student Guide, at www.augsburg.edu/studentguide. Official Notices Students will receive official notices via the student campus mail system (student campus box), the A-Mail publication, and the student’s Augsburg e-mail account. Students should check their campus mailbox and their student e-mail account regularly. The A-Mail is a daily online publication on Inside Augsburg. 12 Graduate Admissions All graduate programs require students to have a bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited four-year institution or an equivalent degree from outside the US. All graduate students must submit completed applications. Each graduate program also has additional program requirements, which may include coursework, professional experience, testing, etc. See the program sections for these additional requirements. Please refer to each individual program’s catalog section (below) for additional instructions and for detailed information on applying to graduate programs, refer to the Graduate Admissions website at www.augsburg.edu/grad. Readmission Graduate students who have not registered for courses at Augsburg College for two or more semesters, must apply for readmission through the Registrar’s Office to resume attendance. Students who have attended other institutions during their absence from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each institution to the Registrar’s Office. Returning students do not pay the application fee. The last day to receive approval for readmission to the College and register for classes is the Friday prior to the start of the term. Pending approval by the graduate program, students who left on probation or who were dismissed from the College must have their readmission application and file reviewed by the program director. (Please consult with individual programs for information regarding readmission process). Special Student Admission Students who are non-degree-seeking, but wish to enroll for academic credit in courses within a graduate degree program, may be considered for admission as special students (non-degree). Special students (non-degree) can enroll on a space-available basis. Registration dates are included in the College’s Academic Calendar. Admission requires program director approval, and the student must be in good standing at all previously attended institutions. To be considered for admission as a special student (non-degree), the items listed below must be submitted to the Admissions Office. Some programs may have additional requirements. • • Completed special-status application for admission An official transcript of undergraduate and/or last degree earned. A bachelor’s degree from a regionally accredited institution is the minimum requirement for admission. Students who have earned a degree outside the US must have their transcript evaluated to confirm it is equivalent to a US bachelor’s degree or greater. If a non-degree seeking student is pursuing regular admission status into the program; he or she should submit an application requesting regular admission to that program and submit the additional materials needed for regular admission to that program. Special student status is conferred for only one term of enrollment. Additional terms require reapplication as a special student (non-degree). Students may count up to 6-8 semester credits earned as a special student (non-degree) toward an Augsburg College degree with approval of the program director. International Students Admission Augsburg College graduate programs encourage qualified applicants from other countries to apply. An F-1 student is a nonimmigrant who is pursuing a “full course of study” to achieve a specific educational or professional objective at an academic institution in the United States that has been designated by the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) to offer courses of study to such students, and has been enrolled in SEVIS (Student and Exchange Visitor Information System). A student acquires F-1 status using form I-20, issued by a DHS-approved school through SEVIS. Status is acquired in one of two ways: • • If the student is abroad, by entering the United States with the I-20 and an F-1 visa obtained at a US consulate. If the student is already in the United States and not currently in F-1 status, by sending the I-20 to USCIS (United States Citizenship and Immigration Services) with an application for change of nonimmigrant status. 13 A student who is maintaining valid F-1 status may transfer from another DHS-approved school to Augsburg by following the transfer procedures set forth in the F-1 regulations. In addition to fulfilling all general admission requirements for a particular graduate program, prospective F-1 students must also comply with the following: English Proficiency Requirements for International Graduate Applicants To meet Augsburg College admission requirements, you must provide evidence of a sufficient command of both written and spoken English to study college courses conducted entirely in English. Below is a list of the tests and programs Augsburg College accepts as evidence for English proficiency. • TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) o o • IELTS (International English Language Testing System) o o • www.ielts.org/ Score report of 6.5. MELAB (Michigan English Language Assessment Battery) o o • www.toefl.org/ Score report of 80 on the Internet-based TOEFL (iBT) with a subscore of 20 on the written and 20 on the speaking sections. (The Augsburg College TOEFL code is 6014.) www.cambridgemichigan.org/melab Score report of 80, and score report must be accompanied by an official letter from the testing coordinator. Successful completion of a previous undergraduate or graduate degree at an accredited college or university in the US, the United Kingdom, Ireland, English-speaking Canada, New Zealand, or Australia. Score reports must be sent to Augsburg directly from the testing center. Score reports must not be more than two years old. Foreign Credential Evaluation Augsburg requires foreign credential evaluation for any transcript(s) from an institution outside of the United States. This evaluation should include the following: • • • • • Analysis of credentials to determine if your degree is equivalent to an accredited US bachelor’s degree Verification the degree is equivalent, at a minimum, to a four-year US bachelor’s degree is required. Course-by-course evaluation to show your complete course listing with credit values and grades received for each course, may also be required for specific programs. Calculation of grade point average to demonstrate your cumulative grade point average using the standard US grading system, i.e., A=4.0, B=3.0, C=2.0, D=1.0, F=0.0. Translation to English (if applicable) The evaluation report must be sent directly to Augsburg’s Office of Admissions. Refer to World Education Services at www.wes.org for information on how to obtain a foreign credential evaluation. Proof of Financial Support International applicants must provide reliable documentation that they have financial resources adequate to meet expenses for the duration of their academic program, which include tuition and fees, books and supplies, room and board, health insurance, personal expenses, and living expenses for dependents (if applicable). Funds may come from any dependable source, including scholarships, fellowships, sponsoring agencies, personal funds, or funds from the student’s family. Documentation of scholarships and fellowships may be in the form of an official award letter from the school or sponsoring agency; documentation of personal or family funds should be on bank letterhead stationery, or in the form of a legally binding affidavit. Government Form I-134, Affidavit of Support, or Augsburg’s Financial Sponsorship form can be used to document support being provided by a US citizen or US legal 14 permanent resident. All financial documents such as bank statements must be dated within three months prior to the date of application. Health Insurance All F-1 international students and their dependents (if applicable) are required to have adequate health insurance coverage for the duration of their program. International students will be enrolled in the Augsburg international student plan unless they fill out a waiver verifying proof of coverage through an alternative provider for the same period. 15 Financing Your Education Costs for Graduate Studies The Board of Regents approves the costs for the academic year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The College reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. Program Tuition and Fees • • • • • • • • • • Doctor of Nursing Practice (DNP) Master of Arts in Nursing (MAN) Master of Arts in Education (MAE) Master of Arts in Education Tribal (MAET) Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) Master of Fine Arts (MFA) Master of Social Work (MSW) Master of Business Administration (MBA) Master of Arts in Music Therapy (MMT) Master of Science in Physician Assistant (MPA) $894 per 1.0 credit $683 per 1.0 credit $550 per 1.0 credit UMD Rate $776 per 1.0 credit $604 per 1.0 credit $648 per 1.0 credit $776 per 1.0 credit $775 per 1.0 credit $716 per 1.0 credit* Tuition: Students are charged per credit. All associated costs must be paid by the beginning of each semester to avoid accruing finance charges, unless you have enrolled in an official payment plan through Student Financial Services. Fees: The standard semester fees are the Student Activity Fee and the Wind Energy Fee. Specific courses or programs may have additional fees associated with them, such as lab or supply fees. Payments Semester Charges Prior to the start of each semester a statement of estimated charges showing charges and financial aid credits designated by the Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student via e-mail. All statements are available online through Augnet’s Records and Registration site. Payments can be made online at www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/make-a-payment/. Augsburg may charge late fees and interest on delinquent accounts. Review the full policy regarding past due balances online at www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/disclosure/ Payment Options Augsburg College offers payment plan options for all students. Information about payment plans is available online at www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/policies/disclosure/. Financial Aid All students who wish to be considered for financial assistance must establish financial aid eligibility on an annual basis. This includes completing the application process as outlined below and making satisfactory academic progress. In order to maintain eligibility in financial aid programs, students must make satisfactory academic progress toward the attainment of their degree or certificate as stipulated in the College catalog. Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg may be a combination of grants and loans. The College cooperates with federal, state, church, and private agencies in providing various aid programs. The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) helps determine the amount of assistance for which a student is eligible. This analysis takes into account such family financial factors as current income, assets, number of dependent family members, other educational expenses, retirement needs, and special considerations. 16 Types of Aid A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather than for a specific scholarship or grant (except as noted). Institutional Grants/Discounts Augsburg offers grants/discounts for a variety of different students. Specific information about the different grants and scholarships, along with eligibility requirements, can be found online at http://www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/payment-plans-and-discounts/ Loan Assistance Graduate students must be enrolled at least half-time in order to receive federal loans. Three semester credits per term is considered half-time. Six semester credits per term is considered full-time. • Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Student Loan o • Interest begins accruing on the date of disbursement and the borrower is responsible for all interest. The borrower may choose to make payments while in school or may defer payments and allow interest to accrue and be capitalized (added to the balance of the loan). Federal Graduate Loan Program (PLUS) o Graduate PLUS is a loan program to help graduate students meet college costs. Students may borrow up to the cost of attendance (minus all other student financial aid). Further information about loan programs can be found online at http://www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/. Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy Federal regulations require that all higher education institutions establish and implement a policy to measure whether students [1] receiving financial aid [2] are making satisfactory academic progress toward the completion of a degree. The purpose of this policy is to make sure that students who receive financial aid are using this money wisely. It is meant to curtail the use of financial aid by students who fail to successfully complete their course work. Failure to meet the following standards makes a student ineligible for all institutional, federal, and state financial aid. Standards of Satisfactory Academic Progress 1) Minimum GPA requirements Undergraduate Students Students must maintain a minimum 2.0 cumulative GPA based on the entire academic record. Graduate Students Students must maintain a minimum 2.5 cumulative GPA based on the entire academic record. 2) Minimum Credits Completed Undergraduate Students Students must earn a cumulative 67% of the credits attempted based on the entire academic record. A completed credit has a grade of 4.0 – 0.5 or P. Credits earned and completed will include accepted cumulative transfer credits as defined by the Registrar’s Office. Unsatisfactory grades “W (Withdrawn),” “I (Incomplete),” “F (Zero),” and “N (Not Passing)” are counted towards the cumulative attempted credits. Repeat Courses and remedial courses are not counted towards the cumulative attempted credits. Graduate Students Students must earn a cumulative 67% of the credits attempted based on the entire academic record. A completed credit has a grade of 4.0 – 2.5 or P. Credits earned and completed will include accepted cumulative transfer credits as defined by the Registrar’s Office. Unsatisfactory grades “W (withdrawn),” “I (Incomplete),” “F (Zero),” and “N (Not Passing)” are counted towards the cumulative attempted credits. Repeat Courses and remedial courses are not counted towards the cumulative attempted credits. 17 3) Maximum Time Frame Undergraduate Students To demonstrate academic progress, undergraduate students must complete their degree objective within 150% of the length of the program. In the CORE Curriculum, a student needs a minimum of 32 credits to graduate with a bachelor’s degree. For those under the CORE Curriculum, they may not exceed attempting 49 credits. For students under the Perspectives and Skills Curriculum, a student cannot exceed attempting 52 credits. A student who reaches the 150% maximum time frame to complete their degree due to a change in major will need to notify the Student Financial Services Office in order to continue to receive financial aid. Graduate Students To demonstrate academic progress, graduate students must complete their degree objective within 150% of the length of the program. Requirements to Meet Satisfactory Academic Progress Standards 1) Cumulative GPA Undergraduate Students Students who are not meeting the GPA SAP standard will need to follow the Academic Probation standards set forth by Augsburg College Registrar’s Office. The student must maintain a minimum 2.0 cumulative GPA or higher. Graduate Students Students who are not meeting the GPA SAP standard must maintain a minimum 2.5 cumulative GPA or higher. 2) Minimum Credits Attempted Undergraduate and Graduate students earning less than 67% credits attempted must be enrolled at least half-time, must earn all attempted credits, cannot withdraw from any of the courses, and must achieve a minimum grade of 2.0 or better in each course. 3) Maximum Time Frame Undergraduate and Graduate students must complete and attain their degree within the 150% of the length of the program. Monitoring and Evaluating Progress In order to ensure SAP standards are being met, the office of Student Financial Services will evaluate and monitor the students’ academic achievement at the end of each term. After the student’s record is evaluated and the Student Financial Services Office determined the student to be unsatisfactory, the student will be placed on Financial Aid Warning or Financial Aid Probation. Students will be notified through their Augsburg email if they fail to meet SAP standards. Financial Aid Warning A student who fails to meet SAP standards will be placed on Financial Aid Warning for the following term of enrollment. Students placed on Financial Aid Warning will still be eligible to receive financial aid. A student on Financial Aid Warning must work with the designated Financial Aid Counselor to submit an academic plan. Financial Aid Warning will conclude when the student meets SAP standards, or guidelines set forth in the academic plan. Students currently on Financial Aid Warning who do not meet the standards at the end of the term will be placed on Financial Aid Probation. Students can continue to be placed on Financial Aid Warning for periods longer than one term on a case by case basis and/or as determined by the Student Financial Services Office. Financial Aid Probation A student who fails to meet either the minimum GPA requirement or minimum credits attempted while on Financial Aid Warning will be placed on Financial Aid Probation. A student on Financial Aid Probation is ineligible to receive any form of financial aid. A student on Financial Aid Probation may submit an appeal to reinstate their financial aid, and if the 18 appeal is approved, the student must work with the designated Financial Aid Counselor to submit an academic plan. Financial Aid Probation will conclude when the student meets SAP standards, or guidelines set forth in the academic plan. Students can continue to be placed on Financial Aid Probation for periods longer than one term on a case by case basis and/or determined by the Student Financial Services Office. Financial Aid will be suspended when a student placed on Financial Aid Probation does not meet SAP standards. Because grades may not be available before the beginning of the next scheduled term, it is possible that financial aid may be disbursed to a student before the review can be conducted. In the event that a student is found to be ineligible for the financial aid that has been disbursed due to a failure to meet one of the Standards, the aid that was disbursed will be canceled, and returned to the appropriate program(s). Right to Appeal Students who have had their financial aid suspended may submit the SAP Appeal Form to the Student Financial Services Office. The appeal must be submitted within 7 days of notification of unsatisfactory status or by the due date given on the appeal letter. The SAP Appeal Form must be completely filled out, along with any additional documents required by the Committee. The appeal should state reasons why the student failed to meet SAP standards, and what changed for the student that will allow the student to demonstrate progress towards meeting SAP standards. The appeal will be decided by the SAP Committee. All decisions made by the Committee are final. [1] Include all degree seeking students in both the Undergraduate Day and Augsburg for Adults, and all Graduate programs. [2] Financial Aid is defined as: Augsburg Institutional Aid, Federal Title IV funding, and Minnesota State Financial Aid programs. Financial Policies Registration is permitted only if the student’s account for a previous term is paid in full or if the student is making scheduled payments in accordance with an approved payment plan. Augsburg College will not release student academic transcripts or graduation diplomas/certificates until all student account charges are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds administered by the College (Federal Perkins Student Loan), are current according to established repayment schedules and the loan entrance and exit interviews have been completed. Tuition Refund Policy Students are eligible for a 100% tuition refund for any courses they drop without notation through the date labeled “Last day to drop without a ‘W’ grade & 100% refund – Full Semester class” on the Academic Calendar. After this date, students are no longer eligible for any refund of tuition unless they withdraw from all of their courses. This policy is effective whether or not a student has attended classes. Students withdrawing from all of a term’s courses may receive a 50% tuition refund when they withdraw by the date labeled “Last day to withdraw with 50% refund – Full Semester class” on the Academic Calendar. Students are responsible for cancelling courses through the Registrar’s Office (or online) in order to be eligible for any refund. Students who unofficially withdraw (stop attending) but do not complete the drop/add form are responsible for all charges. Financial aid may be adjusted based on the student’s last recorded date of attendance. Refund calculations are based on the date that the drop/add form is processed. Medical Refund If a student is forced to withdraw from one or more courses in a term due to illness or an accident, a request for a medical refund should be made through the Financial Petition Committee. Petition forms are available through the Registrar’s Office website. An extra medical refund may be granted by the committee upon submission of documentation from the attending doctor, on letterhead, verifying the medical circumstances. 19 Unofficial Withdrawal Federal regulations require that records of financial aid recipients who earn failing grades in all their classes be reviewed. If courses are not completed (e.g., unofficial withdrawal, stopped attending), the College is required to refund financial aid to the appropriate sources according to federal or Augsburg refund policies based on the last recorded date of attendance. Students are responsible for the entire cost of the term including the portion previously covered by financial aid should they stop attending. Students are strongly urged to follow guidelines for complete withdrawal from college. If there are extenuating circumstances, a petition to have the cost of tuition refunded can be made. Petition forms are available online through the Registrar’s Office website. A student who registers, does not attend any classes, and does not withdraw may petition to withdraw retroactively. The student must petition within six months of the end of term and provide proof of non-attendance. Proof can include, but is not limited to, statements from each instructor that the student never attended, or documentation of attendance for the term at another college or university. If approved, grades of W will be recorded and tuition charges for the term will be replaced with an administrative cancellation fee of $300. Financial Aid Policy Financial aid such as federal, state, and institutional grants and scholarships are awarded based upon the total number of registered credits on the “Last day to add with faculty signature – Full Semester class” as noted on the Academic Calendar. Students must register for internships, Time 2 classes, and ACTC classes before the “Last day to add with faculty signature-Full Semester class”. Financial aid will not be adjusted for classes added after this date. Students must earn the financial aid they are awarded each semester by actively attending and participating in classes throughout the semester. Financial aid is recalculated when students do any of the following: drop classes without a “w” grade, fail to begin classes, cease to attend classes, fail all classes, or fully withdraw from all classes. Financial Aid-Return of Aid Policy Students must earn the financial aid they are awarded each semester. A student can earn their aid by attending classes, or in the event of hybrid/online courses, be an active participant in the course. Federal/State Aid Adjustments Augsburg is required to return unearned federal/state aid for students who fully withdraw from their courses. Student are eligible to keep more aid the longer they attend their courses. After 60% of the term has passed, students are eligible to keep all of their federal/state aid. See the dates below. If you are planning to completely withdraw from your courses, please see a Student Financial Services counselor to determine what aid may need to be returned. Institutional Aid Adjustments Augsburg will return institutional aid for students who partially withdrawal or fully withdraw from courses if the student received. If students withdraw from their courses they will receive a 50% tuition refund and 50% of their institutional aid will be removed. If a student withdraws after the last day to receive a tuition refund, there will be no adjustment to their institutional aid. Credit Refund Policy Augsburg students may be eligible to receive a credit refund if their financial aid exceeds tuition and fee charges for a term. Credit Refunds are issued within two weeks after the last day to drop courses without recorded notation. Financial Aid needs to be finalized (You can verify your financial aid status online through Track Your Financial Aid and applied to a student’s account (Check your Transaction History online to verify all of your financial aid has been applied to your account and nothing is left pending) before the Credit Refund can be issued. Changes in enrollment status, housing status, and program status may affect financial aid eligibility and credit refunds. Students who are enrolled less than half-time (less than 6.0 credits for undergraduates, less than 3.0 credit for graduates) may not be eligible for financial aid; however, students may apply for private alternative loans. Registration changes made from the first week of the term through midterm may require a return of financial aid funds. Students who drop courses may receive a tuition refund, but some forms of financial aid may have to be adjusted before a refund will be available. Financial aid return of funds may take up to 30-45 days to be processed. 20 Bookstore Policy Students who are registered for the upcoming term will be allowed to charge up to $600 to their student account. Students DO NOT need to request a bookstore account this year. Please plan ahead and purchase books and supplies before the scheduled cut off dates; be planful for courses that start midterm as you will be unable to charge anything to your student account after the cut-off date. Student’s accounts will be billed for only what was spent on their bookstore account before credit refunds are issued. If your bookstore charges creates a balance on your account you need to make payments in accordance with your statement. Bookstore purchases charged to a student’s account are intended for students who have excess financial aid funds to cover their tuition, fees, AND their books or supplies. Please contact Student Financial Services before you purchase books if you need to discuss payment options. Due to the financial aid cycle, you can only charge expenses to your bookstore account during specific times. Third Party: If you are expecting a third party to cover the cost of your books, you will need to turn in an itemized receipt of your purchases to the Student Financial Service’s office along with your invoice request. Additional Funds: If the cost of your textbooks and supplies are above $600 in one term, you have enough financial aid to cover the additional costs, and you would like to charge the additional amount to your student account please send the following information to Student Financial Services (studentfinances@augsburg.edu). All requests need to be in writing. Subject: Request for additional funds Full Name: Student ID number: Additional request: Students will receive an e-mail when the additional request has been processed. Accounts are opened as quickly as possible, but it could take up to two business days for activation. Consumer Information LOSS OF FINANCIAL AID ELIGIBILITY DUE TO A DRUG OFFENSE A student, who is convicted of a state or federal offense involving the possession or sale of an illegal drug that occurred while the student was enrolled in school and receiving Title IV aid, is not eligible for Title IV funds. [An illegal drug is a controlled substance as defined by the Controlled Substance Act and does not include alcohol and tobacco. A borrower’s eligibility is based on the student’s self-certification on the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). Convictions that are reversed, set aside or removed from the student’s record, or a determination arising from a juvenile court proceeding do not affect eligibility and do not need to be reported by the student. A student who is convicted of a drug-related offense that occurred while the student was enrolled in school and receiving Title IV aid loses Title IV eligibility as follows: For the possession of illegal drugs: First offense: one year from the date of conviction. Second offense: two years from the date of the second conviction. Third offense: indefinitely from the date of the third conviction. For the sale of illegal drugs: First offense: two years from the date of conviction. Second offense: indefinitely from the date of the second conviction. 21 A school must provide a student who loses Title IV eligibility due to a drug-related conviction with a timely, separate, clear, and conspicuous written notice. The notice must advise the student of his or her loss of Title IV eligibility and the ways in which the student may regain that eligibility. Regaining Eligibility after a Drug Conviction A student may regain eligibility at any time by completing an approved drug rehabilitation program and by informing the school that he or she has done so. A student regains Title IV eligibility on the date he or she successfully completes the program. A drug rehabilitation program is considered approved for these purposes if it includes at least two unannounced drug tests and meets one of the following criteria: • • • • The program received or is qualified to receive funds directly or indirectly under a federal, state, or local government program. The program is administered or recognized by a federal, state, or local government agency or court. The program received or is qualified to receive payment directly or indirectly from a federally or state licensed insurance company. The program administered or recognized by a federally or state-licensed hospital, health clinic, or medical doctor. Policies may change throughout an academic year if necessary to comply with federal, state, or institutional changes or regulations. 22 Student Resources/Academic and Support Services Library and Information Technology Services The James G. Lindell Family Library opened in 1997. The four-level, 73,000-square-foot facility houses the library and information technology functions of the College as well as the Gage Center for Student Success. In addition to its large collection of print volumes, e-books, and e-journals, Lindell Library includes special collections and archives, a curriculum library, a computer lab and student computing help desk, a library instruction classroom, and facilities for media viewing and listening. Skyways link the library to Oren Gateway Center and Sverdrup Hall. Learning Commons Within Lindell Library, a Learning Commons provides assistance in research and the use of technology as well as spaces for collaborative learning. In the Learning Commons multimedia lab, students can create digital audio and visual projects. Library Resources Students can search a wide variety of local, regional, national, and international databases. They have access to 27,000 e-journals, 18,000 e-books, and 190,000 print volumes within Lindell Library and, through a daily courier service, access to the library holdings of six other private liberal arts colleges in the Twin Cities. In addition, Lindell Library has a large collection of media resources. A service-oriented staff provides students and faculty with research assistance and instruction in the use of information resources. Arrangements are made for access by students with physical limitation and special needs. Information Technology Resources Augsburg College has built a reputation as a leader in its commitment to provide students with relevant and timely access to information technology and training. Visit the Student Technology website, inside.augsburg.edu/techdesk, for more on Information Technology at Augsburg. Computing Students have access to more than 250 on-campus computers. Both PC and Macintosh desktop computers are available in the Lindell Library Learning Commons and computer lab, and in the 24-hour Urness computer lab. The College has five computer classrooms, 41 technology-enhanced classrooms and one video conferencing-enabled classroom. The circulation desk in Lindell Library has 40 wireless laptops available for use in the library. Several computer clusters are available for more specific student use within academic departments. A high-speed fiber optic campus network provides access to AugNet online services, printing, and to the internet. Network-ready student machines can connect to the campus network from residence hall rooms or any building on campus using WiFi. All of the AugNet online services are available securely on- and off-campus. Center for Learning and Accessible Student Services (CLASS) The Center for Learning and Accessible Student Services (CLASS) provides individualized accommodations and academic support for students with documented learning, attention, psychiatric, and other cognitive disabilities, and for students with physical disabilities which may include TBI, chronic illness, mobility impairments, and vision, hearing or speech impairments, and temporary disabilities. CLASS has been recognized as a leader in its field, helping these students gain access to the college curriculum. Its mission is a reflection of Augsburg’s commitment to providing a rigorous and challenging, yet supportive, liberal arts education to students with diverse backgrounds, preparations, and experiences. Each term, Disability Specialists work directly with students to discuss their disabilities and determine a plan for academic access. Typically, meetings are held weekly and discussions may include: • • • Accommodations for testing and coursework (e.g., extended time, note-taking) Referrals to other campus resources (e.g., tutoring, student technology assistance, academic advising, counseling, financial aid) Training and use of assistive technology through the Groves Accommodations Laboratory 23 • • Assistance with academic, organizational, and time management skills Campus living accommodations The Disability Specialists may also consult with instructors, academic advisors, and other members of the College faculty, staff, or administration to support each student as they work toward success. Taking advantage of these opportunities and services, however, remains the student’s responsibility. Any Augsburg student who wants to establish eligibility for accommodations and services should schedule a meeting with a Specialist to discuss appropriate documentation. CLASS also provides informal screenings for students who suspect they may have a learning-related disability. These screenings are meant only to help students determine whether they should seek a thorough evaluation by a qualified professional. Academic accommodations are intended to ensure access to educational opportunities for students with disabilities and may not fundamentally alter the basic nature or essential curricular components of an institution’s courses or programs. CLASS services are made possible in part through endowment support provided by the Gage family and the Groves Foundation. 24 Academic Programs and Policies Academic Calendars All of our graduate programs meet on a semester calendar. Academic Calendars can be found at www.augsburg.edu/registrar. All academic calendars are subject to change without notice. Academic Policies The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. Academic Honesty A college is a community of learners whose relationship relies on trust. Honesty is necessary to preserve the integrity and credibility of scholarship by the Augsburg College community. Academic dishonesty, therefore, is not tolerated. As a College requirement, student course projects, papers, and examinations may include a statement by the student pledging to abide by the College’s academic honesty policies and to uphold the highest standards of academic integrity. (See Augsburg’s Academic Honesty Policy in the Student Guide at www.augsburg.edu/studentguide) Evaluation and Grading Evaluation of academic performance in each program will be based on number grades using a 4.0 point scale, where 4.0 achieves highest standards of excellence. See each program for details of field study and special projects. Students must achieve a 3.0 GPA in order to graduate; Physician Assistant students must consult the PA Program Progression Standards Policy. Grading option cannot be changed from traditional (0.0 - 4.0) to Pass/No Credit. Explanation of grades for Graduate Studies: Grade 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0–0.0 FN P N V W I X Explanation Achieves highest standards of excellence Achieves above acceptable standards Meets acceptable standards Meets minimum standards Unacceptable performance Unacceptable performance Represents work at 3.0 or higher (not counted in grade point average) No credit (not counted in grade point average) Audit Withdrawn Incomplete In progress, extended beyond term of registration Auditing Courses Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V) on a space-available basis. Graduate students will be charged an audit fee of $1,000. The written permission of the instructor is required to register an audit. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance, and any other requirements. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript with a V grade. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W. Audited courses do not count towards graduation. Withdrawal Grade A course is given a grade of W (withdrawn) when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a W grade and before the last day to withdraw. 25 Incomplete (I) Grades An incomplete grade (I) may be awarded when the instructor grants permission after determining that a student emergency may delay completion of coursework. Students who receive an incomplete grade should be capable of passing the course if they satisfactorily complete outstanding course requirements. To receive an incomplete grade, a student must file an Application for Incomplete Grade form with the Registrar’s Office that states the reasons for the request, outlines the work required to complete the course, and includes the course instructor’s signature. The instructor may stipulate the terms and conditions that apply to course completion; however, students may not attend the same course (or a portion of the same course) in a following term with an incomplete grade. The student must complete the outstanding work in enough time to allow evaluation of the work by the instructor and the filing of a grade before the final day of the following academic term in the student’s program. If the work is not completed by the specified date of the following academic term, the grade for the course becomes 0.0. Extension (X) Grades Internships, independent studies, and directed studies may sometimes last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of registration. A grade of X (extension) is given by the instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year). An instructor has the right to not grant an extension where satisfactory progress is not demonstrated. If the course is not completed, a grade of 0.0 will be assigned. Repeated Courses A course in which a grade of 0.0, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, or N has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit and a grade, but may be audited. All courses taken each term and grades earned, including W and N, will be recorded on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time, for legitimately repeated courses, are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. Courses completed at Augsburg College must be repeated at Augsburg to be included in the repeat policy. Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/N grading option are recorded, but not computed in the GPA. The formula for computing the GPA is: GPA = Total grade points divided by number of credits attempted, i.e., courses with 0.0 to 4.0 grade assigned. Attendance Attendance and participation are critical to the success of any course. Evaluation of the level and quality of participation may be incorporated into the course grade. We view attendance as a joint commitment of both instructors and students to our professional development. Each instructor has the authority to specify attendance and participation requirements to address the needs of particular courses, individual students, or various learning styles. Lack of attendance may result in a failing grade and the requirement to repeat the course. Students must notify the professor in advance of any expected absence. In the case of emergency, when prior notification is not possible, students must notify the professor of an absence as soon as possible. Non-Attendance/Non-Participation Attendance/participation in class is important for academic success and financial aid. Therefore, students are dropped for non-attendance/non-participation after the 10th business day of the term if reported by the instructor. Students are ultimately responsible for dropping classes if they no longer plan to attend/participate. Students who have been dropped and wish to re-enroll must submit and Academic/Financial Petition. Graduate Continuation Policy Students registering for the final project course must complete the Final Project Registration/Graduate Continuation Contract by the last day to add with faculty signature for a Full Semester class as noted on the Academic Calendar. Upon 26 receipt of the contract, the Registrar’s Office will enroll the student in the Continuation Program for 13 semesters. Entry into the Continuation Program maintains students’ active status in the graduate program, including library and AugNet Services. Students can request an extension of up to 3 semesters beyond the initial 13 semesters to the program director by completing the Graduate Continuation Extension Contract. Approval of the extension is at the discretion of the program director. If a grade is not received and an extension has not been granted by the grading deadline of the 13th semester, the grade will change from X to N. Students who wish to complete the final project after receiving a failing grade must meet with the program director to evaluate readmission to the College and program. Students who are readmitted may need to complete additional coursework and will need to pay tuition and fees for any additional courses. If/when the final project course is completed, the new grade would replace the previous N grade. Students may withdraw from the College, and thus from the Continuation Program and the final project course, at any point during the continuation period and receive a W notation on the transcript for the final project course. Following a withdrawal, students are welcome to meet with the program director to evaluate readmission to the College and program. Students who are readmitted may need to complete additional coursework and will need to pay full tuition and fees for any additional courses. If/when the final project course is completed, the new grade would replace the previous W grade. Credit and Contact Hours Augsburg’s credit hour policy follows the federal guidelines in defining a semester credit hour as one fifty-minute period of instruction and 100 minutes of out-of-class work per week for fifteen weeks, or the equivalent amount of student work completed over a different time frame or via a different delivery method. All Augsburg programs follow the semester calendar with semester lengths from 14-16 weeks. Augsburg offers a summer semester which follows the same format as both fall and spring semester. Students must take at least 3 credits to be considered half-time, and 6 or more credits to be considered full-time. Students may take up to 22 credits. Degree Requirements To be conferred the graduate degree, all graduate students must achieve the following: • • • Successful completion of all required courses A cumulative GPA of 3.0; Physician Assistant students must consult the PA Program Progression Standards Policy. Successful completion of all degree requirements within the stipulated period of matriculation or a signed continuation agreement with Augsburg College. Probation and Dismissal Graduate students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed on academic probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored in order for a student to be removed from probation. Graduate students in the Physician Assistant must consult the PA Program Progression Standards Policy. A student whose GPA falls below the required GPA for his/her graduate program (3.0 in most programs) in two or more terms may be subject to probation or dismissal. A plan for the student to continue in the program may be worked out with the program director. Students may also be dismissed for violation of standards of behavior defined by their profession, their program, or the College. Dismissal Appeals Process A student may appeal a program’s dismissal decision using the College’s program dismissal appeals process. Appeals are limited to procedural errors that the student can demonstrate negatively affected the outcome. The student initiates the appeal process by submitting a hard copy of the statement of appeal to the Assistant Vice President of Academic Affairs and Dean of Graduate Studies (AVP-Graduate Studies); email is not acceptable. The statement must identify each procedural error and state how each error negatively affected the outcome. The 27 statement of appeal will be the only basis of the student’s appeal. The AVP-Graduate Studies must receive the student’s statement of appeal within 14 calendar days of the date on the department’s written notification of dismissal. The AVP-Graduate Studies will send a copy of the statement of appeal to the program chair/director. The program must submit a response to the student’s statement of appeal within 15 business days of the date that the statement was received by the AVP-Graduate Studies’ office. A hard copy of the program’s response should be submitted to the AVPGraduate Studies. The AVP-Graduate Studies will send a copy of the program’s response to the student. The AVP-Graduate Studies will convene the Program Dismissal Appeals Committee, which will include the AVP-Graduate Studies as a non-voting chair and three program faculty members (one from programs not named in the appeal: Business, Creative Writing, Education, Leadership, Nursing, Physician Assistant Studies, Social Work). The Program Dismissal Appeals Committee will schedule its hearing within 15 business days of receipt of the program’s statement of response. The Committee will meet with the student and a program representative to review the procedures and ask questions of both the student and the program representative. The student and program representative may each bring a third party to the review meeting (limited to an Augsburg College faculty member, staff member, or student). The role of the third party representative is to provide support to the student or the program representative, not to serve as an advocate during the meeting. Dropping or Withdrawing Courses may be dropped or withdrawn online through AugNet Records and Registration or with a Registration Form. To see the drop and withdrawal deadlines, see the Academic Calendar at www.augsburg.edu/registrar. Independent Study Students may request to complete an independent study course as an addition to the required coursework. A faculty sponsor is required for an independent study project, and project proposals must be approved by the program director in order to receive credit. Normally, independent study may not be used as a replacement for a standard course offered in the curriculum, with the exception of the general elective (if approved). A special independent study registration form is required and is available on the Registrar’s Office website. Term Off Students may take a term off for up to two semesters and have continued access to Augsburg e-mail and AugNet Services. If a student is not registered after 10th day of the third semester, the student’s file will be deactivated and the student will need to submit an Application for Readmission to re-enroll. For an absence of any length, students should coordinate with their program director prior to leaving. Due to a variety of program schedules and cohorts for some degrees, it is required that students meet with their advisor and obtain the advice of their director. Evaluation of Transfer Credit Students may petition the program director for transfer credit to apply to program requirements. The transfer of credit will be evaluated on an individual basis. Students will be asked to provide appropriate documentation regarding previous coursework, including but not limited to an official transcript, course description, and syllabus. In order to be considered for transfer, a course must be from a regionally-accredited college or university institution and graded 3.0/B or better. Courses must have been taken at the graduate level and course content must be comparable to program requirements at Augsburg. The maximum number of semester credits that can be transferred is: • • • • • • Master of Arts in Education (6) Master of Arts in Leadership (6) Master of Arts in Nursing (9) Master of Business Administration (18) Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing (12) Master of Music Therapy (Contact program director) 28 • • • Master of Science, Physician Assistant Studies (Contact program coordinator) Master of Social Work (22) Doctor of Nursing Practice (Contact program director) Augsburg credits are calculated in semester hours. If you completed courses at other institutions that are quarter hours, they will be converted to semester hours. One quarter hour equates to two-thirds of a semester hour. Courses and credits that are accepted in transfer are recorded on the student’s transcript. Grades and grade points from other institutions are not transferred to Augsburg and are not included in the student’s cumulative grade point average. 29 Master of Arts in Education Augsburg has a long history in teacher education with alumni of our programs teaching throughout Minnesota and elsewhere. The Master of Arts in Education (MAE) program combines our excellent undergraduate licensure program with a master’s level focus on teacher leadership, preparing teachers to serve K-12 students effectively and to nurture healthy change within schools and school systems. Our Philosophy The Education Department program themes include relationships, reflection and inquiry, diversity and equity, and leadership. One of these themes is lived out within the MAE program —leadership. As this program theme suggests, we expect our students to leave our programs as responsive, knowledgeable teachers prepared to exercise leadership in the classroom and, eventually, the school and community. Our urban setting provides yet another dimension to our programs through a combination of course content, field experiences, and classroom instructors. Our goal is that students will leave our programs as collaborative and capable teachers committed to educating all learners in a diverse and changing world. Our Faculty Augsburg faculty members who teach in the MAE program are a mix of full-time and adjunct instructors, all of whom have K-12 teaching experience. Many adjunct instructors are currently teaching in K-12 settings; all full-time faculty members are frequent visitors to K-12 settings through student teaching and field experience supervision, volunteer work, and/or in-service education. We understand the importance of what we do and what you hope to do. We value good teaching and, most especially, we value good teachers. Our Accessibility We realize that although teaching is your dream, your reality most likely includes work, family, and personal responsibilities. Because we understand the demands adult students face, we offer flexible scheduling. A majority of licensure and graduate-level courses are taught in the evenings to allow you to manage these responsibilities while pursuing your goals. You will need to be available during the weekday for the challenge and responsibility of field experiences, but education coursework is accessible through the evening schedules*. As a student in Augsburg’s Master of Arts in Education licensure and degree program, you will find yourself among interesting students and dedicated professors who believe that all children deserve a good, highly-qualified teacher— the teacher you can become. *As of Fall 2014 our programs are transitioning from a weekend to an evening schedule. New students will be in the evening program. For the time being, end of program MAE degree completion options will remain on the weekend schedule. Education Department Mission The mission of the Augsburg Education Department is to develop responsive, knowledgeable teachers committed to educating all learners in a diverse and changing world. Program Themes Responsive, knowledgeable teachers understand the dynamic interaction among relationships, reflection and inquiry, diversity and equity, and leadership. These four interrelated program themes provide lenses through which we filter our practice. Relationships Learning is relational and communal. Responsive teachers create significant relationships with their students, colleagues, and community partners by developing learning communities. These nurturing learning communities provide safe, trustworthy places where challenging and engaging questions can be considered. We model the kinds of learning communities that we expect our graduates to create. We share with our students a learning model that connects 30 content, theory, and practice in an ongoing cycle. Students and their learning are the focus for responsive teachers. Therefore we embrace and foster a progressive and constructivist orientation. Reflection and Inquiry Responsive teachers are reflective practitioners who are students of teaching and learning. Providing numerous frameworks through which to filter our experience encourages intentional and thoughtful inquiry. Through field placements, service learning, generative questions, and classroom experiences, students and faculty develop their perspectives about teaching and learning. Critical reflection allows us to examine content, theory, and practice in ways that transform our practice. We think it is important to understand and learn how to manage the many polarities inherent in the teaching and learning process. Diversity and Equity Responsive teachers embrace diversity and intentionally work to ensure that all learners, especially those who for some reason have been marginalized, learn and develop in powerful ways. We continually reflect on what it means to be a “school in the city.” We recognize that each student is unique, shaped by culture and experience; therefore, differentiating instruction is essential. The perspective of multiple intelligences, learning style theory and teaching for understanding help us differentiate and enable us to provide choice, variety, and flexibility. Responsive teachers believe that all students can learn. They also have a sense of efficacy and believe that they can help all students learn. Leadership Responsive teachers recognize that becoming a learning leader is a developmental process, which begins in pre-service education and continues throughout one’s career. Teachers serve as leaders within the classroom, and with experience, increased confidence, and professional development become leaders within the school, the district, and the community. Teacher leaders view themselves as lifelong learners. They become role models committed to their profession as a vocation rather than a job. Emerging teacher leaders keep student learning at the center of their work while advocating for instructional innovation, constructivist curricular development, and systemic change. Master of Arts in Education Conceptual Framework Teacher leadership is the theme that threads through our graduate licensure and degree completion program. The Augsburg Education Department believes that teachers are leaders in their classrooms and should be leaders in their institutions and communities. The leadership focus plays out in three ways. First, the additional work required in the graduate versions of the combined undergraduate/graduate courses focuses on providing graduate students the chance to exercise leadership as well as extend their knowledge beyond the basic requirements. Second, in the degree completion component, students are required to include coursework focused on leadership and study aspects of leadership as part of their degree program. Third, the final project—be it an action research, a leadership application project, or performance assessment —gives students the opportunity to study an issue of concern and, supported by research, define a means for addressing it. Three Teacher Leadership Aspirations inform our program. They are as follows: Aspiration 1: Teacher leaders value learning for personal and professional growth. Teacher leaders share knowledge effectively with colleagues. We believe that teacher leaders are comfortable with their knowledge and expertise, neither flaunting it nor hiding it, but sharing it with others generously. They work to build bridges with a full range of colleagues, but they don’t let recalcitrant colleagues stop their own development. They see learning as a continuous endeavor and seek it throughout their careers. Aspiration 2: Teachers leaders think big—beyond the classroom to the broader context of education and community. We believe that teacher leaders see systems and the “big picture” and are able to put their classrooms, schools, and communities into a broader context. They understand the link between policies, politics, and education and participate in change efforts at the macro and micro levels. They seek to work with administrators to establish school and district policy that improves life for everyone. If this involves political action, they are prepared to engage in it. Teacher leaders also understand that teaching and learning are dynamic and that change within school systems is an ever-present 31 phenomenon. They are informed decision-makers predisposed to take on the challenge of change when they think it benefits students, teachers, and/or community. Aspiration 3: Teacher leaders possess courage and an orientation to action. We believe that teacher leaders help others not be afraid. They are able to help people to take warranted risks and step outside their comfort zones. They have the courage to bring people together to see the bigger picture and then help people get there. Teacher leaders accept both power and accountability. They understand that responsibility without power diminishes potential for effectiveness. They believe that accountability is a fair trade for the power to take effective action. They operate from a foundation of self-efficacy. Program Overview The Master of Arts in Education (MAE) is designed to provide a teaching license as part of a master’s degree program. K12 initial teaching licenses offered at Augsburg include: • • • • Elementary education (K-6), with or without a middle school content area endorsement in math, communication arts, social studies, or science. Also available is the pre-primary endorsement to the elementary license. Subject matter courses for these endorsements may need to be taken in the weekday schedule or at a community college when unavailable through evening course work. Secondary education (5-12 and K-12) in social studies, communication arts/literature, visual arts, health, mathematics, music, and physical education; and 9-12 in biology, chemistry, and physics. Subject matter courses for these licenses may need to be taken in the weekday schedule or at a community college when unavailable through evening course work. K-12 English as a Second Language K-12 Special Education: Academic Behavior Strategist Teachers who are already licensed can work towards the MAE degree through the following four licensure endorsement options: • • • • K-12 English as a Second Language K-12 Special Education: Academic Behavior Strategist K-12 Reading Pre-Primary (This is an endorsement only to K-6 elementary licenses) All teachers seeking licensure through Augsburg must take and pass all tests required by the state of Minnesota for licensure. Accreditations and Approvals Augsburg College Teacher Education programs are accredited and approved by: • • National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) Minnesota Board of Teaching. (MN BOT) Augsburg College is accredited by the Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. For a complete list of Augsburg’s accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see the listing in the Accreditation, Approvals, and Memberships section of this catalog. Program Structure The Master of Arts in Education (MAE) program is made up of a core of education licensure courses at the graduate level coupled with a degree completion option. Courses in the degree completion phase are drawn from the Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) and graduate courses in education. Most students in the MAE program pursue a K-12 teaching license as part of their program plan. The MAE degree is also open to students who do not want a teaching license but do want a background in education and leadership. See the MAE program director for details. 32 The MAE degree requires ten or eleven Augsburg graduate level courses, depending on the degree completion option. In addition, several courses at the undergraduate level are required for licensure. Only courses taken at the graduate level apply towards the MAE degree. Credit MAE graduate level courses are offered for 3 semester credits. Each course is comprised of 37.5 instructional hours with the expectation of about 75 hours of independent study outside of class. Schedule The majority of the education courses in the MAE licensure and degree programs are offered through the evening schedule. Courses during the evening meet face to face every other week with online instruction during the alternate weeks. A few education courses and many undergraduate content area courses are offered in a face to face, classroom based format, meeting weekly in the evenings. The MAL and education degree completion courses are offered primarily in a weekend schedule through a mix of face-to-face and online instruction. Summer session courses are offered primarily weekday evenings. Summer courses are offered in a mix of formats from all online to all face-to-face. The following teaching licenses are available entirely through the evening and summer schedule: elementary education, pre-primary endorsement, 5-12 social studies, 5-12 communication arts, K-12 art, K-12 special education, and K-12 English as a second language. For the time being, the K-12 Reading Teacher endorsement and degree completion courses are offered in hybrid form through a weekend framework. Additional licenses in the following areas are available through a combination of weekday, weekday evening, summer schedules, and, occasional off-campus courses: biology, chemistry, health, mathematics, music, physical education, and physics. For these licenses, the education and degree completion courses are taken weekday evenings and summer while some, if not all, of the content area courses are taken during the weekday and/or off-campus. The weekday evening schedule is comprised of two semesters spread from early September through late April. In general, classes are held every other week, face to face with online instruction in the intervening week. The weekday schedule is also comprised of two semesters spread from early September through late April. Classes offered during the weekday meet one to three times per week. Classes offered jointly between weekday and weekend meet on a weekly basis in the evening. The official academic calendars can be found at http://www.augsburg.edu/registrar/. Curriculum—Teaching Licenses K-6 Elementary Education This program is designed to prepare teachers for grades K-6. Optional endorsements in middle school specialty areas of math, science, social studies, and communication arts and in pre-primary can be pursued along with or separately from the K-6 license. The teaching license and some endorsements are offered at both undergraduate and graduate levels through a mix of undergraduate courses and combined graduate and undergraduate courses. Graduate-level licensure coursework (500 and above) is available to students who already hold a bachelor’s degree and have been admitted to the MAE program. All of the following courses must be taken for K-6 elementary licensure. Up to seven courses may be taken at the graduate (500) level and applied toward the MAE degree. EDC 200/522 - Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting* EDC 206/566 - Diversity/Minnesota American Indians EDC 310/533 - Learning and Development in an Educational Setting* EDC 410/544 - Learners with Special Needs* EDC 490/580 - School and Society EED 225/524 - Foundations of Literacy EED 325/525 - K-6 Methods: Literacy* EED 350/550 - K-6 Methods: Math EED 360/560 - K-6 Methods: Science EDC 591 - Topics 33 To complete the license, the following undergraduate requirements must be completed: HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education EDC 220 - Educational Technology EED 326 - Elementary Reading K-6 Field Experience* (taken concurrently with EED 325/525) EED 311 - K-6 Methods: Health EED 312 - K-6 Methods: Physical Education EED 336 - Advanced Literacy Methods* EED 341 - K-6 Methods: Art EED 370 - K-6 Methods: Social Studies/Thematics EED 380 - Kindergarten Methods* EED 386 - K-6 Methods: Children’s Literature EED 481, 483, 485 - Student Teaching: Elementary K-6 EED 488 - TPA and Student Teaching Seminar *Field experience hours are required in these courses. Students spend 20 or more hours per term in field experiences. These experiences occur in K-6 classrooms during the weekday. If more than one course with field experience is taken in a given term, field experience requirements expand accordingly (i.e., two courses with 20 hours of field experience each require a total of 40 hours). Undergraduate Liberal Arts Requirements The number of supporting content area courses required for licensure depends upon the courses completed as part of the bachelor’s degree and/or other coursework. Requirements are determined by Minnesota licensure standards for specific college-level coursework in math, biology, physics, and earth science for all students seeking elementary licensure. Specific requirements are on file in the Education Department. Minnesota licensure standards allow for optional subject area endorsements in communication arts/literature, social studies, math, and science. Subject matter courses for these endorsements will be available through a combination of weekday, evening and off-campus courses. The optional pre-primary endorsement is also available. Specific requirements for these endorsements are on file in the Education Department. Previous coursework can be accepted into the licensure program if it meets Minnesota standards and if a grade of C or better was achieved. The Education Department and the content area departments determine the courses that are accepted. Transcripts, course descriptions, and course syllabi are used to make these determinations. Courses that are older than five years are judged on a case-by-case basis. Graduate coursework accepted into the licensure program is not automatically accepted into the MAE degree. The program has limits on the amount and type of courses that are accepted. Grades of B or better are required for transfer consideration. See the MAE program director for approval of graduate coursework accepted in transfer. Preprimary Endorsement for Elementary Licensure This endorsement can be added to a K-6 elementary license. Required courses include the following: PSY 250 - Child Development (PSY 105 is a prerequisite for this course) SOC 231 - Family Systems: Cross Cultural Perspectives or SPE 490/540 - Parent and Professional Planning (Graduate students take SPE 540.) ECE 345/545 - Foundations of Preprimary Education ECE 346/546 - Learning Environments for Preprimary-Aged Children ECE 347/547 - Immersion and Teaching Competence ECE 488, 489 - Student Teaching: Preprimary K-12 and 5-12 Secondary Education K-12 and 5-12 licenses in several content areas are offered through a combination of graduate and undergraduate coursework. K-12 licenses prepare teachers to teach a content area across elementary, middle school, and high school. Licenses for grades 5- 12 prepare teachers to teach at the middle and high school levels. Graduate-level licensure coursework (500 and above) is available to students who already hold a bachelor’s degree and meet MAE admissions criteria. 34 Subject matter courses in the following majors are offered on weekday evenings and summer: English, communications (for communication arts), history or economics or psychology (for social studies), art. Students seeking 5–12 licensure in social studies must complete a broad-based core of courses in the social studies in addition to a social science major. Education courses for these licenses are also taken during weekday evenings and summer. The following content area majors are offered primarily or entirely through the weekday program: biology, chemistry, physics, health, physical education, music, and mathematics. Students seeking licensure in any of these areas typically will need to take additional content courses in the weekday schedule and off-campus. Students can obtain a 9-12 license in physics, chemistry, or biology and have the option of adding the 5–8 general science to the 9-12 license. Students also can obtain the 5–8 general science license without the 9–12 license. Education cou
Show less

Title: Augsburg Weekend College Catalog, 1998-2000
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Official Publication of Augsburg College 221 1 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis, M N 55454 (612) 330-1782 This catalog is a supplement to the Augsburg College Catalog and is published for the convenience of Augsburg Weekend College students. Weekend College is a program of Augsburg College and ...
Show more Official Publication of Augsburg College 221 1 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis, M N 55454 (612) 330-1782 This catalog is a supplement to the Augsburg College Catalog and is published for the convenience of Augsburg Weekend College students. Weekend College is a program of Augsburg College and is subject to the policies and provisions as stated in the Augsburg College Catalog. This catalog should answer most questions students have about Augsburg Weekend College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements and academic policies in this publication. If you have questions about anything in this catalog, consult the Academic Advising Center, a faculty adviser, the dean of the College or the registrar. Key offices are listed on page three of this publication for correspondence or telephone inquiries. Published February 1998 TABLE OF CONTENTS Directory ................... ................... .......................................... 3 ......,..... ...................*........*.....*....4 Educational Program .............. .................................................. 5 A Greeting from the President Admissions Information................................................................. 9 Tuition and Financial Aid ........................................................... 12 Student Resources....................................................................... 17 Academic Information ................................................................. 27 36 Academic Majors ................................... ...................................... ,. ....................................-56 Course Descriptions.............................. Maps ................................................................................. 9 8 99 Index........................................................................................ 100 FREQUENTLYCALLED NUMBERS Weekend College Office ........................................................................................................ 330-1782 Program Coordinator, Julie Olson ....................................................................................... .330- 1740 . ...................................................... 330-1782 Administrative Assistant, Becki Frestedt ...................... Weekend College Admissions: Director. Bill Kuehl ...............................................................................................................330-1414 Admissions Counselor, Carrie Carroll.................................................................................. .330- 1792 330-1743 Admissions Assistant, Liz Williams ........................................................................................ Other Campus Phone Numbers: General Information ..............................................................................................................330- 1000 Academic Advising Center .................................................................................................. .330- 1025 Bookstore, Christensen Center ......................................................................................... .... 330-1122 Business Office, Science Hall: ........330-1029 Cashier 8:30 a.m.-4.00 p.m. ...................................... 330-1790 Student Accounts, Jocelyn Palmer: 8:00 a.m.-4.30 p.m. .................................................... Education Department, Sverdrup Hall ................................................................................. 3301 130 .330- 1046 Financial Aid Office, Science Hall ........................................................................................ .330- 1162 Career Services, Memorial Hall ............................................................................................. 3 3 0 1160 Counseling, Memorial Hall ................................................................................................... Lindell Library .....................................................................................................................330- 1017 ............................................................................. Nursing Department ............................. . .330-1209 Registrar. Science Hall ............................................................................................................ 330-1036 Summer School ................................................................................................................... 330-1787 . . Weekend College Office Hours: Monday-Friday: 8:00 a.m. .4:30 p.m. Class Weekends: Friday: 8:00 a.m. .6:00 p.m. Saturday: 8:00 a.m.-1:30 p.m. Weekend College Office Location: The Weekend College Office is located in Sverdrup Hall on the corner of 21st Avenue and 7th Street on the Augsburg College campus (see #26 on map on page 99). I hope you are looking at this catalog because you've enrolled at Augsburg College. if so--Welcome to the College! All of us hope you find, in the course of your study, a rising enthusiasm for the work, a deepening appreciation of the profession and role to which you feel called, and a confident sureness that you have rightly chosen Augsburg for the purpose. Ifyou are dipping into this little volume to figure out who and what Augsburg College is and what education it offers-Welcome to these pages! May they convey the fundamental proposition of our education: that we provide an education especially serviceable in the contemporary world because it has been designed in the midst of and in full contact with the critical social, economic, religious, and political phenomena of the modern city. This education, however practical and professional, will be serviceable over the long haul only to the degree that it respects and pursues certain of what Martin Luther called "thefine liberal arts, " and it will be exciting only to the degree it is offered for the sake of improving both its students and the world itseg The study you are undertaking at Augsburg-or thinking of undertaking-will occur on and at the core of the campus, with library, food services, and other facilities open and operating; will be led by permanent as well as adjunct members of the Augsburg faculty; will be organized by the identical tried and tested curriculum used in the day school; and will be conducted by a college that has declared the Weekend College an integral aspect of its core educational business. As you join the enterprise, or consider doing so, please know that those of us who await you herefind the College an exciting setting, full of diversity and yet dedicated to the cultivation of a learning community, in which you can set off in new directions and in which destinations are reachable. Bon Voyage! Sincerely yours, William V. Frame President .I[. 1 E d u c a t i o n a l HISTORY OF WEEKEND COLLEGE In fall of 1982 Augsburg began Weekend College under the directorship of Dr. Richard Thoni. At that time Weekend College had three majors, 69 students, and offered eight courses in the first term. ; Today with more than 1,000 students and 14 majors, Augsburg's Weekend College is the largest program of its kind in the state. Faculty in Weekend College are full-time Augsburg professors as well as adjunct professionals from the work world. The Weekend College student body is involved in student government, and Weekend College students participate in academic and extracurricular activities such as the student newspaper, travel seminars, and the Weekend College Commission. Augsburg Weekend College continues to develop to meet the changing needs of the adult and nontraditional student of today. PURPOSE Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative to adults who desire college experience but who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a means by which men and women may earn a baccalaureate degree, gain skills for professional advancement, prepare for career change, or pursue a personal interest in one or more areas of the liberal arts. MISSION OF THE COLLEGE Students who graduate from Augsburg are well prepared to make a difference in the world. They stand as testaments to the College motto, "Education for Service," and to the mission of the College: To nurture future leaders in service to the world by providing high quality educational opportunities, which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community. THEADULTAS LEARNER A COMMUNITYOF LEARNERS Augsburg Weekend College is designed to meet the needs and preferences of adult learners. The program is based on the assumption that the men and women who enroll in Weekend College will be mature, self-disciplined, and well-motivated adult learners who seek a balance of classroom experience and individualized study. Each course is therefore divided into periods of concentrated on-campus study separated by time for independent study and class preparation. ALTERNATE WEEKENDS To accommodate this format for learning, classes generally meet on alternate weekends for three and one-half hours on either Friday evening, Saturday morning, Saturday afternoon, or Sunday afternoon. Each course selected by the student involves commitment to one of these four class periods. Laboratory sections or additional class hours may be scheduled during the week. Weekend College students may take from one to four courses each term. Selected courses are also available on weekday evenings. Essential to the goals of Augsburg's Weekend College is participation in a community of adult learners. Learning can be enhanced when the student is active in a stable community that provides opportunity and encouragement for involvement both in and out of the classroom. This community will be enriched by the presence of both men and women with a variety of work and life experiences. To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages Weekend College students to make use of College facilities such as the Lindell Library and the Christensen Center, to take the opportunity of having shared meals and coffee breaks, to participate in optional lunchtime seminars, and to attend other College activities such as music and dramatic presentations and athletic events. FACULTV The heart of any educational institution is its faculty, and Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold the doctorate or other terminal degree and all consider their teaching to be the focus of their activity. Faculty are involved in social, professional, and a variety of research activities, but see these activities as supporting their teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting faculty development program that introduces them to current thought in many fields, but especially in teaching techniques and theories. Augsburg's size and small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisers and participate regularly in campus activities. History Augsburg College and Seminary was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. In 1963 the name officially became Augsburg College when the Seminary left campus as part of the Lutheran Free Church merger with the American Lutheran Church. Location Augsburg's 23-acre campus is in the heart of the Twin Cities metropolitan area, only blocks from downtown Minneapolis and the intersection of Interstate Highways 94 and 35W. Adjacent to the campus are the FairviewUniversity Medical Center, the West Bank campus of the University of Minnesota, and the Mississippi River parkways. Campus Augsburg's campus consists of 16 major buildings, which include student housing towers, Christensen Center, main academic and administrative halls, Lindell Library, Music Hall, and the Foss Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication. Accessibility We have made a major effort to become one of the most accessible campuses in the region. Our skyway-tunnel system lets you reach any of 10 major buildings without going outside. In addition to building changes, we have a dedicated program to provide support for